[{"data":1,"prerenderedAt":6461},["ShallowReactive",2],{"seo-verification":3,"guides-index-ma-en":6,"support-faq-ma-en":416,"promo-bar-likely":294},{"google":4,"bing":5},"EycwPY2XMyTkVzas3n1ygeNJFGAH513qrMjfDljzsMQ","",[7,31,47,61,74,89,104,119,134,149,164,179,192,205,218,231,244,257,272,285,299,312,325,338,351,364,377,390,403],{"id":8,"slug":9,"slugs":10,"title":14,"excerpt":15,"readTime":16,"views":17,"isPinned":18,"noindex":18,"publishedAt":19,"updatedAt":20,"category":21,"categories":26,"featuredImage":28,"bgImage":29,"posterImage":30,"relatedSolution":28},564,"import-export-database-phpmyadmin-cpanel",{"fr":11,"en":9,"ar":12,"es":13},"importer-exporter-base-phpmyadmin-cpanel","استيراد-وتصدير-قاعدة-بيانات-phpmyadmin-في-cpanel","importar-exportar-base-datos-phpmyadmin-cpanel","Import or export a database with phpMyAdmin in cPanel","Import a .sql file into a MySQL database or export it as a backup with phpMyAdmin, opened from cPanel (Meridian interface).",3,1,false,"2026-11-03T00:00:00+00:00","2026-11-04T02:04:22+00:00",{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},12,"Guides","guides","bg-emerald-500\u002F10 text-emerald-400",[27],{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},null,"\u002Fblog\u002Fcovers\u002Fbg.svg","\u002Fblog\u002Fcovers\u002Fimporter-exporter-base-phpmyadmin-cpanel-poster.svg",{"id":32,"slug":33,"slugs":34,"title":38,"excerpt":39,"readTime":40,"views":17,"isPinned":18,"noindex":18,"publishedAt":41,"updatedAt":42,"category":43,"categories":44,"featuredImage":28,"bgImage":29,"posterImage":46,"relatedSolution":28},532,"forward-email-address-cpanel",{"fr":35,"en":33,"ar":36,"es":37},"rediriger-emails-adresse-cpanel","إعادة-توجيه-البريد-الإلكتروني-في-cpanel","redirigir-correos-direccion-cpanel","Forward emails from one address to another in cPanel","Forward the emails received by one of your addresses to another one in cPanel: open the mailbox, add a forwarder, check it, on the Meridian interface.",2,"2026-10-29T00:00:00+00:00","2026-10-29T21:52:01+00:00",{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},[45],{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcovers\u002Frediriger-emails-adresse-cpanel-poster.svg",{"id":48,"slug":49,"slugs":50,"title":54,"excerpt":55,"readTime":40,"views":56,"isPinned":18,"noindex":18,"publishedAt":41,"updatedAt":42,"category":57,"categories":58,"featuredImage":28,"bgImage":29,"posterImage":60,"relatedSolution":28},531,"view-increase-mailbox-quota-cpanel",{"fr":51,"en":49,"ar":52,"es":53},"voir-augmenter-quota-boite-email-cpanel","عرض-وزيادة-حصة-صندوق-البريد-في-cpanel","ver-aumentar-cuota-buzon-cpanel","View and increase an email mailbox quota in cPanel","Check how much space an email mailbox uses in cPanel, then raise its storage quota without recreating the mailbox, in the Meridian interface.",0,{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},[59],{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcovers\u002Fvoir-augmenter-quota-boite-email-cpanel-poster.svg",{"id":62,"slug":63,"slugs":64,"title":68,"excerpt":69,"readTime":16,"views":56,"isPinned":18,"noindex":18,"publishedAt":41,"updatedAt":42,"category":70,"categories":71,"featuredImage":28,"bgImage":29,"posterImage":73,"relatedSolution":28},530,"change-email-address-password-cpanel",{"fr":65,"en":63,"ar":66,"es":67},"changer-mot-de-passe-adresse-email-cpanel","تغيير-كلمة-مرور-بريد-إلكتروني-في-cpanel","cambiar-contrasena-correo-cpanel","Change the password of an email address in cPanel","Change the password of a mailbox in cPanel: open the mailbox, Settings tab, Change password, then check the confirmation, on the Meridian interface.",{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},[72],{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcovers\u002Fchanger-mot-de-passe-adresse-email-cpanel-poster.svg",{"id":75,"slug":76,"slugs":77,"title":81,"excerpt":82,"readTime":16,"views":17,"isPinned":18,"noindex":18,"publishedAt":83,"updatedAt":84,"category":85,"categories":86,"featuredImage":28,"bgImage":29,"posterImage":88,"relatedSolution":28},514,"edit-dns-zone-cpanel",{"fr":78,"en":76,"ar":79,"es":80},"modifier-zone-dns-cpanel","تعديل-منطقة-dns-في-cpanel","modificar-zona-dns-cpanel","Edit your domain's DNS zone in cPanel","Add, find and delete your domain's DNS records in cPanel: domain page, DNS tab, add window, then a confirmed deletion.","2026-10-27T00:00:00+00:00","2026-10-27T23:58:39+00:00",{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},[87],{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcovers\u002Fmodifier-zone-dns-cpanel-poster.svg",{"id":90,"slug":91,"slugs":92,"title":96,"excerpt":97,"readTime":16,"views":40,"isPinned":18,"noindex":18,"publishedAt":98,"updatedAt":99,"category":100,"categories":101,"featuredImage":28,"bgImage":29,"posterImage":103,"relatedSolution":28},503,"change-php-version-site-cpanel",{"fr":93,"en":91,"ar":94,"es":95},"changer-version-php-site-cpanel","تغيير-إصدار-php-للموقع-في-cpanel","cambiar-version-php-sitio-cpanel","Change your site's PHP version in cPanel","Choose your site's PHP version in cPanel: open the site page, the Settings tab, then pick the version you want from the list.","2026-10-23T00:00:00+00:00","2026-10-24T03:34:36+00:00",{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},[102],{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcovers\u002Fchanger-version-php-site-cpanel-poster.svg",{"id":105,"slug":106,"slugs":107,"title":111,"excerpt":112,"readTime":113,"views":17,"isPinned":18,"noindex":18,"publishedAt":98,"updatedAt":114,"category":115,"categories":116,"featuredImage":28,"bgImage":29,"posterImage":118,"relatedSolution":28},502,"deploy-nodejs-application-cpanel",{"fr":108,"en":106,"ar":109,"es":110},"deployer-application-nodejs-cpanel","نشر-تطبيق-nodejs-في-cpanel","desplegar-aplicacion-nodejs-cpanel","Deploy a Node.js application in cPanel (AI App Hosting)","Deploy a Node.js application from a Git repository in cPanel with AI App Hosting: domain, code source, run mode, monitoring and removal.",4,"2026-10-23T23:43:01+00:00",{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},[117],{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcovers\u002Fdeployer-application-nodejs-cpanel-poster.svg",{"id":120,"slug":121,"slugs":122,"title":126,"excerpt":127,"readTime":40,"views":40,"isPinned":18,"noindex":18,"publishedAt":128,"updatedAt":129,"category":130,"categories":131,"featuredImage":28,"bgImage":29,"posterImage":133,"relatedSolution":28},483,"connect-domain-vercel-netlify-wix-shopify",{"fr":123,"en":121,"ar":124,"es":125},"connecter-domaine-vercel-netlify-wix-shopify","ربط-النطاق-بمنصة-vercel-netlify-wix-shopify","conectar-dominio-vercel-netlify-wix-shopify","Connect a domain to Vercel, Netlify, Wix or Shopify","Point your domain at your site on Vercel, Netlify, Wix or Shopify: which A and CNAME records to create, why to leave the proxy off, and how to check.","2026-10-21T00:00:00+00:00","2026-10-21T15:21:33+00:00",{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},[132],{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcovers\u002Fconnecter-domaine-vercel-netlify-wix-shopify-poster.svg",{"id":135,"slug":136,"slugs":137,"title":141,"excerpt":142,"readTime":16,"views":56,"isPinned":18,"noindex":18,"publishedAt":143,"updatedAt":144,"category":145,"categories":146,"featuredImage":28,"bgImage":29,"posterImage":148,"relatedSolution":28},476,"check-renew-ssl-certificate-cpanel",{"fr":138,"en":136,"ar":139,"es":140},"verifier-relancer-certificat-ssl-cpanel","التحقق-من-شهادة-ssl-وإعادة-إصدارها-في-cpanel","verificar-renovar-certificado-ssl-cpanel","Check and renew the SSL certificate for your site in cPanel","View the status of your Let's Encrypt SSL certificate in cPanel and run AutoSSL with one click if your domain is not secure or the certificate has expired.","2026-10-20T00:00:00+00:00","2026-10-20T17:28:17+00:00",{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},[147],{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcovers\u002Fverifier-relancer-certificat-ssl-cpanel-poster.svg",{"id":150,"slug":151,"slugs":152,"title":156,"excerpt":157,"readTime":113,"views":17,"isPinned":18,"noindex":18,"publishedAt":158,"updatedAt":159,"category":160,"categories":161,"featuredImage":28,"bgImage":29,"posterImage":163,"relatedSolution":28},475,"force-https-redirect-cpanel",{"fr":153,"en":151,"ar":154,"es":155},"forcer-https-site-cpanel","تفعيل-https-وفرض-إعادة-التوجيه-في-cpanel","forzar-https-sitio-cpanel","Enable HTTPS and force the redirect in cPanel","Check your site's free AutoSSL certificate in cPanel, then force the HTTPS redirect so that every visitor lands on the secure version.","2026-10-19T00:00:00+00:00","2026-10-20T07:26:24+00:00",{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},[162],{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcovers\u002Fforcer-https-site-cpanel-poster.svg",{"id":165,"slug":166,"slugs":167,"title":171,"excerpt":172,"readTime":173,"views":17,"isPinned":18,"noindex":18,"publishedAt":158,"updatedAt":174,"category":175,"categories":176,"featuredImage":28,"bgImage":29,"posterImage":178,"relatedSolution":28},474,"create-subdomain-cpanel",{"fr":168,"en":166,"ar":169,"es":170},"creer-sous-domaine-cpanel","إنشاء-نطاق-فرعي-في-cpanel","crear-subdominio-cpanel","Create a subdomain in cPanel","Create a subdomain such as blog.yourdomain.com in cPanel, choose its folder and point its DNS, in both the Meridian and Jupiter interfaces.",5,"2026-10-20T20:26:34+00:00",{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},[177],{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcovers\u002Fcreer-sous-domaine-cpanel-poster.svg",{"id":180,"slug":181,"slugs":182,"title":186,"excerpt":187,"readTime":113,"views":17,"isPinned":18,"noindex":18,"publishedAt":158,"updatedAt":159,"category":188,"categories":189,"featuredImage":28,"bgImage":29,"posterImage":191,"relatedSolution":28},473,"create-mysql-database-cpanel",{"fr":183,"en":181,"ar":184,"es":185},"creer-base-de-donnees-mysql-cpanel","إنشاء-قاعدة-بيانات-mysql-في-cpanel","crear-base-de-datos-mysql-cpanel","Create a MySQL database in cPanel","Create a MySQL database and its user with the cPanel wizard, grant all privileges and import a .sql file with phpMyAdmin, on Meridian as well as Jupiter.",{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},[190],{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcovers\u002Fcreer-base-de-donnees-mysql-cpanel-poster.svg",{"id":193,"slug":194,"slugs":195,"title":199,"excerpt":200,"readTime":113,"views":17,"isPinned":18,"noindex":18,"publishedAt":158,"updatedAt":159,"category":201,"categories":202,"featuredImage":28,"bgImage":29,"posterImage":204,"relatedSolution":28},472,"upload-website-files-cpanel-file-manager",{"fr":196,"en":194,"ar":197,"es":198},"envoyer-fichiers-site-gestionnaire-fichiers-cpanel","رفع-ملفات-الموقع-بمدير-الملفات-في-cpanel","subir-archivos-sitio-administrador-archivos-cpanel","Upload your website files with File Manager","Upload your website files to public_html with cPanel's File Manager: upload a .zip, extract it and publish your home page.",{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},[203],{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcovers\u002Fenvoyer-fichiers-site-gestionnaire-fichiers-cpanel-poster.svg",{"id":206,"slug":207,"slugs":208,"title":212,"excerpt":213,"readTime":16,"views":56,"isPinned":18,"noindex":18,"publishedAt":158,"updatedAt":159,"category":214,"categories":215,"featuredImage":28,"bgImage":29,"posterImage":217,"relatedSolution":28},471,"set-up-business-email-phone-outlook",{"fr":209,"en":207,"ar":210,"es":211},"configurer-email-pro-telephone-outlook","إعداد-البريد-المهني-على-الهاتف-أو-outlook","configurar-correo-profesional-movil-outlook","Set up your business email on a phone or Outlook","Set up your business email on iPhone, Android or Outlook: where to find servers and ports in cPanel, IMAP over SSL\u002FTLS and which credentials to use.",{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},[216],{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcovers\u002Fconfigurer-email-pro-telephone-outlook-poster.svg",{"id":219,"slug":220,"slugs":221,"title":225,"excerpt":226,"readTime":16,"views":40,"isPinned":18,"noindex":18,"publishedAt":158,"updatedAt":159,"category":227,"categories":228,"featuredImage":28,"bgImage":29,"posterImage":230,"relatedSolution":28},470,"create-business-email-address-cpanel",{"fr":222,"en":220,"ar":223,"es":224},"creer-adresse-email-pro-cpanel","إنشاء-بريد-إلكتروني-مهني-في-cpanel","crear-correo-profesional-cpanel","Create a business email address in cPanel","Create an email address on your own domain in cPanel: name, password, quota, then open webmail, in both the Meridian and Jupiter interfaces.",{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},[229],{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcovers\u002Fcreer-adresse-email-pro-cpanel-poster.svg",{"id":232,"slug":233,"slugs":234,"title":238,"excerpt":239,"readTime":113,"views":56,"isPinned":18,"noindex":18,"publishedAt":158,"updatedAt":159,"category":240,"categories":241,"featuredImage":28,"bgImage":29,"posterImage":243,"relatedSolution":28},469,"install-wordpress-wp-toolkit-cpanel",{"fr":235,"en":233,"ar":236,"es":237},"installer-wordpress-wp-toolkit-cpanel","تثبيت-ووردبريس-باستخدام-wp-toolkit-في-cpanel","instalar-wordpress-wp-toolkit-cpanel","Install WordPress from cPanel","Install WordPress in a few minutes from cPanel: Websites & Apps, Manage, Build with WordPress, then Launch My Website.",{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},[242],{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcovers\u002Finstaller-wordpress-wp-toolkit-cpanel-poster.svg",{"id":245,"slug":246,"slugs":247,"title":251,"excerpt":252,"readTime":113,"views":17,"isPinned":18,"noindex":18,"publishedAt":158,"updatedAt":159,"category":253,"categories":254,"featuredImage":28,"bgImage":29,"posterImage":256,"relatedSolution":28},468,"create-website-sitejet-template-cpanel",{"fr":248,"en":246,"ar":249,"es":250},"creer-site-web-sitejet-cpanel","إنشاء-موقع-ويب-بقالب-sitejet-من-cpanel","crear-sitio-web-plantilla-sitejet-cpanel","Create your website with a Sitejet template from cPanel","Build your business website with Sitejet Builder from cPanel: launch it on your main domain, pick a template, edit pages, text and images, then publish.",{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},[255],{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcovers\u002Fcreer-site-web-sitejet-cpanel-poster.svg",{"id":258,"slug":259,"slugs":260,"title":264,"excerpt":265,"readTime":40,"views":56,"isPinned":18,"noindex":18,"publishedAt":266,"updatedAt":267,"category":268,"categories":269,"featuredImage":28,"bgImage":29,"posterImage":271,"relatedSolution":28},457,"enable-two-factor-authentication-2fa",{"fr":261,"en":259,"ar":262,"es":263},"activer-double-authentification-2fa","تفعيل-المصادقة-الثنائية-2fa-للحساب","activar-autenticacion-dos-pasos-2fa","Enable two-factor authentication (2FA) on your account","Protect your client area with two-factor authentication: authenticator app (QR code) or email code, and keep your recovery codes safe.","2026-10-16T00:00:00+00:00","2026-10-16T01:57:35+00:00",{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},[270],{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcovers\u002Factiver-double-authentification-2fa-poster.svg",{"id":273,"slug":274,"slugs":275,"title":279,"excerpt":280,"readTime":40,"views":40,"isPinned":18,"noindex":18,"publishedAt":266,"updatedAt":267,"category":281,"categories":282,"featuredImage":28,"bgImage":29,"posterImage":284,"relatedSolution":28},456,"download-order-invoice",{"fr":276,"en":274,"ar":277,"es":278},"telecharger-facture-commande","تنزيل-فاتورة-الطلب","descargar-factura-pedido","Download an order's invoice","Download the PDF invoice of a paid order from your client area, and learn the difference between the invoice and the receipt.",{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},[283],{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcovers\u002Ftelecharger-facture-commande-poster.svg",{"id":286,"slug":287,"slugs":288,"title":292,"excerpt":293,"readTime":40,"views":56,"isPinned":18,"noindex":294,"publishedAt":266,"updatedAt":267,"category":295,"categories":296,"featuredImage":28,"bgImage":29,"posterImage":298,"relatedSolution":28},455,"pay-pending-order-client-area",{"fr":289,"en":287,"ar":290,"es":291},"payer-commande-espace-client","دفع-طلب-معلق-من-مساحة-العميل","pagar-pedido-pendiente-area-cliente","Pay a pending order from your client area","Pay a pending order from your client area: card, bank transfer with proof of payment or credit, and what to do if a payment method is missing.",true,{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},[297],{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcovers\u002Fpayer-commande-espace-client-poster.svg",{"id":300,"slug":301,"slugs":302,"title":306,"excerpt":307,"readTime":40,"views":173,"isPinned":18,"noindex":18,"publishedAt":266,"updatedAt":267,"category":308,"categories":309,"featuredImage":28,"bgImage":29,"posterImage":311,"relatedSolution":28},454,"log-in-to-cpanel-from-client-area",{"fr":303,"en":301,"ar":304,"es":305},"se-connecter-cpanel-hebergement","الدخول-إلى-cpanel-من-مساحة-العميل","conectarse-cpanel-area-cliente","Log in to cPanel from your client area","Open your web hosting's cPanel in one click from your client area, without re-entering a password, to manage your site, files and email.",{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},[310],{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcovers\u002Fse-connecter-cpanel-hebergement-poster.svg",{"id":313,"slug":314,"slugs":315,"title":319,"excerpt":320,"readTime":40,"views":17,"isPinned":18,"noindex":18,"publishedAt":266,"updatedAt":267,"category":321,"categories":322,"featuredImage":28,"bgImage":29,"posterImage":324,"relatedSolution":28},453,"reset-vps-root-password",{"fr":316,"en":314,"ar":317,"es":318},"reinitialiser-mot-de-passe-root-vps","إعادة-تعيين-كلمة-مرور-root-لخادم-vps","restablecer-contrasena-root-vps","Reset a VPS root password","Generate a new root password for your VPS from your client area, with email confirmation, when the old one has been lost.",{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},[323],{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcovers\u002Freinitialiser-mot-de-passe-root-vps-poster.svg",{"id":326,"slug":327,"slugs":328,"title":332,"excerpt":333,"readTime":40,"views":17,"isPinned":18,"noindex":294,"publishedAt":266,"updatedAt":267,"category":334,"categories":335,"featuredImage":28,"bgImage":29,"posterImage":337,"relatedSolution":28},452,"first-ssh-login-vps",{"fr":329,"en":327,"ar":330,"es":331},"premier-acces-ssh-vps","أول-اتصال-ssh-بخادم-vps","primer-acceso-ssh-vps","Log in to your VPS over SSH for the first time","Retrieve your VPS root password with the one-time link received by email, then log in to your server over SSH for the first time.",{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},[336],{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcovers\u002Fpremier-acces-ssh-vps-poster.svg",{"id":339,"slug":340,"slugs":341,"title":345,"excerpt":346,"readTime":40,"views":17,"isPinned":18,"noindex":18,"publishedAt":266,"updatedAt":267,"category":347,"categories":348,"featuredImage":28,"bgImage":29,"posterImage":350,"relatedSolution":28},451,"upload-ma-domain-registrant-document",{"fr":342,"en":340,"ar":343,"es":344},"envoyer-piece-titulaire-domaine-ma","إرسال-وثيقة-صاحب-نطاق-ma","enviar-documento-titular-dominio-ma","Upload the registrant's document for a .ma domain","Link a registrant to your .ma domain and upload their supporting document from your client area, as required by the Moroccan registry (ANRT).",{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},[349],{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcovers\u002Fenvoyer-piece-titulaire-domaine-ma-poster.svg",{"id":352,"slug":353,"slugs":354,"title":358,"excerpt":359,"readTime":40,"views":17,"isPinned":18,"noindex":18,"publishedAt":266,"updatedAt":267,"category":360,"categories":361,"featuredImage":28,"bgImage":29,"posterImage":363,"relatedSolution":28},450,"transfer-domain-out-epp-code",{"fr":355,"en":353,"ar":356,"es":357},"transferer-domaine-sortant-code-epp","نقل-النطاق-إلى-مسجل-آخر-رمز-epp","transferir-dominio-saliente-codigo-epp","Transfer a domain to another registrar (EPP code)","Unlock your domain and get its EPP transfer code from your client area so you can transfer it to another provider.",{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},[362],{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcovers\u002Ftransferer-domaine-sortant-code-epp-poster.svg",{"id":365,"slug":366,"slugs":367,"title":371,"excerpt":372,"readTime":40,"views":17,"isPinned":18,"noindex":18,"publishedAt":266,"updatedAt":267,"category":373,"categories":374,"featuredImage":28,"bgImage":29,"posterImage":376,"relatedSolution":28},449,"change-domain-nameservers",{"fr":368,"en":366,"ar":369,"es":370},"changer-serveurs-de-noms-domaine","تغيير-خوادم-الأسماء-للنطاق","cambiar-servidores-de-nombres-dominio","Change a domain's nameservers","Change the nameservers (NS) of a domain registered with ServOrbit from your client area, without taking down your website or email.",{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},[375],{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcovers\u002Fchanger-serveurs-de-noms-domaine-poster.svg",{"id":378,"slug":379,"slugs":380,"title":384,"excerpt":385,"readTime":40,"views":17,"isPinned":18,"noindex":18,"publishedAt":266,"updatedAt":267,"category":386,"categories":387,"featuredImage":28,"bgImage":29,"posterImage":389,"relatedSolution":28},448,"enable-disable-cloudflare-proxy-dns-record",{"fr":381,"en":379,"ar":382,"es":383},"activer-desactiver-proxy-cloudflare-enregistrement","تفعيل-أو-تعطيل-بروكسي-cloudflare-لسجل-dns","activar-desactivar-proxy-cloudflare-registro","Turn the Cloudflare proxy on or off for a DNS record","Turn on or off the Cloudflare proxy (CDN + anti-DDoS) for an A, AAAA or CNAME record, and learn when to leave it as DNS only.",{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},[388],{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcovers\u002Factiver-desactiver-proxy-cloudflare-enregistrement-poster.svg",{"id":391,"slug":392,"slugs":393,"title":397,"excerpt":398,"readTime":40,"views":56,"isPinned":18,"noindex":18,"publishedAt":266,"updatedAt":267,"category":399,"categories":400,"featuredImage":28,"bgImage":29,"posterImage":402,"relatedSolution":28},447,"add-edit-dns-record-domain",{"fr":394,"en":392,"ar":395,"es":396},"ajouter-enregistrement-dns-domaine","إضافة-أو-تعديل-سجل-dns-للنطاق","anadir-registro-dns-dominio","Add or edit a DNS record (A, CNAME, MX, TXT)","Create, edit or delete a DNS record (A, AAAA, CNAME, MX, TXT) in your domain's managed zone, directly from your client area.",{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},[401],{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcovers\u002Fajouter-enregistrement-dns-domaine-poster.svg",{"id":404,"slug":405,"slugs":406,"title":410,"excerpt":411,"readTime":40,"views":17,"isPinned":18,"noindex":18,"publishedAt":266,"updatedAt":267,"category":412,"categories":413,"featuredImage":28,"bgImage":29,"posterImage":415,"relatedSolution":28},446,"activate-managed-cloudflare-dns-domain",{"fr":407,"en":405,"ar":408,"es":409},"activer-dns-manage-cloudflare-domaine","تفعيل-dns-المدار-cloudflare-على-النطاق","activar-dns-gestionado-cloudflare-dominio","Activate managed Cloudflare DNS on a domain","Activate managed DNS (Cloudflare) for a domain from your client area: record import, nameserver delegation and checking the zone status.",{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},[414],{"id":22,"name":23,"slug":24,"color":25,"icon":24},"\u002Fblog\u002Fcovers\u002Factiver-dns-manage-cloudflare-domaine-poster.svg",{"items":417,"categories":6417},["Reactive",418],[419,424,430,436,442,447,452,457,462,467,472,476,482,487,493,499,505,510,515,521,527,531,536,540,545,550,554,559,564,569,574,579,584,589,594,599,604,608,612,617,622,627,632,636,640,644,648,652,657,662,667,672,677,682,687,692,697,701,705,710,714,718,722,726,730,734,738,743,748,753,758,763,768,773,778,783,788,793,798,803,808,813,818,823,829,834,839,844,849,854,859,864,869,874,880,885,890,895,900,905,910,914,919,924,929,934,939,945,950,955,960,965,970,975,979,984,989,994,999,1004,1009,1014,1019,1024,1029,1034,1039,1044,1049,1054,1059,1064,1069,1074,1079,1084,1089,1094,1099,1104,1109,1114,1119,1124,1129,1134,1139,1144,1149,1154,1159,1164,1169,1174,1179,1184,1189,1194,1199,1204,1209,1214,1219,1224,1229,1234,1239,1244,1249,1254,1259,1264,1269,1274,1279,1284,1289,1294,1299,1304,1309,1314,1319,1324,1329,1334,1339,1344,1349,1354,1359,1364,1369,1374,1379,1384,1389,1394,1399,1404,1409,1414,1419,1424,1429,1434,1439,1444,1449,1454,1459,1464,1469,1474,1479,1484,1489,1494,1499,1504,1509,1513,1518,1523,1528,1533,1538,1543,1548,1553,1558,1563,1568,1573,1578,1583,1588,1593,1598,1603,1607,1611,1616,1621,1626,1631,1635,1640,1645,1650,1655,1660,1665,1669,1672,1675,1678,1681,1684,1687,1690,1693,1696,1699,1702,1705,1708,1711,1714,1717,1720,1723,1726,1729,1732,1735,1738,1741,1744,1747,1750,1753,1756,1759,1762,1765,1768,1771,1774,1777,1780,1783,1786,1789,1792,1795,1798,1801,1804,1807,1811,1814,1817,1820,1823,1827,1830,1833,1837,1840,1843,1846,1849,1852,1855,1858,1861,1864,1867,1870,1873,1876,1879,1882,1885,1888,1891,1894,1897,1900,1903,1906,1909,1912,1915,1918,1921,1924,1927,1930,1933,1936,1939,1942,1945,1948,1951,1954,1957,1960,1963,1966,1969,1972,1975,1978,1981,1984,1987,1990,1993,1996,1999,2002,2005,2008,2011,2014,2017,2020,2023,2026,2029,2033,2036,2039,2042,2045,2048,2051,2054,2057,2060,2063,2066,2070,2073,2076,2080,2083,2086,2089,2092,2095,2098,2101,2105,2109,2112,2115,2118,2121,2124,2128,2131,2134,2137,2141,2145,2148,2151,2154,2157,2160,2163,2166,2170,2173,2176,2179,2182,2185,2188,2191,2194,2197,2200,2203,2206,2209,2212,2215,2218,2221,2224,2227,2230,2233,2237,2240,2243,2246,2249,2252,2256,2259,2262,2265,2268,2271,2274,2277,2280,2283,2286,2289,2292,2295,2298,2301,2304,2308,2311,2314,2317,2320,2323,2326,2329,2332,2335,2338,2341,2344,2347,2350,2353,2356,2359,2363,2366,2369,2372,2375,2378,2381,2384,2387,2390,2393,2396,2399,2402,2405,2408,2411,2414,2418,2422,2426,2430,2433,2436,2440,2444,2448,2452,2456,2460,2464,2468,2472,2476,2479,2483,2487,2491,2495,2499,2503,2507,2511,2515,2519,2523,2527,2531,2535,2539,2542,2545,2548,2552,2556,2560,2564,2568,2572,2576,2580,2584,2588,2592,2596,2600,2604,2608,2612,2616,2620,2624,2628,2632,2636,2640,2644,2648,2652,2656,2660,2664,2668,2672,2676,2679,2683,2687,2691,2695,2699,2703,2707,2711,2715,2719,2723,2727,2731,2735,2739,2743,2747,2751,2755,2759,2763,2767,2771,2775,2779,2783,2787,2791,2795,2799,2803,2807,2811,2815,2819,2823,2827,2831,2835,2839,2843,2847,2851,2855,2859,2863,2867,2871,2875,2879,2883,2887,2891,2895,2899,2903,2907,2911,2915,2919,2923,2927,2931,2935,2939,2943,2947,2951,2955,2959,2963,2967,2971,2975,2979,2983,2987,2991,2995,2999,3003,3007,3011,3015,3019,3023,3027,3031,3035,3039,3043,3047,3051,3055,3059,3063,3067,3071,3075,3079,3083,3087,3091,3095,3099,3103,3107,3111,3115,3119,3123,3127,3131,3135,3139,3143,3147,3151,3155,3159,3163,3167,3171,3175,3179,3183,3187,3191,3195,3199,3203,3207,3211,3215,3219,3223,3227,3231,3235,3239,3243,3247,3251,3255,3259,3263,3267,3271,3275,3279,3283,3287,3291,3295,3299,3303,3307,3311,3315,3319,3323,3327,3331,3335,3339,3343,3347,3351,3355,3359,3363,3367,3371,3375,3379,3383,3387,3391,3395,3399,3403,3407,3411,3415,3419,3423,3427,3431,3435,3439,3443,3447,3451,3455,3459,3463,3467,3471,3475,3479,3483,3487,3491,3495,3499,3503,3507,3511,3515,3519,3523,3527,3531,3535,3539,3543,3547,3551,3555,3559,3563,3567,3571,3575,3579,3583,3587,3591,3595,3599,3603,3607,3611,3615,3619,3623,3627,3631,3635,3639,3643,3647,3651,3655,3659,3663,3667,3671,3675,3679,3683,3687,3691,3695,3699,3703,3707,3711,3715,3719,3723,3727,3731,3735,3739,3743,3747,3751,3755,3759,3763,3767,3771,3775,3779,3783,3787,3791,3795,3799,3803,3807,3811,3815,3819,3823,3827,3831,3835,3839,3843,3847,3851,3855,3859,3863,3867,3871,3875,3879,3883,3887,3891,3895,3899,3903,3907,3911,3915,3919,3923,3927,3931,3935,3939,3943,3947,3951,3955,3959,3963,3967,3971,3975,3979,3983,3987,3991,3995,3998,4002,4006,4010,4014,4017,4021,4025,4029,4033,4036,4040,4044,4048,4052,4055,4059,4063,4067,4070,4074,4078,4082,4086,4089,4093,4097,4101,4105,4108,4112,4116,4120,4124,4127,4131,4135,4139,4143,4146,4150,4154,4158,4162,4165,4169,4173,4177,4181,4184,4188,4192,4196,4200,4203,4207,4211,4215,4219,4222,4226,4230,4234,4238,4241,4245,4249,4253,4257,4260,4264,4268,4272,4276,4279,4283,4287,4291,4295,4298,4302,4306,4310,4314,4317,4321,4325,4329,4333,4336,4340,4344,4348,4352,4355,4359,4363,4367,4371,4374,4378,4382,4386,4390,4393,4397,4401,4405,4409,4413,4417,4421,4425,4429,4433,4437,4441,4445,4449,4453,4457,4461,4465,4469,4473,4477,4481,4485,4489,4493,4497,4501,4505,4509,4513,4517,4521,4525,4529,4533,4537,4541,4545,4549,4553,4557,4561,4565,4569,4573,4577,4581,4585,4589,4593,4597,4601,4605,4609,4613,4617,4621,4625,4629,4633,4637,4641,4645,4649,4653,4657,4661,4665,4669,4673,4677,4681,4685,4689,4693,4697,4701,4705,4709,4713,4717,4721,4725,4729,4733,4737,4741,4745,4749,4753,4757,4761,4765,4769,4773,4777,4781,4785,4789,4793,4797,4801,4805,4809,4813,4817,4821,4825,4829,4833,4837,4841,4845,4849,4853,4857,4861,4865,4869,4873,4877,4881,4885,4889,4893,4897,4901,4905,4909,4913,4917,4921,4925,4929,4933,4937,4941,4945,4949,4953,4957,4961,4965,4969,4973,4977,4981,4985,4989,4993,4997,5001,5005,5009,5013,5017,5021,5025,5029,5033,5037,5041,5045,5049,5053,5057,5061,5065,5069,5073,5077,5081,5085,5089,5093,5097,5101,5105,5109,5113,5117,5121,5125,5129,5133,5137,5141,5145,5149,5153,5157,5161,5165,5169,5173,5177,5181,5185,5189,5193,5197,5201,5205,5209,5213,5217,5221,5225,5229,5233,5237,5241,5245,5249,5253,5257,5261,5265,5269,5273,5277,5281,5285,5289,5293,5297,5301,5305,5309,5313,5317,5321,5325,5329,5333,5337,5341,5345,5349,5353,5357,5361,5365,5369,5373,5377,5381,5385,5389,5393,5397,5401,5405,5409,5413,5417,5421,5425,5429,5433,5437,5441,5445,5449,5453,5457,5461,5465,5469,5473,5477,5481,5485,5489,5493,5497,5501,5505,5509,5513,5517,5521,5525,5529,5533,5537,5541,5545,5549,5553,5557,5561,5565,5569,5573,5577,5581,5585,5589,5593,5597,5601,5605,5609,5613,5617,5621,5625,5629,5633,5637,5641,5645,5649,5653,5657,5661,5665,5669,5673,5677,5681,5685,5689,5693,5697,5701,5705,5709,5713,5717,5721,5725,5729,5733,5737,5741,5745,5749,5753,5757,5761,5765,5769,5773,5777,5781,5785,5789,5793,5797,5801,5805,5809,5813,5817,5821,5825,5829,5833,5837,5841,5845,5849,5853,5857,5861,5865,5869,5873,5877,5881,5885,5889,5893,5897,5901,5905,5909,5913,5917,5921,5925,5929,5933,5937,5941,5945,5949,5953,5957,5961,5965,5969,5973,5977,5981,5985,5989,5993,5997,6001,6005,6009,6013,6017,6021,6025,6029,6033,6037,6041,6045,6049,6053,6057,6061,6065,6069,6073,6077,6081,6085,6089,6093,6097,6101,6105,6109,6113,6117,6121,6125,6129,6133,6137,6141,6145,6149,6153,6157,6161,6165,6169,6173,6177,6181,6185,6189,6193,6197,6201,6205,6209,6213,6217,6221,6225,6229,6233,6237,6241,6245,6249,6253,6257,6261,6265,6269,6273,6277,6281,6285,6289,6293,6297,6301,6305,6309,6313,6317,6321,6325,6329,6333,6337,6341,6345,6349,6353,6357,6361,6365,6369,6373,6377,6381,6385,6389,6393,6397,6401,6405,6409,6413],{"id":17,"category":420,"question":421,"answer":422,"weight":423},"domaines","How do I register a .ma domain name?","Type the name you want in the search bar, check its availability, then add it to your cart. Registration is completed within a few minutes.",1000,{"id":425,"category":426,"question":427,"answer":428,"weight":429},37,"vps","What is the difference between a VPS and shared hosting?","With shared hosting, resources are shared among several clients. A VPS gives you dedicated resources (vCPU, RAM, SSD), root access and full isolation — more performance and control.",995,{"id":431,"category":432,"question":433,"answer":434,"weight":435},18,"hebergement","Is SSL really free?","Yes, all our hosting plans include a free Let's Encrypt SSL certificate that renews automatically. HTTPS is enabled as soon as your site goes live.",990,{"id":437,"category":438,"question":439,"answer":440,"weight":441},67,"paiement","Which payment methods do you accept?","We currently accept: Bank card, PayPal, CIH Bank and Bank transfer. The up-to-date list of available methods is shown at the time of payment.",985,{"id":443,"category":432,"question":444,"answer":445,"weight":446},14,"Which hosting plan should I choose?","Solo (239 DH\u002Fyear) is suitable for a showcase site, Business (469 DH\u002Fyear — recommended) for SMEs with several sites and mailboxes, and Pro (899 DH\u002Fyear) for demanding projects. Compare the resource details on the Web Hosting page.",980,{"id":448,"category":426,"question":449,"answer":450,"weight":451},39,"Do I really get root access?","Yes, all our Linux VPS include full root access via SSH. You install whatever you want, configure your stack freely, and manage permissions as you need.",975,{"id":453,"category":426,"question":454,"answer":455,"weight":456},38,"What VPS plans do you offer?","3 configurations, all with root access and a dedicated IPv4: VPS Solo (2 vCPU, 4 GB RAM, 50 GB SSD — 99 DH\u002Fmonth), VPS Power (4 vCPU, 8 GB RAM, 100 GB SSD — 299 DH\u002Fmonth) and VPS Business (8 vCPU, 16 GB RAM, 200 GB SSD — 499 DH\u002Fmonth). Monthly prices with no commitment; the 12-month commitment rate and up-to-date details are on the VPS Cloud page.",970,{"id":458,"category":426,"question":459,"answer":460,"weight":461},199,"Does my VPS have an address if I don't have a domain name?","Yes. Every VPS gets a free address of the form vps-xxxxxxx.servorbit-dns.com, included and active from the moment it's provisioned. It masks the public IP and lets you do everything — connect over SSH, publish an application or share an access point — without owning a domain. You'll find it in your VPS console (client area → VPS → Manage). Register or transfer your own domain whenever you like: your branded address stays available alongside it.",965,{"id":463,"category":432,"question":464,"answer":465,"weight":466},22,"How do I migrate my existing website?","Use our \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fwhy\u002Fmigrations\">migration assistant\u003C\u002Fa>, included with every plan, Solo included: in a single order, it transfers your domains (EPP code) and restores your cPanel accounts — website, emails and databases — from a backup or by direct transfer. From Business upwards, our team can also handle the migration end to end. Your site stays online at your current host until the DNS switch.",960,{"id":468,"category":432,"question":469,"answer":470,"weight":471},17,"Can I host WordPress?","Yes. WordPress installs in one click on all our shared hosting plans (step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Finstall-wordpress-wp-toolkit-cpanel\">Install WordPress from cPanel\u003C\u002Fa>). For a showcase site or a blog, Solo is enough; Business suits WooCommerce or several sites; Pro suits high-traffic projects. Details are on the WordPress Hosting page.",955,{"id":16,"category":420,"question":473,"answer":474,"weight":475},"Which domain extensions do you offer?","540 extensions are available: .ma, .com, .net, .org, .info, .shop, .store and many more. The up-to-date price of each extension is displayed when you search for your domain.",950,{"id":477,"category":478,"question":479,"answer":480,"weight":481},24,"emails","Are professional email accounts included with hosting?","Yes, every hosting plan includes professional email accounts; their number increases with the plan. Details for each plan are on the Web Hosting page.",945,{"id":483,"category":438,"question":484,"answer":485,"weight":486},68,"Do displayed prices include VAT?","Prices shown in dirhams are tax exclusive (VAT excluded). The Moroccan VAT (20%) is detailed in the summary before confirmation.",940,{"id":488,"category":489,"question":490,"answer":491,"weight":492},87,"support","How can I contact support?","By email at support@servorbit.com, via WhatsApp, or using the site's contact form. Customers can also open a ticket from their client area.",935,{"id":494,"category":495,"question":496,"answer":497,"weight":498},75,"compte","I forgot my password, what should I do?","Click “Forgot password” on the login page. You will receive a secure link to set a new password.",930,{"id":500,"category":501,"question":502,"answer":503,"weight":504},55,"sauvegardes","Is my data backed up automatically?","Automatic backups are included starting from the mid-range hosting plans, with a frequency that increases on the higher plans. On VPS, nothing is automatic: snapshots and backups are started on demand from your client area, depending on the plan and the Backup storage option. The details are listed per plan on the product pages.",925,{"id":506,"category":495,"question":507,"answer":508,"weight":509},74,"How do I create an account?","Two paths, depending on where you start. From the website, sign up with your email: an activation message is sent to confirm your account and unlock your client area. From an order in progress, the cart's « Account » step handles it — you fill in the form and go straight to payment, without waiting for any email (you confirm your address later, from your client area). That same step also lets you sign in if you are already a customer, or simply leave your email to pick up your cart later, without creating an account.",920,{"id":511,"category":489,"question":512,"answer":513,"weight":514},88,"What are your support hours?","You can write to us at any time, by ticket, email or WhatsApp. Our team replies within 24 hours, on business days.",915,{"id":516,"category":517,"question":518,"answer":519,"weight":520},83,"marketplace","How do I deploy an application from the Marketplace?","Choose a Cloud VPS then select the desired template: the environment is installed automatically. Apps that require a domain are served over HTTPS on the address chosen at installation — a subdomain of one of your domains or the VPS's free subdomain; the others have no public address and open through an SSH tunnel.",910,{"id":522,"category":523,"question":524,"answer":525,"weight":526},152,"general","Who is behind ServOrbit?","ServOrbit.com is a brand of MEGALOGI, a company specializing in digital services since 2014. Our teams support you anywhere in the world.",905,{"id":40,"category":420,"question":528,"answer":529,"weight":530},"What is the difference between .ma and .com?","The .ma is a national extension, whose registry is run by ANRT: it signals local roots from the outset, and registering it requires a document from the registrant. The .com is an international extension, recognized everywhere, with no local signal and no supporting document to provide to the registry. For a business aimed at a local audience, the .ma is the natural choice; for a wider reach, the .com. Many projects register both — the .ma for the website, the .com as a redirect —, which also keeps the name out of a third party's hands.",900,{"id":532,"category":432,"question":533,"answer":534,"weight":535},21,"Are my resources (storage, traffic) guaranteed?","Yes, and we publish the numbers — which is uncommon in this market. Every account runs in its own CloudLinux container: a busy neighbour can never take resources from you. Solo gets 2 CPU cores, 10 GB of memory and 100 PHP requests served concurrently; Business 4 cores, 15 GB and 150 requests; Pro 8 cores, 25 GB and 250 requests. On top of that: disk space (50, 150 or 300 GB) and a per-plan file count (250,000 to 1 million). These are per-account ceilings, not reservations: you don't pay for idle capacity, and nothing stops you reaching them when your traffic calls for it.",895,{"id":113,"category":420,"question":537,"answer":538,"weight":539},"Can I transfer my domain from another registrar?","Yes, and you stay in control from start to finish. Search for the domain on our site: if it is already registered elsewhere, a “Transfer to us” button appears. Paste the authorization code (EPP\u002Fauthcode) provided by your current registrar — after unlocking the domain —, add it to your cart, then pay: we initiate the transfer with the registry. You can also start the transfer while ordering a hosting plan or a VPS: at the “I have a domain” step, the “Transfer my domain from another provider” option takes you to the same flow. The transfer usually extends the domain by one year. Our team stays by your side to support you.",497,{"id":541,"category":420,"question":542,"answer":543,"weight":544},129,"How do I track a transfer and retrieve my EPP code from my client area?","An incoming transfer you have initiated appears in your client area, under “Domain names”, with its status until it is validated by the registry. Conversely, to transfer a domain from us to another provider, open its details page in the client area: the “EPP code” tab gives you the authorization code, and you can lift the transfer lock there. Support is available to assist you if needed.",496,{"id":546,"category":420,"question":547,"answer":548,"weight":549},912,"My domain transfer failed: what should I do if the transfer code is refused?","The registry refuses a transfer when the authorization code (EPP\u002Fauthcode) is wrong or expired, or when the domain is still locked at your current registrar. First ask them to lift that lock and to give you a new code. Then open the order concerned in your client area, under “My orders”: a panel lets you enter the new code there, and the transfer restarts right away, with no new payment — you are notified of the result. If the refusal persists, write to us at support@servorbit.com.",495,{"id":173,"category":420,"question":551,"answer":552,"weight":553},"What is the duration of a domain registration?",".ma domains are registered for a minimum of 1 year, renewable before expiration. We send you reminders before the deadline.",494,{"id":555,"category":420,"question":556,"answer":557,"weight":558},6,"How does domain renewal work?","You receive reminders before expiration. Renewal is done from your client area at the current rate (e.g. 118 DH\u002Fyear for a .ma, 129 DH\u002Fyear for a .com). After expiration, a grace period generally lets you recover the domain.",493,{"id":560,"category":420,"question":561,"answer":562,"weight":563},7,"Can I manage my DNS (zones and records)?","Yes, DNS management is free and included. Enable managed DNS from the DNS tab of your domain: we host your zone and automatically delegate your name servers, then you create your A, AAAA, CNAME, MX, TXT (SPF\u002FDKIM) and other records in one click from your client area.",492,{"id":565,"category":420,"question":566,"answer":567,"weight":568},8,"Can I buy a domain without hosting?","Yes, you can register a domain on its own and point it to any host. You can add hosting with us at any time.",491,{"id":570,"category":420,"question":571,"answer":572,"weight":573},1289,"My site is already on Vercel, Netlify, Wix or Shopify: can I buy just the domain?","Yes: the domain alone is a complete order, and its DNS management is included at no extra cost. Once the domain is active, turn on managed DNS on its page, then create the A record and the www CNAME your platform gives you; they do not take effect instantly. Step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fconnect-domain-vercel-netlify-wix-shopify\">Connect a domain to Vercel, Netlify, Wix or Shopify\u003C\u002Fa>.",490,{"id":575,"category":420,"question":576,"answer":577,"weight":578},118,"How do I point my domain to my VPS?","In one click: from the DNS tab of your domain (“Attach to a VPS”) or from your VPS console (“Attached domains”), choose the server — we automatically create the A record pointing to its IP address. You can also order or transfer a domain directly for a VPS: the pointing will happen as soon as it is activated.",489,{"id":580,"category":420,"question":581,"answer":582,"weight":583},9,"Is my Whois information protected?","Yes, on the extensions that allow it: the “WHOIS Privacy” option replaces your registrant contact details with substitute details in the public WHOIS\u002FRDAP directory. You can tick it when searching for a domain, for a new registration, and its yearly price is shown next to the checkbox. It cannot be added to an incoming transfer. It does not exist for .ma domains or their sub-extensions: the national registry (ANRT) makes no provision for WHOIS privacy.",488,{"id":585,"category":420,"question":586,"answer":587,"weight":588},164,"What is a registrant contact (Whois) and how do I associate it with my domain?","The registrant contact (Whois) identifies the owner of a domain name — name, email, phone and address — and applies to all extensions. The easiest way: create a reusable record, just once, from “My contacts” in your client area; you can then reuse it on any domain (allowing you to register a domain on behalf of a third party). If you already have a record, you can associate it at the time of ordering; otherwise, no entry is required to finalize your first purchase — a reminder invites you to complete the registrant details right afterward, from the domain's details page. For a .ma domain, ANRT additionally requires a copy of the registrant's document (national ID card, passport or residence permit for an individual; ICE certificate or RC extract, with the legal representative's national ID card, for a company): you upload it after ordering, from the domain's details page, without it blocking your purchase.",487,{"id":590,"category":420,"question":591,"answer":592,"weight":593},255,"Why does my .ma domain require the titleholder's ID document, and how do I send it?","For .ma domains, the registry (ANRT) now requires a copy of the registrant's supporting document — no longer just its number: national ID card, passport or residence permit for an individual; ICE certificate or RC extract, always accompanied by the legal representative's national ID card, for a business. Upload it from your client area, on the affected domain's page. Mind the order: the domain must first have a registrant contact linked (the “Registrant to complete” banner); once that contact is filled in, the “Registrant supporting document” section and its upload area appear right below. Accepted formats are PDF, JPG or PNG, 5 MB max per file, 2 files maximum so you can attach both sides of an ID card. Our team verifies it before forwarding it to the registry. Without this document, ANRT may block and then delete your .ma domain — it does not block your order, but complete it as soon as possible. You can also reply to the reminder email with the document attached: your reply reaches our support team. If ANRT lists your domain in one of its notices, it allows one week from that notice: we email you the same day with the exact date.",486,{"id":595,"category":420,"question":596,"answer":597,"weight":598},10,"Can I create subdomains?","Yes, you can create subdomains (e.g. blog.your-domain.com) from cPanel or your DNS management, at no additional cost.",485,{"id":600,"category":420,"question":601,"answer":602,"weight":603},130,"How do the smart name suggestions work?","When you search for a domain, we offer “brandable” alternative names generated by an AI, then checked as available in real time with the registry before showing them to you — you only see names that are genuinely free. This is especially useful when the name you want is already taken. The main search appears immediately; the suggestions follow right after. No action required: just run a search.",484,{"id":605,"category":420,"question":606,"answer":607,"weight":120},11,"Does the displayed price include taxes?","Displayed prices are tax exclusive (VAT excluded). The breakdown (net + VAT) is shown in your cart before confirmation.",{"id":22,"category":420,"question":609,"answer":610,"weight":611},"Is a domain name refundable?","No: a domain name is registered immediately with the registry (ANRT for .ma). Since the service is performed without delay, the domain is neither taken back nor refunded (General Terms of Sale, art. 7).",482,{"id":613,"category":432,"question":614,"answer":615,"weight":616},13,"What is the difference between the hosting plans?","The Solo plan is suitable for a single site with moderate traffic. Business is recommended for SMEs with several sites and emails. Pro offers high resources for demanding projects.",481,{"id":618,"category":432,"question":619,"answer":620,"weight":621},15,"Do you use cPanel?","Yes, all our web hosting plans include cPanel, with an assistant that installs WordPress in one click and Sitejet Builder to create a site from a template, without code. Step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Finstall-wordpress-wp-toolkit-cpanel\">Install WordPress from cPanel\u003C\u002Fa> and \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fcreate-website-sitejet-template-cpanel\">Create your website with a Sitejet template\u003C\u002Fa>.",479,{"id":623,"category":432,"question":624,"answer":625,"weight":626},16,"How many sites can I host?","The number of sites allowed depends on your plan: only one on the entry-level offer, several on the higher offers. The details per plan are shown on the Web Hosting page.",478,{"id":628,"category":432,"question":629,"answer":630,"weight":631},131,"Do I need a domain to order a hosting plan?","No, it is no longer required. In your cart, your hosting plan offers three routes: start on a free ServOrbit subdomain, register a new domain with us, or enter a domain you already own (you'll then point it to your hosting). If the name you enter as yours is still available, we tell you right there: it cannot be yours, and you can register it in one click — it is then added to your order and stays attached to that hosting plan.",477,{"id":633,"category":432,"question":634,"answer":635,"weight":165},19,"Can I upgrade my hosting plan?","Yes, you can move up to a higher plan at any time from your client area. The difference is calculated on a pro rata basis.",{"id":637,"category":432,"question":638,"answer":639,"weight":180},20,"What happens if I switch to a lower plan (downgrade)?","A downgrade takes effect at the end of the current cycle, at the next renewal: the Client keeps their current offer until the term already paid for, at no charge and with no refund, and may cancel the scheduled downgrade before its due date. (see article 8 of the General Terms and Conditions of Sale).",{"id":641,"category":432,"question":642,"answer":643,"weight":219},23,"What happens at the end of the subscription?","You receive several e-mail reminders before the due date. If you don't renew, your service expires, then is suspended after a grace period (your data is kept), before being terminated and its data deleted. We export your data on request.",{"id":645,"category":432,"question":646,"answer":647,"weight":232},184,"Can I buy a control panel license for my own server?","Yes. You can buy a standalone license — Plesk (Web Admin, Web Pro, Web Host) or cPanel\u002FWHM — for your VPS or dedicated server, without taking out hosting with us. You choose the edition, provide your server's IP address, and receive your activation code. See the Plesk Licenses and cPanel\u002FWHM Licenses pages.",{"id":649,"category":432,"question":650,"answer":651,"weight":245},185,"Plesk or cPanel\u002FWHM: what's the difference when choosing my license?","Plesk runs on Linux AND Windows, offers a unified interface and is billed per edition (number of domains); it's the choice for Windows or a developer\u002Fagency profile. cPanel\u002FWHM is Linux-only, separates administration (WHM) from the client area (cPanel) and is billed per number of accounts; it's the standard for large-scale shared hosting. Both are available on our Licenses pages.",{"id":653,"category":432,"question":654,"answer":655,"weight":656},186,"Which Plesk edition should I choose based on my number of domains?","Web Admin handles up to 10 domains (single-site server or a few sites), Web Pro up to 30 domains with tools for developers and agencies, and Web Host an unlimited number of domains for hosts and resellers. Web Pro and Web Host can include CloudLinux to isolate accounts. Full details are on the Plesk Licenses page.",467,{"id":658,"category":432,"question":659,"answer":660,"weight":661},187,"How does a license tied to my server's IP work?","The license is bound to the public IP address of the server on which you install it. You provide this IP when ordering, then you install the activation code received by email. If your server's IP changes, contact support to re-bind the license.",466,{"id":663,"category":432,"question":664,"answer":665,"weight":666},188,"What are CloudLinux, Imunify360 and JetBackup?","CloudLinux isolates each account in its own environment (LVE technology) so that a resource-hungry site doesn't penalize the others; Imunify360 is a server security suite (application firewall, antivirus, automatic patching); JetBackup automates backups and one-click restore. These modules complement cPanel\u002FWHM and are ordered as server licenses (cPanel\u002FWHM Licenses page).",465,{"id":668,"category":432,"question":669,"answer":670,"weight":671},189,"Can you install Plesk or cPanel automatically on a ServOrbit VPS?","Yes. If you order a Cloud VPS from us, the panel can be installed automatically — you don't have to enter the IP manually or apply the key yourself. On a server you already own, you provide its IP address and install the key we supply.",464,{"id":673,"category":432,"question":674,"answer":675,"weight":676},394,"I already have a VPS with you — do I need to retype its IP address to add a license?","No. On the license pages, simply pick the server from the list of your VPS: its IP address is filled in automatically. From the client area, the \"Add a license\" entry in a VPS's options takes you there with that server already selected. Licenses your distribution does not support stay visible but greyed out, with the reason shown. You can still enter an IP by hand for a server hosted elsewhere.",463,{"id":678,"category":478,"question":679,"answer":680,"weight":681},25,"Can I have a professional email without a website?","Yes, you can use our professional email addresses (e.g. contact@your-domain.com) without publishing a website.",461,{"id":683,"category":478,"question":684,"answer":685,"weight":686},26,"How do I set up my mailbox on Outlook, Gmail or mobile?","Your mailboxes use IMAP\u002FSMTP. The server settings (incoming\u002Foutgoing, ports, SSL) are provided in cPanel and can be configured on any email client.",460,{"id":688,"category":478,"question":689,"answer":690,"weight":691},27,"Is there a webmail?","Yes, a webmail (such as Roundcube) is accessible from cPanel to check your emails from a browser, with no configuration required.",459,{"id":693,"category":478,"question":694,"answer":695,"weight":696},28,"Do you offer anti-spam protection?","Basic anti-spam filtering is included with every hosting plan. Advanced anti-spam is not a paid add-on: it is included in the Pro plan.",458,{"id":698,"category":478,"question":699,"answer":700,"weight":258},29,"How do I keep my emails from landing in spam?","Correctly configure your domain's SPF, DKIM and DMARC records. Our support team can help you improve deliverability.",{"id":702,"category":478,"question":703,"answer":704,"weight":273},30,"How much storage do email mailboxes have?","Email storage is shared with the disk space of your hosting plan. You can distribute quotas across your mailboxes according to your needs.",{"id":706,"category":707,"question":708,"answer":709,"weight":286},31,"revendeur","What is reseller hosting?","Reseller hosting lets you resell and manage hosting for your own clients, under your brand, from a centralized interface.",{"id":711,"category":707,"question":712,"answer":713,"weight":300},32,"Who is the reseller offer for?","For agencies, freelancers and integrators who manage multiple clients and want to centralize hosting while keeping the business relationship.",{"id":715,"category":707,"question":716,"answer":717,"weight":313},33,"What reseller plans do you offer?","Three Agency plans. Agency S (299 DH\u002Fmonth) for 10 cPanel accounts and Agency M (499 DH\u002Fmonth) for 25 cPanel accounts: each a reseller WHM account with the Reseller space included. Agency Premium, for 50 cPanel accounts, on an unmanaged VPS with the Reseller space: it is ordered through an advisor.",{"id":719,"category":707,"question":720,"answer":721,"weight":326},34,"Can I manage my clients under my own brand (white-label)?","Yes, in cPanel. From WHM, you set the logo, menu colour, icon and help links your clients see in their cPanel. The quotes and invoices you issue from the Reseller space carry your legal name and, if you add it, your logo.",{"id":723,"category":707,"question":724,"answer":725,"weight":339},119,"What is the Agency Space?","It is the former name of the Reseller space. It opens when your Agency plan is delivered, in your client area, and gathers your WHM's cPanel accounts: you create, suspend and reactivate them and change their package. WHM stays available without a password from your client area.",{"id":727,"category":707,"question":728,"answer":729,"weight":352},120,"Does ServOrbit collect my clients' payments?","No. Your clients pay you directly, by bank transfer or by the method you show on your invoices, and you record in the Reseller space what has been paid. ServOrbit bills you for your pack and takes nothing from what your clients pay you.",{"id":731,"category":707,"question":732,"answer":733,"weight":365},35,"How do I bill my own clients?","You set your prices, and your Reseller space includes billing: quotes, invoices, credit notes and receipts in your name, linked to each client's record. On our side, we bill you for your reseller plan and whatever you order on your account, at the public price.",{"id":735,"category":707,"question":736,"answer":737,"weight":378},36,"Is support included for resellers?","Infrastructure-level support is included. You remain the support contact for your end clients, with our team as a technical backup when needed.",{"id":739,"category":426,"question":740,"answer":741,"weight":742},40,"Can I install any software I want?","Yes, subject to the terms of use. You can install Node.js, Python, Docker, Nginx, Apache, or any other software compatible with your Linux distribution.",444,{"id":744,"category":426,"question":745,"answer":746,"weight":747},41,"Which operating systems are available?","You choose your Linux distribution when ordering: Ubuntu (24.04 or 22.04 LTS) or Debian 12. You can reinstall the system whenever you wish.",443,{"id":749,"category":426,"question":750,"answer":751,"weight":752},42,"What is a VPS template?","A template is a preconfigured environment (for example Open WebUI, n8n, Coolify) installed automatically when the VPS is created, so you can get started without manual configuration.",442,{"id":754,"category":426,"question":755,"answer":756,"weight":757},43,"Do you handle the administration of my VPS?","By default, the VPS is unmanaged: you have full control of it. A VPS administration service is available as an option if you prefer to entrust it to us.",441,{"id":759,"category":426,"question":760,"answer":761,"weight":762},44,"Does the VPS include a dedicated IP?","Yes, every VPS comes with a dedicated IPv4 address, included in the price. An IPv6 is available on request.",440,{"id":764,"category":426,"question":765,"answer":766,"weight":767},219,"Do I need a domain name to order a VPS?","No. When you order a VPS, you choose its address freely — without ever blocking checkout. Three options: keep the free servorbit-dns.com subdomain (offered by default, nothing to buy), use a domain name you already own on your account (we attach it to the server as soon as it's provisioned), or register a new one along the way. You can also start on the free subdomain and attach a domain later, at any time.",438,{"id":769,"category":426,"question":770,"answer":771,"weight":772},45,"How do I back up my data on a VPS?","VPS Power includes snapshots. VPS Business includes snapshots and backup storage; both are started on demand from your client area. You can also configure your own backups (rsync, borgbackup, etc.).",437,{"id":774,"category":426,"question":775,"answer":776,"weight":777},46,"Can I upgrade my VPS later?","Yes. From your client area, add options (vCPU, RAM, disk space, additional IP) on the fly: the difference is billed pro rata for the remaining time and the resources are applied upon payment, with no data loss.",436,{"id":779,"category":426,"question":780,"answer":781,"weight":782},121,"Can I reduce my VPS resources (downgrade)?","Partly. From the client area, you can remove reclaimable options — vCPU, RAM, backup, snapshots — and release an additional IP: the reduction is immediate and the unused portion is refunded to you pro rata (as credit). The main IP and disk space cannot be reduced (the disk cannot be shrunk without risk) — for these cases, contact support.",435,{"id":784,"category":426,"question":785,"answer":786,"weight":787},47,"Is the VPS suitable for production use?","Yes. The VPS Power and VPS Business plans are recommended for production depending on the expected load (traffic, containers, databases).",434,{"id":789,"category":426,"question":790,"answer":791,"weight":792},132,"Can I order several VPS of the same plan at once?","Yes. On the VPS Cloud configurator, after choosing the plan and the distribution, set the \"Number of VPS\" before continuing: we create as many independent servers — each with its own machine, its IP and its credentials — paid for in a single order. You can then manage them separately from your client area.",433,{"id":794,"category":426,"question":795,"answer":796,"weight":797},133,"What happens if I restart my server during an application installation?","Avoid it: during a 1-click installation, your server is momentarily frozen and management actions are suspended. If you restart it or connect to it (console \u002F SSH root) at that moment, you risk interrupting the installation. There is no cause for concern about your data, however: we take a backup (snapshot) just before starting, and in the event of an interruption your server is automatically restored to its state before the installation. Simply wait for the operation to finish (the page updates on its own).",432,{"id":799,"category":426,"question":800,"answer":801,"weight":802},182,"How do I attach a domain to my VPS?","In one click from your client area: in your VPS console, the \"Attached domains\" section (or a domain's DNS tab, \"Attach to a VPS\") points the domain to the server's IP — we automatically create the A records (root and www) and configure the reverse proxy. The domain must belong to the same account and the VPS must be active with an assigned IP. You can also order or transfer a domain directly for this VPS: the routing will take effect as soon as it is activated.",431,{"id":804,"category":426,"question":805,"answer":806,"weight":807},226,"Why attach a domain name to my VPS instead of keeping the free address?","The free `vps-xxxxxxx.servorbit-dns.com` address is perfect to get started: it hides the IP and serves your apps over HTTPS. But your own domain name carries your brand, makes your professional e-mail reliable (you control SPF, DKIM and DMARC on your own domain) and reassures your visitors. You attach it in one click from the client area — managed DNS and HTTPS certificate included — and the free address keeps working during the switch.",430,{"id":809,"category":426,"question":810,"answer":811,"weight":812},155,"Can I install an application on my VPS with my domain name (HTTPS)?","Yes. When installing an application (client area → VPS → Manage → Applications), you choose its web address — a subdomain (e.g. dolibarr.monsite.tld) or a path (monsite.tld\u002Fdolibarr) — on one of your domains. We create the DNS record automatically if your domain uses our managed DNS (otherwise we tell you which record to create at your provider), then we set up a reverse proxy and an HTTPS certificate (Let's Encrypt) that renews automatically. No domain yet? Publish the application on your free subdomain (e.g. dolibarr.vps-xxxxxxx.servorbit-dns.com, HTTPS included, nothing to configure), or register \u002F transfer your own domain directly from the form. VPN-type network applications (OpenVPN, WireGuard) are an exception: they install without a web domain and are used via the server's address (its IP or its ServOrbit address).",429,{"id":814,"category":426,"question":815,"answer":816,"weight":817},200,"Can I configure reverse DNS (PTR) for my VPS?","Yes, from your VPS console (Network & security → Reverse DNS). The PTR record is essential for sending e-mail from the server: it must match the name your mail server announces. If you don't have a domain of your own, you can set your free ServOrbit address as the PTR in one click — it already points to the server's IP, giving a “confirmed” reverse DNS that mail services expect.",428,{"id":819,"category":426,"question":820,"answer":821,"weight":822},156,"Can I uninstall an application from my VPS?","Yes. From the client area → VPS → Manage → Applications, each installed application offers an \"Uninstall\" button. You choose whether to keep the data (by default: only the containers are removed, and a reinstallation recovers them) or to delete it permanently. As with installation, the operation is confirmed by a security code, your server is momentarily unreachable, and a backup (snapshot) is taken before starting: in the event of a problem, the server is restored identically. Once finished, the port and the resources the application occupied are available again. Note: an application required by another installed application cannot be removed as long as the latter is present.",427,{"id":824,"category":825,"question":826,"answer":827,"weight":828},99,"dedicated","What is the difference between a dedicated server and a VPS?","A VPS shares the hardware of a physical server among several isolated virtual machines. A dedicated server reserves an entire physical server for you: all the CPU power, RAM and storage are yours alone, with no neighbors. It is the choice for the most demanding workloads (heavy traffic, computation, large databases).",426,{"id":830,"category":825,"question":831,"answer":832,"weight":833},100,"Who is a dedicated server for?","For agencies, businesses and developers whose needs exceed a VPS: resource-hungry applications, virtualization, hosting numerous sites, compliance or maximum performance. If you are hesitating between a VPS and a dedicated server, our team can advise you via the contact form.",425,{"id":835,"category":825,"question":836,"answer":837,"weight":838},134,"Can I order several dedicated servers in a single order?","Yes. On the configurator, choose the server then set the number of units before continuing: each server is a separate physical machine, delivered and billed independently, all in a single order.",424,{"id":840,"category":825,"question":841,"answer":842,"weight":843},101,"Do I have full root access on a dedicated server?","Yes. You have full root access on hardware that is entirely reserved for you: you install your operating system, your stack and your software with no neighbor limitations.",423,{"id":845,"category":825,"question":846,"answer":847,"weight":848},102,"How long does it take to get my dedicated server?","Unlike a VPS delivered in a few minutes, a dedicated server is physical hardware: making it available generally takes from a few minutes to a few hours. You are notified by email as soon as the server is ready, along with its connection details.",422,{"id":850,"category":825,"question":851,"answer":852,"weight":853},103,"Where are the dedicated servers hosted?","Our dedicated servers are hosted in Europe. The precise location is shown on the Dedicated servers page.",421,{"id":855,"category":825,"question":856,"answer":857,"weight":858},104,"Which operating system can I install?","You choose your Linux distribution when ordering, at step 2 of the configurator: Ubuntu (24.04 or 22.04 LTS) or Debian 12. The server is delivered with a clean installation of that distribution, and you can ask support to reinstall it. You keep full control of the environment.",420,{"id":860,"category":825,"question":861,"answer":862,"weight":863},409,"Can I order my cPanel or Plesk licence together with my dedicated server?","Yes. The dedicated server configurator offers licenses right after you choose the distribution: they are added to the same order as the server. Only those supported by your distribution remain selectable — cPanel\u002FWHM, for example, is only offered on Ubuntu 24.04. Changing the distribution automatically unchecks a license that has become incompatible, so you are never billed for a key your server would reject.",419,{"id":865,"category":825,"question":866,"answer":867,"weight":868},105,"Is the dedicated server managed?","By default, the server is unmanaged: you have full control of it. A managed-services option (administration and monitoring) may be offered depending on your configuration — contact us for a quote.",418,{"id":870,"category":825,"question":871,"answer":872,"weight":873},106,"How do I find out the price and order a dedicated server?","The available configurations and prices are presented on the Dedicated servers page; the price depends on the hardware chosen. For a custom configuration, request a quote via the contact form or write to support@servorbit.com.",417,{"id":875,"category":876,"question":877,"answer":878,"weight":879},48,"ssl-securite","Is the SSL certificate included and free?","Yes, a free Let's Encrypt SSL certificate is included with web hosting and renewed automatically. HTTPS is enabled as soon as the site goes live.",416,{"id":881,"category":876,"question":882,"answer":883,"weight":884},49,"Can I install a paid SSL certificate (OV\u002FEV)?","Yes. If you need an extended validation or organization validation certificate, you can install it on your hosting. Our support team will assist you.",415,{"id":886,"category":876,"question":887,"answer":888,"weight":889},50,"Do you force HTTPS on my site?","Automatic redirection from HTTP to HTTPS can be enabled in one click from cPanel, to serve your entire site securely.",414,{"id":891,"category":876,"question":892,"answer":893,"weight":894},51,"Is my data secure?","Our infrastructure applies account isolation, a firewall and regular updates. On a VPS, the security of your environment remains your responsibility (we can advise you).",413,{"id":896,"category":876,"question":897,"answer":898,"weight":899},52,"Do you offer protection against DDoS attacks?","We do not sell one ourselves, and ServOrbit does not guarantee any anti-DDoS protection. However, if your domain uses our managed DNS, you can turn on the Cloudflare proxy for your site's record from your client area, at no extra cost: web traffic then goes through the Cloudflare network, which filters it before it reaches the server, within the protections of its free plan, DDoS attacks included. Email stays outside the proxy.",412,{"id":901,"category":876,"question":902,"answer":903,"weight":904},135,"What is Cloudflare and what does it do for me?","Cloudflare is a global network that acts as a CDN, a DNS provider and a filter between your visitors and your server. If your domain uses our managed DNS, its zone is served by Cloudflare's anycast network. You can also turn on the Cloudflare proxy from your client area, record by record, at no extra cost: your site's web traffic then goes through its network, which caches static files close to visitors, serves HTTPS and filters requests before they reach the server. Email stays outside the proxy.",411,{"id":906,"category":876,"question":907,"answer":908,"weight":909},53,"How do I secure my WordPress site?","Keep WordPress, its themes and plugins up to date, use strong passwords, limit login attempts, enable SSL and make regular backups.",410,{"id":911,"category":876,"question":912,"answer":913,"weight":860},54,"What should I do if my site is compromised?","Contact our support team without delay: we will help you restore a clean backup and identify the vulnerability, so that it does not happen again.",{"id":915,"category":501,"question":916,"answer":917,"weight":918},56,"Is a premium daily backup available as an option?","No, there is no premium daily backup option. On shared hosting, daily backup is included in the Pro plan; the Business plan includes a weekly backup.",407,{"id":920,"category":501,"question":921,"answer":922,"weight":923},57,"Can I restore a backup myself?","Depending on your plan, you can restore from cPanel. Otherwise, our support team performs the restore at your request.",406,{"id":925,"category":501,"question":926,"answer":927,"weight":928},58,"How long are backups kept?","The retention period depends on your plan and options. Contact support to find out the retention that applies to your plan.",405,{"id":930,"category":501,"question":931,"answer":932,"weight":933},59,"Do you offer snapshots on VPS?","Yes, snapshots are available depending on the VPS plan (VPS Power and VPS Business). They let you freeze the server's state before a sensitive operation.",404,{"id":935,"category":501,"question":936,"answer":937,"weight":938},60,"How can I manage my own backups on VPS?","You have root access: you can automate your backups with tools such as rsync, restic or borgbackup, to a remote storage of your choice.",403,{"id":940,"category":941,"question":942,"answer":943,"weight":944},61,"migration","Do you offer migration of my existing site?","Yes. Our \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fwhy\u002Fmigrations\">migration assistant\u003C\u002Fa> is included with every plan, Solo included: it transfers your domains and restores your cPanel accounts in a single order; your site stays online at your current host until the DNS switch. From Business upwards, end-to-end handling by our team is also included.",402,{"id":946,"category":941,"question":947,"answer":948,"weight":949},122,"Can I migrate several domains and accounts at once?","Yes. The migration wizard lets you group the transfer of your domains (by EPP code) and your cPanel accounts into ONE guided order — ideal for bringing over an entire portfolio. For each hosting account, choose the method: a backup link (.tar.gz) or a direct transfer from your old cPanel (with your credentials, used on the fly and never stored).",401,{"id":951,"category":941,"question":952,"answer":953,"weight":954},62,"Does the migration cause any service downtime?","Not during preparation: your site keeps being served by your current host while we prepare the transfer on our servers, and DNS is only switched once everything has been verified. During DNS propagation, some visitors may still reach the old server: avoid editing the site during that window.",400,{"id":956,"category":941,"question":957,"answer":958,"weight":959},63,"What exactly do you migrate?","We transfer your files, your databases and your email accounts in order to reconstruct your environment identically.",399,{"id":961,"category":941,"question":962,"answer":963,"weight":964},64,"How long does a migration take?","How long it takes depends on the size of the site and the volume of data. It runs in three stages: transfer (domains by EPP code, cPanel account restored from a backup or by direct transfer), verification of the site on our servers, then the DNS switch — your site stays online at your current host until that switch. You can follow its progress in your client area (the log of the relevant service), and we keep you informed at every step.",398,{"id":966,"category":941,"question":967,"answer":968,"weight":969},65,"Can I migrate from any host?","Yes, we support migration from most hosting providers, particularly those using cPanel.",397,{"id":971,"category":941,"question":972,"answer":973,"weight":974},66,"Is there a charge for the migration?","The \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fwhy\u002Fmigrations\">migration assistant\u003C\u002Fa> (transfer of your domains and restoration of your cPanel accounts) is included with every plan, Solo included: you only pay for your services. From Business upwards, end-to-end handling by our team is also included.",396,{"id":976,"category":438,"question":977,"answer":978,"weight":673},136,"Can I pay for an order with my credit balance?","Yes. If your account has a credit (from a downgrade), the payment page lists your available credits: check the ones you want to apply to the order. If they cover the full amount, no further payment is needed; otherwise, the remaining balance is paid with the chosen payment method. Nothing is deducted without your selection.",{"id":980,"category":438,"question":981,"answer":982,"weight":983},198,"Can I see prices in euros or dollars?","Yes. A currency selector at the top of the site lets you display all prices in euros (€) or US dollars (USD) anywhere in the world, in dirhams (MAD) from Morocco, and in your local currency where we offer it in your country — the currency is pre-selected based on your country, and if you choose one, your choice is remembered from one visit to the next. The preferred currency saved on your account is always offered, even when travelling. These amounts are converted for information only: invoicing is always in dirhams (MAD), the currency of our invoices, and so is payment, except via PayPal, which is charged in US dollars (USD).",392,{"id":985,"category":438,"question":986,"answer":987,"weight":988},69,"Are the displayed prices final?","Prices are indicative, excluding promotions, and subject to availability and renewal conditions. The final amount is confirmed in your cart.",391,{"id":990,"category":438,"question":991,"answer":992,"weight":993},70,"Will I receive an invoice?","Yes, a compliant invoice is issued for every order. Billing is handled by MEGALOGI, the company that operates ServOrbit.com.",390,{"id":995,"category":438,"question":996,"answer":997,"weight":998},280,"Can I download a summary of my order?","Yes. Under “My orders” in your client area, every order offers a downloadable PDF receipt as soon as it is placed, in the language you are browsing in. It is an informational summary: the accounting invoice is issued separately and becomes available once the order is paid.",389,{"id":1000,"category":438,"question":1001,"answer":1002,"weight":1003},71,"How does renewal work and at what price?","Our hosting plans show two prices: the price of the duration you choose and the renewal price, stated on the plan card before you even order — no surprise at renewal time. You can pay 1, 2 or 4 years in advance: each duration has its own price, paid once, and your service runs until the end of the period paid for. It then renews year by year, at the renewal price in effect on that date, and we send you reminders before the due date to avoid any interruption.",388,{"id":1005,"category":438,"question":1006,"answer":1007,"weight":1008},72,"Do you bill monthly or annually?","Domains and web hosting are billed annually. Cloud VPS are billed monthly, with two options to choose from at checkout: monthly payment with no commitment, or a 12-month commitment at a lower monthly rate — the latter is the one offered by default.",387,{"id":1010,"category":438,"question":1011,"answer":1012,"weight":1013},73,"Can I get a quote for my business?","Yes. Use the contact form, select the “Quote” type and describe your needs: we will get back to you promptly.",386,{"id":1015,"category":495,"question":1016,"answer":1017,"weight":1018},227,"Why do I need to confirm my email address?","Confirming your email proves the address is yours: it's where your invoices and the access details for your services are sent, and until it's verified some account features stay limited. After signing up, click the link you receive by email; if it has expired, the \"Resend the link\" button in your client area sends a new one. An order placed straight from the cart doesn't wait for this step.",384,{"id":1020,"category":495,"question":1021,"answer":1022,"weight":1023},228,"Why can't I renew my service?","Most often it's because your email address isn't confirmed yet: until it is, renewals and plan changes are frozen (ordering a new service still works). Confirm your email via the link sent when you signed up — or the \"Resend the link\" button in your client area — and the action unlocks right away. If your email is already confirmed and it's still blocked, contact support: a restriction may have been placed on your account.",383,{"id":1025,"category":495,"question":1026,"answer":1027,"weight":1028},76,"Where can I manage my services, invoices and tickets?","Everything is centralized in your client area: services, invoices, support tickets and account information.",381,{"id":1030,"category":495,"question":1031,"answer":1032,"weight":1033},137,"Where can I check my credit balance?","In your client area, under “My credits”: there you can see your available balance and the history of your credits (origin, amount, and the order each one was applied to). You apply a credit by ticking it when paying for an order.",380,{"id":1035,"category":495,"question":1036,"answer":1037,"weight":1038},77,"How do I update my personal information?","From your client area, under the Account section, you can change your contact details and your password at any time.",379,{"id":1040,"category":495,"question":1041,"answer":1042,"weight":1043},183,"Can I choose which emails I receive?","Yes. From your client area, under the Account section, notification toggles let you turn on or off six families of emails: renewal reminders, notices of new invoices and payments, replies to your tickets, incidents and maintenance, resource alerts for your servers, and promotional offers. Your choices are honored as soon as they are saved. A few essential messages are always sent, for the security and continuity of your service — account security (login code, password reset, address verification), service activations, credit notices, and above all the suspension or termination of a service. Promotional offers, for their part, are only sent if you have expressly opted in (an unsubscribe link is included in each one).",378,{"id":1045,"category":495,"question":1046,"answer":1047,"weight":1048},201,"How do I choose my preferred language and currency?","From your client area, under Account, Preferences section, set your “Preferred language” and “Preferred currency”: these choices are saved to your account and reapplied at each login, on all your devices. Without a saved preference, the language follows your browser's, then falls back to the site's default language. The currency, for its part, is preselected based on your country, unless you have chosen one from the selector at the top of the site — your own choice always takes precedence.",377,{"id":1050,"category":495,"question":1051,"answer":1052,"weight":1053},78,"Can I group several services under a single account?","Yes, all your domains, hosting plans and VPS are grouped together and managed from a single client area.",376,{"id":1055,"category":495,"question":1056,"answer":1057,"weight":1058},79,"How do I open a support ticket?","From the client area, under the Tickets section, create a detailed request. You can follow the exchanges and the resolution status directly online.",375,{"id":1060,"category":495,"question":1061,"answer":1062,"weight":1063},229,"Can I attach a file to a ticket?","Yes. When opening a ticket and in your replies, you can attach up to 5 files of 10 MB each — images (JPG, PNG, GIF, WebP), PDFs, Word or Excel documents, ZIP archives and logs (TXT, LOG, CSV). Your attachments are private: only you and our team can download them, they are never publicly exposed.",374,{"id":1065,"category":495,"question":1066,"answer":1067,"weight":1068},80,"Is my account secure?","Yes. Passwords are hashed and the session is protected by a secure cookie (HttpOnly). We recommend a strong, unique password.",373,{"id":1070,"category":495,"question":1071,"answer":1072,"weight":1073},138,"Why are some actions unavailable on my account?","In rare cases, an action — ordering a new service, renewing, or downgrading to a lower plan — may be temporarily suspended on your account while a situation is being resolved. The button concerned is then hidden or greyed out, along with a message explaining why. To find out more or lift the restriction, our support team is at your service.",372,{"id":1075,"category":517,"question":1076,"answer":1077,"weight":1078},81,"What is the Marketplace?","The Marketplace is a catalog of VPS templates: preconfigured open source applications that you deploy on your VPS in just a few clicks.",371,{"id":1080,"category":517,"question":1081,"answer":1082,"weight":1083},82,"Are the applications sold by ServOrbit?","No. These are open source software programs that we offer as ready-to-deploy templates. You pay for the VPS that hosts them, not for the software.",370,{"id":1085,"category":517,"question":1086,"answer":1087,"weight":1088},84,"Are the templates free?","The applications offered are open source and free. Your only cost is that of the Cloud VPS on which they run.",368,{"id":1090,"category":517,"question":1091,"answer":1092,"weight":1093},85,"Which applications are available?","The catalog covers AI, automation, databases, CMS, deployment and more (176 solutions to date). It is enriched regularly.",367,{"id":1095,"category":517,"question":1096,"answer":1097,"weight":1098},86,"Can I suggest an application to be added?","Yes. Via the contact form, choose \"Suggest a solution\" and specify the open source application you would like as well as your use case.",366,{"id":1100,"category":517,"question":1101,"answer":1102,"weight":1103},139,"Why can't I install an application even though my VPS meets the minimum requirements?","An application's minimum requirements are stated for an empty server. But your already-installed applications are already consuming part of the RAM, CPU and disk: we therefore check the space actually AVAILABLE on your VPS (and not its total capacity) before launching a new installation, to avoid saturating the machine. If free space is insufficient, increase the resources from your client area (vCPU \u002F RAM \u002F disk options) then restart the installation — or uninstall an application you no longer need.",365,{"id":1105,"category":517,"question":1106,"answer":1107,"weight":1108},157,"Why is an application marked as \"in conflict\" or \"prerequisite\" on my VPS?","To guarantee an installation that works the first time, we check compatibility with what is already installed on your server. An application appears blocked in three cases: (1) \"port conflict\" — it needs the same network port as an application already present (two services cannot listen on the same port of a server); (2) \"conflict\" — it is a role that can only exist as a single instance, for example two reverse-proxies like Caddy and HAProxy that both want to manage ports 80\u002F443; (3) \"prerequisite\" — it needs another application to be installed first. In each case, the reason is displayed under the application. To install it anyway: uninstall the conflicting application, install the prerequisite first, or use another VPS.",364,{"id":1110,"category":517,"question":1111,"answer":1112,"weight":1113},107,"What is Gitea and why self-host it?","Gitea is a lightweight, open source Git platform written in Go. Self-hosting it gives you unlimited private repositories, built-in CI\u002FCD (Gitea Actions), a package registry and fine-grained team permissions — all on a 2 GB RAM VPS, with no per-seat billing.",363,{"id":1115,"category":517,"question":1116,"answer":1117,"weight":1118},108,"Which port does Gitea use on my VPS?","Gitea serves its web interface on port 3000, published on 127.0.0.1 and relayed over HTTPS by the nginx reverse proxy that ServOrbit sets up on the address chosen at installation. Git over SSH is published on port 2222 — to avoid conflicting with the VPS host SSH on port 22 — but also on 127.0.0.1 only: it is not reachable from the internet. Clone over HTTPS, or go through an SSH tunnel.",362,{"id":1120,"category":517,"question":1121,"answer":1122,"weight":1123},109,"Can I use Gitea Actions for CI\u002FCD?","Yes. Enable Gitea Actions in your app.ini (`[actions] ENABLED = true`) and register an `act_runner` container on the same VPS. Gitea Actions is compatible with GitHub Actions YAML syntax, so most existing workflows run unchanged.",361,{"id":1125,"category":517,"question":1126,"answer":1127,"weight":1128},110,"How do I clone a Gitea repository over SSH?","Gitea's Git SSH is published on 127.0.0.1:2222 only, so `git clone ssh:\u002F\u002Fgit@\u003Cyour-domain>:2222\u002F\u003Cuser>\u002F\u003Crepo>.git` does not answer from outside. Clone over HTTPS (`git clone https:\u002F\u002F\u003Cyour-domain>\u002F\u003Cuser>\u002F\u003Crepo>.git`), or first open an SSH tunnel to the VPS — `ssh -L 2222:127.0.0.1:2222 root@\u003Cip>` — then use `git clone ssh:\u002F\u002Fgit@localhost:2222\u002F\u003Cuser>\u002F\u003Crepo>.git`. A Host block in `~\u002F.ssh\u002Fconfig` (HostName localhost, Port 2222) then saves you from specifying the port on every Git command.",360,{"id":1130,"category":517,"question":1131,"answer":1132,"weight":1133},111,"What are the minimum VPS resources for Gitea?","Gitea runs comfortably on a VPS with 1 vCPU and 2 GB RAM for teams up to 20 users. Add more RAM if you enable local Gitea Actions runners that compile code. Plan at least 20 GB of SSD storage per repository volume.",359,{"id":1135,"category":517,"question":1136,"answer":1137,"weight":1138},112,"What is PocketBase?","PocketBase is an open-source backend-as-a-service (BaaS) written in Go. It bundles an embedded SQLite database, a realtime REST and WebSocket API, built-in authentication (email\u002Fpassword, OAuth2, OTP) and a web admin dashboard in a single binary — no external database server or configuration files required.",358,{"id":1140,"category":517,"question":1141,"answer":1142,"weight":1143},113,"How much RAM does PocketBase need?","PocketBase runs on 512 MB RAM for light workloads. A 1–2 GB VPS handles thousands of daily active users comfortably. Scale up only if you process very large files or run compute-intensive background jobs alongside it.",357,{"id":1145,"category":517,"question":1146,"answer":1147,"weight":1148},114,"How does PocketBase compare to Firebase or Supabase?","PocketBase is far lighter (one binary vs 10+ Docker services for Supabase) and has a fixed VPS cost with no per-read\u002Fper-write billing. Firebase and Supabase are better for infinite cloud scale; PocketBase is better for cost-predictable apps under ~1 M daily requests.",356,{"id":1150,"category":517,"question":1151,"answer":1152,"weight":1153},115,"Which OAuth2 providers does PocketBase support out of the box?","PocketBase supports Google, GitHub, GitLab, Apple, Twitter\u002FX, Facebook, Microsoft, Spotify, Kakao, Twitch and more. Enable them in the admin dashboard under Settings → Auth Providers by pasting your OAuth2 client ID and secret.",355,{"id":1155,"category":517,"question":1156,"answer":1157,"weight":1158},116,"How do I back up my PocketBase data?","All data lives in the `\u002Fpb\u002Fpb_data` Docker volume — one SQLite file plus uploaded files. Back up this volume with `docker run --rm -v pocketbase:\u002Fdata alpine tar -czf - \u002Fdata`. PocketBase also exposes a built-in backup endpoint accessible from the admin dashboard.",354,{"id":1160,"category":517,"question":1161,"answer":1162,"weight":1163},117,"Can I add custom server-side logic to PocketBase?","Yes. PocketBase supports JavaScript hooks since v0.17: run code before or after record create, update, delete, or authentication events. For advanced use cases, embed PocketBase as a Go library and add your own HTTP handlers or background jobs.",353,{"id":1165,"category":517,"question":1166,"answer":1167,"weight":1168},123,"What is Vaultwarden?","Vaultwarden is an open-source, unofficial implementation of the Bitwarden server written in Rust. It is 100% compatible with all official Bitwarden clients (browser extensions, iOS, Android, desktop, CLI) and uses under 50 MB RAM — making it ideal for self-hosting on a small VPS.",352,{"id":1170,"category":517,"question":1171,"answer":1172,"weight":1173},124,"Do I need HTTPS to run Vaultwarden?","Yes. Official Bitwarden clients refuse to connect to a server without a valid TLS certificate. You therefore need an HTTPS address — and ServOrbit sets it up for you: installing Vaultwarden asks for a subdomain of one of your domains or the free subdomain provided with your VPS, then ServOrbit sets up the DNS record, the nginx reverse proxy and the Let's Encrypt certificate. No proxy to configure yourself.",351,{"id":1175,"category":517,"question":1176,"answer":1177,"weight":1178},125,"How much RAM does Vaultwarden need?","Vaultwarden idles under 50 MB RAM. A 512 MB VPS is sufficient for personal use or a small team; 1 GB is comfortable for an organization with 20–50 users. It runs easily alongside other services without impacting performance.",350,{"id":1180,"category":517,"question":1181,"answer":1182,"weight":1183},126,"Can I import my existing passwords into Vaultwarden?","Yes. Export your vault from Bitwarden.com (Settings → Export Vault → JSON format) and import it in Vaultwarden's web vault under Tools → Import Data. The process takes under two minutes and preserves all passwords, folders, notes, and identities.",349,{"id":1185,"category":517,"question":1186,"answer":1187,"weight":1188},127,"How do I prevent strangers from creating accounts on my Vaultwarden instance?","Set the environment variable `SIGNUPS_ALLOWED=false` on the container and restart it. New sign-ups will be rejected. You can still invite specific users via the admin panel, which you enable with the `ADMIN_TOKEN` environment variable.",348,{"id":1190,"category":517,"question":1191,"answer":1192,"weight":1193},128,"How do I back up my Vaultwarden data?","All data lives in the `\u002Fdata` Docker volume: one SQLite file plus file attachments. Run `docker run --rm -v vaultwarden:\u002Fdata -v \u002Fbackup:\u002Fout busybox tar czf \u002Fout\u002Fvaultwarden-backup.tar.gz \u002Fdata` to create a snapshot. Schedule this in cron for automated daily backups.",347,{"id":1195,"category":517,"question":1196,"answer":1197,"weight":1198},140,"What is Beszel?","Beszel is a lightweight open-source (MIT) server monitoring hub. You deploy one hub and install small agents on each server you want to track. The hub aggregates real-time CPU, RAM, disk, bandwidth and Docker container metrics across all your servers in a single PocketBase-backed dashboard.",346,{"id":1200,"category":517,"question":1201,"answer":1202,"weight":1203},141,"How much RAM does Beszel need?","The hub idles under 50 MB RAM and fits comfortably on a 512 MB VPS alongside other services. Agents are even lighter — a few MB each. You can monitor 20+ servers without the hub using more than ~100 MB RAM.",345,{"id":1205,"category":517,"question":1206,"answer":1207,"weight":1208},142,"Do I need to open firewall ports on monitored servers to use Beszel?","No. Beszel agents establish outbound connections to the hub — monitored servers do not need any inbound ports opened. You only need port 8090 (or your HTTPS proxy port) accessible on the hub server itself.",344,{"id":1210,"category":517,"question":1211,"answer":1212,"weight":1213},143,"What is the difference between Beszel and Uptime Kuma?","Uptime Kuma is built for availability checks: is a URL or TCP port up or down? Beszel is built for resource monitoring: CPU, RAM, disk, bandwidth and Docker stats per server. They complement each other — use Uptime Kuma for external blackbox probes and Beszel for internal metrics across your fleet.",343,{"id":1215,"category":517,"question":1216,"answer":1217,"weight":1218},144,"Can Beszel monitor Docker containers?","Yes. Mount `\u002Fvar\u002Frun\u002Fdocker.sock` when running the agent container and Beszel automatically discovers and tracks all Docker containers on that host — CPU, RAM and network per container, with no extra exporter required.",342,{"id":1220,"category":517,"question":1221,"answer":1222,"weight":1223},145,"How do I receive alerts in Beszel?","Beszel supports email, Telegram, Slack, Discord, ntfy, PagerDuty and Pushover via its built-in notification settings. Define a threshold on any metric (e.g. disk > 80%) and Beszel fires the alert when the threshold is crossed and again when it clears.",341,{"id":1225,"category":517,"question":1226,"answer":1227,"weight":1228},146,"What is Twenty?","Twenty is an open-source CRM (AGPL-3.0) built as a self-hosted alternative to Salesforce and HubSpot. It offers customisable objects and fields, kanban and list views, a GraphQL + REST API, built-in notes and tasks, and a background worker for automations and webhooks. As of v2.1.0 it is production-ready for single-tenant self-hosted deployments.",340,{"id":1230,"category":517,"question":1231,"answer":1232,"weight":1233},147,"How much RAM does Twenty need?","The full Twenty stack (server + worker + PostgreSQL + Redis) idles around 1.2 GB RAM. Plan for 2 GB minimum and 4 GB recommended to give PostgreSQL room under concurrent queries. The server itself uses roughly 300–400 MB at idle.",339,{"id":1235,"category":517,"question":1236,"answer":1237,"weight":1238},148,"Is Twenty free to self-host?","Yes — Twenty is fully open source under AGPL-3.0. Self-hosting on your own VPS is free. There is no per-seat fee, no usage billing and no features gated behind a paid plan on the self-hosted edition. You only pay for the VPS.",338,{"id":1240,"category":517,"question":1241,"answer":1242,"weight":1243},149,"How does Twenty compare to HubSpot or Salesforce?","HubSpot and Salesforce are cloud SaaS products with per-seat billing and your data stored on their infrastructure. Twenty is self-hosted: all data stays on your server, the cost is a flat VPS fee, and you can extend the schema, API and automations without vendor approval or marketplace restrictions.",337,{"id":1245,"category":517,"question":1246,"answer":1247,"weight":1248},150,"Does Twenty have an API?","Yes — every object in Twenty (contacts, companies, deals, and any custom object you define) is accessible via a fully documented GraphQL API and a REST API. Webhooks fire on any record event. The API is the primary integration surface, not an afterthought.",336,{"id":1250,"category":517,"question":1251,"answer":1252,"weight":1253},151,"Can I import my contacts from HubSpot or Pipedrive into Twenty?","Yes. Twenty supports CSV import from workspace settings → Import. Export your contacts and companies as a CSV from HubSpot, Pipedrive or any legacy CRM, then import them into the matching Twenty object. More complex migrations (deals with activity history) may need a short API script.",335,{"id":1255,"category":517,"question":1256,"answer":1257,"weight":1258},158,"What is Qdrant and why do I need it for RAG?","Qdrant is an open-source vector database written in Rust. It stores document chunks as embedding vectors and retrieves the most similar ones in milliseconds. RAG (Retrieval-Augmented Generation) uses this to inject relevant context into each LLM call — so your AI answers from facts instead of hallucinating. A relational database or full-text index cannot match Qdrant's speed or accuracy at this task.",334,{"id":1260,"category":517,"question":1261,"answer":1262,"weight":1263},159,"How much RAM does Qdrant need?","Qdrant idles at around 100–200 MB of RAM. The practical limit is your index size: 1 million 1536-dimensional float32 vectors take roughly 6 GB unquantised, or ~1.5 GB with scalar quantisation (int8). For most small-to-medium RAG projects, a 4 GB VPS is the comfortable starting point.",333,{"id":1265,"category":517,"question":1266,"answer":1267,"weight":1268},160,"Which embedding models work with Qdrant?","Any model that produces fixed-size float vectors. Popular self-hosted choices via Ollama: mxbai-embed-large (1024 dims), nomic-embed-text (768 dims). Via API: OpenAI text-embedding-3-small (1536 dims), Cohere Embed. LangChain, LlamaIndex, Haystack, and the official Qdrant SDKs (Python, TypeScript, Go, Rust) all have native connectors.",332,{"id":1270,"category":517,"question":1271,"answer":1272,"weight":1273},161,"Can I run Qdrant and Ollama on the same VPS?","Yes. They are two separate Marketplace apps, each in its own container, with no port conflict (Ollama on 11434, Qdrant on 6333\u002F6334). Size the RAM accordingly: Ollama alone needs 8 GB minimum for a 7B model, plus Qdrant's memory. You get a fully self-contained, air-gapped RAG stack: embed with Ollama, retrieve with Qdrant, generate with Ollama, no external API needed.",331,{"id":1275,"category":517,"question":1276,"answer":1277,"weight":1278},162,"Is Qdrant a good Pinecone alternative?","Yes. Qdrant is the leading self-hosted alternative to Pinecone. It matches or exceeds Pinecone on benchmark latency and recall, supports the same embedding model ecosystem, and costs a flat VPS fee instead of per-vector and per-query billing. The trade-off: you manage the infrastructure yourself.",330,{"id":1280,"category":517,"question":1281,"answer":1282,"weight":1283},163,"How do I secure a Qdrant instance?","Restart the container with the QDRANT__SERVICE__API_KEY environment variable set to a strong random string. All REST and gRPC requests must then include the `api-key` header. Place Qdrant behind Caddy or Nginx for HTTPS. Never expose port 6333 to the internet without authentication.",329,{"id":1285,"category":517,"question":1286,"answer":1287,"weight":1288},165,"What is Infisical and why self-host it?","Infisical is an open-source secrets manager (MIT, 27.6k stars) — a self-hosted alternative to Doppler and HashiCorp Vault. It centralises API keys, database passwords and certificates in one vault, synced automatically to your apps and CI pipelines via SDKs and native integrations. Self-hosting keeps your most sensitive credentials on your own infrastructure with full audit logs, at a flat VPS cost instead of per-developer SaaS billing.",328,{"id":1290,"category":517,"question":1291,"answer":1292,"weight":1293},166,"How much RAM does Infisical need?","The Infisical stack (app + PostgreSQL 14 + Redis) idles around 600–800 MB of RAM and peaks above 1 GB under concurrent API requests from multiple apps. Plan for a VPS with at least 2 GB RAM (4 GB recommended for teams with several services pulling secrets simultaneously).",327,{"id":1295,"category":517,"question":1296,"answer":1297,"weight":1298},167,"Does Infisical work with GitHub Actions and GitLab CI?","Yes. Infisical has first-class CI\u002FCD integrations: GitHub Actions (official action in the marketplace), GitLab CI (native variables sync), CircleCI and Jenkins. You add a service token as a CI secret, then the integration injects the right environment's secrets directly into each pipeline run — no .env files, no manual rotation.",326,{"id":1300,"category":517,"question":1301,"answer":1302,"weight":1303},168,"Can Infisical sync secrets to my Node.js or Python app at runtime?","Yes. Install the Infisical SDK (`npm install @infisical\u002Fsdk` or `pip install infisical-python`) and fetch secrets at startup. Alternatively use the CLI wrapper: `infisical run -- node server.js` injects secrets as environment variables so your app reads them via `process.env` — no SDK integration required, and no secrets ever touch the filesystem.",325,{"id":1305,"category":517,"question":1306,"answer":1307,"weight":1308},169,"Is Infisical secure for storing production database passwords?","Yes. Infisical encrypts every secret value at rest using AES-256-GCM with an `ENCRYPTION_KEY` you generate and control. In transit, all communication is HTTPS. Access is governed by role-based policies, service tokens and machine identities with the principle of least privilege. Every read and write is recorded in the audit log. The MIT core includes all these security features — no paid tier required.",324,{"id":1310,"category":517,"question":1311,"answer":1312,"weight":1313},170,"What is the difference between Infisical and Vaultwarden?","They solve different problems: Vaultwarden is a personal and team password manager (Bitwarden-compatible — human login credentials, browser extensions, mobile apps). Infisical is a secrets manager for machines and code (API keys, database URIs, tokens — consumed programmatically by apps and CI\u002FCD pipelines via SDKs or the CLI). Most teams use both: Vaultwarden for human credentials, Infisical for application secrets.",323,{"id":1315,"category":517,"question":1316,"answer":1317,"weight":1318},171,"What is Dockge?","Dockge is an open-source (MIT) visual manager for Docker Compose stacks, created by Louis Lam — the same developer behind Uptime Kuma. It lets you create, edit, start, stop and monitor all your multi-container applications from a clean web UI on port 5001, without SSH or command-line. It stores every stack as a standard `compose.yaml` file under `\u002Fopt\u002Fstacks` on your host.",322,{"id":1320,"category":517,"question":1321,"answer":1322,"weight":1323},172,"How much RAM does Dockge need?","Dockge idles under 150 MB RAM and fits on any VPS without impacting the other services running on it. It is built on Node.js with a SQLite database — there are no external databases or caches to provision. A 512 MB VPS can run Dockge comfortably alongside several managed stacks.",321,{"id":1325,"category":517,"question":1326,"answer":1327,"weight":1328},173,"Can Dockge manage stacks I created manually before installing it?","Yes. Place your existing `compose.yaml` files inside subdirectories under `\u002Fopt\u002Fstacks` (e.g. `\u002Fopt\u002Fstacks\u002Fn8n\u002Fcompose.yaml`) and Dockge will discover and display them automatically on next load. The file path convention is `\u003Cstacks-dir>\u002F\u003Cstack-name>\u002Fcompose.yaml` — any stack already following that layout appears in the UI without any import step.",320,{"id":1330,"category":517,"question":1331,"answer":1332,"weight":1333},174,"What is the difference between Dockge, Coolify and Dokploy?","They solve different scopes: Dockge is a pure Compose manager — it lets you create and manage stacks on the same server it runs on. Coolify and Dokploy are full PaaS platforms with Git integration, automatic SSL, environment promotion and multi-server deployments. Use Dockge when you want a lightweight UI for your hand-crafted stacks; use Coolify or Dokploy when you want git-push-to-deploy and automated SSL out of the box.",319,{"id":1335,"category":517,"question":1336,"answer":1337,"weight":1338},175,"Is the Dockge web console safe to use?","The built-in terminal console was disabled by default in v1.5.0 following a security advisory (GHSA-7vx4-hf96-mqq6). The rest of Dockge — stack management, log streaming, status dashboard — is fully functional without the console. Do not enable it on a public-facing instance. If you need shell access to containers, use a dedicated SSH session instead.",318,{"id":1340,"category":517,"question":1341,"answer":1342,"weight":1343},176,"How do I update a stack managed by Dockge?","Open the stack in the Dockge UI, click Update, then Start. Dockge runs `docker compose pull` followed by `docker compose up -d` under the hood. To update Dockge itself, edit its own `compose.yaml` (under `\u002Fopt\u002Fdockge` or wherever you installed it), change the image tag if needed, and run `docker compose up -d` from the terminal — or use another Dockge instance to manage it.",317,{"id":1345,"category":517,"question":1346,"answer":1347,"weight":1348},177,"What is Authelia and what problem does it solve?","Authelia is an open-source (Apache 2.0) authentication and authorization gateway. It sits in front of your apps as a forward-auth endpoint on your reverse proxy (Nginx, Caddy, Traefik). Every request is checked against your policy: unauthenticated users are redirected to the Authelia login portal, where you can enforce a password, TOTP, passkeys or any combination. Apps themselves need no changes — Authelia protects them at the infrastructure level.",316,{"id":1350,"category":517,"question":1351,"answer":1352,"weight":1353},178,"Do I need a domain name to run Authelia?","Yes. Authelia's session cookies must be scoped to a domain (`Domain=.yourdomain.com`), and OIDC callbacks and Let's Encrypt certificates require a publicly resolvable FQDN with HTTPS. Authelia cannot function correctly behind a plain IP address. On ServOrbit, the installation asks you for that address: a subdomain of one of your domains or the free subdomain provided with your VPS — ServOrbit sets up the DNS record, the nginx reverse proxy and the TLS certificate (if your domain's DNS zone is not managed by ServOrbit, first point an A record to the VPS).",315,{"id":1355,"category":517,"question":1356,"answer":1357,"weight":1358},179,"How much RAM does Authelia need?","Authelia itself idles under 30 MB RAM. Add approximately 20 MB for the Redis session store. Total: under 60 MB for the full authentication stack. A 512 MB VPS is sufficient for personal use; 1 GB is comfortable for a team of 20 or more users.",314,{"id":1360,"category":517,"question":1361,"answer":1362,"weight":1363},180,"Can Authelia provide SSO for apps like Gitea or Nextcloud?","Yes. Authelia is a certified OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider. Register each app as an OIDC client in `configuration.yml` — give it a client ID, a secret and a redirect URI. Then configure the app to use Authelia as its identity provider. Users authenticate once at your auth portal and are silently forwarded to every connected app without re-entering credentials.",313,{"id":1365,"category":517,"question":1366,"answer":1367,"weight":1368},181,"What MFA methods does Authelia support?","Authelia supports TOTP (any authenticator app: Google Authenticator, Ente Auth, Aegis, Bitwarden Authenticator), WebAuthn\u002FPasskeys (Touch ID, Face ID, YubiKey, any FIDO2 hardware key), and Duo push notifications. Users can register multiple methods and choose at login time. MFA is enforced per-domain, per-group or globally depending on your access control rules.",312,{"id":1370,"category":517,"question":1371,"answer":1372,"weight":1373},190,"What is Actual Budget?","Actual Budget is an open-source (MIT), local-first personal finance application built on zero-based (envelope) budgeting. It is a self-hosted alternative to YNAB — you run a lightweight Node.js server on your own VPS and sync your budget to any device through end-to-end encryption. Your financial data never leaves your infrastructure.",311,{"id":1375,"category":517,"question":1376,"answer":1377,"weight":1378},191,"How does Actual Budget compare to YNAB?","The budgeting methodology is identical: assign every dollar to a named envelope (category) before spending it. The differences: Actual is MIT-licensed with no subscription fee, your data stays on your own server, and the source code is fully auditable on GitHub. YNAB has a more polished native mobile app; Actual has a fast PWA and an active open-source community.",310,{"id":1380,"category":517,"question":1381,"answer":1382,"weight":1383},192,"How much RAM does Actual Budget need?","The Node.js server idles under 80 MB RAM. A 1 GB VPS is more than sufficient for multiple simultaneous users. Actual Budget is one of the most resource-efficient self-hosted finance tools available.",309,{"id":1385,"category":517,"question":1386,"answer":1387,"weight":1388},193,"Can Actual Budget automatically import transactions from my bank?","Yes, via two optional integrations: GoCardless for European banks (open banking API, no credential sharing) and SimpleFIN for North American banks. If your bank is not supported, you can import OFX, QFX, QIF or CSV files exported from your online banking portal. Manual transaction logging also works well for cash-flow awareness.",308,{"id":1390,"category":517,"question":1391,"answer":1392,"weight":1393},194,"Is my financial data private when self-hosting Actual Budget?","Yes. All data is stored in an SQLite file on your VPS and synced between devices using end-to-end encryption — the server only handles ciphertext and never reads your transactions or balances. No third-party service has access to your financial records.",307,{"id":1395,"category":517,"question":1396,"answer":1397,"weight":1398},195,"Can I migrate from YNAB to Actual Budget?","Yes. Actual supports direct import from YNAB 4 (local export) and nYNAB (web export). Your categories, accounts, budgeted amounts and transaction history all carry over. The migration takes about five minutes from within the Actual Budget settings screen.",306,{"id":1400,"category":489,"question":1401,"answer":1402,"weight":1403},196,"Can I request a phone callback?","Yes. Click « Être rappelé » (Request a callback — the button at the bottom of every page, or from the Contact page), leave your number and a time slot that suits you: an advisor will call you back, usually within one business day. No account is required.",304,{"id":1405,"category":489,"question":1406,"answer":1407,"weight":1408},197,"How do I get a custom quote?","For a custom dedicated server, a reseller volume beyond our Agency packs or a specific project, request a quote online from the « Demander un devis » (Request a quote) page (or the « Devis » (Quote) button on the relevant pages): describe your needs, and our team will prepare a priced proposal within one to two business days. You receive it by email and can review it, then accept it in one click, via a secure link. Each quote has a stated validity period.",303,{"id":1410,"category":489,"question":1411,"answer":1412,"weight":1413},89,"In which languages is support provided?","Support is provided in French, English and Arabic.",301,{"id":1415,"category":489,"question":1416,"answer":1417,"weight":1418},90,"What is your response time?","We usually respond within 24 hours. During business hours, WhatsApp often allows for a faster response.",300,{"id":1420,"category":489,"question":1421,"answer":1422,"weight":1423},91,"Do you offer advanced technical support for VPS?","Infrastructure-level support is included. For managing your VPS environment, an administration service is available as an option.",299,{"id":1425,"category":489,"question":1426,"answer":1427,"weight":1428},92,"Do you have guides and tutorials?","Yes, our Blog offers detailed step-by-step deployment guides (hosting AI tools, automations, databases, etc.) on VPS.",298,{"id":1430,"category":523,"question":1431,"answer":1432,"weight":1433},153,"Is ServOrbit a hosting provider?","ServOrbit is a digital infrastructure platform for businesses, agencies and developers: domains, hosting, VPS and a template Marketplace, all in one place.",296,{"id":1435,"category":523,"question":1436,"answer":1437,"weight":1438},95,"Where are your servers hosted?","Our servers are in Finland and Germany. For VPS and hosting, it is not a setting you pick at order time.",295,{"id":1440,"category":523,"question":1441,"answer":1442,"weight":1443},96,"Do you work with agencies and businesses?","Yes. We offer reseller plans for agencies and support tailored to professionals and businesses.",294,{"id":1445,"category":523,"question":1446,"answer":1447,"weight":1448},97,"Do you offer custom services?","Yes, for specific needs (infrastructure, deployment, migration), contact us through the form by requesting a quote.",293,{"id":1450,"category":523,"question":1451,"answer":1452,"weight":1453},154,"How do I get started with ServOrbit?","Search for a domain name, or choose a hosting or VPS plan, and your infrastructure goes into orbit within minutes. We support you at every step, whether you're just starting out or already an expert.",292,{"id":1455,"category":517,"question":1456,"answer":1457,"weight":1458},202,"What is Umami and how does it differ from Google Analytics?","Umami is an open-source web analytics tool (MIT licence) that measures your audience without cookies or personal data collection. Unlike Google Analytics 4, Umami requires no cookie consent banner (no cookies → no GDPR obligation), the tracking script weighs under 2 KB and is served first-party from your domain. Your data stays on your VPS and never passes through a third-party server.",291,{"id":1460,"category":517,"question":1461,"answer":1462,"weight":1463},203,"How many websites can I track with one Umami instance?","There is no limit. A single Umami instance can track an unlimited number of websites. Each site gets its own tracking ID and API keys, allowing per-site access control — useful for agencies managing multiple clients. Resource usage scales with event volume, but 1–2 GB of RAM is sufficient for dozens of moderate-traffic sites.",290,{"id":1465,"category":517,"question":1466,"answer":1467,"weight":1468},204,"Is the Umami tracking script blocked by ad-blockers?","By default, the script is served at `\u002Fscript.js` on your domain. Most ad-blockers do not target generic file names on first-party domains, so Umami typically gets through where Google Analytics and Plausible are blocked. For extra protection, set the `TRACKER_SCRIPT_NAME` environment variable in your Docker Compose file to rename the script to something neutral (e.g. `u`), making it virtually invisible to filter lists.",289,{"id":1470,"category":517,"question":1471,"answer":1472,"weight":1473},205,"Can I track custom events with Umami?","Yes. Umami provides a simple JavaScript event API: call `umami.track(eventName, data)` anywhere in your code, e.g. `umami.track('signup_click', { plan: 'pro' })`. Events appear in the dashboard under the Events tab. No tag manager, no Google GTM — just a function call and your own data on your own server.",288,{"id":1475,"category":517,"question":1476,"answer":1477,"weight":1478},206,"Is Umami free to self-host?","Yes. The open-source version of Umami (MIT licence) is completely free with no feature limitations. Umami also offers a paid managed cloud plan at umami.is, but on ServOrbit you only pay for the VPS — Umami itself costs nothing.",287,{"id":1480,"category":517,"question":1481,"answer":1482,"weight":1483},207,"What is DocuSeal?","DocuSeal is an open-source electronic signature platform (AGPL-3.0, 17 k+ stars, v3.1.4) that lets you create PDF templates, send signing requests to multiple parties and collect legally binding digital signatures — entirely on your own server. It is a self-hosted alternative to DocuSign, Adobe Acrobat Sign and HelloSign.",286,{"id":1485,"category":517,"question":1486,"answer":1487,"weight":1488},208,"Does DocuSeal require a separate database?","No. DocuSeal uses SQLite by default — the database is a single file stored at `\u002Fdata\u002Fdb.sqlite3` inside the container. No PostgreSQL, MySQL or Redis server is needed. The volume mounted at `\u002Fdata` persists all documents and the database across container restarts.",285,{"id":1490,"category":517,"question":1491,"answer":1492,"weight":1493},209,"How much RAM does DocuSeal need on a VPS?","DocuSeal idles under 256 MB of RAM. A 1 GB VPS is comfortable for teams processing dozens of documents per month. For high volume or multiple simultaneous signing sessions, a 2 GB plan is recommended.",284,{"id":1495,"category":517,"question":1496,"answer":1497,"weight":1498},210,"Do signers need a DocuSeal account to sign?","No. Each signer receives a unique link (via email if SMTP is configured, or shared manually). They open the link in any browser, fill in their fields and submit — no registration, no app download required.",283,{"id":1500,"category":517,"question":1501,"answer":1502,"weight":1503},211,"Is DocuSeal's electronic signature legally valid?","DocuSeal generates an audit trail containing the signer's email, IP address and timestamp for each signature, plus a completion certificate. This satisfies the evidence requirements for simple electronic signatures under eIDAS (EU) and equivalent laws in many countries. For everyday NDAs, contracts and consent forms, DocuSeal's audit trail is sufficient.",282,{"id":1505,"category":517,"question":1506,"answer":1507,"weight":1508},212,"Can I use DocuSeal without configuring SMTP?","Yes. Without SMTP, DocuSeal is fully functional — you copy signing links from the Submissions page and share them manually (via Slack, WhatsApp or email). SMTP is recommended to automate invitations, reminders and completion notifications, but is not required to send and collect signatures.",281,{"id":1510,"category":517,"question":1511,"answer":1512,"weight":995},213,"What is Changedetection.io?","Changedetection.io is an open-source tool (Apache 2.0) that monitors any website and alerts you the moment a page changes — prices, stock levels, tenders, official publications. It runs on your VPS with no per-check fees.",{"id":1514,"category":517,"question":1515,"answer":1516,"weight":1517},214,"Can Changedetection.io monitor JavaScript-rendered pages (React, Vue)?","Yes, via an optional Playwright\u002FChromium sidecar container. Changedetection.io connects to it for full browser rendering — ideal for dynamic stock counters, SPAs and checkout pages.",279,{"id":1519,"category":517,"question":1520,"answer":1521,"weight":1522},215,"What notifications does Changedetection.io support?","Over 80 channels via the Apprise library: email (SMTP), Telegram, Slack, Discord, ntfy, Gotify, Matrix, custom webhooks and many more. You can configure multiple channels per monitored URL.",278,{"id":1524,"category":517,"question":1525,"answer":1526,"weight":1527},216,"Can you filter a specific part of a page with Changedetection.io?","Yes. Use a CSS selector (e.g. `.price`), an XPath expression or a keyword trigger (alert only when the page contains or stops containing a given text). Filters eliminate noise from menus, ads and timestamps that change on every load.",277,{"id":1529,"category":517,"question":1530,"answer":1531,"weight":1532},217,"How much RAM does Changedetection.io need?","The main container idles under 256 MB. A 1 GB VPS comfortably monitors hundreds of URLs. With the Playwright\u002FChromium sidecar for JavaScript pages, plan for 2 GB total.",276,{"id":1534,"category":517,"question":1535,"answer":1536,"weight":1537},218,"Is Changedetection.io free?","Yes. Changedetection.io is open-source under the Apache 2.0 licence — no URL limits, no per-check fees, no mandatory cloud account. You pay only for the VPS that hosts it.",275,{"id":1539,"category":517,"question":1540,"answer":1541,"weight":1542},220,"What is Memos?","Memos is a lightweight open-source notes app (MIT): capture ideas, run a personal journal or share notes with your team from your VPS. ~20 MB Docker image, under 128 MB RAM, SQLite by default.",274,{"id":1544,"category":517,"question":1545,"answer":1546,"weight":1547},221,"How much RAM does Memos need?","Memos idles under 128 MB RAM with SQLite. Its ~20 MB Docker image is one of the lightest in the catalogue — it co-locates comfortably with other apps on a 1 GB VPS without noticeable impact.",273,{"id":1549,"category":517,"question":1550,"answer":1551,"weight":1552},222,"Does Memos support Markdown?","Yes. Memos renders Markdown live in the timeline view: bold, italic, code blocks, checkboxes, links and inline images — all rendered as you type. Pasted screenshots are also uploaded and embedded directly.",272,{"id":1554,"category":517,"question":1555,"answer":1556,"weight":1557},223,"Can Memos notes be shared publicly?","Yes. Each note can be toggled to public via the share icon — it gets a shareable link accessible without login. The rest of the instance stays private. You can also make the whole instance publicly browsable for a personal micro-blog.",271,{"id":1559,"category":517,"question":1560,"answer":1561,"weight":1562},224,"Does Memos have an API for posting notes automatically?","Yes. Memos exposes a RESTful API at \u002Fapi\u002Fv1\u002F with token authentication. You can post notes from scripts, CI pipelines, cron jobs or a Telegram bot — useful for automated standup logs or captures from other tools.",270,{"id":1564,"category":517,"question":1565,"answer":1566,"weight":1567},225,"Is Memos free to self-host?","Yes. Memos is MIT-licensed — free to use, modify and self-host. No subscription, no telemetry, no cloud account required. You pay only for the VPS that runs it.",269,{"id":1569,"category":517,"question":1570,"answer":1571,"weight":1572},230,"What is Chatwoot?","Chatwoot is an open-source omnichannel customer support platform (MIT, 34 k+ stars, v4.16.0) that centralises live chat, email, WhatsApp, Telegram, Facebook Messenger and Twitter\u002FX DMs into one shared inbox. Self-hosted on your VPS, it is an alternative to Intercom and Zendesk with no per-agent fees.",268,{"id":1574,"category":517,"question":1575,"answer":1576,"weight":1577},231,"Does Chatwoot support WhatsApp and Telegram?","Yes. Chatwoot integrates with the WhatsApp Business Cloud API (Meta), Twilio WhatsApp and the Telegram Bot API. You connect each channel from the Settings → Inboxes panel. Messages from these channels appear in the shared inbox alongside live chat and email.",267,{"id":1579,"category":517,"question":1580,"answer":1581,"weight":1582},232,"How do I add a live-chat widget to my website with Chatwoot?","Create a Website-type inbox in Settings → Inboxes. Chatwoot generates a two-line JavaScript snippet. Paste it into your site's \u003Chead>: a customisable chat bubble appears instantly for your visitors. Colour, greeting message and team name are configurable from the dashboard.",266,{"id":1584,"category":517,"question":1585,"answer":1586,"weight":1587},233,"What VPS configuration is recommended for Chatwoot?","Chatwoot runs four Docker containers (Rails + Sidekiq + PostgreSQL + Redis) that idle around 1.2 GB RAM. A 2 GB RAM VPS is the minimum for production; 4 GB is recommended for teams over 10 agents or with high conversation volume.",265,{"id":1589,"category":517,"question":1590,"answer":1591,"weight":1592},234,"Is a domain name required for Chatwoot?","Yes. Chatwoot requires a valid FRONTEND_URL (FQDN over HTTPS) for OAuth redirects, email links and the live-chat widget script URL to work correctly. Without a domain, these features (email integrations, notifications, widget) will not work reliably.",264,{"id":1594,"category":517,"question":1595,"answer":1596,"weight":1597},235,"Is Chatwoot free to self-host?","Yes. Chatwoot Community Edition is MIT-licensed open-source software — free to install and self-host with unlimited agents. You pay only for the VPS that hosts it, not the platform. Enterprise features (SSO, advanced audit logs, custom roles) are available in the paid cloud plans.",263,{"id":1599,"category":489,"question":1600,"answer":1601,"weight":1602},236,"How do I know if a service is down, and will I be notified of incidents?","Check the public Service status page (\u002Fstatut, also linked in the footer): real-time availability per component (DNS, API, email, hosting) and incident history. When an incident is declared, a banner appears in your client area; for significant incidents you also receive a notification (bell + email). You can manage these emails via 'Incidents & maintenance' in your account's notification preferences.",262,{"id":909,"category":489,"question":1604,"answer":1605,"weight":1606},"Can I open a support ticket without a customer account?","Yes. Without an account, you can open a request from our Support page, via the \"Open a support request\" link: you receive a tracking link by email to view the thread and reply to it. With a client account, the request is also linked to your services, which makes personalised follow-up easier. You can also contact us via the contact form or WhatsApp, and our team will guide you.",261,{"id":904,"category":489,"question":1608,"answer":1609,"weight":1610},"How do I report a security issue or vulnerability on ServOrbit?","For any security report (vulnerability, unauthorized access, abuse), contact us directly at support@servorbit.com with 'Security' in the subject line. We acknowledge receipt within one business day and handle reports with priority. Please do not publicly disclose the issue before hearing back from our team.",260,{"id":1612,"category":517,"question":1613,"answer":1614,"weight":1615},237,"What is Vikunja?","Vikunja is a self-hosted open-source task and project management platform (AGPL-3.0, 24 k+ stars, v2.4.0). It provides list, Kanban and Gantt views with dependencies, recurring tasks, CalDAV sync and a full REST API — a self-hosted alternative to Todoist, TickTick and Asana without recurring fees.",259,{"id":1617,"category":517,"question":1618,"answer":1619,"weight":1620},238,"How much RAM does Vikunja need?","Vikunja idles under 256 MB RAM using SQLite as the default store. The Docker image is approximately 80 MB. A 512 MB VPS can run Vikunja alongside a reverse proxy without any overhead — a 1 GB plan gives comfortable headroom.",258,{"id":1622,"category":517,"question":1623,"answer":1624,"weight":1625},239,"Does Vikunja support Kanban and Gantt views?","Yes. Vikunja supports list view, Kanban boards with drag-and-drop and Gantt chart view with start\u002Fend dates and task dependencies. You can switch views per project without migrating any data.",257,{"id":1627,"category":517,"question":1628,"answer":1629,"weight":1630},240,"Can I sync Vikunja tasks to my calendar app?","Yes. Vikunja exposes a CalDAV\u002FWebDAV endpoint at `\u002Fdav\u002F`. Any CalDAV-compatible client — Thunderbird, DAVx⁵, Apple Reminders — can connect with your Vikunja credentials and sync tasks natively.",256,{"id":1632,"category":517,"question":1633,"answer":1634,"weight":590},241,"Does Vikunja have a REST API for scripts or CI pipelines?","Yes. Vikunja ships a full REST API documented with a Swagger spec at `\u002Fapi\u002Fv1\u002Fdocs`. You can create, update and close tasks via HTTP with an API token — useful for CI pipelines that auto-close tasks on successful deploy.",{"id":1636,"category":517,"question":1637,"answer":1638,"weight":1639},242,"Is Vikunja free to self-host?","Yes. Vikunja is AGPL-3.0 open-source software — free to use and self-host. There are no per-seat fees, no subscription plans and no telemetry. You pay only for the VPS that runs it.",254,{"id":1641,"category":517,"question":1642,"answer":1643,"weight":1644},243,"What is Paperless-ngx?","Paperless-ngx is a self-hosted, open-source document management system (DMS\u002FGED) under AGPL-3.0 (43 k+ stars). It scans, OCRs via Tesseract (French and English in the ServOrbit recipe, with Arabic available as an add-on), indexes full-text and auto-files documents by correspondent, type and tags — all on your VPS, with no data sent to a third-party cloud.",253,{"id":1646,"category":517,"question":1647,"answer":1648,"weight":1649},244,"Does Paperless-ngx support Arabic and French OCR?","Yes, with one setting to change for Arabic. The Docker image bundles Tesseract, and the ServOrbit recipe sets `PAPERLESS_OCR_LANGUAGE=fra+eng`: OCR handles French and English out of the box, not Arabic. To add it, edit the `docker-compose.yml` in `\u002Fopt\u002Fpaperless-ngx` over SSH: change the variable to `fra+eng+ara`, add `PAPERLESS_OCR_LANGUAGES: ara` (which installs the language pack at startup), then run `docker compose up -d`. Mixed-language documents are then processed in all three languages.",252,{"id":1651,"category":517,"question":1652,"answer":1653,"weight":1654},245,"How much RAM does Paperless-ngx use?","The full stack (Django web server + PostgreSQL 16 + Redis 7) idles at around 400–512 MB of RAM. A 2 GB VPS is recommended for normal use; 4 GB for large archives (100 k+ documents) or intensive concurrent OCR.",251,{"id":1656,"category":517,"question":1657,"answer":1658,"weight":1659},246,"What is the difference between Paperless-ngx and Stirling-PDF?","They are complementary tools with different use cases. Stirling-PDF is a PDF toolbox (50+ operations: merge, split, compress, convert, sign…) — you use it to process PDF files on demand. Paperless-ngx is an archival DMS: you file documents once and it indexes, classifies and makes them searchable forever. Both work great together.",250,{"id":1661,"category":517,"question":1662,"answer":1663,"weight":1664},247,"Can Paperless-ngx be integrated with n8n or other tools?","Yes. Paperless-ngx exposes a full REST API documented at `\u002Fapi\u002F` (Swagger). You can list, search, download, upload and delete documents via HTTP. In n8n, a single HTTP Request node is enough to trigger ingestion of an email attachment or a PDF generated by a CI pipeline.",249,{"id":1666,"category":517,"question":1667,"answer":1668,"weight":1666},248,"Is Paperless-ngx free to self-host?","Yes. Paperless-ngx is AGPL-3.0 open-source software — free to use, modify and self-host. No per-document fees, no storage limits, no subscription. You pay only for the ServOrbit VPS running the stack.",{"id":1664,"category":517,"question":1670,"answer":1671,"weight":1661},"What is NocoBase and how does it work?","NocoBase is an open-source no-code\u002Flow-code platform (Apache-2.0, 23 k+ stars) that lets you build internal tools, CRM, approval workflows and client portals without writing frontend code. The principle: define collections (entities with fields, relations and permissions), then compose a UI with drag-and-drop blocks (tables, forms, Kanban, charts). Each collection automatically generates a REST API. On ServOrbit, NocoBase installs as two Docker containers (app + PostgreSQL 16) on a 2 GB RAM VPS.",{"id":1659,"category":517,"question":1673,"answer":1674,"weight":1656},"What is the difference between NocoBase and NocoDB?","NocoDB turns any database into a collaborative spreadsheet-style grid — the focus is on viewing and editing existing data quickly in grid, gallery or simple Kanban layouts. NocoBase is data-model-first: you design entities, relations, field types and permissions, then compose complex UIs with blocks (multi-step forms, workflows, dashboards). NocoDB excels at quick ad-hoc data browsing; NocoBase is built for structured business applications with approval chains, granular roles and automations. Both are available in the ServOrbit marketplace.",{"id":1654,"category":517,"question":1676,"answer":1677,"weight":1651},"Can I build a full CRM with NocoBase?","Yes. NocoBase is well-suited for building a custom CRM: create Contacts, Companies, Opportunities and Activities collections with relations between them. Add a Kanban view for the sales pipeline, a lead capture form and different permissions per team (sales reps see their own opportunities, managers see all). The workflow engine can send automatic emails when an opportunity changes status or schedule follow-up reminders. Everything stays on your VPS, exportable via CSV or REST API at any time.",{"id":1649,"category":517,"question":1679,"answer":1680,"weight":1646},"Does NocoBase require a domain name to work?","Yes, but not necessarily a purchased domain: on ServOrbit, installing NocoBase asks for an address — a subdomain of one of your domains, or the free subdomain provided with your VPS. ServOrbit then sets up the DNS record, the nginx reverse proxy and the Let's Encrypt certificate. Port 13000 is published on 127.0.0.1 only: NocoBase is not reachable at `http:\u002F\u002Fyour-vps-ip:13000`, including for internal use.",{"id":1644,"category":517,"question":1682,"answer":1683,"weight":1641},"Does NocoBase support plugins and extensions?","Yes. NocoBase has a built-in plugin manager (Settings → Plugin Manager). It offers 80+ official plugins: Kanban, Gantt and calendar views, chart blocks, map blocks, file manager, visual workflows, Excel import\u002Fexport, LDAP\u002FSSO integrations (Enterprise), audit logs and more. Plugins are activatable on the fly without restarting the server. The plugin API is public, allowing your team to develop custom extensions if needed.",{"id":1639,"category":517,"question":1685,"answer":1686,"weight":1636},"Is NocoBase free to self-host?","Yes. NocoBase is Apache-2.0 open-source software — free to use, modify and self-host with no per-seat fees, no collection limits and no telemetry. A paid Enterprise plan exists for teams needing premium plugins (SAML SSO, advanced audit logs, white-label), but the Community edition covers the essentials for the vast majority of use cases. You pay only for the ServOrbit VPS that runs the stack.",{"id":1630,"category":517,"question":1688,"answer":1689,"weight":1632},"What is Glance?","Glance is a lightweight self-hosted dashboard (AGPL-3.0, ~35 k ⭐, Go). It consolidates Hacker News, RSS feeds, live VPS stats (CPU, RAM, disk) and Docker container status on one page — a single YAML config file, no database, under 25 MB RAM.",{"id":1625,"category":517,"question":1691,"answer":1692,"weight":1627},"Does Glance require a domain name?","Yes, an address is required — without having to buy a domain. On ServOrbit, installing Glance asks for a subdomain of one of your domains or the free subdomain provided with your VPS, and ServOrbit sets up the DNS record, the nginx reverse proxy and the HTTPS certificate, which also protects session cookies. Port 8080 is published on 127.0.0.1 only: Glance is not reachable on the VPS IP address.",{"id":1620,"category":517,"question":1694,"answer":1695,"weight":1622},"How do I add widgets to Glance?","Edit \u002Fdata\u002Fglance.yml inside the Docker volume on your VPS. Each widget is a YAML block in a page's columns section. For example, add `- type: rss` with feed URLs, or `- type: docker-containers` to monitor containers. Restart with `docker compose restart glance`. The official docs list 30+ widget types.",{"id":1615,"category":517,"question":1697,"answer":1698,"weight":1617},"Is my Glance dashboard publicly accessible?","No. Glance ships with built-in auth (username\u002Fpassword). Any visitor is redirected to a login page. You can add multiple users in the auth.users section of glance.yml, or place Glance behind a VPN for extra protection.",{"id":1610,"category":517,"question":1700,"answer":1701,"weight":1612},"Can Glance display Docker container status?","Yes. Add `- type: docker-containers` to a column in glance.yml. The ServOrbit provisioning playbook already mounts \u002Fvar\u002Frun\u002Fdocker.sock read-only inside the Glance container. You will see the name, image and running status of every active container on the VPS.",{"id":1606,"category":517,"question":1703,"answer":1704,"weight":1599},"How much RAM does Glance use?","Glance idles under 25 MB RAM even with multiple widgets active. It is a static Go binary with no database or external process. You can run it on a 512 MB VPS alongside other services (Dozzle, Uptime Kuma) without exhausting memory.",{"id":1602,"category":517,"question":1706,"answer":1707,"weight":1594},"What is Komodo and what is it used for?","Komodo is an open-source GitOps platform (GPL-3.0) for managing Docker stacks and deployment pipelines across multiple servers from a single dashboard. It uses a Core \u002F Periphery architecture: the Core centralises management, and lightweight Periphery agents are installed on each server to control.",{"id":1597,"category":517,"question":1709,"answer":1710,"weight":1589},"What is the difference between Komodo and Dockge or Portainer?","Dockge and Portainer are single-server Docker management UIs. Komodo is built for multi-server fleets: one Core manages unlimited servers via Periphery agents. It also adds GitOps pipelines, automated Procedures and Docker Swarm support — features absent from both tools.",{"id":1592,"category":517,"question":1712,"answer":1713,"weight":1584},"Does Komodo require a domain name?","Yes, a domain name (or subdomain) is required because KOMODO_HOST must point to the public HTTPS URL of your Core. This URL is used for HMAC webhook signature validation and OAuth callbacks. The ServOrbit playbook automatically configures TLS via certbot during deployment.",{"id":1587,"category":517,"question":1715,"answer":1716,"weight":1579},"How do I add an additional server to Komodo after deployment?","Install the Periphery agent on each new server with the Docker command provided in the Komodo documentation (`docker run -d --restart=unless-stopped --network host -v \u002Fvar\u002Frun\u002Fdocker.sock:\u002Fvar\u002Frun\u002Fdocker.sock ghcr.io\u002Fmoghtech\u002Fkomodo-periphery:2`), then add it in the Komodo UI via Servers → Add Server, entering its IP and port 8120.",{"id":1582,"category":517,"question":1718,"answer":1719,"weight":1574},"Can Komodo trigger deployments automatically from GitHub?","Yes. Configure a webhook in your GitHub repository pointing to `https:\u002F\u002Fyour-domain.com\u002Fapi\u002Fwebhook\u002Fkomodo`. In Komodo, create a Procedure with your deployment steps (pull image, restart stack, notification) and link it to the webhook. Komodo validates the HMAC signature before executing anything.",{"id":1577,"category":517,"question":1721,"answer":1722,"weight":1569},"How much RAM does the Komodo Core server use?","The Komodo Core binary (Rust) idles under 256 MB RAM. The FerretDB + PostgreSQL database adds approximately 200–300 MB. A 1 GB RAM VPS is sufficient for the control plane alone. Periphery agents are even lighter — under 50 MB each.",{"id":1572,"category":517,"question":1724,"answer":1725,"weight":1060},"What is the difference between Authelia and Authentik?","Authelia is a lightweight forward-auth proxy that adds MFA in front of your apps without modifying them — it has no user management console. Authentik is a full Identity Provider (IdP) with its own directory, admin console, SSO via OIDC\u002FSAML\u002FLDAP and a visual flow editor. Use Authelia to quickly protect existing apps; use Authentik when you need a real IdP with user lifecycle management.",{"id":1567,"category":517,"question":1727,"answer":1728,"weight":1020},"How much RAM does Authentik need?","The server and worker containers idle at around 300–400 MB combined. PostgreSQL 16 adds ~150 MB. A 1 GB VPS is the absolute minimum; 2 GB is recommended for comfortable use. Authentik dropped its Redis dependency in v2025.10, so no additional cache layer needs to be provisioned.",{"id":1562,"category":517,"question":1730,"answer":1731,"weight":1015},"Does Authentik require a domain name?","Yes. OIDC callbacks, SAML assertions and session cookies all require HTTPS with a valid, publicly resolvable FQDN — without having to buy a domain: the installation accepts a subdomain of one of your domains or the free subdomain provided with your VPS. ServOrbit sets up the DNS record, nginx and the Let's Encrypt TLS certificate (if your domain's DNS zone is not managed by ServOrbit, first point an A record to the VPS).",{"id":1557,"category":517,"question":1733,"answer":1734,"weight":804},"Which applications can I connect to Authentik via SSO?","Any app that supports OIDC\u002FOAuth2 or SAML 2.0. Examples from the ServOrbit marketplace: Gitea, Nextcloud, Mattermost, Docmost, Grafana, Dockge and Metabase. Authentik ships pre-built integrations for dozens of popular apps and allows creating custom OIDC\u002FSAML providers for any other app.",{"id":1552,"category":517,"question":1736,"answer":1737,"weight":1564},"Can I import existing users from LDAP or a CSV?","Yes. Authentik supports LDAP source sync — pull users from Active Directory or OpenLDAP with scheduled synchronisation. For CSV imports, use the REST API or the admin-console bulk-import tool. Users can also self-register via customisable enrollment flows.",{"id":1547,"category":517,"question":1739,"answer":1740,"weight":1559},"Is Authentik suitable for a small team or a single developer?","Absolutely. Authentik is widely used in homelabs and teams of 2–20 users. The Community Edition (Apache 2.0) is fully featured for these use cases. The Enterprise edition adds advanced RBAC, support SLA and features for larger organisations, but is entirely optional.",{"id":1542,"category":517,"question":1742,"answer":1743,"weight":1554},"What is the difference between Penpot and Figma?","Penpot is an open-source (MPL-2.0) self-hostable collaborative design tool, while Figma is a proprietary SaaS. The core technical difference: Penpot uses standard SVG as its native file format, whereas Figma uses a proprietary binary format. In practice, your Penpot files are readable by any vector editor, exportable and versionable in Git. Functionally, Penpot offers vector design, components, prototyping and developer handoff — the same core features as Figma.",{"id":1537,"category":517,"question":1745,"answer":1746,"weight":1549},"How much RAM and CPU does Penpot need?","The absolute minimum is 2 GB RAM — the stack starts, but exporting complex files (PDF, high-resolution PNG) can saturate the `penpot-exporter` container. The recommended configuration for production use is 4 GB RAM with 2 vCPU. On a 4 GB ServOrbit VPS, the Penpot stack at idle consumes around 800 MB, leaving headroom for other services. For teams with more than 10 simultaneous active users, plan for 8 GB.",{"id":1532,"category":517,"question":1748,"answer":1749,"weight":1544},"Can Figma files be imported into Penpot?","Yes. Penpot natively imports `.fig` files exported from Figma. In a Penpot project, use Import → Figma file to select your export. Frames, components, styles and grids are converted to Penpot elements. Expect minor losses on Figma-specific features (certain plugins, advanced effects), but the overall structure, layers and style properties are preserved. Penpot also imports its native `.penpot` format and SVG files.",{"id":1527,"category":517,"question":1751,"answer":1752,"weight":1539},"Is Penpot access free for the whole team?","Yes. Penpot is 100% open-source (MPL-2.0) and the self-hosted version has no limits on users, projects or files. There is no paid 'Team' or 'Enterprise' plan for self-hosting — you pay only for infrastructure (your ServOrbit VPS). Real-time collaboration, shared libraries and developer handoff are all available with zero licensing cost.",{"id":1522,"category":517,"question":1754,"answer":1755,"weight":764},"Is an HTTPS domain required for Penpot?","Yes, for production use with multiple users. Penpot requires HTTPS for secure session cookies and the WebSockets that power real-time collaboration. Without an HTTPS domain, the app runs in `disable-secure-session-cookies` mode, which is acceptable for local testing but not for a team. When deploying via the ServOrbit marketplace, the provisioner automatically configures the Nginx reverse proxy and Let's Encrypt certificate from the domain you provided.",{"id":1517,"category":517,"question":1757,"answer":1758,"weight":1534},"Does Penpot support SSO or external authentication?","Yes. Penpot supports OIDC (OpenID Connect) and LDAP authentication. You can connect it to Authentik (available on the ServOrbit marketplace) to centralise authentication across your entire self-hosted stack. Configuration is done via the `PENPOT_FLAGS` environment variable (enable `enable-oidc`) and OIDC provider parameters. Users then log in via your central IdP — SSO, MFA, passkeys — without managing separate accounts in Penpot.",{"id":1508,"category":517,"question":1760,"answer":1761,"weight":1529},"What is ntfy and why self-host it?","ntfy is an open-source push notification server (Apache 2.0, ~32k ⭐): you publish a message to a topic with a plain HTTP call (`curl -d \"Message\" http:\u002F\u002F127.0.0.1:8080\u002Ftopic` from your VPS), and any subscriber — mobile app, browser, script — receives it in real time. On ServOrbit, ntfy only listens on 127.0.0.1: for subscribers outside the VPS, expose it yourself at an HTTPS address. Self-hosting gives you unlimited private topics with no rate limits, no third-party account and no monthly fee.",{"id":1503,"category":517,"question":1763,"answer":1764,"weight":1524},"Do I need a domain name to use ntfy?","Not to install it: ntfy does not require a domain on ServOrbit, but no URL is assigned to it — its port 8080 is published on 127.0.0.1 only. Scripts and monitoring tools running on the VPS publish directly to `http:\u002F\u002F127.0.0.1:8080\u002F\u003Ctopic>`, and the web interface opens through an SSH tunnel (`ssh -L 8080:127.0.0.1:8080 root@\u003Cip>`). However, to publish from another machine, receive on the mobile app or use browser Web Push, the server must be reachable at an HTTPS address — a reverse proxy on your domain, which you configure yourself over SSH.",{"id":1498,"category":517,"question":1766,"answer":1767,"weight":1519},"How do I send an ntfy notification from a cron job or shell script?","One line, from the VPS: `curl -d \"Job done\" http:\u002F\u002F127.0.0.1:8080\u002Fyour-topic`. Add a title with `-H \"Title: Nightly backup\"` and set priority with `-H \"Priority: high\"`. No SDK, no library, no API key — works in any shell environment where curl is available: cron, Docker entrypoints, Python scripts. From another machine (GitHub Actions, GitLab CI, AWX), replace the URL with the public HTTPS address of your ntfy server, which you configure yourself: the ServOrbit recipe publishes port 8080 on 127.0.0.1 only.",{"id":1493,"category":517,"question":1769,"answer":1770,"weight":1514},"Does the ntfy mobile app work with a self-hosted server?","Yes, provided the app can reach your server. The ServOrbit recipe publishes ntfy on 127.0.0.1:8080 only and assigns it no URL: first expose it at an HTTPS address (a reverse proxy on your domain, configured over SSH). The official ntfy apps for Android (F-Droid \u002F Play Store) and iOS (App Store) then let you add that server: enter its URL (e.g. `https:\u002F\u002Fntfy.your-domain.com`) and subscribe to a topic. Notifications arrive as push even when the app is in the background — Android uses UnifiedPush (F-Droid) or FCM (Play), iOS uses APNs.",{"id":1488,"category":517,"question":1772,"answer":1773,"weight":1510},"How do I protect my ntfy instance with access control?","For a private VPS accessible only to your scripts, no authentication is needed. For additional security, run `docker exec \u003Ccontainer> ntfy user add admin` to create an admin user, then set `NTFY_AUTH_DEFAULT_ACCESS=deny-all` so only authenticated users can publish\u002Fsubscribe. Each script or monitoring tool gets its own access token via `ntfy token add`.",{"id":1483,"category":517,"question":1775,"answer":1776,"weight":1505},"How much RAM and storage does ntfy need?","ntfy idles under 30 MB RAM with the default SQLite message cache. Disk usage depends on retention settings — messages expire after 12 hours by default and attachments are not stored server-side (they are referenced externally). A VPS with 512 MB RAM is more than sufficient for a personal or small-team ntfy instance handling thousands of notifications per day.",{"id":1478,"category":517,"question":1778,"answer":1779,"weight":1500},"What is Backrest and how is it different from restic?","restic is the backup engine: encrypted, deduplicated, incremental and driven entirely from the command line. Backrest is a web UI and scheduler on top of it — same engine, same repository format, but repositories, plans, schedules, retention, restores and maintenance are managed in a browser instead of cron files and shell scripts. Your backups remain standard restic repositories you can open with the restic CLI at any time, so Backrest introduces no lock-in.",{"id":1473,"category":517,"question":1781,"answer":1782,"weight":1495},"Where does Backrest store my VPS backups?","Anywhere restic can write, which includes every rclone remote: Amazon S3, Backblaze B2, Wasabi, MinIO, Azure Blob, Google Cloud Storage, SFTP\u002FSSH, or a local or network-mounted disk. Backblaze B2 is the usual pick for a VPS — inexpensive, S3-compatible and, crucially, outside your server's own failure domain, which is the entire point of an off-site backup.",{"id":1468,"category":517,"question":1784,"answer":1785,"weight":1490},"Are my Backrest backups encrypted, and who holds the key?","Yes, and you do. restic encrypts every snapshot locally, on the VPS, before anything is sent — the destination only ever receives opaque blocks. The repository password is the encryption key. Store it in a password manager: if you lose it, the backups become mathematically unrecoverable, and neither ServOrbit nor the storage provider can restore access.",{"id":1463,"category":517,"question":1787,"answer":1788,"weight":1485},"How much RAM and disk space does Backrest need?","The container itself is light: under 100 MB RAM at idle and a few hundred megabytes of image and cache — a 1 GB VPS is plenty. The real cost is at the destination, and deduplication keeps it modest: after the first full snapshot, later runs upload only changed blocks, so a 20 GB server with months of daily retention often fits in a few tens of gigabytes.",{"id":1458,"category":517,"question":1790,"answer":1791,"weight":1480},"Can Backrest back up files outside its own container?","It backs up whatever is mounted into it. The ServOrbit recipe mounts the host's `\u002Fhome`, `\u002Froot` and `\u002Fetc` read-only under `\u002Fhost`, which covers user data and system configuration on a typical VPS. To protect other paths — an application data directory, a Docker volume — add the matching read-only mount to the compose file and it will show up in the plan's path picker.",{"id":1453,"category":517,"question":1793,"answer":1794,"weight":1475},"How do I know a Backrest backup actually ran?","Backrest shows the status and history of every plan in its UI, and runs scheduled `check` operations that verify repository integrity rather than merely reporting that the job started. For active alerting, configure a failure hook pointing at a webhook: a self-hosted ntfy topic works perfectly and pushes the failure to your phone the same night. That is how you avoid the classic scenario — discovering a backup that has been broken for three months at the exact moment you need it.",{"id":1448,"category":517,"question":1796,"answer":1797,"weight":1470},"What is Meilisearch and why use it instead of a SQL search?","Meilisearch is an open-source full-text search engine (MIT, 57 k+ GitHub stars) designed for user-facing search: typo tolerance, results in under 50 ms, native support for Arabic, French and English. A SQL ILIKE query scans the full table and ignores typos — beyond a few thousand rows, it becomes too slow for a real-time search bar. Meilisearch pre-indexes your data and responds in milliseconds even across millions of documents, without modifying your primary database.",{"id":1443,"category":517,"question":1799,"answer":1800,"weight":1465},"How much RAM and disk space does Meilisearch need on a ServOrbit VPS?","The Meilisearch binary itself runs under 50 MB RAM at idle. Actual consumption depends on your index size: an index of 100,000 products with several text attributes uses roughly 200–500 MB of RAM and similar disk space (Meilisearch pre-builds its inverted indexes for speed). A 1 GB RAM VPS is enough to start; move to 2–4 GB once your dataset exceeds a million documents or you are serving sustained search traffic.",{"id":1438,"category":517,"question":1802,"answer":1803,"weight":1460},"Does Meilisearch support Arabic and French search without extra configuration?","Yes. Meilisearch's multilingual tokeniser automatically detects the language of each attribute and applies the right processing: n-gram segmentation for Arabic (handling the absence of standard word separators and RTL direction), diacritic normalisation and stop-word list for French. An index that mixes Arabic and French fields responds correctly to queries in both languages without any configuration — ideal for bilingual Morocco\u002FMENA projects.",{"id":1433,"category":517,"question":1805,"answer":1806,"weight":1455},"How is my Meilisearch instance secured on ServOrbit? What is the MEILI_MASTER_KEY?","The ServOrbit provisioner automatically generates a strong, random `MEILI_MASTER_KEY` and starts Meilisearch in `production` mode. In production mode, every API call must include either the master key (in the `Authorization: Bearer \u003CKEY>` header) or a scope-limited derived API key — the instance rejects any unauthenticated request. The master key can be viewed at any time in your client area, from your VPS's installed applications (\"Reveal\" button), which reads it from your server's `.env` — ServOrbit keeps no copy. Changing it requires a restart with a new key, which invalidates existing derived keys.",{"id":1808,"category":517,"question":1809,"answer":1810,"weight":1045},297,"Can I create API keys with restricted permissions for my front-end applications?","Yes, and that is the recommended practice. From the master key, you generate scope-limited API keys via the `\u002Fkeys` endpoint: read-only on a specific index, search-only without write or delete access, access limited to a subset of attributes, or filter constraints (the user can only search within their own data). The search key can be embedded in plain text in your JavaScript bundle without risk — it cannot modify or delete data. The master key must never leave your backend.",{"id":1428,"category":517,"question":1812,"answer":1813,"weight":814},"Does Meilisearch replace my main database (PostgreSQL, MySQL)?","No. Meilisearch is a search index, not a transactional database. The standard pattern: your application writes data to PostgreSQL (or any other database), then syncs it into Meilisearch (via a webhook, a Sidekiq\u002FHorizon job, or a scheduled task) for indexing. Search queries go to Meilisearch; full data reads (product page, order, profile) stay in your primary database. The two are complementary: PostgreSQL guarantees transactional consistency, Meilisearch provides search speed and relevance.",{"id":1423,"category":495,"question":1815,"answer":1816,"weight":458},"Can I renew several services in a single order?","Yes. From your client area, click “Renew” on any service: the window lists all your renewable services, grouped into “due soon” and “the rest of your services”. Tick what you want, set the duration of each line, and a single order is created. You can also renew a service ahead of time, before it is due.",{"id":1418,"category":495,"question":1818,"answer":1819,"weight":980},"Which company is the renewal order issued to?","If your account is a business account, the renewal window lets you pick which billing company the order is attached to — your default company is preselected. The name, address and tax ID are frozen on the order: editing the company record later changes neither the order nor an invoice already issued.",{"id":1413,"category":495,"question":1821,"answer":1822,"weight":1405},"How do I know the new expiry date before paying?","It is shown before payment. Each line of the renewal window states the covered period (“from … to …”) for the duration you picked, and the same information appears on your order — on screen and in the PDF. The date starts from your current expiry if it is still ahead — time already paid for is never lost — or from today if the service has already expired.",{"id":1824,"category":517,"question":1825,"answer":1826,"weight":1400},302,"What is Monica CRM and how is it different from a business CRM like Twenty?","Monica CRM (AGPL-3.0, 22 k+ stars) is a personal relationship manager, not a sales tool. Where business CRMs like Twenty or HubSpot track pipelines, leads and revenue, Monica tracks the human side: birthdays, personal notes, gift ideas, life events and follow-up reminders. It is designed for managing your personal and professional network — friends, family, mentors, clients — not a structured sales funnel.",{"id":1408,"category":517,"question":1828,"answer":1829,"weight":1395},"Does Monica CRM require an SMTP server to create an account?","No. Monica's registration and login flow works without any mail configuration. The first user to register on a fresh instance automatically becomes the administrator — no verification email is sent. SMTP is only needed if you want Monica to send reminder emails or password-reset links; both features remain available through the dashboard without SMTP.",{"id":1403,"category":517,"question":1831,"answer":1832,"weight":1390},"What database does Monica CRM use? Does it support PostgreSQL?","The Monica version installed by the ServOrbit recipe (monicahq\u002Fmonicahq:apache image, 2.x branch) officially supports MySQL and MariaDB only. The recipe uses MariaDB 11, the recommended open-source MySQL-compatible database. PostgreSQL is not supported in this version — the application relies on MySQL-specific features and the ORM configuration targets MySQL\u002FMariaDB exclusively.",{"id":1834,"category":517,"question":1835,"answer":1836,"weight":1385},305,"How much RAM does Monica CRM need on a ServOrbit VPS?","Monica itself typically uses under 256 MB of RAM at rest. MariaDB adds 150–300 MB depending on query concurrency, and Redis under 50 MB. In total, a 1 GB VPS is comfortable for personal use (up to ~5 users and tens of thousands of contacts). Scale to 2 GB if you plan to host a small team or run large imports regularly.",{"id":1398,"category":517,"question":1838,"answer":1839,"weight":1380},"Can I import my phone or Google contacts into Monica CRM?","Yes. Monica imports vCard (.vcf) files, which is the standard export format for iPhone (via iCloud), Android (via Google Contacts) and desktop tools (Apple Contacts, Outlook, Thunderbird). Export your contacts from your phone or cloud service, upload the .vcf file in Settings → Import, and Monica maps fields automatically. CSV import with custom field mapping is also supported.",{"id":1393,"category":517,"question":1841,"answer":1842,"weight":1375},"Is there a mobile app for self-hosted Monica CRM?","Monica is a progressive web app (PWA) — you can add it to your phone's home screen from the browser (Share → Add to Home Screen on iOS; Add to Home Screen in Android Chrome) and it behaves like a native app with offline caching. There is no dedicated native iOS or Android app, but the PWA works well on mobile.",{"id":1388,"category":517,"question":1844,"answer":1845,"weight":1370},"What is SearXNG and why self-host it?","SearXNG is an open-source metasearch engine that aggregates results from Google, Bing, DuckDuckGo and 280+ sources in a single query, without tracking you or storing your history. Self-hosting it on your VPS gives you a private search URL for your team and AI agents — no per-query cost, no rate limits and no data sent to third parties.",{"id":1383,"category":517,"question":1847,"answer":1848,"weight":668},"Can SearXNG power web search for my AI agents (Open WebUI, n8n, Flowise)?","Yes. Enable the JSON format in SearXNG's `settings.yml` (`formats: [html, json]`), then point your AI tools to `https:\u002F\u002Fyour-domain.com\u002Fsearch?q=\u003Cquery>&format=json`. Open WebUI, n8n, Flowise, LangChain and CrewAI all support SearXNG natively as a web search backend.",{"id":1378,"category":517,"question":1850,"answer":1851,"weight":663},"What is the minimum recommended configuration for SearXNG?","SearXNG (Python container) uses under 256 MB RAM, Redis adds ~30 MB. The smallest ServOrbit VPS, VPS Solo (4 GB RAM), is therefore more than enough for personal use or a small team, and leaves headroom for several AI agents or concurrent users.",{"id":1373,"category":517,"question":1853,"answer":1854,"weight":658},"How do I restrict access to my SearXNG instance?","The simplest method is HTTP Basic Auth in Nginx — only users with credentials can access the interface. For API-only use (AI agents), disable the HTML interface in `settings.yml` and restrict allowed IP ranges in Nginx. You can also enable `limiter: true` in settings to protect a public instance from abuse (Redis is required for the rate limiter).",{"id":1368,"category":517,"question":1856,"answer":1857,"weight":653},"Does SearXNG comply with Google and Bing terms of service?","SearXNG uses aggregation techniques similar to any metasearch engine. For personal or internal team use, the risk is minimal. For heavy public use (millions of queries\u002Fday), some engines may block your IP. Enable source rotation in `settings.yml` and use Redis to cache frequent results — this significantly reduces load on each individual engine.",{"id":1363,"category":478,"question":1859,"answer":1860,"weight":649},"At what email volume do Gmail and Outlook require a DMARC record, and what happens without one?","Since February 2024, Gmail, Yahoo, and increasingly Microsoft Outlook require a valid DMARC record for senders exceeding 5,000 messages per day to their users. Below that threshold, SPF and DKIM alone are usually sufficient, but setting up DMARC early is still recommended. Without a compliant DMARC policy above the threshold, providers may permanently reject your messages with an SMTP 550 error — a hard bounce, not a spam folder placement. Our support team can help you configure SPF, DKIM, and DMARC for your domain.",{"id":1358,"category":876,"question":1862,"answer":1863,"weight":645},"How long do Let's Encrypt SSL certificates last, and is this changing?","Let's Encrypt certificates are valid for 90 days, requiring automated renewal roughly every 60 days. On our hosting plans, renewal is fully automatic — no action needed on your part. The CA\u002FB Forum has adopted a roadmap to progressively shorten this lifetime: first to 100 days, then to 47 days by 2029. More frequent renewals improve security by limiting exposure if a private key is compromised. If you manage a certificate on a server outside our platform, ensure your automation tool (Certbot, acme.sh) is up to date to handle these shorter lifetimes.",{"id":1353,"category":432,"question":1865,"answer":1866,"weight":1040},"Can I block AI crawlers from scraping sites hosted on your platform?","Yes, you have several levels of control. The simplest is to add directives to your robots.txt file: the main AI training crawlers declare that they respect this file (OpenAI's GPTBot, Common Crawl's CCBot, Google's Google-Extended), even though none are legally required to do so. For stricter blocking, you can filter by User-Agent in your site's .htaccess file: requests are then actually refused, even from bots that might ignore robots.txt (there are no Cloudflare WAF rules for you to configure). On VPS, you can go further with Nginx rules or iptables. Our support team can guide you to the right configuration.",{"id":1348,"category":523,"question":1868,"answer":1869,"weight":799},"Does the European Cyber Resilience Act apply to web applications and sites I deliver to clients?","The Cyber Resilience Act (CRA, EU regulation 2024\u002F2847), with obligations phasing in through 2027, sets cybersecurity requirements for products with digital elements placed on the EU market. Purely informational websites and online services (SaaS) accessed via a browser are generally outside the CRA's direct scope, which targets software products made available as such. However, if you develop a plugin, component, or software distributed to third parties, the CRA may apply. For a precise assessment of your situation, consulting a specialist in European digital law is recommended.",{"id":1343,"category":517,"question":1871,"answer":1872,"weight":1365},"Does Karakeep require an AI API key to work?","No. The AI auto-tagging feature is entirely optional. Karakeep works as a full bookmark manager — saving, crawling, screenshotting and full-text indexing — without any AI key. When you add `OPENAI_API_KEY` or `OLLAMA_BASE_URL`, automatic tag and summary generation activates on new saves.",{"id":1338,"category":517,"question":1874,"answer":1875,"weight":1360},"How much RAM does Karakeep need on a ServOrbit VPS?","The three containers (Karakeep app, Meilisearch, and headless Chrome) use approximately 800 MB–1.2 GB at idle. The smallest ServOrbit VPS, VPS Solo (4 GB RAM), is therefore more than enough. If you add Ollama (a separate Marketplace app) on the same VPS for local AI tagging, plan for considerably more: Ollama alone needs 8 GB minimum for a 7B model.",{"id":1333,"category":517,"question":1877,"answer":1878,"weight":1355},"Can I import my bookmarks from Pocket, Raindrop.io or a browser?","Yes. Karakeep supports importing from Pocket (JSON export), Netscape bookmark files (exported by all major browsers, Raindrop.io and Pinboard), and its own backup format. Go to Settings → Import in your instance to upload the file. Large imports (thousands of bookmarks) are processed in the background — the import itself is fast, full-text indexing happens asynchronously.",{"id":1328,"category":517,"question":1880,"answer":1881,"weight":1350},"Does Karakeep work with Ollama already installed on the same VPS?","Yes. If Ollama is running on the same VPS (from the ServOrbit marketplace or installed manually), add `OLLAMA_BASE_URL=http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:11434` to the Karakeep environment in your `docker-compose.yml`. In the web interface, go to Settings → AI and select your preferred Ollama model. Karakeep will use it for tagging and summarisation with no API cost and no data leaving your server.",{"id":1323,"category":517,"question":1883,"answer":1884,"weight":1345},"Is Karakeep accessible from a smartphone?","Yes. Karakeep ships a Progressive Web App (PWA): open your instance URL in a mobile browser, tap 'Add to Home Screen', and it installs like a native app. The native share sheet integration (iOS and Android) lets you send any link from any app directly to your Karakeep instance with a single tap.",{"id":1318,"category":876,"question":1886,"answer":1887,"weight":1340},"How do I automate SSL certificate renewal with an ACME client?","ACME clients such as `certbot`, `acme.sh`, or Caddy can renew your SSL certificates automatically without any manual intervention. Most clients install a systemd timer or cron job natively. This automation is increasingly critical: the CA\u002FB Forum plans to reduce maximum certificate validity to 47 days by 2029, making manual renewal structurally unmanageable.",{"id":1313,"category":432,"question":1889,"answer":1890,"weight":1335},"What happens to my websites if PHP 8.2 reaches end of life after December 2026?","Once PHP 8.2 reaches end of life on December 31, 2026, no further security patches will be released, leaving your applications exposed to any vulnerabilities discovered afterward. Popular frameworks and plugins such as Laravel and WordPress will gradually drop PHP 8.2 compatibility. It is strongly recommended to migrate to PHP 8.3 or 8.4 before that date to keep your environment secure and fully supported.",{"id":1308,"category":426,"question":1892,"answer":1893,"weight":1330},"Can I run Kubernetes on a ServOrbit VPS with 2 GB of RAM?","There is no 2 GB ServOrbit VPS: our smallest plan, VPS Solo, comes with 2 vCPUs and 4 GB of RAM, which is enough to run Kubernetes thanks to K3s, a lightweight CNCF-certified Kubernetes distribution that works with as little as 2 GB of RAM. K3s bundles all control-plane components into a single 60 MB binary and replaces etcd with SQLite, significantly reducing the memory footprint. It remains fully compatible with `kubectl` and Helm, so you can use the usual Kubernetes ecosystem without extra infrastructure cost.",{"id":1303,"category":523,"question":1895,"answer":1896,"weight":1325},"Does the European Data Act require my hosting provider to remove data transfer fees?","Yes, the European Data Act (EU Regulation 2023\u002F2854) prohibits cloud service providers from charging egress fees for transferring your data to another provider, effective from January 12, 2027. The regulation also guarantees data portability and requires hosting providers to supply standardized export formats. When choosing a provider, check their portability policy now to avoid vendor lock-in.",{"id":1298,"category":523,"question":1898,"answer":1899,"weight":1320},"Is the ServOrbit AI landing page generator really free?","Yes, the ServOrbit landing page generator is a public, free tool, and no payment card is required to generate a page. Generations are simply capped by a daily quota of free generations, so the tool stays available to everyone. Publishing the page online, however, requires a ServOrbit account and active hosting.",{"id":1293,"category":523,"question":1901,"answer":1902,"weight":1315},"How long does it take to generate a landing page?","Expect two to five minutes to generate a complete page — longer if another generation is already running, as the engine handles one at a time. The generation engine is self-hosted on our own infrastructure, which is a little slower than a mainstream third-party service. The page then opens in a preview you can edit directly in your browser.",{"id":1288,"category":523,"question":1904,"answer":1905,"weight":1310},"What do I need in order to publish the generated landing page?","To publish, you need a ServOrbit account, active hosting and the domain the page will be attached to: the page is then deployed on your hosting and served on your domain. Without an account or hosting you can still generate, preview and edit your page, and keep its preview link. Nothing goes live until you explicitly ask for it.",{"id":1283,"category":523,"question":1907,"answer":1908,"weight":1305},"What happens to the content I generate with the tool?","Your draft is kept on ServOrbit, anonymously before you create an account, then attached to your account when you publish. The brief and product details you provide are sent to our generation engine, which is self-hosted. The resulting HTML is yours: you can rework it in the editor, and the page is never put online without an explicit action from you. Always proofread the text before publishing, as you remain responsible for the claims made about your product.",{"id":1278,"category":523,"question":1910,"answer":1911,"weight":1300},"Can I start from a product link instead of writing a description?","Yes, you can paste a product link and the tool will try to extract the title, price and images from it. That automatic reading is best-effort, however, as many marketplaces block it. The default path is therefore assisted manual import: you paste the title and price, add two or three photos, and generation starts from information whose accuracy you control.",{"id":1273,"category":495,"question":1913,"answer":1914,"weight":1295},"How do I turn on audience measurement for my service?","From your client area, open the service concerned: the Audience measurement section lists the engines available with your plan. Pick one and confirm — the platform creates the tracking site on its shared instances and immediately hands you a code snippet to paste into your site, with no server to run. If no shared engine is offered with your plan, you can still install your own in one click from the Marketplace, on your own VPS.",{"id":1268,"category":495,"question":1916,"answer":1917,"weight":1290},"What is the difference between the audience measurement included in my plan and installing it on my VPS?","Audience measurement included with your plan runs on our shared instances: nothing to install or maintain, you get the snippet and your dashboard straight away. Installing from the Marketplace instead puts the engine on your own VPS: your data stays entirely with you and the configuration is yours, in exchange for the server resources and the maintenance you take on. Which shared engines are offered depends on your plan — your client area shows the ones open to you — while installing on your VPS remains possible in every case.",{"id":1263,"category":495,"question":1919,"answer":1920,"weight":1285},"Which audience measurement engine should I choose?","The useful criterion is what you are trying to measure. Umami and Plausible stick to the essentials — cookie-free, a single-page dashboard, a light server footprint: the right pick for tracking traffic on a showcase site. Matomo is a full suite (segments, e-commerce, heatmaps, GDPR compliance tooling) for when audience analysis becomes a job of its own, while PostHog targets product analytics (conversion funnels, session replay, feature flags, A\u002FB testing) and in return needs a markedly beefier server. Your client area shows which engines are open to your plan, and a site already being tracked keeps working even if its engine stops being offered.",{"id":1258,"category":495,"question":1922,"answer":1923,"weight":585},"Where do I paste the audience measurement snippet, and how do I check it is tracking?","The snippet shown in your client area goes into your site's HTML, right before the `\u003C\u002Fhead>` tag, on every page you want measured — in a CMS, through the theme's 'header code' field or an extension made for that. Publish, clear your page cache, then open your site in another tab: the visit should show up on the engine's dashboard. If nothing comes through, check that the snippet really is in the published page's source and that no cache or blocker is stripping it.",{"id":1253,"category":517,"question":1925,"answer":1926,"weight":1280},"What is Gatus and how is it different from Uptime Kuma?","Gatus is a config-as-code health monitoring and status page tool (~11.7 k stars, Apache 2.0): you define your endpoints and their health conditions in a versionable YAML file. Uptime Kuma is a UI-first uptime monitor — great for adding monitors without touching a config file. Gatus offers richer health conditions (response time, TLS expiry, body regex, DNS resolution) and produces a public-facing status page suited for sharing with your end users.",{"id":1248,"category":517,"question":1928,"answer":1929,"weight":1275},"Do I need a domain name to use Gatus?","No. Gatus does not require a domain on ServOrbit, but no URL is assigned to it: its port 8080 is published on 127.0.0.1 only. Open the status page through an SSH tunnel — `ssh -L 8080:127.0.0.1:8080 root@\u003Cip>` — then `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:8080`. For a customer-facing status page, you need to proxy Gatus yourself behind nginx with HTTPS and a subdomain like `status.your-domain.com`; internal monitoring and alerting work right after deployment without a domain.",{"id":1243,"category":517,"question":1931,"answer":1932,"weight":1270},"How do I add a new endpoint to monitor in Gatus?","SSH into your VPS: Gatus is installed in `\u002Fopt\u002Fgatus` and its configuration lives in the Docker named volume `gatus-config`. The Gatus image ships no shell: edit the file through the init container, `cd \u002Fopt\u002Fgatus && docker compose run --rm gatus-init vi \u002Fconfig\u002Fconfig.yaml`, and add a new block under `endpoints:` with the URL, interval and conditions. Restart with `docker compose restart gatus`. The new endpoint appears on the status page within seconds. No browser, no UI — just a text file you can version-control in a git repository.",{"id":1238,"category":517,"question":1934,"answer":1935,"weight":1265},"What alert channels does Gatus support?","Gatus includes 40+ alert integrations: Slack, PagerDuty, OpsGenie, Discord, Microsoft Teams, Telegram, Pushover, ntfy, GitHub Issues, email, custom webhook, Mattermost, Gotify and more. Configure the channel once in the `alerting:` block of your config, then reference it by type from each endpoint. Each endpoint supports failure thresholds (e.g. `failure-threshold: 2` to alert only after 2 consecutive failures) and success thresholds for recovery alerts.",{"id":1233,"category":517,"question":1937,"answer":1938,"weight":1260},"How do I monitor a TCP port, DNS resolution or TLS certificate expiry with Gatus?","Simply change the `url:` prefix in your endpoint definition. For TCP: `url: \"tcp:\u002F\u002Fdb.internal:5432\"` with condition `[CONNECTED] == true`. For DNS: `url: \"dns:\u002F\u002Fns1.example.com\"` with `[DNS_RCODE] == NOERROR`. For TLS expiry: keep `url: \"https:\u002F\u002Fyour-domain.com\"` and add `[CERTIFICATE_EXPIRATION] > 14d` — Gatus alerts when fewer than 14 days remain before the certificate expires. For ICMP: `url: \"icmp:\u002F\u002F192.168.1.1\"`. All endpoint types share the same condition syntax and the same alert channels.",{"id":1228,"category":478,"question":1940,"answer":1941,"weight":1255},"What is BIMI and how do I display my brand logo in Gmail?","BIMI (Brand Indicators for Message Identification) lets Gmail, Yahoo Mail and Apple Mail display your brand logo next to your emails in the inbox. Your domain needs SPF, DKIM and a DMARC policy of `p=quarantine` or `p=reject`, then you publish a `default._bimi.` DNS TXT record pointing to an SVG file of your logo. Gmail additionally requires a VMC (Verified Mark Certificate, requires a registered trademark) or CMC (Common Mark Certificate, no trademark needed). Support is live in 2026 on Gmail, Yahoo Mail, Apple Mail and Fastmail.",{"id":1223,"category":478,"question":1943,"answer":1944,"weight":1105},"Can my organisation enable BIMI without a registered trademark?","Yes. Gmail introduced the Common Mark Certificate (CMC) as an alternative to the VMC: it does not require a registered trademark, but you must demonstrate that your logo has been publicly displayed on your domain for at least twelve months. Yahoo Mail, Fastmail and Apple Mail support BIMI without requiring a certificate, provided DMARC is set to `p=quarantine` or `p=reject`.",{"id":1218,"category":523,"question":1946,"answer":1947,"weight":819},"Does the NIS2 directive apply to companies that use an external hosting provider?","Yes, if your organisation falls within one of the 18 targeted sectors (healthcare, energy, transport, finance, digital infrastructure…) and exceeds the size thresholds. NIS2 requires you to assess the risks across your entire supply chain, including your hosting provider: data storage location, contractual security commitments and incident response procedures. It applies from October 2026 in EU member states.",{"id":1213,"category":501,"question":1949,"answer":1950,"weight":809},"How do I automatically back up Docker volumes and container configurations on a VPS?","Combine a Docker volume export with an incremental backup tool such as Restic or BorgBackup. Temporarily stop the container (or use `docker exec` for a clean database dump), compress the volume, then send the archive to remote storage. Schedule the operation via cron or a CI\u002FCD pipeline, and version your `docker-compose.yml` and `.env` files in a private git repository.",{"id":1208,"category":426,"question":1952,"answer":1953,"weight":1450},"Can I run a full CI\u002FCD pipeline with Woodpecker CI and Forgejo on a 2 GB VPS?","Yes. Woodpecker CI (server + agent) uses less than 50 MB of RAM at idle, and Forgejo runs comfortably within 300 to 500 MB. A 2 GB RAM VPS is sufficient for everyday use (a few repositories, short pipelines). For more intensive builds (compilation, parallel tests), a 4 GB VPS provides better headroom. Each pipeline step runs in an isolated Docker container, so Docker must be installed and the daemon active.",{"id":1203,"category":426,"question":1955,"answer":1956,"weight":1430},"Can I use FreshRSS to track my GitHub dependencies and receive security alerts on my VPS?","Yes. Every GitHub repository publishes an Atom release feed at `https:\u002F\u002Fgithub.com\u002F\u003Cowner>\u002F\u003Crepo>\u002Freleases.atom`. Add these URLs in FreshRSS, create an auto-star rule on keywords like 'security' or 'breaking change', and enable the ntfy webhook or email webhook in settings. FreshRSS refreshes feeds every 20 minutes server-side — you receive a mobile notification the moment a maintainer publishes an alert, without opening any application.",{"id":1198,"category":426,"question":1958,"answer":1959,"weight":522},"How do I connect Reeder or NetNewsWire to a self-hosted FreshRSS instance on my VPS?","In FreshRSS, go to Settings → Authentication → GReader API access, enable the API, and note the endpoint URL (format `http:\u002F\u002Fip-or-domain:8080`). In Reeder 5, add an account of type 'FreshRSS' (or 'Fever' depending on version) and enter that URL with your FreshRSS username and password. In NetNewsWire, select 'FreshRSS' from the accounts list and do the same. Feeds and read states (read\u002Funread, starred) sync automatically. Recommendation: enable HTTPS via an nginx reverse proxy so your credentials are not transmitted in plain text over the internet.",{"id":1193,"category":426,"question":1961,"answer":1962,"weight":1250},"How much RAM does FreshRSS use and which VPS plan is recommended?","FreshRSS uses less than 128 MB of RAM at idle. A 512 MB VPS is more than sufficient for personal use or a small team of 5 to 10 users with 200 to 500 feeds each. For more than 10 simultaneous users or thousands of feeds, a 1 GB VPS is recommended. FreshRSS can coexist with other applications on the same VPS without issue — it occupies only a single Docker container and its SQLite database stays under a few megabytes even after months of intensive use.",{"id":1188,"category":426,"question":1964,"answer":1965,"weight":1245},"Can I migrate my RSS subscriptions from Feedly or another reader to FreshRSS?","Yes. FreshRSS supports OPML import and export — the standard format for exchanging RSS subscription lists. In Feedly or your current reader, export your subscriptions as OPML (a `.xml` or `.opml` file). In FreshRSS, go to Settings → Subscriptions → Import\u002FExport, select your OPML file and confirm. All your feeds appear immediately with their original folders and categories. The process takes under a minute regardless of the size of your subscription list.",{"id":1183,"category":426,"question":1967,"answer":1968,"weight":1240},"Does FreshRSS support HTTPS and access from outside the VPS?","FreshRSS serves HTTP on port 80 (exposed as 8080 on the host). For HTTPS, configure nginx as a reverse proxy in front of that port with a Let's Encrypt certificate — or enable `requireDomain: true` in the ServOrbit marketplace to have the VPS automatically configured with an nginx vhost and HTTPS. Once on HTTPS, mobile apps like Reeder or FeedMe can connect securely to `https:\u002F\u002Frss.your-domain.com` from any network.",{"id":1178,"category":478,"question":1970,"answer":1971,"weight":1235},"How can I migrate my professional emails from Gmail without interrupting my activity?","The safest approach is a parallel IMAP migration: your mailboxes are copied in the background (using imapsync or your panel's built-in tool) while your MX record stays with your current provider, so recipients experience zero downtime. Once all mailboxes are synced, you switch the MX record to ServOrbit — keep both accesses active for at least 72 hours to catch any emails in transit. Visit our \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fweb-hosting\">web hosting page\u003C\u002Fa> or reach our support team at support@servorbit.com to get started.",{"id":1173,"category":426,"question":1973,"answer":1974,"weight":1230},"Can I run an AI language model (LLM) on a VPS without a GPU?","Yes — since 2026, quantized 3B to 7B models (Q4_K_M format) run well on modern CPUs with AVX-512 support, reaching 8 to 12 tokens per second, which is sufficient for low-traffic API usage (fewer than 5 requests per minute). We recommend a VPS with 8 to 16 GB of RAM and models such as Phi-3-mini, Llama 3.2 3B, or Qwen2.5-7B deployed via Ollama. Find Ollama directly in our \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fapplications\">application Marketplace\u003C\u002Fa> for one-click installation.",{"id":1168,"category":941,"question":1976,"answer":1977,"weight":1225},"Will my emails risk landing in spam after migrating to a new server?","Yes, changing your sending IP requires a warm-up phase: start with small volumes (50 to 100 emails per day in the first week) to gradually build the new IP's reputation. Make sure SPF, DKIM, and DMARC are correctly configured on the new server from your very first send, then monitor DMARC reports for 2 to 4 weeks to catch any issues. Our support team is available at support@servorbit.com to guide you through the process.",{"id":1163,"category":426,"question":1979,"answer":1980,"weight":1220},"What is the MCP protocol and how can I use it on a VPS?","MCP (Model Context Protocol) is an open-source protocol standardized by Anthropic and adopted by OpenAI, Google, and Microsoft, enabling AI agents to interact uniformly with external tools — databases, files, APIs — without sending your data to third-party cloud services. An MCP server can be deployed on a standard VPS (minimum 1 GB RAM, using Docker or Node.js) and exposes an HTTP API that clients such as Claude Desktop, Open WebUI, or n8n connect to. Browse our VPS plans on the \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fcloud-vps\">ServOrbit VPS page\u003C\u002Fa> or reach us at support@servorbit.com for guidance.",{"id":1158,"category":517,"question":1982,"answer":1983,"weight":1215},"What is Grist and how does it differ from a classic spreadsheet?","Grist is a self-hostable open-source spreadsheet-database (Apache-2.0, ~11 k GitHub stars). Unlike Google Sheets or Excel, Grist stores data in typed relational tables with explicit references between tables, Python formulas executed server-side (full library access) and a REST API generated automatically on every document. It is the open-source alternative to Airtable — no subscription, no vendor lock-in. Find it in the \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fapplications\u002Fdevelopment\u002Fgrist\">ServOrbit catalogue\u003C\u002Fa> or reach us at support@servorbit.com.",{"id":1153,"category":517,"question":1985,"answer":1986,"weight":1210},"Does Grist require an external database like PostgreSQL?","No. Grist stores each document as a SQLite file in the \u002Fpersist\u002Fdocs\u002F volume. No external service is required: no PostgreSQL, no Redis, no Celery. SQLite handles thousands of rows per table comfortably. For very large multi-user instances, Grist can use PostgreSQL as its home database — but the standard single-container deployment uses SQLite for everything. A single 1 GB RAM VPS is sufficient for personal or small-team use.",{"id":1148,"category":517,"question":1988,"answer":1989,"weight":1205},"How do I access the REST API of a Grist document?","Every Grist document automatically exposes a REST API at `\u002Fapi\u002Fdocs\u002F\u003CdocId>\u002Ftables\u002F\u003CtableName>\u002Frecords`. On ServOrbit, Grist has no public URL (port 8484 published on 127.0.0.1 only): from the VPS, call `http:\u002F\u002F127.0.0.1:8484\u002Fapi\u002Fdocs\u002F…`; from your computer, first open a tunnel `ssh -L 8484:127.0.0.1:8484 root@\u003Cip>` then use `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:8484\u002Fapi\u002Fdocs\u002F…`. You can list records (GET), create (POST), update (PATCH) or delete (DELETE) without any additional configuration. Retrieve the `docId` from the document URL in the web interface. Use this API with n8n or any HTTP client that can reach this port. API key authentication is available in account preferences.",{"id":1143,"category":517,"question":1991,"answer":1992,"weight":1200},"Can I share a Grist document with other users?","Yes. Grist supports real-time collaboration: multiple users can edit the same document simultaneously, with changes propagating in under a second and a full audit log. Sharing is done document by document via the Share menu, with three roles: viewer (view-only), editor, owner. For a multi-user system with real email authentication (not the GRIST_DEFAULT_EMAIL of the initial deployment), configure an OIDC provider such as Google Workspace, Authentik or Keycloak via the GRIST_OIDC_* environment variables.",{"id":1138,"category":517,"question":1994,"answer":1995,"weight":1195},"How do I back up my Grist documents?","Grist documents are SQLite files in the \u002Fpersist\u002Fdocs\u002F volume — one .grist file per document. Copy them like any file. For automated, versioned backups, use Backrest (also in the ServOrbit catalogue): it snapshots the volume via restic and pushes encrypted increments to S3, Backblaze B2, or SFTP without stopping Grist. Grist also keeps a per-document snapshot history in the interface (Document menu → History) — handy for restoring a previous version without SSH access.",{"id":1133,"category":501,"question":1997,"answer":1998,"weight":1100},"Can I send my backups to external storage such as S3, Backblaze B2, or an SFTP server?","Backups included with your hosting plans are stored within the ServOrbit infrastructure. From a VPS, you can configure Restic or BorgBackup to send encrypted off-site copies to S3, Backblaze B2, Scaleway Object Storage, or an SFTP server of your choice. This approach is strongly recommended for any critical data. Ready-to-use templates for these tools are available in the ServOrbit Marketplace.",{"id":1128,"category":707,"question":2000,"answer":2001,"weight":1070},"Can I resell VPS to my clients, or is the reseller offer limited to web hosting only?","The reseller offer covers web hosting: the cPanel accounts you create for your clients from WHM. Agency S and Agency M run on our shared hosting; Agency Premium puts your WHM on an unmanaged VPS and is ordered through an advisor. To provide a VPS to a client, order it from your client area, on your account, at the public price, with no price or discount specific to resellers. You re-bill it at the price you set, from the Reseller space or with your own tool. To discuss it, write to sales@servorbit.com.",{"id":1123,"category":825,"question":2003,"answer":2004,"weight":1030},"Can I install cPanel, Plesk, or DirectAdmin on my dedicated server?","Yes, you have full root access to your ServOrbit dedicated server and are free to choose the control panel you prefer. cPanel and Plesk licenses can be purchased directly from your client area, tied to your server's IP address. Automated installation takes between 15 and 30 minutes; among the distributions offered, cPanel is only compatible with Ubuntu Server 24.04, while Plesk also accepts Ubuntu 22.04 and Debian 12. DirectAdmin can also be installed manually following the official procedure.",{"id":1118,"category":941,"question":2006,"answer":2007,"weight":976},"How do I migrate a Docker application already in production to a ServOrbit VPS?","The migration follows four steps: export your images and volumes (`docker save`, `rsync` of data), prepare the target VPS by installing Docker and configuring your environment variables, transfer the data and start your containers, then switch DNS only after validating that everything works correctly on the target. For downtime-sensitive applications, keep the old server active until DNS propagation is complete. If you need assistance, open a support ticket from your client area.",{"id":1113,"category":517,"question":2009,"answer":2010,"weight":901},"Who applies security updates to the applications I install from the Marketplace?","That upkeep is yours. Our templates install open source software on your VPS and then hand you the keys: new versions and security patches are your responsibility, like everything else running on an unmanaged server — the client area offers installation and removal, not version upgrades. Follow the publisher's release channel and take a snapshot from your client area before each update, so you can roll back if it goes wrong. If you would rather delegate, VPS administration is available as an option — write to sales@servorbit.com.",{"id":1108,"category":426,"question":2012,"answer":2013,"weight":835},"My Linux distribution is reaching end of support — do I need to order a new VPS?","No. From your client area (VPS → Advanced → Reinstall OS) you pick a recent distribution from the published list, and the server is rebuilt while keeping its public IP address; a secure single-use link is then emailed to you so you can view the new password (if you supplied an SSH key when ordering, it is put back and no password is sent). The operation wipes the disk entirely: back up your data, volumes and configuration files before starting it, then redeploy your applications on the fresh system. It is protected by a strong confirmation (typing the exact server name); if you are unsure about the order of the steps, open a ticket before you begin.",{"id":1078,"category":426,"question":2015,"answer":2016,"weight":794},"Why am I asked for a code to open my VPS console?","Because the console is direct screen access to the server: it bypasses the network, SSH and the firewall — opening it is the equivalent of sitting down in front of the machine. So we protect it like our other sensitive operations (administrator password reset, reinstall, rescue mode, restore): your account password plus a 6-digit code sent by e-mail. Once confirmed, the console stays open for 15 minutes: you can reconnect as often as you need during troubleshooting without asking for another code. After that, a fresh confirmation is required.",{"id":1103,"category":501,"question":2018,"answer":2019,"weight":789},"Can I schedule automatic database backups on my VPS?","Yes for MySQL and MariaDB: in the client area (VPS → Manage → Databases) you enable a daily or weekly schedule, pick the hour and the retention period, and the archives are dropped on your backup space. An immediate backup is also available, confirmed with your password and a one-time code — handy right before a sensitive operation such as a major engine upgrade. Other engines (PostgreSQL, MongoDB…) are not detected by this tool: plan your own dump and ship it to remote storage.",{"id":1098,"category":517,"question":2021,"answer":2022,"weight":628},"How do I add user authentication to my application with Logto?","Logto is a self-hosted OIDC\u002FOAuth 2.0 platform you deploy on a ServOrbit VPS from the Marketplace. Once deployed, create your application in the admin console (port 3002 via SSH tunnel), get your Client ID and OIDC endpoint URL, then install the official SDK for your framework (`@logto\u002Freact`, `logto-python`, etc.). In 15 lines of configuration, your users can register, sign in with credentials or social providers (Google, GitHub…), and receive a signed JWT that your API verifies with a single middleware line.",{"id":1093,"category":517,"question":2024,"answer":2025,"weight":600},"Does Logto require a domain name from the start?","Yes. Logto's ENDPOINT URL is the OIDC issuer: it is written into every JWT token your instance issues. This setting is fixed at first boot and cannot be changed without resetting the entire database. Choose your final domain before deploying. If you need to change the domain later, delete the `logto_db` volume, re-deploy with the new domain, then reconfigure all your applications.",{"id":1088,"category":517,"question":2027,"answer":2028,"weight":541},"What is the difference between Logto, Authelia and Authentik in the Marketplace?","These are three authentication tools with distinct roles. Authelia is an authentication proxy (forward auth): it adds MFA and SSO in front of your existing apps without changing their code, ideal for protecting a Grafana or Nextcloud. Authentik is a full identity provider (OIDC, SAML, LDAP) for centralising SSO across your self-hosted infrastructure. Logto is an auth SDK platform: you integrate it into the code of your own product to add user registration, social login, MFA and OIDC tokens, just like Auth0 or Clerk.",{"id":2030,"category":517,"question":2031,"answer":2032,"weight":1190},369,"How do I access the Logto admin console after deployment?","The Logto admin console is bound to port 3002 on localhost only for security reasons. Open an SSH tunnel from your local machine: `ssh -L 3002:127.0.0.1:3002 root@\u003Cyour-vps-ip>`, then access `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:3002\u002Fconsole` in your browser. This approach ensures that access to user and application management is only possible from a machine with SSH rights on the VPS.",{"id":1083,"category":517,"question":2034,"answer":2035,"weight":1185},"Can Logto handle authentication for multiple separate applications?","Yes. In the Logto console, you can create as many Applications as you need (SPA, Native, Backend, Machine-to-Machine). Each application gets a unique Client ID and its own redirect URIs. A single Logto VPS can thus centralise authentication for several projects: a React front-end, a FastAPI API, a Flutter mobile app — each with its own roles and access policies configured independently.",{"id":1073,"category":517,"question":2037,"answer":2038,"weight":1180},"What is the difference between Cal.com and Calendly?","Cal.com is the open-source equivalent of Calendly, self-hosted on your VPS. The feature set is very similar: event types, calendar sync, automatic video conferencing, webhooks. The key difference: with Cal.com your booking data stays on your server, there is no plan limit (all event types are free) and you plug in your own Google\u002FZoom API keys. Calendly is the right choice if you don't want to manage a server; Cal.com is the right choice if you want full control.",{"id":1068,"category":517,"question":2040,"answer":2041,"weight":1175},"Can I change the Cal.com domain after the first deployment?","No, not without resetting the instance. NEXT_PUBLIC_WEBAPP_URL is embedded in every booking link, OAuth callback and NextAuth cookie at first start. Changing the domain afterwards breaks authentication for all existing users. Choose your final domain before deploying. If you must change it, delete the calcom_db volume, redeploy with the new domain, then reconfigure Google Calendar integrations and webhooks.",{"id":1063,"category":517,"question":2043,"answer":2044,"weight":1170},"Is SMTP required to use Cal.com?","SMTP is optional to create the admin account (the first-run wizard doesn't ask for it). But it is required to send booking confirmations and calendar invites to guests — without SMTP, Cal.com works for booking but attendees receive no notifications. Configure it in Settings → Email after first start. A transactional SMTP provider (Gmail App Password, Mailgun, Brevo) with 100–300 sends\u002Fday is enough for most use cases.",{"id":1058,"category":517,"question":2046,"answer":2047,"weight":1165},"How do I connect Google Calendar to Cal.com?","In Cal.com, go to Settings → Calendars → Connect Google Calendar. You will be redirected to the Google authorization page — accept the calendar read\u002Fwrite permissions. Cal.com reads your existing events to block busy slots and automatically writes each new booking to your Google Calendar. For this to work, you must set up Google OAuth credentials in your environment variables (GOOGLE_API_CREDENTIALS). Alternatively, Cal.com supports CalDAV to connect to Nextcloud Calendar, Fastmail or any CalDAV server.",{"id":1053,"category":517,"question":2049,"answer":2050,"weight":946},"What VPS configuration is recommended for Cal.com?","Cal.com (Next.js) + PostgreSQL 16 run well on a 2 GB RAM VPS for individual use or teams of fewer than 10 people, up to 300–500 bookings per day. For larger teams (> 10 users, hundreds of event types) or if you're hosting other apps on the same VPS, prefer 4 GB RAM. Disk usage is low: an active instance with 10,000 bookings uses only ~500 MB of database storage.",{"id":1048,"category":426,"question":2052,"answer":2053,"weight":779},"Which reverse proxy should I choose to expose my Docker applications on a VPS?","It depends on your profile. Caddy is the ideal choice for beginners: a few lines of configuration, automatic Let's Encrypt certificates and no external dependencies. Traefik suits multi-container Docker environments: it discovers services via Docker labels and manages certificates natively, but requires a more complete configuration file. Nginx Proxy Manager offers a web graphical interface that appeals to non-technical users. If you manage fewer than five services and want to move quickly, choose Caddy. If you operate a cluster of dozens of containers with complex routing rules, prefer Traefik.",{"id":1043,"category":876,"question":2055,"answer":2056,"weight":727},"How does Traefik automatically obtain Let's Encrypt certificates?","Traefik natively integrates an ACME client compatible with Let's Encrypt. Simply declare a resolver in the `certificatesResolvers` section of the `traefik.yml` file (or as an environment variable), then add the label `traefik.http.routers.\u003Cservice>.tls.certresolver=\u003Cname>` to each Docker container you want to protect. Traefik then handles the HTTP-01 or DNS-01 challenge negotiation, certificate issuance and automatic renewal before expiry. Certificates are stored in a persistent JSON file (`acme.json`) that you must mount in a volume to avoid losing them when the container restarts.",{"id":1038,"category":432,"question":2058,"answer":2059,"weight":723},"Is my Linux server secure by default after provisioning?","No. A freshly provisioned Linux server exposes SSH password authentication on port 22 by default, has no active firewall and leaves unnecessary services listening. The minimum hardening steps are: disable SSH password authentication and allow only keys (`PasswordAuthentication no` in `\u002Fetc\u002Fssh\u002Fsshd_config`), change the SSH port or protect it with a filter, enable `ufw` or `firewalld` to block all ports except those needed (22 SSH, 80 HTTP, 443 HTTPS), disable unnecessary services with `systemctl disable`, and automate security updates via `unattended-upgrades` (Debian\u002FUbuntu) or `dnf-automatic` (AlmaLinux\u002FRocky). These steps reduce the attack surface of an internet-facing server by 90%.",{"id":1033,"category":517,"question":2061,"answer":2062,"weight":575},"Is an SMTP server required to use Reactive Resume?","No. Without SMTP you can still create an account and verify your email address: the verification link is printed in the Docker logs. Run `docker compose logs reactive-resume | grep verify` and click the URL to activate your account. SMTP remains optional and only applies to future email notification features.",{"id":1028,"category":517,"question":2064,"answer":2065,"weight":1160},"Can I disable new sign-ups to restrict access to specific users?","Yes. Set the environment variable `DISABLE_SIGNUPS=true` in your Docker configuration and restart the container (`docker compose restart reactive-resume`). New visitors will no longer be able to register — only existing accounts can sign in. To manage users or invite new ones, use the REST API or admin settings.",{"id":2067,"category":517,"question":2068,"answer":2069,"weight":1155},382,"Can I change the domain of my Reactive Resume instance after deployment?","Not without a full reset procedure. Reactive Resume embeds `APP_URL` in JWT tokens and OAuth redirects at first start: changing the URL breaks all active sessions and all public resume URLs. If you must migrate to a new domain, back up your data (`docker exec db pg_dump -U postgres postgres > backup.sql`), delete the Docker volumes, redeploy with the new domain, and restore the backup — then reconfigure `APP_URL`. Plan your final domain before first deployment.",{"id":1023,"category":517,"question":2071,"answer":2072,"weight":1150},"How does PDF generation work — do I need Chrome or Puppeteer on the server?","No, since version 5.1.0. PDF generation is entirely client-side via the `@react-pdf\u002Frenderer` library: the PDF is produced directly in your browser, without any Chrome, Puppeteer or Browserless process on the server. This reduces the server's memory footprint by approximately 700 MB and removes an infrastructure dependency. If your instance is still running a version before 5.1.0, update the Docker image: `docker pull amruthpillai\u002Freactive-resume:latest && docker compose up -d`.",{"id":1018,"category":517,"question":2074,"answer":2075,"weight":1145},"How do I back up and restore my Reactive Resume instance?","Two Docker volumes carry all instance data. Full backup: `docker run --rm -v reactive_resume_db:\u002Fdata -v $(pwd):\u002Fbackup alpine tar czf \u002Fbackup\u002Frr-db.tar.gz \u002Fdata` and `docker run --rm -v reactive_resume_data:\u002Fdata -v $(pwd):\u002Fbackup alpine tar czf \u002Fbackup\u002Frr-data.tar.gz \u002Fdata`. Direct SQL dump: `docker exec db pg_dump -U postgres postgres > backup.sql`. Restore by mounting the archives onto fresh volumes and restarting with `docker compose up -d`. Make sure `APP_URL` is identical between source and destination — otherwise JWT tokens will be invalid.",{"id":2077,"category":426,"question":2078,"answer":2079,"weight":1140},385,"Can I install Coolify, Dokploy or CapRover on a ServOrbit VPS?","Yes. These open source PaaS platforms run on any Linux VPS with root access, which all ServOrbit plans include. The VPS Power plan (4 vCPU, 8 GB RAM) or higher is recommended, as these tools consume memory before your own applications do. The ServOrbit Marketplace also offers ready-to-deploy templates for several of these solutions.",{"id":1013,"category":420,"question":2081,"answer":2082,"weight":1135},"How do I transfer a ‎.ma domain to ServOrbit from another registrar?","Transferring a ‎.ma domain follows specific rules set by the national registry (ANRT): your domain must have been active for at least 60 days, its transfer lock must be removed, and you must provide the EPP authorization code from your current registrar. The identity documents required for the registrant are the same as for a new ‎.ma registration. Contact our team via the contact form or write to support@servorbit.com for step-by-step guidance.",{"id":1008,"category":876,"question":2084,"answer":2085,"weight":1130},"Can I protect multiple self-hosted applications with a single identity provider (SSO)?","Yes. Open source solutions like Authentik or Authelia, available in the ServOrbit Marketplace, let you centralise authentication across all your applications (Gitea, Nextcloud, Chatwoot…) through a single SSO\u002FOIDC portal. You manage users, permissions and two-factor authentication from one interface, without reconfiguring each application separately. A VPS Power (4 vCPU, 8 GB) is recommended for Authentik; Authelia requires fewer resources.",{"id":1003,"category":825,"question":2087,"answer":2088,"weight":1125},"Can I reinstall the operating system on my dedicated server, and what will I lose?","Yes, reinstallation is possible on request to our support team (it cannot be started from the client area). It fully wipes the server disk — data, applications and configurations — and delivers a clean installation of the Linux distribution of your choice. Your dedicated IP address is preserved. Back up your data before making the request; contact our team via the contact form or at support@servorbit.com.",{"id":998,"category":517,"question":2090,"answer":2091,"weight":1120},"What size of VPS do I need to host ClickHouse?","Plan for 4 GB of RAM as a minimum and 8 GB to be comfortable: ClickHouse keeps its indexes and marks in memory, and an aggregation that exceeds the available memory is aborted rather than swapped to disk. Two vCPU are enough to parallelise queries, four are comfortable. Disk is what really decides: budget 50 to 100 GB of NVMe SSD depending on your retention, knowing that compression typically divides the raw volume by five to ten. At rest, before any query, the installation uses around 270 MB of RAM.",{"id":993,"category":517,"question":2093,"answer":2094,"weight":1115},"Can ClickHouse replace PostgreSQL or MySQL for my application?","No, and that is not its job. ClickHouse is an analytics (OLAP) database: it is built to scan and aggregate very large tables, not to serve the small transactional reads and writes of a web application. It offers no real transactions, its updates and deletes are asynchronous mutations rather than immediate operations, and reading a single row is slower than in PostgreSQL. The pattern that works is to run both on the same VPS: PostgreSQL or MySQL for the application, ClickHouse for logs, metrics and reporting.",{"id":988,"category":517,"question":2096,"answer":2097,"weight":1110},"How do I connect to ClickHouse after installing it from the Marketplace?","The installation creates an `admin` account with a password generated for your server, which you read on the application card in your client area; the `default` account that the original image ships without a password is removed at startup. ClickHouse ships its own browser SQL console at the `\u002Fplay` path: if you attached a domain it answers on `https:\u002F\u002F\u003Cyour-domain>\u002Fplay`; otherwise open a tunnel with `ssh -L 8123:127.0.0.1:8123 root@\u003Cyour-vps-ip>` and go to `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:8123\u002Fplay`. The server is never reachable directly on the public IP address.",{"id":983,"category":517,"question":2099,"answer":2100,"weight":870},"How do I back up a ClickHouse database hosted on a VPS?","Two complementary levels. At the machine level, your VPS backup option snapshots the whole disk, Docker volumes included: that is disaster recovery, and it is the net to enable first. At the database level, ClickHouse offers a `BACKUP TABLE … TO Disk(…)` command that produces a consistent backup you can then ship off the server: that is what you need to restore a single table without rolling the whole server back. Avoid copying `\u002Fvar\u002Flib\u002Fclickhouse` while the service is running — in-flight part merges would make the copy inconsistent.",{"id":2102,"category":517,"question":2103,"answer":2104,"weight":865},393,"How do I stop ClickHouse from filling up my VPS disk?","Put retention in the schema, not in a cleanup script. Declare a TTL when you create the table — for example `TTL event_date + INTERVAL 90 DAY` — and partition by month with `PARTITION BY toYYYYMM(event_date)`: ClickHouse then drops fully expired partitions in the background, which costs almost nothing, instead of deleting rows one by one. Also insert in batches of several thousand rows rather than row by row, because single-row inserts create a swarm of small parts and trigger expensive merges. If queries start slowing down, look at `system.parts` and `system.merges`.",{"id":2106,"category":501,"question":2107,"answer":2108,"weight":855},395,"Can I restore a single file without restoring my entire account?","Yes, on ServOrbit cPanel hosting, JetBackup allows granular restoration: you select exactly the file or folder to restore from the list of available backups, without touching the rest of your account. On a VPS, however, restoring a snapshot applies to the whole snapshot: it replaces the server's current state, with no file-by-file extraction. Dedicated servers have neither snapshots nor backups provided: restoring a file relies on your own backups. On cPanel, this granularity avoids overwriting recent data when recovering a single item.",{"id":974,"category":707,"question":2110,"answer":2111,"weight":850},"How can I track my clients' service expiration dates from the ServOrbit Agency Portal?","Your plan and the domains bought on your account appear in your client area with their due dates, and reminders are emailed before each one. Your clients' cPanel accounts have no due date with us. In the Reseller space, a recurring invoice linked to a client's cPanel account follows the end of the period they paid you for and prepares a draft before that date.",{"id":899,"category":707,"question":2113,"answer":2114,"weight":845},"Can I create a custom ordering portal for my clients?","No. ServOrbit does not offer an ordering portal in your brand. Your clients go through you: you create their cPanel accounts from WHM or the Reseller space, and you bill them from the Reseller space, or with your own tool if you prefer.",{"id":894,"category":707,"question":2116,"answer":2117,"weight":840},"Can I offer free migrations to my clients as part of my reseller plan?","Assisted migrations by our team are included for hosting accounts on Business and Pro plans, regardless of who owns the account. If you order an eligible hosting plan for a client, the migration is covered. On the other plans, Solo included, the \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fwhy\u002Fmigrations\">migration assistant\u003C\u002Fa> (domain transfer and cPanel account restoration) remains included; for bulk migrations, contact us.",{"id":969,"category":438,"question":2119,"answer":2120,"weight":830},"What is the refund policy if I am not satisfied with my hosting?","Our General Terms of Sale provide neither a “satisfaction or money back” guarantee nor a guaranteed refund period. Services performed immediately — in particular domain name registration — cannot be refunded once the service has been engaged. For other services, including hosting, any refund request is reviewed on a case-by-case basis (General Terms of Sale, art. 8). A change of plan during a billing cycle falls under the same article: an upgrade is billed pro rata over the remaining period. Requests are made in writing to billing@servorbit.com, from the email address of the account concerned; full details are in our \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fpages\u002Flegal\u002Frefund-policy\">refund policy\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":889,"category":438,"question":2122,"answer":2123,"weight":824},"How do promotions and promo codes work?","Promo codes are applied at checkout from your cart. Enter your code in the designated field and the reduction applies immediately before confirmation. Each code has its own conditions (validity period, eligible services, single or multiple use) specified when the code is communicated.",{"id":884,"category":438,"question":2125,"answer":2126,"weight":2127},"What happens if my renewal payment fails?","Renewals are never charged automatically: if the renewal order is not paid by the due date, or if your payment fails, the service switches to \"expired\" and you are notified by email. You have a grace period before the service is suspended. To avoid any interruption, pay the pending order from \"My Orders\", with the payment method of your choice, as soon as you receive the alert.",98,{"id":964,"category":478,"question":2129,"answer":2130,"weight":1445},"How do I create an email alias and a forwarder in cPanel?","In cPanel, an Email Alias lets an additional address deliver messages to the same mailbox as the primary address — for example, contact@ and info@ both land in john@mydomain.com's inbox. An Email Forwarder automatically sends messages received at one address to another address, which can be outside your hosting account. To create either one, go to the Email section in cPanel, choose Email Aliases or Forwarders, enter the source address and destination, then save. Changes take effect within a few minutes.",{"id":959,"category":478,"question":2132,"answer":2133,"weight":1440},"Is there a daily email sending quota on ServOrbit shared hosting?","Yes, ServOrbit shared hosting plans enforce hourly sending limits to protect deliverability for all customers on shared servers. Depending on your plan, the limit is typically 500 to 1,000 emails per hour. These limits are suited for standard transactional emails such as order confirmations and customer replies, but if you need to send marketing campaigns or large volumes, it is recommended to use a dedicated SMTP service such as Mailgun, SendGrid, or Amazon SES. Using an external SMTP service does not affect your regular emails and ensures better deliverability.",{"id":954,"category":825,"question":2135,"answer":2136,"weight":1435},"What is the monthly bandwidth limit on ServOrbit dedicated servers?","ServOrbit dedicated servers are connected at 1 Gbit\u002Fs. Tracking of your traffic usage is not available in the client area: to find out the included volume and the traffic conditions that apply to your plan, contact support, who will also tell you the options if your needs change.",{"id":949,"category":941,"question":2138,"answer":2139,"weight":2140},"How do I migrate an entire WHM reseller account with all client cPanel accounts?","WHM includes a built-in tool called Transfer Tool (Packages > Transfer Tool) that lets you migrate all cPanel accounts from a source WHM server to your new ServOrbit server, including files, MySQL databases, emails, and DNS zones. You enter the source WHM's IP address or hostname, the root credentials or an API token, then select the accounts to transfer. Migration time depends on the total data volume — expect anywhere from 30 minutes to several hours for a large reseller. It is recommended to keep DNS pointing to the old server during migration, then switch records once verification is complete to minimize downtime.",94,{"id":879,"category":941,"question":2142,"answer":2143,"weight":2144},"How do I migrate a self-hosted PostgreSQL database to a ServOrbit VPS?","Export your database with `pg_dump`, transfer the file via `rsync` or `scp` to your ServOrbit VPS, then restore with `pg_restore` or `psql`. Check PostgreSQL versions before migrating to avoid incompatibilities, and test your application connection before switching DNS. Our support team can assist if you hit a blocker.",93,{"id":873,"category":941,"question":2146,"answer":2147,"weight":1425},"Can I migrate my self-hosted Git repository (Gitea, Forgejo, GitLab CE) to a ServOrbit VPS?","Yes. These Git forges are standard applications that install on any Linux VPS. Back up your data (repositories, configuration, database), transfer them to your ServOrbit VPS, then restart the application — the process is identical to a standard server migration. Our blog offers detailed step-by-step guides for the main forges.",{"id":944,"category":876,"question":2149,"answer":2150,"weight":1420},"Are my files isolated from other clients' files on ServOrbit shared hosting?","Yes, ServOrbit shared hosting runs on CloudLinux, which ensures strong isolation between accounts. Each customer operates inside a sandboxed environment called an LVE (Linux Virtual Environment): your files, processes, and CPU\u002FRAM resources are strictly separated from those of other clients on the same server. A misconfigured or compromised neighboring site cannot access your data or disproportionately impact your performance. This architecture provides an additional layer of protection compared to traditional shared hosting without CloudLinux.",{"id":938,"category":517,"question":2152,"answer":2153,"weight":1415},"Does Node-RED require a password to access the editor?","No, the official Node-RED image enables no authentication by default. The editor is accessible to anyone who can reach port 1880. If you attach a public domain, add `adminAuth` to `\u002Fdata\u002Fsettings.js` before exposing the URL: enter a username and the bcrypt hash of your password (obtained with `node-red-admin hash-pw` inside the container), then restart the service.",{"id":933,"category":517,"question":2155,"answer":2156,"weight":1410},"Are my Node-RED flows kept if the VPS restarts?","Yes. The Marketplace template mounts a named Docker volume `node-red-data` on `\u002Fdata`. Node-RED saves flows and configuration there as soon as you click Deploy. A VPS or container restart automatically reloads your flows and resumes their execution. To back up your automations, take a VPS snapshot from the client area or export your flows as JSON from the editor menu.",{"id":928,"category":517,"question":2158,"answer":2159,"weight":511},"How do I connect Node-RED to an MQTT broker for an IoT project?","In the editor, drag an `mqtt in` or `mqtt out` node from the palette. Double-click it to configure: enter your broker address (IP or FQDN), the port (1883 by default, or 8883 for TLS), and the topic to subscribe to or publish on. If your broker requires authentication, add it in the node configuration. Node-RED keeps the connection permanently and receives messages from your sensors in real time.",{"id":923,"category":517,"question":2161,"answer":2162,"weight":488},"How do I install community nodes in Node-RED hosted on a VPS?","From the editor, open the main menu (hamburger icon) then Manage palette → Install tab. Search for the node by name (e.g. `node-red-contrib-telegrambot`, `node-red-node-mysql`). Click Install: Node-RED downloads the npm module, installs it in `\u002Fdata\u002Fnode_modules` and reloads the palette. No container restart is needed. If the installation fails, check that the VPS has internet access (npm registry).",{"id":918,"category":517,"question":2164,"answer":2165,"weight":1095},"What is the difference between Node-RED and n8n for self-hosted automation?","Node-RED and n8n target different profiles. Node-RED is lower-level and developer\u002FIoT oriented: it handles the MQTT protocol natively, lets you wire custom processing with JavaScript functions, and integrates easily with physical hardware. n8n is more oriented toward business automation: it offers ready-made connectors for hundreds of SaaS services (Slack, Gmail, Airtable…), a more no-code workflow interface, and per-run error handling. Both are available in the ServOrbit Marketplace. The right choice depends on your use case: IoT \u002F real-time flows → Node-RED; SaaS integrations \u002F business workflow → n8n.",{"id":2167,"category":495,"question":2168,"answer":2169,"weight":1090},408,"Which time zone are the dates in my client area shown in?","Yours. By default ServOrbit uses the time zone of the country on your account: a customer in Saudi Arabia reads renewals, tickets and activity logs in Riyadh time (UTC+3), not in server time. You can pick a different zone under My account → Appearance → Time zone — handy if you live outside your billing country, or if your country spans several zones (United States, Canada, Spain, Portugal). The setting applies everywhere: on screen and in the emails we send you, so a renewal reminder states the same time as the service page. If your device is set to a different zone than your account, the screen tells you and offers to adopt it in one click — but nothing is applied without your say-so, so your dates don't shift every time you travel.",{"id":868,"category":517,"question":2171,"answer":2172,"weight":1085},"Does Syncthing work without opening port 22000?","Yes, and that is the default on ServOrbit: the recipe does not publish transfer port 22000 (only the 8384 interface is published, on 127.0.0.1). Syncthing then falls back automatically to global relay servers, and sync works with slightly higher latency. Opening port 22000 in the VPS firewall is therefore not enough for a direct connection: you would also need to recreate the container over SSH with that port published — this is optional.",{"id":863,"category":517,"question":2174,"answer":2175,"weight":516},"How do I add a device to sync with the VPS?","Install Syncthing on the device (desktop, laptop, phone), copy its Device ID from its web UI, then add it as a Remote Device in the VPS Syncthing interface. The device will see a pairing request to approve. After pairing, share the folders you want to keep in sync.",{"id":858,"category":517,"question":2177,"answer":2178,"weight":1080},"Is there a default password or account?","No. The web interface has no authentication by default. The very first action after accessing it is to set a username and password in Settings > GUI. Device-to-device authentication uses cryptographic certificates automatically — no manual key exchange needed.",{"id":853,"category":517,"question":2180,"answer":2181,"weight":1075},"How does Syncthing compare to Nextcloud?","Syncthing focuses exclusively on encrypted peer-to-peer sync — no web file browser, no calendar, no apps. Nextcloud is a full collaborative platform with a web interface and mobile apps. Choose Syncthing for privacy and low resource use; choose Nextcloud for a complete cloud platform.",{"id":848,"category":517,"question":2183,"answer":2184,"weight":1065},"What are the default login credentials for Windmill?","Windmill ships with `admin@windmill.dev` as the username and `changeme` as the password. Change the password immediately after your first login under Settings → Users. Both the email and password can be updated.",{"id":843,"category":517,"question":2186,"answer":2187,"weight":1055},"What is the difference between Windmill, n8n and Activepieces?","n8n and Activepieces focus on connecting SaaS services with visual, low-code flows. Windmill targets developers who want to write real code (Python, TypeScript, Go, Bash, SQL) and have it automatically orchestrated, versioned and exposed as APIs and UIs. The two approaches are complementary and both available on the Marketplace.",{"id":838,"category":517,"question":2189,"answer":2190,"weight":1050},"What VPS configuration is recommended for Windmill?","A minimum of 2 vCPU and 4 GB RAM is recommended to run the Windmill server, one default worker and one native worker. Add extra worker containers if you run many concurrent Python jobs or heavy compute workloads.",{"id":833,"category":517,"question":2192,"answer":2193,"weight":1035},"Does Windmill need a domain name?","Not for basic use — but no URL is assigned to Windmill: the interface (port 8000, published on 127.0.0.1 only) opens through an SSH tunnel, `ssh -L 8000:127.0.0.1:8000 root@\u003Cip>`, then `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:8000`. A domain name over HTTPS, with a reverse proxy you configure yourself, becomes necessary if you want to use OAuth providers for authentication or webhooks that require a stable HTTPS URL.",{"id":828,"category":517,"question":2195,"answer":2196,"weight":1025},"Can Windmill workers run Docker containers?","Yes. The default worker mounts the VPS Docker socket and runs in privileged mode, allowing scripts to spin up ephemeral Docker containers for isolated processing. This capability is available on all ServOrbit VPS instances and requires no additional configuration.",{"id":822,"category":517,"question":2198,"answer":2199,"weight":494},"How do I log in to Kaneo for the first time?","Kaneo has no default credentials. The first time you open the URL, a sign-up form appears: enter your name, email and a password. The first account created automatically gets admin rights. Once your team is set up, close registration under Settings → General.",{"id":817,"category":517,"question":2201,"answer":2202,"weight":506},"What is the difference between Kaneo and Vikunja?","Vikunja is a full-featured task manager with Kanban, Gantt, CalDAV sync and recurring tasks — closer to Asana or TickTick. Kaneo is deliberately simpler: Kanban boards, GitHub integration and webhooks, without the extra views. Choose Kaneo if your team lives in code and GitHub; Vikunja if you need Gantt charts or calendar sync.",{"id":812,"category":517,"question":2204,"answer":2205,"weight":1010},"Does Kaneo require an SMTP server to work?","No. The ServOrbit deployment configures Kaneo with DISABLE_EMAIL_OTP_SIGN_IN=true: login uses standard email and password with no email sending required. SMTP is only needed if you want to re-enable magic-link (OTP) login or send notifications.",{"id":807,"category":517,"question":2207,"answer":2208,"weight":1005},"Do I need a domain name to install Kaneo?","No. Kaneo installs without a domain, but ServOrbit then assigns it no URL: its port 5173 is published on 127.0.0.1 only. Access it through an SSH tunnel — `ssh -L 5173:127.0.0.1:5173 root@\u003Cip>` — then `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:5173`. A domain (with an HTTPS reverse proxy you configure yourself) is still recommended for a memorable URL and easier team sharing, but is not required for deployment.",{"id":802,"category":517,"question":2210,"answer":2211,"weight":1000},"How do I back up Kaneo data?","All Kaneo data lives in the PostgreSQL database. To create a backup: `docker exec kaneo-postgres-1 pg_dump -U kaneo kaneo | gzip > kaneo-backup.sql.gz`. To restore: `gunzip -c kaneo-backup.sql.gz | docker exec -i kaneo-postgres-1 psql -U kaneo kaneo`. The Docker volume `postgres_data` holds the raw PostgreSQL files — you can also back it up directly.",{"id":797,"category":438,"question":2213,"answer":2214,"weight":990},"Can my Moroccan company get an invoice with its ICE number to reclaim VAT?","Yes. Every order generates a compliant invoice issued by MEGALOGI, a Moroccan legal entity. To have your ICE (Common Business Identifier) printed on the invoice, enter it in the fiscal information section of your client area before placing your order. The applicable Moroccan VAT (20%) is itemised on every document, enabling you to reclaim it in accordance with your accounting rules.",{"id":792,"category":432,"question":2216,"answer":2217,"weight":985},"Do I need to register my web hosting with the CNDP if my customers' data is hosted outside Morocco?","It is the **processing** that is declared to the CNDP, wherever it is hosted; the transfer out of Morocco is handled separately. Law 09-08 (art. 43) reserves the **authorisation request** — Form F118, up to two months of review — for countries **absent** from the list of states providing a sufficient level of protection, set by deliberation no. 236-2015 of 18 December 2015. Our servers are in Helsinki (Finland) and Falkenstein (Germany), two countries named on that list: for a site hosted with us there is therefore **no F118 to file** — the transfer still has to be **mentioned** in the processing declaration. Our support team will send you in writing the hosting location and the identity of the host to enter there, via support@servorbit.com. For your own situation, a legal adviser or the CNDP remain the right people to ask.",{"id":787,"category":501,"question":2219,"answer":2220,"weight":483},"How do I verify the integrity of my Restic backups and get an alert if they fail?","Restic includes a `restic check` command that scans the repository and detects any corruption in the encrypted blocks, without restoring data. Schedule this check via a systemd timer or a weekly cron job, and pipe the output to an alert channel (email, n8n webhook, ntfy). If the command returns a non-zero exit code, a test restore to a temporary directory quickly confirms whether your data is actually recoverable before an incident occurs.",{"id":782,"category":478,"question":2222,"answer":2223,"weight":437},"How do I configure transactional email sending from a self-hosted application on my VPS?","Most self-hosted applications (n8n, Jitsi, Nextcloud…) let you set an external SMTP server in their settings. Use the credentials of a ServOrbit professional email address or a dedicated sending service (Brevo, Mailgun…); avoid sending directly from your VPS IP without proper SPF, DKIM and DMARC records, as ISPs routinely classify such messages as spam. Our support team is reachable at support@servorbit.com if you need help configuring the DNS records.",{"id":777,"category":426,"question":2225,"answer":2226,"weight":971},"How do I secure Elasticsearch on my VPS and avoid out-of-memory (OOM) errors?","Enable the X-Pack security module (built-in since Elasticsearch 8) and create a dedicated user with a password: without authentication, anyone on the network can read your indices. To avoid OOM errors, set the JVM heap to half the available RAM (e.g. `-Xms1g -Xmx1g` on a 2 GB VPS) and enable `bootstrap.memory_lock: true` to prevent swapping. A VPS starting at 299 DH\u002Fmonth, no commitment, with 8 GB of RAM covers a light development instance; plan for at least 4 GB in production.",{"id":772,"category":876,"question":2228,"answer":2229,"weight":966},"How do I centralise my VPS security logs with Loki and Grafana?","Deploy Promtail on each VPS you want to monitor: it collects system logs (auth.log, syslog, journald) and ships them to a centralised Loki instance on a second VPS or a compatible object-storage bucket. Grafana connects to Loki as a data source and lets you set up alerts on failed login attempts (sudo, SSH) or application errors. The stack is lightweight — Loki plus Grafana fit comfortably on a VPS starting at 99 DH\u002Fmonth with no commitment — and keeps your logs off third-party services.",{"id":767,"category":941,"question":2231,"answer":2232,"weight":961},"How do I migrate my npm-installed n8n instance to Docker before v3.0?","Before migrating, export all your workflows from the n8n interface (Settings → Import\u002FExport) and note your environment variables (encryption key, DB credentials). Stop the npm process, install Docker and Docker Compose on your VPS, then use the official n8n Docker recipe, mounting the same data directory (~\u002F.n8n) into the container volume to preserve your workflows and credentials. Migrating to Docker is recommended by the n8n team before v3.0, which drops support for the global npm installation; our support team can assist you at support@servorbit.com.",{"id":2234,"category":523,"question":2235,"answer":2236,"weight":956},439,"Is a TURN server required to host Jitsi Meet on a VPS, and which plan is recommended?","Yes, a TURN server (such as coturn) is essential for participants behind strict NATs or corporate firewalls to establish their WebRTC audio\u002Fvideo streams. Without it, some participants cannot connect or fall back to a degraded mode (audio only). In terms of resources, a Jitsi instance for light meetings (fewer than 10 participants) runs on a VPS at 299 DH\u002Fmonth, no commitment, with 8 GB of RAM and 4 vCPU; beyond that, plan for a higher-tier VPS or a dedicated server.",{"id":762,"category":517,"question":2238,"answer":2239,"weight":951},"What is Kestra and why use it instead of a cron script?","Kestra is a YAML-based open-source workflow orchestration platform. Unlike a cron script, each Kestra flow is versioned in Git, observable (per-task logs, full execution history) and automatically retryable on failure. You trigger pipelines by cron, webhook or API call, and you visualise your task dependency graph in a dedicated web interface.",{"id":757,"category":517,"question":2241,"answer":2242,"weight":940},"Kestra or n8n: which should I choose for my automation?","n8n is suited for no-code API automation: connecting SaaS tools, reacting to webhooks, filling Google Sheets. Kestra is built for code-first data and ETL pipelines: YAML workflows versioned in Git, Python\u002FSQL\u002FBash scripts, isolated Docker runners and full traceability. Choose Kestra if your team writes code and needs a reproducible audit trail; prefer n8n for a drag-and-drop SaaS integrations automator.",{"id":752,"category":517,"question":2244,"answer":2245,"weight":935},"What VPS resources are needed to run Kestra?","Kestra runs on the JVM and typically consumes 512 MB to 1 GB of RAM at startup, plus PostgreSQL (around 150 MB). A VPS with 4 GB RAM and 2 vCPU is sufficient for light to moderate use (scheduled flows, a few simultaneous webhooks). If your flows launch Docker tasks (isolated Python scripts), plan for 8 GB of RAM. Minimum disk: 10 GB for Kestra data and logs.",{"id":747,"category":517,"question":2247,"answer":2248,"weight":930},"Can Kestra execute Python scripts or Docker containers as tasks?","Yes. Kestra mounts the Docker socket and can run any Docker image as a task via the `io.kestra.plugin.scripts.runner.docker.Docker` plugin. Each script (Python, Bash, Go...) runs in its own isolated container with its own dependencies, keeping the host server clean. Results and logs are captured by Kestra and visible in the execution history.",{"id":742,"category":517,"question":2250,"answer":2251,"weight":925},"How do I secure my self-hosted Kestra instance on ServOrbit?","ServOrbit configures Kestra with HTTP basic authentication enabled (username `admin@kestra.local` + auto-generated password). Port 8080 is bound to 127.0.0.1 — never exposed directly to the internet. To harden security: attach a domain and enable HTTPS (nginx + Let's Encrypt managed by AWX); keep your generated password in a safe place; and regularly back up the PostgreSQL database that contains all your flows and execution history.",{"id":2253,"category":517,"question":2254,"answer":2255,"weight":920},445,"What is Garage and what is S3 object storage for?","Garage is an S3-compatible object store written in Rust by the Deuxfleurs collective and published under the AGPLv3 licence. Object storage gives you an endpoint to put and get files through a standard API, rather than a mounted disk: it is what backup tools (restic, Borg) use, along with applications storing user uploads and static sites served behind a CDN. Because the interface is standard S3, your existing tooling works unchanged.",{"id":404,"category":517,"question":2257,"answer":2258,"weight":915},"Does Garage have a web admin interface?","No, and that is a deliberate design choice by the project. Administration goes through the `garage` command-line tool and an HTTP admin API: the daemon stays small and its operational surface narrow. Community projects provide a browser interface on top of that API if you want one. Your S3 credentials themselves are shown in your ServOrbit client area.",{"id":391,"category":517,"question":2260,"answer":2261,"weight":500},"Can I use Garage instead of MinIO?","For the common case — an S3 endpoint for backups and applications — yes. Garage is lighter, and its AGPLv3 licence holds no feature back for a paid edition, unlike what happened to MinIO's community edition (admin console removed in 2025, then community Docker images no longer published). They are two distinct projects, not a character-for-character replacement: validate your specific integrations before migrating.",{"id":378,"category":517,"question":2263,"answer":2264,"weight":911},"Does a Garage install on a single VPS protect my data?","No, and that deserves to be said plainly. A single-node deployment keeps one copy of your objects, on one disk: it does not replace a backup. Garage's replication is designed for a cluster of several machines, possibly across sites — the same binary supports it once you add nodes. As long as you have one, keep your usual backup discipline.",{"id":365,"category":517,"question":2266,"answer":2267,"weight":906},"What VPS resources does Garage need?","The service itself is very frugal: measured at roughly 3 MiB of memory at idle on a single-node deployment. What sizes your server is the volume of data you intend to store, not Garage. An entry-level VPS is enough to run the daemon; pick the disk for what you will put in it, and remember that a single node offers no redundancy.",{"id":352,"category":517,"question":2269,"answer":2270,"weight":896},"Which languages can Whisper transcribe?","Whisper recognises 99 languages including Arabic, French, English, Spanish and Moroccan Darija. Transcription and translation to English are handled by the same model, selected via the `task` parameter (transcribe or translate). The default `base` model covers all these languages; `large-v3` improves accuracy for low-resource languages.",{"id":339,"category":517,"question":2272,"answer":2273,"weight":891},"Which Whisper model should I choose for a VPS with 1 GB of RAM?","The `base` model (default `ASR_MODEL=base`) runs comfortably on 1 GB of RAM and 1 vCPU. It delivers solid accuracy for clear speech in common languages. For noisy recordings or less common accents, `small` is more accurate and works well with 2 GB of RAM. The `large-v3` model offers the best accuracy but requires at least 8 GB of RAM and is recommended for GPU VPS plans.",{"id":326,"category":517,"question":2275,"answer":2276,"weight":886},"Is there a web interface to upload audio files to Whisper?","Whisper is deployed as a REST API with a Swagger UI at `\u002Fdocs` for interactive testing. It does not include a standalone web application with a file upload form. To integrate Whisper into a workflow without coding, tools like n8n or Make allow you to call the `\u002Fasr` API directly from an automated workflow. From the command line, `curl -F \"audio_file=@file.mp3\" https:\u002F\u002Fyour-address\u002Fasr?output=txt` is all you need.",{"id":313,"category":517,"question":2278,"answer":2279,"weight":881},"Can I use self-hosted Whisper as a drop-in replacement for the OpenAI Whisper API?","Yes. The `\u002Fasr` endpoint is compatible with the OpenAI transcription API: any library or integration that calls the OpenAI API can be redirected to your instance simply by changing the base URL (`base_url`) and removing the API key. The `output` parameter is equivalent to OpenAI's `response_format`. Note: the `\u002Fasr` endpoint is not identical to OpenAI's `\u002Fv1\u002Faudio\u002Ftranscriptions` — some libraries that check the exact path may need a minor adjustment.",{"id":300,"category":517,"question":2281,"answer":2282,"weight":875},"Do audio files sent to Whisper leave my VPS?","No. All processing is done locally on your VPS: audio files are kept in memory during transcription and are never written to disk or sent to OpenAI or any third-party service. Whisper is a machine learning model that runs entirely inside your container. This is precisely the benefit of self-hosting for sensitive content: interviews, medical data, internal company recordings.",{"id":286,"category":517,"question":2284,"answer":2285,"weight":784},"How do I connect to ToolJet for the first time?","ToolJet shows a setup wizard on first open. It asks for your full name, email address and a password. The first account created automatically becomes the super-admin of the workspace. No email confirmation is required — you are redirected straight to the editor after submission.",{"id":273,"category":517,"question":2287,"answer":2288,"weight":774},"Does ToolJet require an SMTP server to work?","No. An SMTP server is entirely optional. The admin account is created via the in-browser wizard, with no email confirmation needed. SMTP is only useful if you want to enable password reset by email or invite new users by email. You can configure SMTP later in Settings → Organization without needing to redeploy.",{"id":258,"category":517,"question":2290,"answer":2291,"weight":769},"Is there a limit on users or apps in ToolJet CE?","No. ToolJet CE is AGPL-3.0 licensed — no seat limits, no app limits, no per-user fees. The only constraint is your VPS resources. A 2 GB RAM VPS handles dozens of concurrent users and dozens of apps comfortably. For hundreds of users or very heavy queries, a 4–8 GB RAM VPS is recommended.",{"id":696,"category":517,"question":2293,"answer":2294,"weight":759},"Does ToolJet require a domain name to work?","No. ToolJet is configured with `requireDomain: false` on ServOrbit. TOOLJET_HOST accepts both `http:\u002F\u002Fyour-ip` and `https:\u002F\u002Fyour-domain.com`. Without a domain, public access is not enabled: use an SSH tunnel — `ssh -L 8096:127.0.0.1:8096 root@your-vps-ip` — then open `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:8096` in your local browser. Attaching a domain later only requires updating `TOOLJET_HOST` in the `.env` file and restarting the containers.",{"id":691,"category":517,"question":2296,"answer":2297,"weight":754},"What is the difference between ToolJet and Retool?","Retool is a hosted, closed-source service billed per user per month (approximately $10–25 per seat). ToolJet CE is fully open source (AGPL-3.0), self-hosted on your VPS and free beyond the hosting cost. The feature set is comparable — drag-and-drop canvas, data source connectors, JavaScript actions, role-based access control, app versioning. Retool has a slightly larger connector library; ToolJet 3.0 (2026) added AI-native app prototyping. The main advantage of ToolJet CE: all your business data stays in your infrastructure, with no transfer to a third party.",{"id":686,"category":707,"question":2299,"answer":2300,"weight":749},"Can I order domains for my clients directly from the Agency Space?","Not from the Reseller space, which manages cPanel accounts. You order domains from your client area, on your account and at the public price, and you enter the registrant of each domain.",{"id":681,"category":707,"question":2302,"answer":2303,"weight":744},"How do I upgrade to a higher Agency plan as my client portfolio grows?","Upgrading is done from your client space: select the target Agency plan and the upgrade is applied without recreating your existing cPanel accounts. Your clients experience no downtime and the additional resources (storage, accounts) become available immediately. If you are unsure which plan suits your volume, the sales team can provide a quote via the \u002Fcontact form.",{"id":2305,"category":941,"question":2306,"answer":2307,"weight":739},462,"My environment runs Docker 25 or 26 — are there breaking changes to plan for before migrating to a VPS with Docker v29?","Yes, Docker v29 introduces several breaking changes to plan for: the default bridge network has evolved, some `docker run` options deprecated since v24 have been removed, and the multi-arch manifest format has changed. Before migrating, audit your `docker-compose.yml` files and Dockerfiles for obsolete options, test in a staging environment, then switch. Our blog post on Docker v29 migration details the verification steps.",{"id":676,"category":501,"question":2309,"answer":2310,"weight":448},"How can I test a cPanel backup restore without overwriting my live site files?","In cPanel, JetBackup lets you restore to a different destination folder rather than overwriting the original location. Choose the 'Restore to' option and specify a temporary directory; you can then compare the restored files with production files before any cut-over. This method keeps your site available throughout the verification. If you need assistance, open a ticket from your client space.",{"id":671,"category":438,"question":2312,"answer":2313,"weight":453},"Can I switch from annual to monthly billing for my current VPS subscription?","Our Cloud VPS plans are always billed **monthly**: what separates the two options is not the billing period but the length of time you commit to. At checkout you choose between monthly payment with no commitment and a **12-month commitment**, which carries a lower monthly rate and is offered by default. That choice applies for the term you subscribed to and cannot be changed mid-term; the commitment rate is a **promotional rate valid for the first year**: renewal is then at the regular monthly rate. To switch, wait for the term to end. **Web hosting**, for its part, remains billed yearly. For any question about your situation, support is available from the client area.",{"id":666,"category":825,"question":2315,"answer":2316,"weight":425},"Can I host a multiplayer game server or a high-concurrency real-time service on a ServOrbit dedicated server?","Yes, dedicated servers are well suited for demanding real-time workloads — multiplayer games, streaming, large-scale WebSocket — since you have fully reserved hardware and a dedicated 1 Gbps connection. The Linux distribution, kernel, and network settings are entirely under your control. Available configurations and pricing are listed on the \u002Fserveurs-dedies page; for a specific need, the \u002Fcontact form lets you request a quote.",{"id":661,"category":876,"question":2318,"answer":2319,"weight":735},"Can I expose an application on my VPS without opening any inbound firewall port, using a Cloudflare Tunnel?","Yes. Cloudflare Tunnel (formerly Argo Tunnel) establishes an outbound connection from your VPS to the Cloudflare network, allowing you to expose a web application over HTTPS without opening any inbound port — ideal if your VPS is behind a strict firewall. The `cloudflared` daemon is installed on your server and manages the connection; your domain must be managed in Cloudflare. Our dedicated blog post covers the step-by-step configuration.",{"id":656,"category":426,"question":2321,"answer":2322,"weight":731},"What precautions should I take before upgrading Docker to a major version on a production VPS?","Before any major Docker upgrade, take a snapshot of your VPS (available on the VPS Power and VPS Business plans) to have an immediate restore point. Read the release notes of the target version to identify removed options or network behaviour changes, then test the upgrade on a staging VPS running the same stack before applying it to production. Our article on migrating to Docker v29 lists the specific checks for that version.",{"id":245,"category":517,"question":2324,"answer":2325,"weight":719},"What is Mautic and how does it differ from Listmonk?","Mautic is an open-source marketing automation platform: it covers email campaigns, contact segmentation, lead scoring, landing pages and event-driven workflows. Listmonk is a high-performance newsletter tool focused on bulk sending. Mautic is better suited when you need behavioural automation (drip sequences, scoring, conditional branches); Listmonk is a better fit when you simply need to send the same newsletter to a large list.",{"id":232,"category":517,"question":2327,"answer":2328,"weight":715},"Does Mautic need an SMTP relay to send emails?","Yes. To send campaigns, Mautic must be connected to an SMTP relay (Amazon SES, Mailgun, Brevo, SendGrid, Postmark…). Cloud VPS IP ranges are generally blocked by major ISPs and email providers, making direct sending impossible. Configure your relay in Settings → Email Settings as soon as the installation wizard is done, and send a test email to confirm deliverability before launching any campaign.",{"id":219,"category":517,"question":2330,"answer":2331,"weight":711},"How many contacts can I manage in Mautic?","Mautic imposes no software limit on the number of contacts — the real ceiling is your VPS disk and memory. In practice, a 4 GB RAM VPS comfortably handles databases of 50 000 to 100 000 contacts with all features active (campaigns, tracking, scoring). For lists of several hundred thousand, tune MySQL innodb_buffer_pool_size (60–70 % of available RAM) and consider a dedicated database VPS.",{"id":206,"category":517,"question":2333,"answer":2334,"weight":706},"The Mautic wizard fails on prerequisites check — what should I do?","The Mautic installation wizard checks several PHP prerequisites (mbstring, pdo_mysql, intl, gd extensions…). If the check fails on ServOrbit, it is usually because the container has not yet had time to start fully. Wait 2 minutes and reload the page. If the problem persists, check the logs with `docker compose logs mautic_web` from your VPS and share them with support through the client area.",{"id":193,"category":517,"question":2336,"answer":2337,"weight":702},"Can Mautic integrate with a CRM like Twenty or HubSpot?","Yes. Mautic offers native integrations with Salesforce, SugarCRM, HubSpot, Zoho and Pipedrive through its CRM plugins. For Twenty (which is also in the ServOrbit catalogue), you can use the Mautic and Twenty REST APIs combined with an automation tool like n8n to synchronise contacts and events between the two platforms.",{"id":180,"category":517,"question":2339,"answer":2340,"weight":698},"How do I log in to LangFlow for the first time?","Enter `admin` as the username and the generated password (ADMIN_PASSWORD in your ServOrbit client area under the credentials tab). Authentication is enforced from the first boot — the instance is never open without credentials.",{"id":165,"category":517,"question":2342,"answer":2343,"weight":693},"Does LangFlow require a domain name to work?","No. Without a domain, access it via an SSH tunnel: `ssh -L 7860:127.0.0.1:7860 root@your-vps-ip`, then open `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:7860` in your browser. Attaching a domain enables direct HTTPS access — ServOrbit automatically configures the nginx proxy and TLS certificate.",{"id":150,"category":517,"question":2345,"answer":2346,"weight":688},"Can LangFlow connect to Ollama or a local LLM?","Yes. Use the Ollama component on the canvas and set its base URL. If Ollama is installed on the same VPS via the ServOrbit Marketplace, it is reachable from inside the LangFlow container at `http:\u002F\u002Fhost.docker.internal:11434`.",{"id":135,"category":517,"question":2348,"answer":2349,"weight":683},"What is the difference between LangFlow and Flowise?","Both are visual LLM pipeline builders. LangFlow is Python-native and targets developers who want to write custom components or export clean Python code from their flows. Flowise is more no-code oriented, with a simpler canvas. The two share the LangChain lineage but have diverged in developer profile and tooling.",{"id":631,"category":517,"question":2351,"answer":2352,"weight":678},"How do I back up my LangFlow flows?","Export each flow individually from the canvas menu (JSON export). For a full backup, copy the SQLite database: `docker cp langflow-langflow-1:\u002Fapp\u002Fdata\u002Flangflow.db .\u002Flangflow-backup.db`. Restore by copying it back and restarting the container.",{"id":626,"category":707,"question":2354,"answer":2355,"weight":477},"Can I invoice my reseller clients in Moroccan dirham and manage their renewals in bulk?","Yes. From the Reseller space, you issue quotes and invoices in your own name, in Moroccan dirhams (MAD), and a recurring invoice prepares the one for each period. You can also bill with your own tool if you prefer. Your own purchases from ServOrbit are invoiced in Moroccan dirhams, and bulk renewal of them is not available: each due date is settled through its renewal order. For large operations, write to support@servorbit.com.",{"id":621,"category":941,"question":2357,"answer":2358,"weight":641},"How do I migrate an existing LangFlow or Ollama instance to a new ServOrbit VPS?","The process involves backing up your LangFlow flows (JSON export from the UI) and your Ollama models (`~\u002F.ollama\u002Fmodels` directory), then transferring them to the new VPS via `rsync` or `scp`. After reinstalling the services on the new VPS, reimport your flows and verify environment variables (API keys, URLs). Plan a short maintenance window for the DNS switch to avoid any interruption.",{"id":2360,"category":501,"question":2361,"answer":2362,"weight":463},480,"What is the difference between VPS snapshots and JetBackup backups?","A VPS snapshot is an instant image of your entire server disk, ideal before a risky operation; it is stored on the same infrastructure and can be restored quickly. JetBackup (available on cPanel hosting) provides automatic incremental backups of your files, databases and emails, stored on a remote space, with file-by-file restoration from cPanel. For comprehensive VPS protection, combine snapshots with an external backup solution (Restic, BorgBackup).",{"id":616,"category":438,"question":2364,"answer":2365,"weight":532},"Can I pay by SEPA or local bank transfer for a monthly VPS?","Accepted payment methods are Bank card, PayPal, CIH Bank and Bank transfer. Bank transfer is one of them for any subscription, whatever its term; fees or processing times may apply depending on your bank. When you choose bank transfer at checkout, the bank details of the account to credit are shown directly: there is no need to ask for them. Once the transfer is made, upload your proof of payment from \"My Orders\", on the order concerned; for any question, contact our billing department at billing@servorbit.com.",{"id":611,"category":478,"question":2367,"answer":2368,"weight":637},"Can I use a self-hosted email server (Mailcow, Maddy) with my domain registered at ServOrbit?","Yes, no DNS records are imposed by default: you can point your MX, SPF, DKIM and DMARC records to your own server from the DNS manager in your client area. Make sure to correctly configure the PTR (rDNS) of your email server's IP address to maximise deliverability. Our support team is available at support@servorbit.com to guide you on DNS settings.",{"id":120,"category":825,"question":2370,"answer":2371,"weight":633},"Does my ServOrbit dedicated server include basic DDoS protection, and how can I strengthen it?","ServOrbit does not advertise any anti-DDoS protection on its dedicated servers, and guarantees none. To filter your sites' web traffic, put your domain behind Cloudflare in proxied mode (at no extra cost if the domain uses our managed DNS): traffic then goes through the Cloudflare network before it reaches your server, with the protections of its free plan. Traffic that does not go through the proxy (SSH, email, other ports) does not benefit from it. Contact us at support@servorbit.com to assess your specific needs.",{"id":603,"category":876,"question":2373,"answer":2374,"weight":431},"Can I install a wildcard SSL certificate on my ServOrbit dedicated server or VPS?","Yes, you can generate and install a free Let's Encrypt wildcard certificate via Certbot using the DNS-01 challenge, which covers your main domain and all its subdomains (*.example.com). On a dedicated server or VPS with root access, the process is entirely unrestricted on our side. You can also install a commercial wildcard certificate (OV or EV) obtained from a certificate authority of your choice.",{"id":598,"category":426,"question":2376,"answer":2377,"weight":468},"How can I monitor the RAM and CPU usage of my ServOrbit VPS in real time?","From your VPS, commands like `top`, `htop` or `vmstat` give you an instant overview of RAM and CPU. For continuous monitoring with history and alerts, you can deploy a lightweight stack such as Netdata (one-line install) or a Prometheus + Grafana stack, available as templates from the ServOrbit Marketplace. These solutions let you receive automatic alerts on load spikes before any saturation occurs.",{"id":593,"category":517,"question":2379,"answer":2380,"weight":623},"How do I connect to Linkwarden for the first time?","Linkwarden has no default credentials. On first open, click Sign Up and create your account with an email address and password — the first account automatically becomes the instance owner. No email confirmation is required. Go immediately to Settings → Users to close sign-ups if you want invitation-only access.",{"id":588,"category":517,"question":2382,"answer":2383,"weight":618},"Is a domain name required for Linkwarden?","Yes. Linkwarden uses NextAuth.js for session management, which anchors the public URL (NEXTAUTH_URL) into session cookies on first boot. The domain must be chosen and DNS-configured before deployment. Changing it afterwards requires resetting the database and re-inviting all members — it is best to decide upfront.",{"id":583,"category":517,"question":2385,"answer":2386,"weight":443},"What VPS configuration is recommended for Linkwarden?","For a team of 5–15 people, **2 vCPU and 2 GB RAM** under Ubuntu 24.04 provides comfortable headroom. Linkwarden's Docker image bundles Playwright with Chromium for automatic page archiving — this raises RAM consumption to around 400–600 MB under load. If RAM is tight, you can disable archiving by adding `DISABLE_NEXT_GENERATION_ARCHIVAL=true` to the `environment` section of the `docker-compose.yml` in `\u002Fopt\u002Flinkwarden` (over SSH — not from the client area), then `docker compose up -d`, bringing the footprint below 256 MB.",{"id":578,"category":517,"question":2388,"answer":2389,"weight":613},"What is the difference between Linkwarden and Karakeep?","Both manage bookmarks but with distinct angles. **Karakeep** (formerly Hoarder) targets personal use: AI-powered automatic tagging, semantic search and a PWA. **Linkwarden** targets team collaboration: shared collections, granular per-member permissions (viewer\u002Feditor\u002Fowner), comment threads and a multi-user browser extension. Choose Linkwarden to centralize team or agency research; choose Karakeep for AI-enhanced individual use.",{"id":573,"category":517,"question":2391,"answer":2392,"weight":22},"How do I restrict Linkwarden access to my team only?","By default, anyone with your instance URL can sign up. To close registrations, add the `DISABLE_NEW_SIGN_UPS=true` variable to the `environment` section of the `docker-compose.yml` in `\u002Fopt\u002Flinkwarden`, over SSH (it is not editable from the client area), then run `docker compose up -d`. Existing members keep access; only owners will be able to create new accounts from the admin panel. For per-collection roles and permissions, use Settings → Users.",{"id":568,"category":517,"question":2394,"answer":2395,"weight":605},"What is DrawDB?","DrawDB is an open-source entity-relationship diagram (ERD) editor (AGPL-3.0, ~39 k stars). It lets you visually model database tables, define FK relationships and export SQL DDL scripts for MySQL, PostgreSQL, SQLite, MariaDB and SQL Server — entirely in the browser, with no installation or account required.",{"id":563,"category":517,"question":2397,"answer":2398,"weight":595},"Does DrawDB store my data on the server?","No. DrawDB keeps diagram state in your browser's localStorage. The Nginx container processes no data — it only serves static files. To persist your schema across browsers or devices, export the JSON file and commit it to Git.",{"id":558,"category":517,"question":2400,"answer":2401,"weight":580},"Which SQL dialects can DrawDB generate?","DrawDB generates SQL DDL for MySQL, PostgreSQL, SQLite, MariaDB and Microsoft SQL Server. Select the dialect from Export → SQL before copying the script. The DDL includes CREATE TABLE statements with column types, NOT NULL, PRIMARY KEY, FOREIGN KEY and DEFAULT constraints.",{"id":553,"category":517,"question":2403,"answer":2404,"weight":565},"Can I import an existing SQL schema into DrawDB?","Yes. Paste your CREATE TABLE statements into DrawDB's SQL import dialog and it reconstructs the ERD diagram automatically — including detected FK relationships. Ideal for documenting a legacy database or quickly visualising an unfamiliar schema before modifying it.",{"id":549,"category":517,"question":2406,"answer":2407,"weight":560},"Does DrawDB require a domain name?","No. DrawDB works without a domain: the interface is accessible directly on the port shown in your ServOrbit client area (3060 in the catalogue, but the effective port may differ if that port was already taken). Without a domain, no direct public access is available: open an SSH tunnel (`ssh -L 3060:127.0.0.1:3060 root@\u003Cyour-ip>`) and browse to `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:3060`.",{"id":544,"category":941,"question":2409,"answer":2410,"weight":555},"How do I migrate my Docker apps from Oracle Cloud to a ServOrbit VPS?","Migrating from Oracle Cloud to a ServOrbit VPS follows a straightforward process: export your Docker images with `docker save`, transfer them via SSH or a private registry, then recreate your services using your existing `docker-compose.yml` files. For persistent data, copy your volumes with `rsync` or `docker cp`. It is recommended to test the setup on the new server before switching DNS, keeping a short TTL (300 seconds) to minimize the cutover window. ServOrbit VPS instances run Debian or Ubuntu and are compatible with all standard Docker images. Root SSH access is available from the moment your server is activated.",{"id":539,"category":426,"question":2412,"answer":2413,"weight":173},"Can my VPS run Mattermost alongside other apps at the same time?","Yes, a VPS can host multiple services simultaneously, provided the allocated resources cover the combined workload. Mattermost alone consumes an average of 500 MB of RAM under light load. If you add other services such as a reverse proxy, a database, or a monitoring tool, plan for at least 2 GB of available RAM, ideally 4 GB for comfortable headroom. Isolating applications with Docker containers simplifies cohabitation and management. A reverse proxy such as Nginx or Caddy lets you route multiple domains or subdomains to the correct ports. You can scale your VPS up at any time from the ServOrbit client area.",{"id":2415,"category":426,"question":2416,"answer":2417,"weight":113},498,"How much RAM do I need to self-host several open-source SaaS tools?","Sizing depends on the number and nature of the tools you deploy. As a rough guide: Mattermost needs around 500 MB to 1 GB, Forgejo runs comfortably on 512 MB, Nextcloud requires at least 1 GB, and each PostgreSQL or MariaDB database adds 256 to 512 MB depending on load. For two to three tools running in parallel, a VPS with 4 GB of RAM is a solid starting point. If your team grows or you add third-party integrations, 8 GB provides a comfortable buffer. Also account for SSD storage for persistent volumes, logs, and backups. ServOrbit VPS plans start at 99 DH\u002Fmonth with no commitment and can be scaled on demand.",{"id":2419,"category":941,"question":2420,"answer":2421,"weight":16},499,"Can I import my Slack message history into a self-hosted Mattermost instance?","Yes, Mattermost includes a native import tool compatible with the Slack export format. The process involves exporting your data from Slack (a ZIP file provided through their admin interface), then converting and importing it using the `mattermost import slack` command or the `mmetl` tool. Messages, public channels, and attachments are generally recovered. Direct messages and some custom emoji may require additional handling depending on your version. It is recommended to run a test import on a clean instance before the final switch. The entire operation takes place on your ServOrbit VPS, with no dependency on any third-party service.",{"id":2423,"category":501,"question":2424,"answer":2425,"weight":40},500,"How do I back up the Docker volumes of my self-hosted apps?","Several approaches exist depending on the level of granularity required. The most direct method is to use `docker run --rm -v \u003Cvolume>:\u002Fdata alpine tar czf - \u002Fdata` to archive a volume into a file, then transfer that file to external storage via `rsync` or `rclone` (compatible with S3, SFTP, and more). For consistent database backups, prefer an application-level dump (`pg_dump`, `mysqldump`) over a raw volume copy. Automate these backups with a daily cron job and retain multiple generations. ServOrbit also offers on-demand VPS snapshots from the client area, which can serve as an additional safety net.",{"id":2427,"category":517,"question":2428,"answer":2429,"weight":17},501,"Can I resell VPS instances with pre-installed apps to my clients?","Yes, outside the reseller offer, which covers cPanel\u002FWHM hosting: Agency S and Agency M on our shared hosting, Agency Premium on an unmanaged VPS, ordered through an advisor. You order VPS from your client area at the public price — there is no wholesale price and no volume discount —, deploy a Marketplace app on them (Mattermost, Nextcloud…) or your own stacks using your scripts or Docker images, then deliver them to your clients at the price you set. The VPS is unmanaged: installation, maintenance and support for your clients remain in your hands. To discuss it, contact our sales team at sales@servorbit.com.",{"id":105,"category":825,"question":2431,"answer":2432,"weight":17},"Is a dedicated server necessary to host a Git forge for a team of 20 developers?","For a team of 20 developers, a dedicated server is generally not required. Forgejo, for example, is known for its low resource footprint: it runs comfortably on a VPS with 2 to 4 GB of RAM, even with dozens of active repositories and CI pipelines. A dedicated server becomes relevant if you combine the forge with other resource-intensive services (heavy CI runners, large artifact storage, static code analysis), or if your security policies require a physically isolated environment. In most cases, starting on a ServOrbit VPS and migrating to a dedicated server if needs grow remains the most economical approach. ServOrbit dedicated servers start at 2 102 DH\u002Fmonth excl. VAT.",{"id":90,"category":517,"question":2434,"answer":2435,"weight":17},"What are the default credentials for Mealie?","The default login is changeme@example.com with password MyPassword. Change both immediately after your first login in Administration → Your Profile.",{"id":2437,"category":517,"question":2438,"answer":2439,"weight":17},504,"Does Mealie require a custom domain?","No. Mealie does not require a domain on ServOrbit, but no URL is assigned to it: its port 9000 is published on 127.0.0.1 only, not on the VPS IP address. For personal use, open it through an SSH tunnel (`ssh -L 9000:127.0.0.1:9000 root@\u003Cip>`, then `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:9000`). Internet access with a valid TLS certificate requires a domain and a reverse proxy, which you configure yourself.",{"id":2441,"category":517,"question":2442,"answer":2443,"weight":17},505,"Where does Mealie store data and recipes?","Mealie stores recipes, images and settings in the \u002Fapp\u002Fdata volume on your VPS. Back up this directory regularly to protect your library. You can also export the entire library as JSON from the interface.",{"id":2445,"category":517,"question":2446,"answer":2447,"weight":17},506,"Can I invite my family to use Mealie?","Yes. Mealie supports multiple users with distinct roles: administrator, user (can add and edit recipes) and viewer (read-only). Create accounts from Administration → Users.",{"id":2449,"category":517,"question":2450,"answer":2451,"weight":17},507,"How does Mealie import recipes from a URL?","Mealie parses the JSON-LD Recipe markup on the target page and automatically extracts the title, ingredients, steps and main photo. For sites without structured markup, a fallback scraper takes over. If the result is incomplete, the manual editor lets you fill in missing fields.",{"id":2453,"category":517,"question":2454,"answer":2455,"weight":17},508,"What is the difference between Seafile and Nextcloud?","Seafile focuses exclusively on file sync and sharing; it has no calendar, mail or app store. That makes it significantly lighter — typically half the RAM of Nextcloud on the same VPS. Choose Seafile for raw file sync performance, Nextcloud if you need a full collaboration suite.",{"id":2457,"category":517,"question":2458,"answer":2459,"weight":17},509,"What is the difference between Seafile and Syncthing?","Syncthing is peer-to-peer: every device syncs directly with the others, no central server. Seafile is client-server: all devices sync through the central VPS. Seafile supports multiple users, permissions, link sharing and a web interface; Syncthing is designed for one- or two-device use cases without account management.",{"id":2461,"category":517,"question":2462,"answer":2463,"weight":17},510,"Is client-side encryption available in Seafile?","Yes. When you create a library, you can opt for client-side encryption. The passphrase never leaves your device — the server stores only encrypted blocks and cannot recover your files even if someone gains access to the VPS. Warning: if you lose the passphrase, the files are permanently unrecoverable.",{"id":2465,"category":489,"question":2466,"answer":2467,"weight":17},511,"How do I escalate a support ticket if I haven't received a response?","There is no **Escalate** button: we do not run a separate escalation queue. What actually changes how a ticket is handled is its priority and what you describe in it. When you open it, set the priority to **Urgent** if your production services are affected, and state the real impact in the message: services down, customers affected, since when. If a ticket goes past the stated response time (24 hours), reply in the thread to flag it, or reach us through another channel from the Contact page.",{"id":2469,"category":489,"question":2470,"answer":2471,"weight":17},512,"Can I give a colleague or contractor access to my client area?","No: the client area has neither sub-accounts nor delegated access management — one account, one login. If you are a hosting reseller, your WHM plan lets you create separate cPanel accounts for your own customers. In every case, do not share your credentials: write to us from the Contact page and we will work out the right setup with you.",{"id":2473,"category":489,"question":2474,"answer":2475,"weight":17},513,"Is support available on weekends and public holidays?","You can open a ticket at any time from your client area, weekends and public holidays included, or write to us on WhatsApp at +212708030340. Our team replies within 24 hours, on business days. For an incident affecting your production services (server offline, loss of access, network issue), choose the **Urgent** priority and describe the impact on your services: these requests are handled first. Advice requests and non-urgent technical questions are handled afterwards, in order of priority.",{"id":75,"category":501,"question":2477,"answer":2478,"weight":17},"Can I restore a backup from one VPS to another VPS?","Yes, it is entirely possible to restore a backup from one VPS to another — for example to migrate to a more powerful plan or to create a disaster recovery environment. **With JetBackup** (optional licence at 95 DH\u002Fmonth, on a server running cPanel): connect to the JetBackup interface, select the backup to restore, and choose **Restore to another server**. Enter the destination VPS IP address and SSH credentials. JetBackup automatically transfers and restores the data. **Without JetBackup**: export your backup (snapshot or tar archive) from the client area, download it to the destination VPS via `rsync` or `scp`, then restore manually. Note that IP addresses change during a migration: remember to update your DNS and application configurations after the restore.",{"id":2480,"category":478,"question":2481,"answer":2482,"weight":17},515,"What is the difference between an email alias and a forwarder, and how do I create them?","**Email alias** and **forwarder** serve different purposes. An **alias** is an additional address on the same mailbox: emails sent to `contact@yourdomain.com` and `info@yourdomain.com` land in the same mailbox if `info` is an alias of `contact`. You only have one mailbox to manage. A **forwarder** copies incoming emails to another external address: messages sent to `contact@yourdomain.com` are automatically forwarded to `you@gmail.com`. Useful for consolidating multiple addresses into an existing mailbox, but emails are not stored with us. **Create an alias or a forwarder**: this is not done from the client area, but in your cPanel, with the Forwarders tool (an alias is a forwarder to your own mailbox). Note: a forwarder may trigger spam filters at the final destination if your domain is not properly configured with SPF, DKIM, and DMARC.",{"id":2484,"category":523,"question":2485,"answer":2486,"weight":17},516,"Does the Cyber Resilience Act (CRA) apply to my ServOrbit hosting?","The Cyber Resilience Act (Regulation (EU) 2024\u002F2847, full application December 11, 2027) targets **manufacturers of products with digital elements** placed on the European market — not hosting providers directly. As a hosting provider, ServOrbit is not subject to the CRA as a manufacturer. However, **if your agency or company develops applications, plugins, or extensions** distributed on the European market, you may be subject to the CRA as a manufacturer. ServOrbit can contribute to your CRA compliance through: EU data localization (documentable in your technical file), full infrastructure traceability (log access), and the VPS snapshots and backups you start from your client area (elements of your backup policy). For specific questions about your situation under the CRA, we recommend consulting a legal expert specializing in European digital law.",{"id":2488,"category":426,"question":2489,"answer":2490,"weight":17},517,"Which VPS do you recommend for hosting Firefly III?","Firefly III is a lightweight PHP\u002FLaravel application that runs comfortably on modest VPS plans. **Minimum configuration**: 1 GB RAM, 1 vCPU, 10 GB SSD storage. This is sufficient for personal use or a small team (fewer than 5 users). **Recommended for professional use**: 2 GB RAM, 2 vCPU, 20 GB SSD. This gives you headroom for the Data Importer (secondary application for bank statement imports) and load spikes during large CSV file imports. **Recommended OS**: Ubuntu 22.04 LTS or Debian 12. **Required software**: Docker Engine ≥ 24 and Docker Compose V2 — Firefly III installs exclusively via Docker in the official documentation. Our VPS plans start from 99 DH\u002Fmonth with no commitment. Snapshots are available from the VPS Power plan up, and backup storage (backups started from the client area) on VPS Business — worth planning for to secure your financial data.",{"id":2492,"category":876,"question":2493,"answer":2494,"weight":17},518,"How do I verify that my Nextcloud instance is protected against the 2026 2FA CVEs?","Two critical two-factor authentication bypass vulnerabilities were discovered in Nextcloud in May 2026: CVE-2026-45690 (bypass via HTTP Basic Auth, CVSS 5.9) and CVE-2026-45691 (bypass via a DAV Bearer token, CVSS 5.9). These allow an attacker with credentials to log in without 2FA. **Step 1 — Check your version**: log in to your Nextcloud as administrator, go to **Administration → Overview** and check the displayed version. **Fixed versions**: Nextcloud 32.0.9 and 33.0.3. ⚠️ Nextcloud 34.0.2 contains a regression — do not use it. **Step 2 — Update if necessary**: from the admin interface, go to **Administration → Overview → Check for updates** and apply the latest available update. For a Docker instance, change the image tag to `nextcloud:32.0.9-apache` and restart the container. **Step 3 — Verify the 2FA app**: ensure the Two-Factor TOTP or SMS two-factor app is activated in **Administration → Security** and is mandatory for administrator accounts.",{"id":2496,"category":501,"question":2497,"answer":2498,"weight":17},519,"How do I back up data in Docker volumes on my VPS?","Docker volumes are where your Docker applications store their persistent data (databases, uploaded files, configurations). Here are three approaches to back them up. **Approach 1 — Direct volume directory backup**: Docker volumes are stored in `\u002Fvar\u002Flib\u002Fdocker\u002Fvolumes\u002F`. Each volume is a named directory you can back up directly with tar: `tar czf \u002Fbackup\u002Fmyvolume-$(date +%Y%m%d).tar.gz -C \u002Fvar\u002Flib\u002Fdocker\u002Fvolumes\u002Fmyvolume\u002F_data .` **Approach 2 — Export via temporary container** (recommended): works without knowing the physical volume path: `docker run --rm -v myvolume:\u002Fdata -v \u002Fbackup:\u002Fbackup alpine tar czf \u002Fbackup\u002Fmyvolume-$(date +%Y%m%d).tar.gz -C \u002Fdata .` **Approach 3 — Application snapshot** (for databases): use the database's native tool to export a consistent dump before backing up. For example, PostgreSQL in a container: `docker compose exec -T db pg_dump -U user my_db | gzip > \u002Fbackup\u002Fdb-$(date +%Y%m%d).sql.gz` To automate, add the command to a script and schedule it with cron. Then sync to remote storage with rclone for off-site protection.",{"id":2500,"category":517,"question":2501,"answer":2502,"weight":17},520,"What is IT-Tools?","IT-Tools is an open-source web application (MIT, ~25 k stars) that brings together 60+ developer utilities — JWT decoder, SHA-256\u002FMD5 hash generators, UUID v1\u002Fv4, base64 encoder, regex tester, JSON formatter and more. All processing happens in the browser: no data is sent to a server.",{"id":2504,"category":517,"question":2505,"answer":2506,"weight":17},521,"Does IT-Tools send my data to external servers?","No. Every IT-Tools utility runs its calculations in JavaScript in your browser. The Nginx container only delivers the application's static files — it never receives, processes or transmits your inputs. Your JWT tokens, API keys and hashes stay entirely on your machine.",{"id":2508,"category":517,"question":2509,"answer":2510,"weight":17},522,"Does IT-Tools require a domain name?","No. IT-Tools works without a domain: the interface is accessible directly on the port shown in your ServOrbit client area (3765 in the catalogue; the effective port may differ if that port was already taken). Without a domain, open an SSH tunnel (`ssh -L 3765:127.0.0.1:3765 root@\u003Cyour-ip>`) and browse to `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:3765`.",{"id":2512,"category":517,"question":2513,"answer":2514,"weight":17},523,"How can I restrict access to my IT-Tools instance?","IT-Tools has no built-in authentication. To restrict access: (1) place it behind a reverse proxy (Nginx or Caddy) with HTTP Basic Auth; (2) expose it only on a private VPN network; or (3) use the ServOrbit firewall to open the port only to your authorised IP ranges.",{"id":2516,"category":517,"question":2517,"answer":2518,"weight":17},524,"How much RAM and CPU does IT-Tools use?","IT-Tools is extremely lightweight: the Docker image is approximately 20 MB and the Nginx container uses only a few megabytes of RAM at idle. It requires no database and runs comfortably on any 512 MB VPS without impacting other services.",{"id":2520,"category":517,"question":2521,"answer":2522,"weight":17},525,"What is Django Stack?","Django Stack is a preconfigured VPS template that automatically installs Python 3.12, Gunicorn, Nginx, and PostgreSQL 16. It is designed for Python developers who want to deploy a Django application to production without manually configuring server components.",{"id":2524,"category":517,"question":2525,"answer":2526,"weight":17},526,"Which Python version is installed with Django Stack?","Python 3.12 from the deadsnakes PPA. This version brings 30–60 % performance improvements over Python 3.10 on typical Django request cycles. You can install other Python versions in parallel via the deadsnakes PPA and use virtualenv to choose the version per project.",{"id":2528,"category":517,"question":2529,"answer":2530,"weight":17},527,"How do I add Celery and Redis to my Django Stack?","Install Redis with `apt install redis-server`, add `celery` to your requirements.txt, then create a Supervisor configuration for your Celery worker under \u002Fetc\u002Fsupervisor\u002Fconf.d\u002F. Django Stack is designed to host both Gunicorn and Celery workers on the same VPS without additional system package configuration.",{"id":2532,"category":517,"question":2533,"answer":2534,"weight":17},528,"Can I deploy multiple Django projects on the same VPS?","Yes. Create one virtualenv per project in \u002Fvar\u002Fwww\u002F, one Nginx server block per domain (each pointing to a distinct Gunicorn port), and one Supervisor configuration per Gunicorn process. Each project is fully isolated — its dependencies, process, and configuration do not interfere with each other.",{"id":2536,"category":517,"question":2537,"answer":2538,"weight":17},529,"What is the minimum recommended RAM for Django Stack?","2 GB for a Django application with PostgreSQL and 3 Gunicorn workers. Plan for 4 GB if you add Celery workers or a loaded Redis cache. Each Gunicorn worker uses approximately 100–200 MB depending on your application size; adjust the number of workers accordingly.",{"id":62,"category":876,"question":2540,"answer":2541,"weight":17},"What is the difference between Authelia and Authentik to protect my applications on a VPS?","Authelia is a lightweight authentication proxy (\u003C 30 MB RAM) that adds a 2FA and OIDC SSO layer in front of your applications via a reverse proxy (Traefik or nginx). It does not manage a full user directory and does not speak SAML 2.0. Authentik is a full IAM (Identity and Access Management) platform: it covers OIDC, SAML 2.0, LDAP, SCIM and automatic account provisioning. It requires a VPS with at least 4 GB of RAM (4 containers: server, worker, PostgreSQL, Redis). In practice: use Authelia for 2 to 6 internal applications to protect with 2FA, Authentik if you need SAML 2.0, to federate more than five applications, or to provision accounts automatically. Both are available on the ServOrbit Marketplace.",{"id":48,"category":489,"question":2543,"answer":2544,"weight":17},"My self-hosted GitHub Actions runner disconnects after VPS reboot, how do I restart it automatically?","A self-hosted GitHub Actions runner does not restart automatically after a server reboot unless you have configured it as a system service. For Gitea Actions (act_runner) or the GitHub self-hosted runner, create a systemd service: create the file `\u002Fetc\u002Fsystemd\u002Fsystem\u002Fact-runner.service` with `ExecStart=\u002Fusr\u002Flocal\u002Fbin\u002Fact_runner daemon` (or the appropriate path), then run `systemctl enable act-runner && systemctl start act-runner`. For the official GitHub runner, execute `.\u002Fsvc.sh install && .\u002Fsvc.sh start` from the runner directory — this script generates and enables the corresponding systemd service. Check the status with `systemctl status act-runner` (or `actions.runner.*.service` for the official runner).",{"id":32,"category":489,"question":2546,"answer":2547,"weight":17},"My Authentik instance shows 502 Bad Gateway right after startup, what should I check?","The 502 Bad Gateway at Authentik startup is almost always expected: PostgreSQL migrations are not yet complete. Wait 1 to 2 minutes after `docker compose up -d` before accessing the interface. If the error persists, check the server container logs with `docker compose logs server` — look for lines with `Migrating` followed by `OK`. If migrations fail, verify the PostgreSQL user permissions (`GRANT ALL ON DATABASE authentik TO authentik`) and the `PG_PASS` and `AUTHENTIK_SECRET_KEY` variables in your `.env`.",{"id":2549,"category":941,"question":2550,"answer":2551,"weight":17},533,"How do I migrate my Jira Data Center projects and tickets to OpenProject?","OpenProject includes an official Jira Migrator available since version 17.4 (beta released in May 2026). It migrates projects, issues (title, description, attachments, due date, estimated hours), issue identifiers, simple custom fields (text, numbers, dates, dropdowns), users, statuses, types, and comments. What is NOT migrated: issue relationships, sprint assignments, automated workflows, and complex permissions. Procedure: from your Jira instance, export a full XML file (Administration → System → Backup). In OpenProject, go to Administration → Import → Jira and upload the XML file. Migration time depends on volume — allow 15 to 30 minutes for fewer than 10,000 issues.",{"id":2553,"category":426,"question":2554,"answer":2555,"weight":17},534,"Which VPS configuration should I choose to host Ollama with a code model?","To host Ollama with a code model (Continue.dev, Tabby), the minimum configuration depends on the target model. For a 7B model in 4-bit quantization (e.g. Qwen2.5-Coder-7B-Q4, ~4 GB VRAM\u002FRAM): a VPS with 8 GB RAM and 4 vCPUs is sufficient for CPU-only inference. For a 13B model: plan for 16 GB RAM. CPU inference is functional but slower than GPU — expect 5 to 15 tokens\u002Fsecond depending on the model and processor. Storage is critical: a 7B model takes 4 to 5 GB. Ollama is available as a VPS template on the ServOrbit Marketplace with the OpenAI-compatible API enabled by default.",{"id":2557,"category":523,"question":2558,"answer":2559,"weight":17},535,"What are GitHub Copilot 'AI Credits' and why are developers switching to alternatives?","In June 2026, GitHub changed the Copilot pricing model by introducing 'AI Credits': each model request consumes a certain number of credits, which are capped depending on the subscribed plan. Pro and Pro+ plans have a monthly credit quota; intensive use (multiple developers, many suggestions) can exhaust the quota within days. This makes billing unpredictable and shifts the cost from a fixed monthly fee to variable consumption. In response, developers are migrating to self-hosted solutions such as Continue.dev + Ollama or Tabby on a VPS: fixed monthly cost, code data that never leaves your server, OpenAI-compatible API.",{"id":2561,"category":523,"question":2562,"answer":2563,"weight":17},536,"Can I host my own AI code assistant on a ServOrbit VPS?","Yes. The fastest solution is to activate the Ollama template from the ServOrbit Marketplace: your VPS starts with Ollama pre-configured and an OpenAI-compatible API accessible over HTTPS. Then install Continue.dev in VS Code or JetBrains, and point it to your VPS URL in `config.json`. For teams, Tabby is an alternative: it offers a dedicated server with authentication, an IDE plugin, and specialized code models (StarCoder, CodeLlama). Recommended minimum configuration: 8 GB RAM VPS for a 7B model on CPU inference.",{"id":2565,"category":517,"question":2566,"answer":2567,"weight":17},537,"What is Bytebase?","Bytebase is an open-source database DevOps platform (MIT license) that brings a structured review workflow to SQL migrations. It lets you submit, validate and deploy schema changes safely, with 200+ automatic lint rules, a full audit trail, and GitOps integration for PostgreSQL, MySQL, MariaDB, MongoDB, Redis, ClickHouse and 20+ other engines.",{"id":2569,"category":517,"question":2570,"answer":2571,"weight":17},538,"Which databases does Bytebase support?","Bytebase supports 20+ database engines: PostgreSQL, MySQL, MariaDB, MongoDB, Redis, ClickHouse, SQL Server, Oracle, TiDB, Snowflake, Spanner, OceanBase and more. It connects to your existing database servers as a client — it does not replace your data infrastructure, it orchestrates it.",{"id":2573,"category":517,"question":2574,"answer":2575,"weight":17},539,"Is Bytebase free?","Yes. The Community Edition is free with no user limits and covers the full change management workflow, SQL editor and audit trail. Enterprise features (SSO, fine-grained RBAC, data masking, custom approval workflows) require a paid plan. On ServOrbit, you only pay for the VPS — Bytebase itself costs nothing.",{"id":2577,"category":517,"question":2578,"answer":2579,"weight":17},540,"How much RAM does Bytebase need?","Bytebase runs comfortably on 1 GB RAM. The single container includes an embedded PostgreSQL instance — no external database server is needed. For production use with many concurrent users or large databases, 2 GB is recommended.",{"id":2581,"category":517,"question":2582,"answer":2583,"weight":17},541,"Does Bytebase need a domain name?","No. Bytebase is accessible without a domain via an SSH tunnel — `ssh -L 8080:127.0.0.1:8080 root@\u003Cip>` then `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:8080`. This works for single-admin use. Once multiple users need simultaneous access, attach a domain: ServOrbit automatically configures nginx and the TLS certificate.",{"id":2585,"category":517,"question":2586,"answer":2587,"weight":17},542,"Is Gotenberg production-ready?","Yes. Gotenberg is stable, MIT-licensed, and used in production by thousands of teams. It isolates each conversion request in a separate Chromium or LibreOffice process — a crash in one conversion does not affect the next. Size RAM according to concurrent requests: allow ~200 MB per concurrent Chromium render.",{"id":2589,"category":517,"question":2590,"answer":2591,"weight":17},543,"Are my custom fonts and CSS styles respected during HTML conversion?","Yes. Gotenberg uses a full Chromium instance: web fonts (Google Fonts via URL, or local fonts embedded as base64), CSS variables, `@print` media queries, flexbox and grids are all honoured. For local fonts, embed them with `@font-face` and attach the font file in the multipart form.",{"id":2593,"category":517,"question":2594,"answer":2595,"weight":17},544,"Which LibreOffice file formats are supported?","Gotenberg supports over 20 formats via LibreOffice: DOCX, XLSX, PPTX (and their OpenDocument equivalents ODT, ODS, ODP), RTF, TXT, CSV and more. Send the file as multipart to `\u002Fforms\u002Flibreoffice\u002Fconvert` — the output is always a PDF.",{"id":2597,"category":517,"question":2598,"answer":2599,"weight":17},545,"Are my documents stored on the server after conversion?","No. Gotenberg is stateless: uploaded files and generated PDFs are stored in a temporary directory and deleted immediately after the response. No database, no persistent storage. Your documents only transit through your own infrastructure.",{"id":2601,"category":517,"question":2602,"answer":2603,"weight":17},546,"How much RAM does Gotenberg need?","The absolute minimum is 512 MB, but Chromium consumes ~150–250 MB per concurrent request. For typical application use (1–3 concurrent PDFs), 1–2 GB is sufficient. For heavy workloads (10+ concurrent PDFs or large LibreOffice documents), prefer 4 GB or more. Gotenberg does not cache Chromium contexts: each request starts a new process.",{"id":2605,"category":517,"question":2606,"answer":2607,"weight":17},547,"What is the difference between FastAPI and Django for an API?","FastAPI is async-native with Pydantic validation and auto-generated OpenAPI documentation — ideal for REST APIs and microservices. Django is a full-stack framework with a built-in admin, ORM, and template engine — better suited for monolithic web applications. For a pure API backend, FastAPI is faster to develop and faster at runtime.",{"id":2609,"category":517,"question":2610,"answer":2611,"weight":17},548,"How do I configure Gunicorn with Uvicorn?","Use Gunicorn as the process manager with the UvicornWorker: `gunicorn main:app -k uvicorn.workers.UvicornWorker --workers 4 --bind 127.0.0.1:8000`. The recommended number of workers is (2 × vCPU) + 1. This combines Gunicorn's process management (automatic restart, graceful reload) with Uvicorn's async performance.",{"id":2613,"category":517,"question":2614,"answer":2615,"weight":17},549,"Can I use FastAPI without PostgreSQL?","Yes. FastAPI has no database dependency. Use SQLite, MySQL, MongoDB, or any database via SQLAlchemy (sync or async) or Motor for MongoDB. The stack installs PostgreSQL 16 for projects that need it — you can ignore it if you start on a different database.",{"id":2617,"category":517,"question":2618,"answer":2619,"weight":17},550,"How do I access the Swagger documentation of my API?","FastAPI automatically generates \u002Fdocs (Swagger UI) and \u002Fredoc (ReDoc) for every endpoint you define. Access https:\u002F\u002Fyour-domain.com\u002Fdocs after deployment. In production, restrict or protect these endpoints with an HTTP basic-auth middleware or a router prefix if the API is not public.",{"id":2621,"category":517,"question":2622,"answer":2623,"weight":17},551,"What is the minimum recommended RAM for FastAPI?","1 GB of RAM is sufficient for a lightweight FastAPI API without a database on the same VPS. Plan for 2 GB with PostgreSQL, and 4 GB if you add Celery and Redis workers. Each Uvicorn\u002FGunicorn worker uses approximately 50–150 MB depending on the libraries loaded at startup.",{"id":2625,"category":432,"question":2626,"answer":2627,"weight":17},552,"What personal data must be declared to the CNDP under Morocco's Law 09-08?","Law 09-08 on the protection of individuals with regard to the processing of personal data covers any collection, storage or processing of identifying data: names, contact details, connection logs or information about your clients and visitors. If your website collects such data, a prior declaration — or authorisation for sensitive categories — is required from the CNDP, regardless of where the data is hosted. If you are unsure of your obligations, consult a legal adviser or your national supervisory authority.",{"id":2629,"category":432,"question":2630,"answer":2631,"weight":17},729,"My domain is registered with another provider — how do I point it to my hosting?","Two options, both carried out at the provider where the domain is registered. Option 1 — an A record: create an `A` record pointing to your hosting's IP address, shown in your client area on the service page, section “Point your domain here”. Your domain then reaches us, but its DNS zone stays with your current provider — so you keep maintaining email (MX, SPF) and subdomains there. Option 2 — delegate DNS to us: replace ALL of the domain's nameservers with ns1.megadomaine.com and ns2.megadomaine.com, and REMOVE your previous provider's. Leaving even one is enough to break the domain: if it no longer serves your zone it answers “this domain does not exist” authoritatively, and roughly one visitor in two lands on it — the outage then looks intermittent and unexplainable. Once the delegation is clean, we manage the whole zone and the DNS tab in your client area becomes available. Allow up to 24 hours for propagation, often just a few minutes. If nothing changes after that, write to support@servorbit.com and we will check the setup with you.",{"id":2633,"category":438,"question":2634,"answer":2635,"weight":17},553,"How can I pay for my ServOrbit services in Moroccan dirham by bank card?","ServOrbit accepts payment through the methods available on the platform, displayed at checkout — see Bank card, PayPal, CIH Bank and Bank transfer for the currently active options. Prices are shown tax exclusive (VAT excluded) and subject to 20% VAT. For questions about local billing or payment arrangements, contact our billing team at billing@servorbit.com.",{"id":2637,"category":426,"question":2638,"answer":2639,"weight":17},554,"Can I migrate from Firefly III to Actual Budget on a ServOrbit VPS?","Yes, both Actual Budget and Firefly III are available as VPS templates in the ServOrbit Marketplace: you can deploy either one in minutes on a root-access VPS. Migrating your data from Firefly III to Actual Budget is done manually using Firefly's CSV exports and Actual's native import; take a full backup before switching. Visit \u002Fapplications to deploy the solution that fits your needs.",{"id":2641,"category":523,"question":2642,"answer":2643,"weight":17},555,"What alternative to GoCardless exists for bank synchronisation in a self-hosted financial management tool?","Since GoCardless closed its service for individuals, several alternatives are available: SimpleFIN (compatible with Actual Budget, US\u002FCanada) and Enable Banking (EU, 2,700+ banks) are the most widely used. Manual CSV imports remain the most portable option. Some tools like Firefly III offer integrations via open banking APIs depending on your country. Check your tool's documentation for officially maintained connectors.",{"id":2645,"category":876,"question":2646,"answer":2647,"weight":17},556,"How can I reduce the attack surface of a self-hosted back office against post-authentication CVEs?","Post-authentication CVEs exploit vulnerabilities accessible once logged in: keep your applications up to date as soon as a patch is published, restrict admin interface access by IP or via a reverse proxy with strong authentication, and limit administrator accounts to the strict minimum. Placing a WAF in front of your back office — via Cloudflare or an application proxy — allows known exploitation patterns to be blocked before they reach the application.",{"id":2649,"category":426,"question":2650,"answer":2651,"weight":17},557,"How do I set up Authentik as forward auth to protect multiple self-hosted applications on a single VPS?","Authentik can act as a centralised identity provider using the forward authentication mechanism: your reverse proxy (Nginx, Traefik, Caddy) queries Authentik before forwarding each request to the target application, blocking any unauthenticated access. Each application is registered as a Provider in Authentik with its own domain; a single login then grants access to all protected services (SSO). Authentik is available as a VPS template in the ServOrbit Marketplace.",{"id":2653,"category":501,"question":2654,"answer":2655,"weight":17},558,"Should I take a manual backup before updating a self-hosted application?","Yes: before any major update to a self-hosted application (CMS, financial tool, mail server…), take a full backup of both files and the database — even if you already schedule your own backups. A snapshot taken just before the update lets you roll back to a known stable state within minutes if an incompatibility arises. On a ServOrbit VPS, no backup is scheduled automatically: create a snapshot from your client area just before the update; the snapshots and backups included in each plan are detailed on \u002Ftarifs.",{"id":2657,"category":517,"question":2658,"answer":2659,"weight":17},559,"What is the difference between Plane and Jira or Linear?","Plane is the open-source (AGPL-3.0) self-hosted alternative to Jira and Linear. The feature set is very similar: issues with custom states, cycles (sprints) with burndown charts, modules (epics), wiki pages and analytics views. The key difference: with Plane your data stays on your server, there is no per-seat billing and you fully control data retention. Jira and Linear are the right choice if you don't want to manage a server; Plane is the right choice if you want full control at a fixed cost.",{"id":2661,"category":517,"question":2662,"answer":2663,"weight":17},560,"What VPS resources are required for Plane?","The minimum configuration is 2 vCPU and 4 GB RAM on Ubuntu 24.04 for a team of fewer than 10 people. For a larger team or heavy usage, aim for 4 vCPU and 8 GB RAM. Plane relies on several components (Django, React, Celery, PostgreSQL 16, Redis 7, RabbitMQ and MinIO) — orchestrated with Plane's official Docker Compose deployment (Plane is not yet offered for order on the ServOrbit Marketplace). A custom domain is required for redirect URLs and TLS certificates to work correctly.",{"id":2665,"category":517,"question":2666,"answer":2667,"weight":17},561,"How do I import my Jira data into Plane?","Plane includes a native Jira importer: go to Settings → Importers → Jira, enter your Jira instance URL and an Atlassian API token, select the project to import and start. Epics become modules, sprints become cycles, and issues keep their descriptions, labels, priorities and statuses. The import is non-destructive: nothing is modified or deleted in Jira during the migration. A CSV import is also available for migrating from Linear or other tools.",{"id":2669,"category":517,"question":2670,"answer":2671,"weight":17},562,"Does Plane support sprints and Gantt charts?","Yes. Cycles are Plane's equivalent of sprints: each cycle has a start date, an end date, a burndown chart and automatic rollover of unfinished issues to the next cycle. The Gantt view is available at the project and workspace level — it displays dependencies between issues as an interactive timeline and lets you drag and drop deadlines directly on the chart to adjust them.",{"id":2673,"category":517,"question":2674,"answer":2675,"weight":17},563,"Can Plane be connected to GitHub to close issues automatically?","Yes. Install the Plane GitHub App (Settings → Integrations → GitHub) on your repository, then reference issues in your commit messages with the syntax `fix(#123)`, `closes #456` or `ref #789`. Plane will automatically transition the issue based on the keyword used. Pull requests are also linked to issues in the sidebar, and branches created from Plane are named after the issue identifier to facilitate traceability.",{"id":8,"category":517,"question":2677,"answer":2678,"weight":17},"What are the default credentials for FileBrowser?","FileBrowser starts with admin as the username and admin as the password. Change this password immediately after first login from Settings → Users to secure your instance.",{"id":2680,"category":517,"question":2681,"answer":2682,"weight":17},565,"Can I use FileBrowser without a domain name?","Yes. FileBrowser does not require a domain on ServOrbit — but no URL is assigned to it: its port (8085 by default) is published on 127.0.0.1 only, not on the VPS IP address. Access it through an SSH tunnel: `ssh -L 8085:127.0.0.1:8085 root@\u003Cip>`, then `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:8085`. For encrypted access from the internet, the HTTPS reverse proxy is yours to configure: ServOrbit does not set it up for this app.",{"id":2684,"category":517,"question":2685,"answer":2686,"weight":17},566,"Are files stored in FileBrowser kept after a server restart?","Yes. FileBrowser mounts two independent Docker volumes: one for the files it serves (\u002Fsrv) and one for its SQLite database (\u002Fdatabase). Both persist through container restarts, image updates and server reboots.",{"id":2688,"category":517,"question":2689,"answer":2690,"weight":17},567,"Does FileBrowser support multiple user accounts?","Yes. From Settings → Users, create as many accounts as needed. Each account has its own accessible directory (home directory) and an optional storage quota. Permissions are managed per directory: a user can be restricted to a subset of the file tree.",{"id":2692,"category":517,"question":2693,"answer":2694,"weight":17},568,"Is FileBrowser suitable for production deployment?","FileBrowser provides per-account authentication and per-directory access control. For encrypted traffic, place it behind the HTTPS reverse proxy included in the ServOrbit Marketplace recipe (automatic Let's Encrypt with your domain). Public share links can be time-limited (with an expiry date) or permanent, and are secured per link — a revoked link is no longer accessible.",{"id":2696,"category":501,"question":2697,"answer":2698,"weight":17},569,"How do I back up a Gitea repository as a bare clone to preserve the full git history?","A bare clone (`git clone --bare \u003Curl>`) copies the full history, branches and tags with no working tree, making it the ideal format for archiving and restoring. From your VPS, schedule a cron job that runs `git clone --mirror` into a backup directory, then compress and transfer the archive to external storage (S3, SFTP). For more details, see our self-hosted Gitea guide at `\u002Fvps-cloud`.",{"id":2700,"category":501,"question":2701,"answer":2702,"weight":17},570,"How do I back up my Postfix configuration and DKIM keys before a server update?","Before any update, archive the `\u002Fetc\u002Fpostfix\u002F` directory (main configuration), `\u002Fetc\u002Fopendkim\u002F` or `\u002Fetc\u002Fdkim\u002F` (DKIM keys) and the `\u002Fetc\u002Faliases` file. Use `tar -czf postfix-backup-$(date +%F).tar.gz \u002Fetc\u002Fpostfix \u002Fetc\u002Fopendkim` then transfer the archive off-server with `rsync` or `scp`. Also keep a copy of the matching DNS TXT records so you can republish the keys if needed. Contact our support at support@servorbit.com for restore assistance.",{"id":2704,"category":501,"question":2705,"answer":2706,"weight":17},571,"How do I back up the documents and LLM models of a PrivateGPT or LocalAI instance?","For PrivateGPT, back up the `local_data\u002F` folder (indexed documents and vector database) along with the `settings.yaml` configuration file. For LocalAI, archive the models directory (usually `models\u002F`) and any YAML profile configuration files. Schedule an `rsync` task or use Restic to transfer these folders to external storage; model files can be large, so consider deduplication. Find our PrivateGPT and LocalAI templates on the ServOrbit Marketplace at `\u002Fvps-cloud`.",{"id":2708,"category":941,"question":2709,"answer":2710,"weight":17},572,"How do I migrate my GitHub repositories to Gitea while preserving the full git history?","Gitea includes a built-in migration tool (Administration → Repositories → Migrate) that imports a GitHub repository by URL, preserving the full commit history, branches and tags via a `git clone --mirror`. To migrate multiple repositories, use the Gitea API with a script that iterates over your GitHub repos and triggers migration for each one. Once done, update your local remotes with `git remote set-url origin \u003Cnew-url>`. See our `\u002Fvps-cloud` page to deploy a Gitea instance on your ServOrbit VPS.",{"id":2712,"category":941,"question":2713,"answer":2714,"weight":17},573,"How do I migrate GitHub issues and milestones to a self-hosted Gitea instance?","Gitea includes native migration of issues and milestones from GitHub: when creating or updating the repository via the migration tool (or the `POST \u002Fapi\u002Fv1\u002Frepos\u002Fmigrate` API), enable the `issues`, `milestones` and `labels` options. A GitHub personal access token with `repo` scope is required to bypass API rate limits and access private repos. Comments, assignees and labels are also imported. For large issue sets, allow extra time proportional to volume as Gitea respects GitHub API rate limits.",{"id":2716,"category":426,"question":2717,"answer":2718,"weight":17},574,"How do I offer a dedicated SMTP relay to my clients as part of a reseller plan?","The SMTP relay is not part of the reseller offer, which covers cPanel\u002FWHM hosting (shared with Agency S and Agency M, on an unmanaged VPS with Agency Premium): it runs on a VPS you order separately. You configure Postfix on it as an authenticated relay and give each client an individual SMTP account, which keeps you in control of sender reputation, rate limits and the SPF\u002FDKIM\u002FDMARC records of your sending domain. Outbound port 25 is closed by default on our VPS: open a ticket to request it, granted after a review of your use case. For a quote, use the \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fcontact\">contact form\u003C\u002Fa> and choose the “Quote” type.",{"id":2720,"category":707,"question":2721,"answer":2722,"weight":17},575,"Can I configure a custom sender address for my clients' emails from my reseller hosting?","Yes. Through WHM, you assign each client cPanel account its own mail domain with dedicated SPF and DKIM records managed from the account's DNS zone. Each client then sets their sender address in cPanel or in their application. Emails go out under the client's own domain, not yours, protecting each sender's reputation independently. For advanced configuration, reach our team at support@servorbit.com.",{"id":2724,"category":523,"question":2725,"answer":2726,"weight":17},576,"Does GDPR prohibit using cloud AI services (ChatGPT, Claude) to analyse confidential client documents — and what is the on-premise alternative?","GDPR does not prohibit cloud AI services, but it requires a legal basis, transparency towards data subjects and, where the processor is outside the EU, adequate safeguards (standard contractual clauses, data processing agreement). In practice, processing personal data from client documents through a third-party AI service constitutes sub-processing that must be governed by contract. The on-premise alternative — hosting a local LLM with PrivateGPT or LocalAI on a ServOrbit VPS — keeps data within your own infrastructure with no transfer to third-party servers. Browse our AI template catalogue at `\u002Fvps-cloud` or contact us at `\u002Fcontact` for guidance.",{"id":2728,"category":517,"question":2729,"answer":2730,"weight":17},577,"What is Go (Gin) Stack?","Go (Gin) Stack is a preconfigured VPS template that automatically installs Go 1.22+ from the official go.dev binary, Nginx, and PostgreSQL 16. It is designed for Go developers who want to deploy a Gin API to production without manually configuring server components.",{"id":2732,"category":517,"question":2733,"answer":2734,"weight":17},578,"Do I need Go on the VPS to run my Go application?","No. If you compile with CGO_ENABLED=0 GOOS=linux GOARCH=amd64 on your workstation, the resulting binary is 100% static and runs without Go on the server. The template installs Go 1.22+ to let you compile directly on the VPS if preferred, but it is not required for running pre-compiled binaries.",{"id":2736,"category":517,"question":2737,"answer":2738,"weight":17},579,"Can I use a Go framework other than Gin?","Yes. The template installs the Go toolchain, Nginx, and PostgreSQL — not the framework. Use Echo, Chi, Fiber, or the standard library net\u002Fhttp instead. Gin is recommended in the documentation because of its adoption and zero-allocation router, but the template is framework-agnostic.",{"id":2740,"category":517,"question":2741,"answer":2742,"weight":17},580,"What is the minimum RAM recommended for a Go (Gin) API?","1 GB is comfortable for a Gin API without a database. Add 1 GB if PostgreSQL runs on the same VPS. A Gin process typically idles at 15–30 MB; peak memory depends on your handler logic and the size of in-memory caches.",{"id":2744,"category":517,"question":2745,"answer":2746,"weight":17},581,"How do I manage the Go process in production on the VPS?","The recommended approach is a systemd unit: ExecStart pointing to your binary, Restart=always for automatic recovery on failure, and EnvironmentFile for secrets. This provides journal logging, resource limits, and dependency ordering (e.g., after PostgreSQL). Alternatively, run your binary inside a Docker container with --restart unless-stopped.",{"id":2748,"category":517,"question":2749,"answer":2750,"weight":17},582,"What is the difference between Next.js Stack and Nuxt Stack?","Next.js Stack targets React applications (Next.js), while Nuxt Stack targets Vue.js applications (Nuxt 3). The installed toolchain is identical — Node.js LTS, PM2, Nginx, PostgreSQL — but the frameworks, their build system, and their output files differ.",{"id":2752,"category":517,"question":2753,"answer":2754,"weight":17},583,"Can I host multiple Next.js sites on a single VPS?","Yes. Each Next.js application runs as a separate PM2 process on a different port (3000, 3001, 3002…). Nginx routes requests by domain name and proxies to the correct process. A 4 GB RAM VPS can host 3 to 5 lightweight sites simultaneously.",{"id":2756,"category":517,"question":2757,"answer":2758,"weight":17},584,"Does the template support the Next.js 13+ App Router?","Yes. The template installs Node.js LTS and PM2, which run any version of Next.js including the App Router. The `output: 'standalone'` option in `next.config.js` works identically with the App Router and the Pages Router.",{"id":2760,"category":517,"question":2761,"answer":2762,"weight":17},585,"How does ISR (incremental static regeneration) work on a VPS?","Next.js ISR stores regenerated pages in `.next\u002Fcache` on the VPS disk. This cache persists between PM2 reloads (zero-downtime). To avoid clearing it on each deployment, use `pm2 reload` instead of `pm2 restart`. For multiple instances, use a Redis cache handler.",{"id":2764,"category":517,"question":2765,"answer":2766,"weight":17},586,"When should I choose a VPS over Vercel for Next.js?","A VPS is preferable when you have high SSR traffic (Vercel bills per invocation), background workers or cron jobs, multiple projects to pool together, or a need for a fixed monthly cost. Vercel remains the best choice for a quick prototype or a lightweight site without auxiliary processes.",{"id":2768,"category":426,"question":2769,"answer":2770,"weight":17},587,"The Immich machine-learning container is no longer responding on my VPS — what should I check first?","The `immich-machine-learning` container shares an internal Docker network with the other Immich services; start by verifying it is on the same network (`docker network inspect immich_default`) and that the service is running (`docker compose ps`). If the container keeps restarting, check its logs with `docker compose logs immich-machine-learning`: an OOM (Out Of Memory) kill shows up as `Killed` — in that case your VPS is short on RAM and you should either reduce the number of loaded models or upgrade to a larger plan. On a ServOrbit VPS, you can adjust your resources at any time from the client area.",{"id":2772,"category":876,"question":2773,"answer":2774,"weight":17},588,"My existing Bitwarden devices work fine, but I cannot log in from a new device — why?","Since Bitwarden client version 2026.4.1, some older encryption APIs are no longer accepted by fresh installations: a new client enforces stricter checks than already-open sessions. Verify that your Vaultwarden instance is up to date (image `vaultwarden\u002Fserver:latest` or a recent pinned version) and that your reverse proxy correctly forwards headers — especially `X-Real-IP` and `X-Forwarded-For`. If the issue persists, open a ticket from your client area and include the Vaultwarden version (`docker inspect vaultwarden | grep -i version`) and the exact error message shown by the client.",{"id":2776,"category":941,"question":2777,"answer":2778,"weight":17},589,"Can I migrate my Linear projects to Plane while keeping issues and comments?","Yes, via Plane's native CSV import: in Linear, export your issues as CSV (Settings → Export), then in your Plane instance go to Settings → Importers → CSV and upload the file. Titles, descriptions, priorities and labels are imported; comments are not covered by Linear's CSV format — only a full JSON export via the Linear API preserves them. For a complete migration including comment history, use the Linear API: you carry out the migration yourself, and our support answers your questions from the client area.",{"id":2780,"category":426,"question":2781,"answer":2782,"weight":17},590,"Can I run Plane and Vikunja on the same ServOrbit VPS?","Technically yes, but their resource requirements differ greatly: Plane needs at minimum 2 vCPU and 4 GB RAM (Django, Celery, PostgreSQL 16, Redis, RabbitMQ and MinIO), while Vikunja is much lighter (under 256 MB at idle). Hosting both on a single VPS is feasible from 6 to 8 GB of RAM, as long as you keep their databases and Docker networks separate. As your team grows, it is simpler to move each tool to its own VPS; that operation is non-destructive since all data lives in Docker volumes.",{"id":2784,"category":523,"question":2785,"answer":2786,"weight":17},591,"Mattermost ESR v10.11 is end-of-life — do I need to update urgently?","Yes. As of 15 August 2026, Mattermost ESR v10.11 is no longer supported: no security patches will be published for this branch. If your instance is exposed to the internet or a corporate network, updating to the next available ESR version is recommended within the following days. Start by backing up your PostgreSQL database before any operation, then follow the official Mattermost upgrade procedure (updating the Docker image and running migrations). Our support team can assist if you hit a blocker — open a ticket from your client area.",{"id":2788,"category":501,"question":2789,"answer":2790,"weight":17},592,"How do I back up Mattermost's PostgreSQL database before a major upgrade?","First stop the Mattermost container (`docker compose stop mattermost`) to avoid any in-flight writes, then run a dump: `docker exec mattermost-db pg_dump -U mmuser mattermost | gzip > mattermost-backup-$(date +%Y%m%d).sql.gz`. Store the archive off the VPS (object storage, `scp`\u002F`rsync` transfer) before starting the upgrade. To restore: `gunzip -c mattermost-backup-YYYYMMDD.sql.gz | docker exec -i mattermost-db psql -U mmuser mattermost`. The ServOrbit backup option takes a full disk snapshot — enable it as well to also cover file volumes.",{"id":2792,"category":426,"question":2793,"answer":2794,"weight":17},593,"My Docker service fails at startup with 'connection refused' even though the database container is running — what should I check?","The most common cause is that the database container is 'running' (process started) but not yet 'healthy' (ready to accept connections): PostgreSQL or MySQL takes a few seconds to initialize. The fix is to use `depends_on` with a `service_healthy` condition in your `compose.yaml`, paired with a `healthcheck` on the database container (`pg_isready -U user` for PostgreSQL). Without a healthcheck, Docker considers the service ready as soon as the process starts, and your application tries to connect before the database is reachable.",{"id":2796,"category":517,"question":2797,"answer":2798,"weight":17},594,"Can I offer self-hosted project management tools (Plane, Vikunja) to my clients as part of my reseller offering?","Yes, on VPS you order from your client area — the ServOrbit reseller offer itself covers cPanel\u002FWHM hosting (shared with Agency S and Agency M, on an unmanaged VPS with Agency Premium). Deploy Vikunja from the Marketplace, or install Plane yourself: Plane is not offered for order on the Marketplace. You then deliver the tool to your clients under your own domain and set your price freely, as VPS are billed at the public price, with no wholesale price. For any question, contact our sales team at sales@servorbit.com or open a ticket from your client area.",{"id":2800,"category":426,"question":2801,"answer":2802,"weight":17},595,"Can I use the Symfony Stack template to deploy any Symfony application?","Yes. The template installs PHP 8.3-FPM, Nginx, PostgreSQL 16, Redis, Supervisor and Composer on Ubuntu 24.04. It sets up the server environment, not your application: clone your repository, create your `.env.local`, run `composer install --no-dev --optimize-autoloader`, apply your migrations, and Nginx is ready to proxy to PHP-FPM. Any Symfony 5, 6 or 7 project runs on this base.",{"id":2804,"category":426,"question":2805,"answer":2806,"weight":17},596,"How do I enable OPcache preloading for Symfony on the Symfony Stack template?","The template installs `php8.3-opcache` and enables OPcache by default in `php.ini`. To enable Symfony preloading, add to `\u002Fetc\u002Fphp\u002F8.3\u002Ffpm\u002Fphp.ini`: `opcache.preload=\u002Fvar\u002Fwww\u002Fyour-app\u002Fvar\u002Fcache\u002Fprod\u002FApp_KernelProdContainer.preload.php` and `opcache.preload_user=www-data`, then reload PHP-FPM with `systemctl reload php8.3-fpm`. Symfony's service container is then loaded into memory at PHP-FPM startup, which noticeably reduces production latency.",{"id":2808,"category":426,"question":2809,"answer":2810,"weight":17},597,"Does the Symfony Stack template include Symfony CLI or the Symfony development server?","No. The template targets the production environment: PHP 8.3-FPM, Nginx, PostgreSQL 16, Redis and Supervisor. Symfony CLI is a local development tool — it is not installed on the production server. For continuous deployments, use a Git pipeline (GitHub Actions, GitLab CI) that runs `composer install`, `cache:clear` and migrations on the server via SSH.",{"id":2812,"category":426,"question":2813,"answer":2814,"weight":17},598,"How do I configure Symfony Messenger workers to restart automatically after a deployment?","Supervisor is preconfigured on the template. Create `\u002Fetc\u002Fsupervisor\u002Fconf.d\u002Fsymfony-messenger.conf` with the directive `command=php \u002Fvar\u002Fwww\u002Fyour-app\u002Fbin\u002Fconsole messenger:consume async --time-limit=3600` and `autorestart=true`. Reload Supervisor with `supervisorctl reread && supervisorctl update`. After each deployment, run `php bin\u002Fconsole messenger:stop-workers` to force workers to shut down gracefully: Supervisor will restart them immediately with the new code.",{"id":2816,"category":426,"question":2817,"answer":2818,"weight":17},599,"What is the difference between the Laravel Stack and Symfony Stack templates?","Both templates install the same PHP toolchain (PHP 8.3-FPM, Nginx, PostgreSQL, Redis, Supervisor, Composer) on Ubuntu 24.04. The difference lies in the PHP extensions: Symfony Stack adds `php8.3-intl` (required for the Translation component and locales) and `php8.3-opcache` explicitly (for preloading). Laravel Stack includes `php8.3-zip` and works without `intl` on most applications. Choose the template that matches your framework — both coexist without conflict on the same VPS.",{"id":2820,"category":426,"question":2821,"answer":2822,"weight":17},600,"Can I use the Astro Stack template for a fully static site?","Yes. The template installs Node.js LTS, PM2, and Nginx. For a static site (`output: 'static'`), build your Astro project locally, transfer the `dist\u002F` folder to the VPS, and configure Nginx to serve it. No Node process is needed in production — Nginx serves static files directly with minimal memory usage.",{"id":2824,"category":426,"question":2825,"answer":2826,"weight":17},601,"What is the difference between Astro Stack and Next.js Stack?","Astro Stack installs Node.js LTS, PM2, and Nginx without PostgreSQL — suited for Astro projects in static (SSG) or SSR mode. Next.js Stack adds PostgreSQL for full-stack applications requiring a database. Astro is often lighter: its static mode requires no Node process in production, unlike Next.js which always runs SSR.",{"id":2828,"category":426,"question":2829,"answer":2830,"weight":17},602,"Can I use Astro's SSR mode with this template?","Yes. Install the `@astrojs\u002Fnode` adapter, configure `output: 'server'` and `adapter: node({ mode: 'standalone' })` in `astro.config.mjs`. After building, launch the server with `pm2 start dist\u002Fserver\u002Fentry.mjs --name astro` and proxy Nginx to `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:4321`. PM2 manages automatic restarts and zero-downtime updates.",{"id":2832,"category":426,"question":2833,"answer":2834,"weight":17},603,"Can I host multiple Astro sites on the same VPS?","Yes. Nginx supports multiple vhosts on the same server. Each static Astro site points to its own `dist\u002F` folder; each SSR site uses a different PM2 port (e.g., 4321, 4322). A single Node.js and Nginx installation is sufficient for all sites. Plan enough RAM if you stack multiple Node processes in SSR mode.",{"id":2836,"category":426,"question":2837,"answer":2838,"weight":17},604,"What minimum RAM configuration do you recommend for Astro Stack?","1 GB of RAM is sufficient for a fully static Astro site: Nginx consumes very few resources serving files. For SSR mode with a Node process and PM2, plan for at least 2 GB. If you stack multiple SSR sites on the same VPS, add roughly 100 to 200 MB per additional Node process.",{"id":2840,"category":941,"question":2841,"answer":2842,"weight":17},605,"How do I migrate my company documentation from Confluence Data Center to a self-hosted wiki like Docmost?","Confluence Data Center reaches end-of-life on March 28, 2029, when all instances become read-only. Docmost is an open-source alternative supporting spaces, permissions and collaborative editing; its native Confluence importer (Enterprise edition) preserves space hierarchy, attachments, internal links and draw.io diagrams. Migration involves exporting spaces as XML from Confluence (Administration → Backup Manager), then importing into Docmost. Without the Enterprise edition, migration is manual (HTML export, structure recreation and content copy-paste). Order a ServOrbit VPS with at least 2 GB RAM, deploy Docmost from the marketplace, and open a support ticket through your client area if you need assistance.",{"id":2844,"category":501,"question":2845,"answer":2846,"weight":17},606,"How do I configure Chatwoot to store attachments in Cloudflare R2 instead of local disk?","By default, Chatwoot stores uploaded files in the container's `storage\u002F` folder — these are lost if the container is recreated. Cloudflare R2 is S3-compatible with no egress fees. Important: an incompatibility between Active Storage (Rails) and R2 silently drops attachments (issue chatwoot#13299). The fix is to add `request_checksum_calculation: \"when_required\"` and `response_checksum_validation: \"when_required\"` to the R2 service block in `config\u002Fstorage.yml`. Both parameters must be set together. Then configure `ACTIVE_STORAGE_SERVICE=amazon`, `S3_BUCKET_NAME`, `S3_REGION`, `S3_ACCESS_KEY_ID`, `S3_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY` and `S3_ENDPOINT` in your `.env` file. Restart the containers and test by uploading a file in a ticket.",{"id":2848,"category":478,"question":2849,"answer":2850,"weight":17},607,"Is Mautic compatible with MySQL 8.4, and what precautions should I take before upgrading?","Mautic 5.x is compatible with MySQL 8.4, but the `ONLY_FULL_GROUP_BY` SQL mode enabled by default since MySQL 8.0 causes HTTP 500 errors on certain reports (notably 'Page hits' with grouping) — the page is blank with no visible error message (issue mautic#17092). Check with `SHOW GLOBAL VARIABLES LIKE 'sql_mode'`: if the value contains `ONLY_FULL_GROUP_BY`, disable it live with `SET GLOBAL sql_mode = (SELECT REPLACE(@@sql_mode, 'ONLY_FULL_GROUP_BY', ''))` then make the change permanent in `\u002Fetc\u002Fmysql\u002Fmy.cnf`. Alternatively, migrate to MariaDB 10.x which does not enable this mode by default. Always take a full backup (`mysqldump`) before any engine upgrade.",{"id":2852,"category":941,"question":2853,"answer":2854,"weight":17},608,"How do I migrate my Planka boards to Kaneo or Vikunja after SSO was removed in Planka v2.2?","Planka v2.2.0 (released August 9, 2026) moved OIDC SSO from Community Edition to Planka Pro. Accounts that authenticated exclusively via SSO are deactivated after the upgrade. Planka has no native JSON or CSV board export (GitHub issues #22 and #670 unresolved) — the only reliable extraction is a PostgreSQL dump (`pg_dump`). To migrate: (1) take a full database snapshot before any cutover, (2) install Kaneo or Vikunja on a temporary subdomain and run both instances in parallel for 1–2 weeks, (3) manually transfer active boards, (4) switch DNS at D+7 and keep the snapshot for 90 days. Kaneo (MIT, v2.16.2) and Vikunja (AGPL-3.0, v2.4.0) both maintain free OIDC SSO — both available on the ServOrbit marketplace.",{"id":2856,"category":825,"question":2857,"answer":2858,"weight":17},609,"Can I host a self-hosted team messaging platform (such as Fluxer or Mattermost) on my ServOrbit dedicated server?","Yes, a dedicated server is well-suited for hosting a high-load internal messaging platform. Solutions such as Fluxer (AGPL-3.0 open source Discord alternative, launched January 2026) or Mattermost install via Docker Compose. For Fluxer, plan for 2 vCPU \u002F 2 GB RAM for under 100 simultaneous active members, and 4 vCPU \u002F 4 GB RAM for 500 active members with audio calls. You get full root access to tune resources, configure outbound SMTP and set up backups. The ServOrbit VPS administration option is available if you do not want to manage the machine yourself.",{"id":2860,"category":876,"question":2861,"answer":2862,"weight":17},610,"How do I secure access to Docmost or another self-hosted wiki with an SSO proxy (Authelia or Authentik)?","Place a reverse proxy (Traefik or nginx) in front of your Docmost instance and attach Authelia or Authentik as an authentication middleware: every request passes through the SSO login page before reaching the application. With Traefik, add the `forwardAuth` middleware pointing to the Authelia decision endpoint in your labels. With nginx, use `auth_request` toward the verification endpoint. This approach is especially suited to internal documentation tools that do not expose robust native authentication. Authentik is available via the ServOrbit marketplace and supports OIDC, SAML 2.0 and Traefik-compatible forward auth headers.",{"id":2864,"category":426,"question":2865,"answer":2866,"weight":17},611,"Can I offer a self-hosted team messaging solution (such as Fluxer) to my clients as part of my reseller offer?","Yes, nothing prevents you from hosting a self-hosted team messaging solution for your clients on a ServOrbit VPS. Fluxer is not offered in the Marketplace: you install it yourself, using the VPS root access. If a solution from the catalogue suits you, Mattermost, Rocket.Chat and Matrix (Synapse) are available there as VPS templates. You order the VPS from your client area at the public price and re-bill it at the price you set. For a specific need, contact us at support@servorbit.com.",{"id":2868,"category":501,"question":2869,"answer":2870,"weight":17},612,"How do I back up Docmost data before a migration or a major upgrade?","Docmost stores its data in a PostgreSQL database and its files (images, attachments) in a Docker volume or S3-compatible object storage. For a complete backup before any migration or major upgrade: (1) run `pg_dump -U docmost docmost > docmost_backup_$(date +%Y%m%d).sql`, (2) archive the Docker file storage volume or export your R2\u002FS3 bucket, (3) schedule this backup in a cron script on your VPS and send the archives to external storage (S3, Backblaze B2 or SFTP) to avoid keeping backup and data on the same disk.",{"id":2872,"category":517,"question":2873,"answer":2874,"weight":17},613,"What is the difference between Typesense and Meilisearch available in the Marketplace?","Typesense (C++, GPLv3) and Meilisearch (Rust, MIT) are both open-source search engines with typo tolerance and a REST API, available in the ServOrbit Marketplace. Typesense is optimised for strict latency requirements and includes native vector \u002F semantic search. Meilisearch is simpler to configure and preferred for smaller datasets. Both can run on the same VPS — each exposes its own port and its own API key set.",{"id":2876,"category":517,"question":2877,"answer":2878,"weight":17},614,"How do I secure my front-end application that queries Typesense?","Never include the admin key in the browser. Generate a search-only key with restricted scope via the Typesense API: POST \u002Fkeys with `{\"actions\":[\"documents:search\"],\"collections\":[\"my-collection\"],\"description\":\"front-end key\"}` using the admin key as header. The generated search-only key cannot modify collections or access other indexes. Expose it in your JavaScript bundle; keep the admin key server-side only. You can also embed filters to restrict results by tenant or category, which clients cannot override.",{"id":2880,"category":517,"question":2881,"answer":2882,"weight":17},615,"How do I enable vector \u002F semantic search in Typesense?","Typesense v0.25+ supports `float[]` type fields for storing embeddings alongside text fields. Declare an `embedding` field of type `float[]` in your collection schema, then send your vectors (generated by OpenAI text-embedding-3-small, a local Ollama model, etc.) with each document. For a hybrid query: use `vector_query` with your query vector and combine with `q` for BM25 ranking — Typesense merges the scores using a tunable `alpha` parameter. No separate vector database (Qdrant, Weaviate) is needed for this use case.",{"id":2884,"category":517,"question":2885,"answer":2886,"weight":17},616,"Which VPS should I choose based on my Typesense corpus size?","Typesense loads its indexes into RAM: plan for roughly 1 MB per 1,000 documents with 3–5 text fields. For a catalogue of 100,000 products, expect ~300 MB of dedicated RAM; for one million documents, ~3 GB. A 1 GB VPS is enough for most projects; move to 2 or 4 GB if you exceed 500,000 documents or enable embedding fields (768–1,536 dimensions per document = 3–6 MB per 1,000 documents). ServOrbit allows online plan changes without reinstallation: data stays on its persistent volume.",{"id":2888,"category":517,"question":2889,"answer":2890,"weight":17},617,"How do I integrate Typesense with an instant search UI (InstantSearch.js)?","Typesense is compatible with the Algolia InstantSearch ecosystem: install `typesense-instantsearch-adapter` (`npm install typesense-instantsearch-adapter instantsearch.js`) and configure the adapter with your instance URL and a search-only key. You get a search bar with suggestions, facets, pagination and term highlighting — without modifying your existing InstantSearch front-end. For React, use `react-instantsearch` with the same adapter. For Vue, use `vue-instantsearch`. The adapter transparently translates InstantSearch calls to the Typesense API.",{"id":2892,"category":517,"question":2893,"answer":2894,"weight":17},618,"Does Mailpit deliver emails to real recipients?","No. Mailpit is a trap server: it accepts all SMTP connections on port 1025 and stores every message in its local SQLite database without ever forwarding it. No email reaches a real inbox, regardless of the recipient address configured in your application.",{"id":2896,"category":517,"question":2897,"answer":2898,"weight":17},619,"How do I configure my application to send emails through Mailpit?","In your environment variables or config file, set the SMTP host to 127.0.0.1 and the port to 1025. No authentication or TLS required by default. In Laravel: MAIL_HOST=127.0.0.1, MAIL_PORT=1025, MAIL_ENCRYPTION=null. In Symfony: MAILER_DSN=smtp:\u002F\u002F127.0.0.1:1025. In Node.js (Nodemailer): host: '127.0.0.1', port: 1025, secure: false. Your application must run on the same VPS as Mailpit to reach the server over the loopback interface.",{"id":2900,"category":517,"question":2901,"answer":2902,"weight":17},620,"Why migrate from MailHog to Mailpit?","MailHog has been unmaintained since 2020 and carries an unpatched stored XSS vulnerability (Exploit-DB 50971): an email containing malicious JavaScript can compromise the web interface. Mailpit is its active successor, shipped as the default in Laravel Sail (since v11) and DDEV (since v1.22). It adds full-text search, spam scoring with SpamAssassin rules, HTML compatibility checks per email client, a documented REST API for CI, and POP3 support — all in a Go binary under 50 MB RAM.",{"id":2904,"category":517,"question":2905,"answer":2906,"weight":17},621,"How do I use the Mailpit REST API in my automated tests?","Mailpit exposes a REST API on the same port as the web interface (default 8025). Main endpoints: GET \u002Fapi\u002Fv1\u002Fmessages (list emails with pagination), GET \u002Fapi\u002Fv1\u002Fmessage\u002F{ID} (email detail), DELETE \u002Fapi\u002Fv1\u002Fmessages (clear inbox), GET \u002Fapi\u002Fv1\u002Fsearch?query=... (full-text search). In PHPUnit (Laravel): use Http::get('http:\u002F\u002F127.0.0.1:8025\u002Fapi\u002Fv1\u002Fmessages') to verify an email was sent after an action. In Jest\u002FVitest: fetch('http:\u002F\u002F127.0.0.1:8025\u002Fapi\u002Fv1\u002Fmessages'). No API key required by default.",{"id":2908,"category":517,"question":2909,"answer":2910,"weight":17},622,"How many messages does Mailpit keep, and can I change the limit?","By default, Mailpit keeps the last 500 messages. When the limit is reached, the oldest messages are automatically deleted to make room for new ones. To change the limit: add the MP_MAX_MESSAGES environment variable to your configuration. Set MP_MAX_MESSAGES=0 for unlimited retention (watch disk space), or an integer value to set a specific message count. Messages are stored in a SQLite database on the mailpit-data volume, making them persistent across container restarts.",{"id":2912,"category":420,"question":2913,"answer":2914,"weight":17},623,"Can I register a .ma domain if my company is not based in Morocco?","Yes. ServOrbit registers .ma domains for companies and individuals regardless of their country of residence. One condition applies, however: under ANRT rules (decision no. 02\u002F2024, art. 27), a registrant domiciled outside Morocco must appoint an administrative contact, an individual established in Morocco with a valid postal address and e-mail address. Find the available extensions and indicative prices on the Domains page of your client area.",{"id":2916,"category":420,"question":2917,"answer":2918,"weight":17},1334,"What is Morocco's domain name?","Morocco's national extension is .ma. Its registry is run by ANRT, the National Telecommunications Regulatory Agency, which accredits the providers authorized to register names in it on behalf of third parties. The registry also opens six second-level extensions: .co.ma, .net.ma and .org.ma are registered directly, while .ac.ma, .press.ma and .gov.ma are reserved for certain categories of registrants and go through a prior review by ANRT. Names written in Arabic characters, for their part, fall under a different national extension.",{"id":2920,"category":420,"question":2921,"answer":2922,"weight":17},625,"What documents are required to register a .ma domain for a company?","For registration in the name of a company, the ANRT requires an ICE certificate (or, failing that, a commercial register extract), always accompanied by the legal representative's national ID card. Depending on the chosen extension (.ma, .co.ma, .net.ma…), additional documents may be needed. These documents do not block your purchase: you upload them after ordering, from the domain's page in your client area, and our team checks them before forwarding them to the ANRT.",{"id":2924,"category":876,"question":2925,"answer":2926,"weight":17},626,"How do I migrate Uptime Kuma from v1 to v2 without losing my monitors?","Before migrating, export your SQLite database (`kuma.db`) and store it safely — it is the single source of truth for your monitors and alerts. The v2 changes the database schema: start the new container with the same data volume and Uptime Kuma will run the migrations automatically on first launch. Then verify that every monitor is active and notification channels are working before removing the old instance. The v2 fixes vulnerability CVE-2026-45618 (injection via HTTP headers) — the update is recommended.",{"id":2928,"category":876,"question":2929,"answer":2930,"weight":17},627,"How do I connect several VPS instances together without opening public ports on each?","A WireGuard-based mesh VPN — such as Netbird or Tailscale — creates an encrypted peer-to-peer network between your VPS instances using outbound connections only; no inbound port is exposed on the public IP. A coordination node (STUN\u002FTURN relay) handles NAT traversal; traffic between machines travels directly peer-to-peer once the tunnel is established. This approach suits database clusters, internal services and CI\u002FCD pipelines that must not be reachable from the internet.",{"id":2932,"category":495,"question":2933,"answer":2934,"weight":17},628,"How do I manage multiple clients' services from a single agency account?","ServOrbit lets you group several services (domains, hosting, VPS) under a single account. Shared access — acting on a client's account from your own session — is not currently available. If you host your clients' sites, a reseller plan gives you a WHM to create one cPanel account per client. For any advanced multi-client access setup, open a ticket from your client area so that an advisor can assess the best organisation for your agency.",{"id":2936,"category":495,"question":2937,"answer":2938,"weight":17},629,"Can multiple users share the same account with different permission levels?","The ServOrbit client area is currently linked to one access per account. If you need to delegate access to a team member or contractor, contact support via a ticket from your client area to find out the options available for your situation. Role-based and sub-user management is a planned development area for the platform.",{"id":2940,"category":426,"question":2941,"answer":2942,"weight":17},630,"How do I set up PostgreSQL high availability (automatic failover) on VPS instances?","The reference solution is Patroni, an orchestrator that automatically promotes a replica to primary upon failure, using etcd or Consul as the distributed consensus store. You need at least three nodes: one primary, one replica and one quorum node (or a separate etcd cluster). Patroni is paired with HAProxy or pgBouncer on the application side to redirect connections to the new primary without code changes. A VPS with at least 2 GB RAM per node is recommended for a production PostgreSQL cluster.",{"id":2944,"category":426,"question":2945,"answer":2946,"weight":17},631,"What is the difference between SvelteKit Stack and Astro Stack?","Both templates install Node.js LTS, PM2, and Nginx. SvelteKit Stack is designed for reactive web applications with form actions, server-side `load` functions, and real-time features (WebSockets, SSE). Astro Stack targets content sites and hybrid rendering: Astro ships zero JavaScript by default and runs a lighter Node process for SSR pages. If you are building an app with forms, sessions, and server logic, choose SvelteKit; if you are building a blog or landing page, choose Astro.",{"id":2948,"category":426,"question":2949,"answer":2950,"weight":17},632,"Can I deploy a fully static SvelteKit site with this template?","Yes. Configure `@sveltejs\u002Fadapter-static` in `svelte.config.js`, build your project with `npm run build`, and transfer the `build\u002F` folder to the VPS. Nginx will serve static files directly — no Node process runs in production, keeping memory usage to a minimum.",{"id":2952,"category":426,"question":2953,"answer":2954,"weight":17},633,"Why is the `ORIGIN` environment variable mandatory for SvelteKit in production?","SvelteKit uses `ORIGIN` to validate form action requests and protect against CSRF attacks. If this variable does not match your site's actual URL, SvelteKit rejects form submissions with a 403 error. Set it via PM2 or the ecosystem config file: `ORIGIN=https:\u002F\u002Fyourdomain.com pm2 start build\u002Findex.js`.",{"id":2956,"category":426,"question":2957,"answer":2958,"weight":17},634,"Can I host multiple SvelteKit applications on the same VPS?","Yes. Launch each application as a separate PM2 process on a different internal port (3000, 3001, 3002…). Then configure Nginx with separate `server {}` blocks or `location` rules to route requests by domain name to the correct port. Each app keeps its own logs and environment variables in PM2.",{"id":2960,"category":426,"question":2961,"answer":2962,"weight":17},635,"How does PM2 handle automatic restarts of my SvelteKit app?","PM2 monitors your Node process and restarts it automatically on crash or when the configured memory threshold is exceeded. For zero-downtime updates, use `pm2 reload svelte-app` — PM2 launches a new instance, waits for it to be ready, then shuts down the old one. To make PM2 persistent across server reboots, run `pm2 startup` to generate the systemd script, then `pm2 save` to persist the process list.",{"id":2964,"category":517,"question":2965,"answer":2966,"weight":17},636,"What is the difference between Direct Play and transcoding in Jellyfin?","Direct Play means the client reads the original file as-is, without conversion: near-zero CPU usage on the server. Transcoding converts the stream on the fly when the client does not support the source format — this consumes CPU. Favor H.264\u002FAAC in MP4 to maximize Direct Play on most devices.",{"id":2968,"category":517,"question":2969,"answer":2970,"weight":17},637,"What client apps are available for Jellyfin?","Official free apps exist for iOS, Android, Android TV, Roku and Amazon Fire TV. Kodi has an official Jellyfin plugin. Most modern smart TVs (Samsung, LG) are also supported. The web interface works on any browser without installation.",{"id":2972,"category":517,"question":2973,"answer":2974,"weight":17},638,"How much disk space is needed to host Jellyfin?","Space depends entirely on your library. A rough guide: 1 GB per 90-min SD film, 4–8 GB for HD (1080p), 20–50 GB for 4K. Jellyfin itself uses around 500 MB for config and metadata. Media storage is your main constraint.",{"id":2976,"category":517,"question":2977,"answer":2978,"weight":17},639,"What is the difference between Jellyfin and Plex?","Jellyfin is 100% free and open source (GPL-2.0): no paid features, no mandatory account, no telemetry. Plex is partially proprietary: some features (offline sync, advanced TV client) require a Plex Pass subscription. Jellyfin installs without an account; Plex requires a server account tied to the Plex service.",{"id":2980,"category":517,"question":2981,"answer":2982,"weight":17},640,"Can I access Jellyfin from anywhere over the Internet?","Yes. By hosting Jellyfin on a ServOrbit VPS, you get a dedicated public IP and upload bandwidth far higher than a residential connection. Configure Nginx as a reverse proxy with a TLS certificate (Let's Encrypt), and your Jellyfin interface will be accessible from any device or browser worldwide.",{"id":2984,"category":941,"question":2985,"answer":2986,"weight":17},641,"How do I upgrade Immich from v2 to v3 without losing my photos?","The Immich v2 to v3 upgrade removes the pgvecto.rs extension and replaces it with native pgvector. Before starting the update (from v1.132.3 onwards), back up the entire PostgreSQL volume with `docker compose exec database pg_dumpall -U postgres > backup.sql`. Update your `docker-compose.yml` to the `ghcr.io\u002Fimmich-app\u002Fimmich-server:v1.132.3` image, then run `docker compose pull && docker compose up -d`: the schema migration runs automatically at startup. Your photos, albums and shares are unaffected — contact support@servorbit.com if the migration fails at startup.",{"id":2988,"category":876,"question":2989,"answer":2990,"weight":17},642,"CVE-2026-45672 (Open WebUI): how do I check whether my instance is vulnerable?","CVE-2026-45672 is a remote code execution vulnerability in Open WebUI affecting versions earlier than 0.6.10: an authenticated attacker can execute arbitrary code on the server via the file processing pipeline. Check your version from the admin interface (Settings > About) or with `docker inspect ghcr.io\u002Fopen-webui\u002Fopen-webui:latest | grep 'version'`. If you are below 0.6.10, update immediately by pulling the new image: `docker compose pull && docker compose up -d`. In the meantime, restrict access to your interface by IP through your reverse proxy. Contact support@servorbit.com for update assistance.",{"id":2992,"category":426,"question":2993,"answer":2994,"weight":17},643,"Which VPS should I choose to migrate from Plex to Jellyfin with software transcoding?","Jellyfin in Direct Play mode (reading the file as-is) works with 1 vCPU and 1 GB RAM. However, if your clients do not support the source format and software transcoding is needed, CPU becomes the limiting factor: each 1080p H.264 transcoded stream consumes between 1 and 2 vCPUs depending on the source codec. For 2 to 4 simultaneous users with transcoding, the VPS Power plan (4 vCPU, 8 GB RAM) is the recommended minimum; beyond that, prefer a VPS with more vCPUs or explore dedicated server options on the \u002Fserveurs-dedies page.",{"id":2996,"category":438,"question":2997,"answer":2998,"weight":17},644,"How do I enable online card payments on a website hosted at ServOrbit?","ServOrbit hosts your site (VPS or web hosting) but does not provide a merchant payment gateway for your own customers: you freely choose your payment provider (CMI, Stripe, PayPal, HiPay, etc.) and integrate its SDK or module into your WordPress, PrestaShop or custom application. For a site targeting Morocco, CMI (Centre Monetique Interbancaire) is the most common local gateway; its integration requires a merchant contract signed with your bank and the CMI technical credentials provided by them. Our support team can guide you — contact us at support@servorbit.com.",{"id":3000,"category":707,"question":3001,"answer":3002,"weight":17},645,"Can I resell .ma domains to my own clients from the Agency Space?","Yes, by ordering them from your client area, on your own account. Your clients do not need to register on ServOrbit. Managing the registrant contact and uploading the supporting document required by ANRT remain your responsibility as an agency: you handle them from the domain's detail page in your client area. For ANRT documentary requirements (national ID, passport, ICE\u002FRC), see our \u002Fdomaine-ma page or contact support@servorbit.com.",{"id":3004,"category":825,"question":3005,"answer":3006,"weight":17},646,"Is a dedicated server necessary to stream Jellyfin to multiple simultaneous users with transcoding?","It depends on the codec and number of simultaneous streams. Jellyfin in Direct Play mode is CPU-light and a VPS handles most use cases well. However, simultaneously transcoding multiple H.265 (HEVC) or MKV streams in software requires several dedicated physical cores: for 5 or more users with heavy transcoding, a dedicated server provides full hardware isolation and real physical cores, whereas a VPS shares the node's resources. See the \u002Fserveurs-dedies page for available configurations or request a quote via the contact form.",{"id":3008,"category":478,"question":3009,"answer":3010,"weight":17},647,"How do I configure SPF, DKIM and DMARC for a .ma domain hosted at ServOrbit?","Deliverability for a .ma domain follows the same rules as any other extension: add a SPF TXT record (`v=spf1 include:your-server ~all`), enable DKIM signing from cPanel (Email Authentication > DKIM) and publish a DMARC record (`v=DMARC1; p=none; rua=mailto:your@address`) to start receiving reports. The .ma specificity is that ANRT delegates the DNS zone to our name servers when you enable managed DNS: make sure the delegation is in effect before testing your records. Our support can verify your setup at support@servorbit.com.",{"id":3012,"category":489,"question":3013,"answer":3014,"weight":17},648,"My migration from Oracle Cloud to ServOrbit is stuck: which channel should I contact and what information should I provide?","If your migration from Oracle Cloud is stuck (container that won't start, inaccessible data, SSH timeout), open a ticket from your client area choosing the category of the target service (\"VPS\" or \"Hosting\") and the \"Urgent\" priority if your production services are affected. In your ticket, specify: the target order or service, the exact step where the migration failed, the Docker or SSH logs you obtained and the impact on your business. Our team takes over within 24 hours for urgent incidents. You can also reach +212708030340 for a quick acknowledgement.",{"id":3016,"category":517,"question":3017,"answer":3018,"weight":17},649,"What is the difference between Portainer CE and Portainer BE?","Portainer CE (Community Edition) is fully open-source under Apache 2.0 and covers the vast majority of use cases: Docker Compose stack management, per-team access controls, multi-host, live logs and interactive terminal. Portainer BE (Business Edition) adds enterprise features: granular RBAC, Git-triggered deployments and advanced audit logs. On ServOrbit you get Portainer CE — free, unlimited, no licence to manage.",{"id":3020,"category":517,"question":3021,"answer":3022,"weight":17},650,"Is it safe to expose Portainer CE on the internet?","Portainer should only be exposed behind HTTPS with a strong administrator password. It mounts the Docker socket (`\u002Fvar\u002Frun\u002Fdocker.sock`), which is equivalent to root on the host. On ServOrbit, port 9000 is published only on the loopback — it is never directly reachable from the internet without going through the nginx HTTPS vhost. Never expose Portainer over plain HTTP.",{"id":3024,"category":517,"question":3025,"answer":3026,"weight":17},651,"How is Portainer CE different from Dockge or Komodo, which are already in the catalogue?","Portainer covers the full Docker surface: standalone containers, images, networks, volumes, Swarm and Kubernetes. Dockge focuses exclusively on Compose stacks and is faster to learn for that specific use case — it is also lighter. Komodo targets multi-server GitOps with a full deployment pipeline. If your goal is a complete visual view of everything Docker manages on a VPS — including containers started outside Compose — Portainer is the broadest tool.",{"id":3028,"category":517,"question":3029,"answer":3030,"weight":17},652,"Can Portainer CE manage several VPS at once?","Yes. Install the Portainer Agent on each additional VPS and connect it to your primary instance via the Environments menu. All hosts appear in a unified list and can be managed from one interface. Each VPS continues to run its containers locally — there is no central scheduler. It is a consolidated view of several machines, not a cluster orchestrator.",{"id":3032,"category":517,"question":3033,"answer":3034,"weight":17},653,"How do I access the Portainer CE interface without a domain name?","Open an SSH tunnel from your local machine: `ssh -L 9000:127.0.0.1:9000 root@\u003Cvps-ip>`, then navigate to `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:9000` in your browser. The tunnel forwards the port securely without exposing Portainer to the internet. With a domain name, nginx proxies port 9000 behind HTTPS with an automatically issued certificate and you access the interface directly at your chosen URL.",{"id":3036,"category":876,"question":3037,"answer":3038,"weight":17},654,"What happens if I update AnythingLLM using the :latest image instead of a fixed version?","The :latest tag overwrites the embeddings encryption key on every docker pull: IRREVERSIBLE loss of vectorised documents. Always pin a fixed version (e.g. v1.8.x) in docker-compose. Source: issue #5256 github.com\u002FMintplex-Labs\u002Fanything-llm.",{"id":3040,"category":876,"question":3041,"answer":3042,"weight":17},655,"How does Passbolt protect passwords shared between team members?","Passbolt encrypts each entry with the recipient's public GPG key. Neither the server nor the administrator can read passwords without the holder's private key. Encryption is performed in the browser via the Passbolt extension.",{"id":3044,"category":426,"question":3045,"answer":3046,"weight":17},656,"Can I manage my VPS infrastructure with Terraform or OpenTofu?","Yes — OpenTofu (open-source fork of Terraform, CNCF) lets you version your fleet configuration in HCL and apply it via tofu plan\u002Fapply. Our guide opentofu-terraform-vps-automatiser-infrastructure covers the Docker provider for managing containers directly on your VPS.",{"id":3048,"category":941,"question":3049,"answer":3050,"weight":17},657,"How do I import my passwords from Bitwarden or 1Password into self-hosted Passbolt?","Passbolt CE accepts CSV and JSON imports (Admin > Import passwords). From Bitwarden: export as unencrypted CSV. From 1Password: export in 1PUX format then adapt the columns to the expected format. Imported passwords are re-encrypted with the GPG keys of the designated recipients.",{"id":3052,"category":420,"question":3053,"answer":3054,"weight":17},658,"Can my .ma domain name contain digits or hyphens?","Yes, the ANRT charter allows letters (a-z), digits (0-9) and hyphens — except at the start or end of the name, and no two consecutive hyphens. The length must be between 2 and 63 characters. Case is not taken into account (mon-domaine.ma = MON-DOMAINE.ma).",{"id":3056,"category":707,"question":3057,"answer":3058,"weight":17},659,"Can I renew several .ma domains for my clients in a single operation from the agency space?","No, not at this time. Each renewal is paid from your client area, through the renewal order created before the due date. For large operations, our sales team can assist you via support@servorbit.com. The ANRT supporting document is only required at registration, not at renewal.",{"id":3060,"category":426,"question":3061,"answer":3062,"weight":17},660,"Which VPS configuration should I choose to run AnythingLLM with a local embedding model?","AnythingLLM alone (external LLM via API): 2 vCPU \u002F 2 GB RAM is sufficient. With a local embedding model (nomic-embed-text via Ollama): 2 vCPU \u002F 4 GB RAM minimum. With a local LLM (Mistral 7B in Q4 via Ollama): 4 vCPU \u002F 8 GB RAM recommended — Q4 quantisation roughly halves the memory footprint.",{"id":3064,"category":517,"question":3065,"answer":3066,"weight":17},661,"What is LibreChat and how is it different from ChatGPT?","LibreChat is an open-source, self-hosted chat interface that lets you use multiple AI providers (OpenAI, Anthropic, Google Gemini, Ollama) from a unified UI. Unlike ChatGPT, LibreChat runs on your own VPS: your conversations, API keys and history stay in your MongoDB, with no data sent to third parties.",{"id":3068,"category":517,"question":3069,"answer":3070,"weight":17},662,"What VPS configuration is recommended for LibreChat?","LibreChat requires a minimum of 2 GB RAM and 2 vCPU (for MongoDB + Node.js). We recommend 4 GB RAM for normal use with multiple users. If you combine LibreChat with a local Ollama model (Llama, Mistral…), plan for at least 8 GB RAM and a recent CPU.",{"id":3072,"category":517,"question":3073,"answer":3074,"weight":17},663,"How do I add my OpenAI or Anthropic API key to LibreChat?","After deployment, log into your LibreChat instance and go to **Settings → API Keys**. You can add a key per provider (OpenAI, Anthropic, Google, etc.) directly from the interface. As admin, you can also configure shared server-level keys in the environment variables, so users don't need to enter their own.",{"id":3076,"category":517,"question":3077,"answer":3078,"weight":17},664,"Can LibreChat run entirely with local models (no cloud)?","Yes. LibreChat supports custom OpenAI-compatible endpoints. Deploy Ollama on the same VPS (or another), then configure an endpoint pointing to `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:11434\u002Fv1` in `librechat.yaml`. You get a 100% local setup with models like Llama 3, Mistral or Phi-3, with no data sent to cloud APIs.",{"id":3080,"category":517,"question":3081,"answer":3082,"weight":17},665,"How do I manage users and permissions in LibreChat?","LibreChat includes a multi-user system. The first account created after deployment becomes administrator. From the **Admin Panel**, you can invite users, set roles (user\u002Fadmin), control access to models and providers, and disable public registration (`ALLOW_REGISTRATION=false`) for private use. API keys can be shared (admin) or personal (per user).",{"id":3084,"category":517,"question":3085,"answer":3086,"weight":17},666,"What is BookStack and what is it used for?","BookStack is a self-hosted, open-source wiki built on PHP\u002FLaravel. It organizes documentation into **shelves, books, chapters and pages** — a clear hierarchy that makes content immediately navigable. It suits teams that document procedures, APIs or client projects and want to keep that documentation on their own infrastructure without per-seat subscriptions.",{"id":3088,"category":517,"question":3089,"answer":3090,"weight":17},667,"What are the minimum resources to host BookStack on a VPS?","BookStack is lightweight: **1 GB RAM** and **15 GB SSD** are sufficient for a team of fewer than twenty people. Memory consumption rises mainly with the volume of uploaded images and attachments. For extensive team documentation or many attachments, **2 GB RAM and 25 GB SSD** are more comfortable. CPU load is low — 1 vCPU fits almost all use cases.",{"id":3092,"category":517,"question":3093,"answer":3094,"weight":17},668,"How do I log in to BookStack after installation on ServOrbit?","After installation, open your domain URL (configured in your client area). Log in with the **default credentials: email `admin@admin.com`, password `password`**. Change the password immediately under *Settings → Profile* — anyone who knows the URL can use these defaults before you change them. Then configure your SMTP variables to enable email user invitations.",{"id":3096,"category":517,"question":3097,"answer":3098,"weight":17},669,"What is the difference between BookStack, Wiki.js and Docmost?","All three are self-hosted open-source wikis, but with different approaches. **BookStack** enforces a shelves\u002Fbooks\u002Fchapters\u002Fpages hierarchy — ideal when teams need rigid, navigable structure. **Wiki.js** is more flexible: free page tree, many authentication engines, optional Git storage — suited to technical projects that want to version their docs. **Docmost** is a real-time collaborative editor inspired by Notion — ideal for teams working simultaneously on the same documents. In short: BookStack for structure, Wiki.js for flexibility, Docmost for real-time collaboration.",{"id":3100,"category":517,"question":3101,"answer":3102,"weight":17},670,"How do I back up BookStack hosted on a ServOrbit VPS?","A BookStack instance is restored from **three elements**: the MariaDB database dump (`mysqldump`), the Docker volume `bookstack_config` (which contains uploads and the Laravel configuration), and the value of the `APP_KEY` variable. **Without APP_KEY**, encrypted content (including session secrets) cannot be decrypted after restoration. Automate a daily `mysqldump` plus a copy of the `bookstack_config` volume to external storage (S3, Backblaze…) and keep your APP_KEY off the server (in a password manager).",{"id":3104,"category":478,"question":3105,"answer":3106,"weight":17},671,"What is JMAP and how does it differ from IMAP for a self-hosted mail server?","JMAP (RFC 8620) is a modern HTTP\u002FJSON protocol that replaces IMAP: it synchronises mailboxes incrementally (only changes are transmitted), supports native push, and manages multiple accounts in a single connection. Stalwart Mail Server, for instance, exposes JMAP, IMAP4rev2, and SMTP simultaneously, allowing a gradual migration without cutting off existing access. Clients that support JMAP (Thunderbird 128+, native iOS\u002FmacOS apps) benefit from significantly faster synchronisation; existing IMAP clients continue to work without any changes. To deploy a compatible server on your VPS, see the \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fcloud-vps\">ServOrbit VPS page\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":3108,"category":478,"question":3109,"answer":3110,"weight":17},672,"How do I migrate from Mailcow to Stalwart Mail Server without losing emails?","Migration happens in three stages: export Mailcow mailboxes as MBOX or via imapsync (account by account), install Stalwart on a VPS and configure your domains and accounts, then reimport messages via IMAP or Stalwart's built-in import tool. During the transition, keep Mailcow active and point a secondary MX at Stalwart: incoming mail reaches both servers during the switchover window. Once all messages have been copied and your DNS MX is updated to Stalwart, you can shut down Mailcow. Our team can support server migrations via the \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fcontact\">\u002Fcontact\u003C\u002Fa> form (Devis \u002F Quote type).",{"id":3112,"category":941,"question":3113,"answer":3114,"weight":17},673,"Is my Gitea instance directly compatible with Forgejo v16, or is an intermediate migration step required?","Forgejo v16 broke direct backward compatibility with Gitea: the team finalised the pivot to an independent database schema and config paths. To migrate from Gitea, the recommended path is to first move to Forgejo v7 or v8 (the last version still profiled for Gitea imports), run the schema migrations, then step up progressively to v16. A `gitea dump` followed by `forgejo admin` restore remains the cleanest method for moderately sized instances. Open a ticket from your client area if you need support for the operation on your ServOrbit VPS.",{"id":3116,"category":941,"question":3117,"answer":3118,"weight":17},674,"What should I check before updating self-hosted Supabase after the Kong to Envoy Gateway replacement?","Supabase replaced Kong with Envoy Gateway as its internal proxy from August 2026: routing environment variables, timeouts, and plugin configuration differ significantly. Before pulling the update (`docker compose pull`), review your custom overrides in `docker-compose.override.yml` (Kong routes, rate-limit plugins, CORS), read the official release notes for Envoy equivalents, and snapshot your Docker volumes. Test the update on a staging VPS before applying it to production, and check Envoy logs on first start to identify any unmigrated routes.",{"id":3120,"category":501,"question":3121,"answer":3122,"weight":17},675,"How do I back up a self-hosted Stalwart Mail Server on a VPS?","Stalwart stores its data in a configurable directory (default `\u002Fopt\u002Fstalwart-mail\u002Fdata`): stop the service, copy that folder to remote storage with Restic or BorgBackup, then restart. Make sure to include TLS certificates (Let's Encrypt or custom), DKIM keys (under the `dkim\u002F` subdirectory), and the `config.toml` configuration file. For Docker installations, mount the data directory as a named volume and back up that volume. Schedule daily backups via cron and periodically verify restoration on a test VPS.",{"id":3124,"category":426,"question":3125,"answer":3126,"weight":17},676,"Can I offer hosted email mailboxes to my clients using Stalwart in multi-tenant mode?","Stalwart Mail Server supports multi-tenancy natively: you can create multiple domains within a single instance and assign accounts, quotas, and aliases per domain — each client only sees their own mailboxes. Deploy Stalwart on a ServOrbit VPS and manage your client domains via the REST API or the administration interface. This model is distinct from the reseller offer, which covers cPanel\u002FWHM hosting (shared with Agency S and Agency M, on an unmanaged VPS with Agency Premium): you are fully responsible for administration, deliverability (SPF\u002FDKIM\u002FDMARC), and backups. For setup support, contact us via \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fcontact\">\u002Fcontact\u003C\u002Fa> (Quote type).",{"id":3128,"category":438,"question":3129,"answer":3130,"weight":17},677,"What happens if I miss the renewal deadline for a .ma domain?","On expiry, your .ma domain switches to \"expired\": you can still renew it from your client area at 118 DH\u002Fyear, with no extra fee. Without renewal, ServOrbit deletes the domain at the ANRT (the .ma registry) before the end of the registry's grace period, as set out in our terms of sale. There is no paid redemption period: once deleted, the domain becomes freely available for anyone to register. We send you reminders well before the due date to avoid any risk of loss — remember to keep your account email address up to date.",{"id":3132,"category":426,"question":3133,"answer":3134,"weight":17},678,"What VPS resources are recommended for self-hosting a mail server (Stalwart, Postfix+Dovecot)?","A basic mail server for one or two domains with a few dozen users runs on 1 vCPU and 1 GB of RAM, but 2 GB is recommended as soon as you enable spam filtering (rspamd, SpamAssassin) or full-text search. Stalwart is a particularly lean Go binary: it starts up using under 50 MB of RAM at idle. Plan for at least 20 GB of SSD storage to start, adding more based on mailbox retention. The VPS Power plan (8 GB, 299 DH\u002Fmonth with no commitment) suits most production configurations. Also remember to configure a reverse DNS (PTR) record and SPF\u002FDKIM\u002FDMARC entries to ensure deliverability.",{"id":3136,"category":517,"question":3137,"answer":3138,"weight":17},679,"Can I install VS Code extensions on Code Server?","Yes — the built-in Open VSX registry covers thousands of popular extensions: ESLint, Prettier, Python, GitLens, Tailwind CSS IntelliSense, and many more. Any extension you install is stored in the persistent volume and stays available after every container restart.",{"id":3140,"category":517,"question":3141,"answer":3142,"weight":17},680,"Is my code saved if the container restarts or is updated?","Yes. Your home directory is stored in a named Docker volume (`code-server-data`) mounted at `\u002Fhome\u002Fcoder`. All your files, extensions, Git configs and VS Code settings survive restarts and image updates. Only unsaved in-memory state is lost if the container stops unexpectedly.",{"id":3144,"category":517,"question":3145,"answer":3146,"weight":17},681,"Does Code Server need a domain name to work?","No. Without a domain, access it through an SSH tunnel: `ssh -L 8080:127.0.0.1:8080 root@\u003Cyour-ip>` then open `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:8080` in your browser. Attaching a domain adds HTTPS, which unlocks browser clipboard access, Web Workers, and allows access from networks where the SSH port is blocked.",{"id":3148,"category":517,"question":3149,"answer":3150,"weight":17},682,"What is the difference between Code Server and GitHub Codespaces?","Code Server runs entirely on your own VPS — you control the data, the runtime and the cost. GitHub Codespaces is a managed cloud service billed per usage (CPU + RAM per hour) hosted on Microsoft infrastructure. Code Server has no session time limit, does not put the environment to sleep, and charges no hourly rate — only the fixed cost of your VPS applies.",{"id":3152,"category":517,"question":3153,"answer":3154,"weight":17},683,"Can I use Code Server in an existing container or on a bare metal server?","Yes. The `codercom\u002Fcode-server` image can also run directly with `docker run`, or be integrated into an existing `docker-compose.yml` alongside other services. On bare metal, install Code Server directly with the official command `curl -fsSL https:\u002F\u002Fcode-server.dev\u002Finstall.sh | sh` — the binary installs as a systemd service and listens on the same port 8080.",{"id":3156,"category":517,"question":3157,"answer":3158,"weight":17},684,"What is Planka?","Planka is an open-source, self-hosted Kanban board (MIT licence) inspired by Trello. It lets teams manage their projects with boards, lists and cards on their own infrastructure — no monthly subscription, no data stored on third-party servers.",{"id":3160,"category":517,"question":3161,"answer":3162,"weight":17},685,"Does Planka require a domain name?","No. Planka does not require a domain on ServOrbit, but no URL is assigned to it and no nginx is set up: Planka listens on port 1337, published on 127.0.0.1 only. Access it through an SSH tunnel — `ssh -L 1337:127.0.0.1:1337 root@\u003Cip>` — then open `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:1337`. HTTPS access on your own domain is yours to configure (reverse proxy and TLS certificate).",{"id":3164,"category":517,"question":3165,"answer":3166,"weight":17},686,"How do I log in to Planka for the first time?","Use the email address `admin@planka.local` and the password shown in the **Access** tab of your ServOrbit client area. After logging in, go to **Profile → Edit profile** to replace the default email address and set a personal password.",{"id":3168,"category":517,"question":3169,"answer":3170,"weight":17},687,"How many users can I add to Planka?","As many as you need. The MIT licence imposes no user limit. Create accounts from the **Administration → Users** panel and invite them to the projects of your choice.",{"id":3172,"category":517,"question":3173,"answer":3174,"weight":17},688,"How do I back up Planka data?","Planka stores data in two places: the PostgreSQL database (projects, boards, cards, members) and named Docker volumes (avatars, backgrounds, attachments). Back up both: use `docker compose exec postgres pg_dump -U appuser appdb > backup.sql` for the database, and export volumes with `docker run --rm -v \u003Cvolume>:\u002Fdata alpine tar czf - \u002Fdata`.",{"id":3176,"category":517,"question":3177,"answer":3178,"weight":17},689,"What is Dawarich and what is it used for?","Dawarich is an open-source web app (AGPL-3.0) that replaces Google Timeline. It stores your GPS history, visualises journeys on an interactive map and shows stats on countries and cities visited — all hosted on your own server, without sharing your location data.",{"id":3180,"category":517,"question":3181,"answer":3182,"weight":17},690,"Do I need a domain name to deploy Dawarich?","Yes. Dawarich is published behind a domain name: the install asks for the access address before it starts, and the application only answers on the host declared at that point. Use a subdomain of one of your own domains, or the free subdomain that comes with your VPS — either way, ServOrbit creates the DNS record, the reverse proxy and the HTTPS certificate. That is also what makes smartphone sync through OwnTracks or Overland possible, since it needs a reachable address.",{"id":3184,"category":517,"question":3185,"answer":3186,"weight":17},691,"How do I import my Google Maps history into Dawarich?","Export your history via Google Takeout: in Google Account → Data & Privacy → Download your data, tick 'Location History' and request the archive. Extract `Records.json` and import it in Dawarich via Settings → Import. Processing runs as a background job — large archives take a few minutes.",{"id":3188,"category":517,"question":3189,"answer":3190,"weight":17},692,"Which mobile app should I use for real-time location sync?","OwnTracks (iOS and Android, free, open-source) and Overland (iOS) are the two supported clients. Install one, enter your Dawarich server URL in its settings and enable location reporting — Dawarich receives coordinates in real time and maps them automatically.",{"id":3192,"category":517,"question":3193,"answer":3194,"weight":17},693,"How do I back up Dawarich data?","Dawarich stores data in PostgreSQL and named Docker volumes. Back up the database with `docker compose exec dawarich_db pg_dump -U app dawarich > backup.sql` and export `dawarich_storage` and `dawarich_watched` volumes with `docker run --rm -v \u003Cvolume>:\u002Fdata alpine tar czf - \u002Fdata`. Run these regularly and store backups off the VPS.",{"id":3196,"category":517,"question":3197,"answer":3198,"weight":17},706,"Which Ruby version is installed with the Rails Stack template?","Ruby 3.2 from the official Ubuntu 24.04 packages. Rails 7 and Rails 8 both run on 3.2 without any compatibility issue. If you need a different version, install rbenv or asdf alongside the system Ruby and manage multiple versions per project.",{"id":3200,"category":517,"question":3201,"answer":3202,"weight":17},707,"Can I use MySQL instead of PostgreSQL with Rails Stack?","Rails Stack installs PostgreSQL by default, the recommended Rails production database. You can install MariaDB or MySQL alongside it, but the template stays configured for PostgreSQL: JSONB columns, full-text search and native Active Record ORM compatibility.",{"id":3204,"category":517,"question":3205,"answer":3206,"weight":17},708,"How do I add Sidekiq and Redis workers to Rails Stack?","Redis is already installed by the Rails Stack template. Add `gem 'sidekiq'` to your Gemfile, run `bundle install`, create `config\u002Fsidekiq.yml`, and set up a systemd unit that runs `bundle exec sidekiq -e production`. Workers and Puma coexist on the same VPS — no separate dyno required.",{"id":3208,"category":517,"question":3209,"answer":3210,"weight":17},709,"What is the minimum recommended RAM for a Rails Stack VPS?","2 GB of RAM for a single Rails application with PostgreSQL. Add 1–2 GB if you run Sidekiq workers. Each Puma worker uses approximately 200–400 MB in Rails; start with 2 workers and adjust based on observed memory usage with `ps aux` or `htop`.",{"id":3212,"category":517,"question":3213,"answer":3214,"weight":17},710,"Can multiple Rails applications be deployed on the same Rails Stack VPS?","Yes. Configure a distinct Puma Unix socket per project in `config\u002Fpuma.rb`, create one Nginx server block per domain, and one systemd unit per Puma process. Each application uses its own PostgreSQL database and Redis namespace — they do not interfere with each other.",{"id":3216,"category":941,"question":3217,"answer":3218,"weight":17},694,"How do I migrate my CI\u002FCD pipeline from GitHub Actions to a self-hosted Forgejo runner on a VPS?","Install the Forgejo Runner binary on your VPS, register it with a token generated in your Forgejo instance (Settings → Actions → Runners), then create your workflows under `.forgejo\u002Fworkflows\u002F` using the same YAML syntax as GitHub Actions. Most steps are compatible; only the GitHub-hosted runners (`ubuntu-latest`) need to be replaced with your runner's label (`self-hosted`). For sizing or configuration questions, open a ticket from your client area.",{"id":3220,"category":426,"question":3221,"answer":3222,"weight":17},695,"Can I run Mattermost AND Rocket.Chat on the same VPS to compare them before choosing?","Yes, by isolating each service in its own Docker container and assigning them separate ports or subdomains. Plan for at least 4 GB of RAM for both instances running simultaneously, and monitor the load via your client area metrics. Once you have made your choice, stop and remove the unused instance to free up resources. Check our Marketplace templates to deploy each solution in a few clicks.",{"id":3224,"category":517,"question":3225,"answer":3226,"weight":17},696,"Can I offer Mattermost or Rocket.Chat as a communication tool to my agency clients through my reseller plan?","Yes, you can deploy Mattermost or Rocket.Chat on a dedicated VPS for each client and include them in your offering. Both are available as VPS templates in the Marketplace, which speeds up deployment. VPS are ordered from your client area at the public price: they are not part of the reseller offer, which covers cPanel\u002FWHM hosting (shared with Agency S and Agency M, on an unmanaged VPS with Agency Premium). For architecture or billing guidance, contact our sales team at sales@servorbit.com.",{"id":3228,"category":825,"question":3229,"answer":3230,"weight":17},697,"Which dedicated server should I choose to host Mattermost for a team of 100 to 500 users with high availability?","For 100 to 500 active users, Mattermost recommends at least 4 vCPU, 8 GB of RAM and fast storage (NVMe SSD); beyond 200 concurrent users, consider a two-node architecture with a separate database server. Our dedicated servers give you full root access to configure Mattermost, PostgreSQL and a reverse proxy following official guidelines. For a quote tailored to your workload, contact us via the \u002Fcontact form or at sales@servorbit.com.",{"id":3232,"category":876,"question":3233,"answer":3234,"weight":17},698,"Is my Chatwoot v3 to v4 upgrade exposed to known CVEs, and how do I check before applying?","Before upgrading Chatwoot, review the official changelog and the NVD\u002FCVE database for vulnerabilities in the target version; the v4 branch notably patched flaws in authentication token handling. Fully back up your PostgreSQL database and volumes before any update, then test on a clone before production. If you are unsure about your instance's exposure, open a ticket from your client area or contact support@servorbit.com.",{"id":3236,"category":523,"question":3237,"answer":3238,"weight":17},699,"Is my Bluesky identity and AT Protocol handle portable if I switch PDS host?","Yes, your AT Protocol identity is anchored to your DID (decentralised identifier), which is independent of the PDS server hosting your data. You can migrate your account from one PDS to another (including a self-hosted PDS on a VPS) without changing your handle or losing followers, as long as you trigger the official migration procedure (`com.atproto.server.requestAccountMigrate`). ServOrbit offers compatible VPS plans for self-hosting your own PDS; check our Marketplace for available templates.",{"id":3240,"category":941,"question":3241,"answer":3242,"weight":17},700,"Can I upgrade my Chatwoot v3 instance to v4 without any service interruption?","A brief interruption (a few minutes) is generally unavoidable during a major Chatwoot upgrade because database migrations are blocking. To minimise the impact: fully back up PostgreSQL and your volumes, test the upgrade on a staging environment, then schedule the switch outside peak hours. Chatwoot's notification channel remains available to agents during the maintenance window if you broadcast a status message beforehand. For help with planning, open a ticket from your client area.",{"id":3244,"category":517,"question":3245,"answer":3246,"weight":17},701,"What is Firefly III and what is it for?","Firefly III is an open-source (AGPL-3.0) self-hosted personal and professional finance manager. It tracks transactions, manages budgets by category, generates exportable reports, and can import bank statements — with no subscription and no data shared with third parties.",{"id":3248,"category":517,"question":3249,"answer":3250,"weight":17},702,"Do I need a domain name to deploy Firefly III?","No. Firefly III works without a domain name. Without an attached domain, you access it via an SSH tunnel: `ssh -L 8080:127.0.0.1:8080 root@\u003CVPS_IP>` then `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:8080` in your browser. For permanent access from a domain, ServOrbit sets up the Nginx vhost and HTTPS certificate automatically.",{"id":3252,"category":517,"question":3253,"answer":3254,"weight":17},703,"How do I import bank statements into Firefly III?","Firefly III accepts CSV and OFX files exported from most banks. For European banks, it also supports GoCardless (formerly Nordigen) connectors for automatic sync. The import wizard guides column mapping (date, amount, description) and transaction deduplication.",{"id":3256,"category":517,"question":3257,"answer":3258,"weight":17},704,"How do I back up Firefly III data?","Firefly III stores data in PostgreSQL. Back up with: `docker compose exec db pg_dump -U appuser appdb > backup.sql`. Schedule this daily via cron and store the file outside the VPS (S3, SFTP) for full protection.",{"id":3260,"category":517,"question":3261,"answer":3262,"weight":17},705,"What is the difference between Firefly III and a tool like YNAB or Budgea?","YNAB and Budgea are SaaS tools: they host your data on their servers, charge an annual subscription ($99\u002Fyear for YNAB, €60\u002Fyear for Budgea), and may shut down. Firefly III is self-hosted: you install it on your VPS, you own your data, there is no subscription. In exchange, you manage updates and backups yourself.",{"id":3264,"category":517,"question":3265,"answer":3266,"weight":17},711,"What is Budibase and how does it differ from Retool or NocoBase?","Budibase is an open-source low-code platform (GPL-3.0, 28,000+ GitHub stars) for building internal tools, dashboards and automations without writing code. Unlike Retool (proprietary SaaS, per-seat pricing) or NocoBase (which starts from the data model), Budibase starts from the interface: choose an existing data source (PostgreSQL, MySQL, REST API…) and compose screens with drag and drop. Self-hosted on your VPS, there is no additional per-user cost and your data stays on your infrastructure.",{"id":3268,"category":517,"question":3269,"answer":3270,"weight":17},712,"Does Budibase require a domain name on a ServOrbit VPS?","No. Budibase works without a domain name via SSH tunnel: run `ssh -L 8060:127.0.0.1:8060 root@\u003Cyour-ip>` then open `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:8060` in your browser. The connection is encrypted by SSH — no TLS certificate is needed for personal or small-team access. If you want HTTPS access from any device, two options are available: attach your own domain from the ServOrbit client area, or use the free `{app}.{dns_slug}.servorbit-dns.com` subdomain included with every VPS.",{"id":3272,"category":517,"question":3273,"answer":3274,"weight":17},713,"How do I access Budibase for the first time after installation?","As soon as provisioning is complete, open an SSH tunnel on port 8060 (see above) or attach a domain. The first time you open Budibase, a **setup wizard** prompts you to create the administrator account: enter an email address and a password. This account is stored locally in CouchDB and is valid immediately — no email confirmation is needed. You can then invite other users from the organisation settings.",{"id":3276,"category":517,"question":3277,"answer":3278,"weight":17},714,"How much RAM does Budibase need to run?","Budibase bundles four services in a single Docker container: the Node.js app server, CouchDB, MinIO and Redis. Idle RAM usage is around **3 GB**, making a VPS with **4 GB RAM the recommended minimum**. For production use with multiple concurrent users or large datasets, **8 GB** provides a more comfortable headroom. If memory usage exceeds what is available, the container may be killed by Linux's OOM killer — choose a slightly over-provisioned VPS rather than the strict minimum.",{"id":3280,"category":517,"question":3281,"answer":3282,"weight":17},715,"How do I back up and restore Budibase data?","All Budibase data — app schemas, users, automations, uploaded files — is stored in the Docker volume `budibase-data`, mounted at `\u002Fdata` inside the container. For a full backup, archive that volume from the host: `docker run --rm -v budibase-data:\u002Fdata -v $(pwd):\u002Fbackup alpine tar czf \u002Fbackup\u002Fbudibase-$(date +%Y%m%d).tar.gz \u002Fdata`. The resulting archive contains the complete volume. To restore: stop the Budibase container, extract the archive into a fresh volume, then restart. Schedule this backup in cron and transfer the file to external storage (S3, B2, NFS) for full protection.",{"id":3284,"category":523,"question":3285,"answer":3286,"weight":17},716,"What's the difference between shared hosting, a VPS, and a dedicated server?","**Shared hosting**: multiple sites share the same resources (CPU, RAM, disk) on a single server. It's the entry-level option, but performance can be affected by other tenants. Ideal for low-traffic showcase sites.\n\n**VPS (Virtual Private Server)**: dedicated resources (CPU, RAM, disk) are allocated to you on a shared physical server. You have full control over your environment (OS choice, software). Ideal for applications, e-commerce stores, and medium-traffic sites.\n\n**Dedicated server**: an entire physical server for you alone. Maximum performance, complete isolation. Ideal for critical applications, large data volumes, or strict compliance requirements.",{"id":3288,"category":523,"question":3289,"answer":3290,"weight":17},717,"How do I choose my server location?","Server location primarily influences **latency** for your users and **regulatory compliance** (GDPR, local data laws).\n\n**For latency**: what determines it is the distance between your visitors and the server. With us it is not a setting you pick at order time — VPS and hosting are served from Finland and Germany.\n\n**For the GDPR**: it does not require you to keep data inside the EEA — it regulates taking it out, through a European Commission adequacy decision (art. 45) or appropriate safeguards, standard contractual clauses foremost (art. 46). Hosting in the EEA spares you that step, nothing more. And the regulation only concerns you if you process data about people located in the Union — what counts is where they are, not their nationality.\n\n**For Moroccan sites**: our servers are in Helsinki (Finland) and Falkenstein (Germany), two countries named on the list of states providing a sufficient level of protection set by the CNDP in deliberation no. 236-2015. The transfer out of Morocco therefore calls for no authorisation request (Form F118); it still has to be mentioned in the processing declaration.\n\nServOrbit hosts in Finland and Germany.",{"id":3292,"category":426,"question":3293,"answer":3294,"weight":17},718,"What VPS resources should I choose for hosting a Node.js or Python application?","Sizing depends on the application type and expected traffic:\n\n**Light application (\u003C 100 req\u002Fmin)**: 1 vCPU \u002F 1 GB RAM. Sufficient for a Node.js or Flask REST API with a small database.\n\n**Medium application (100–1,000 req\u002Fmin)**: 2 vCPU \u002F 2–4 GB RAM. Recommended for an Express or FastAPI backend with PostgreSQL, including Redis for caching.\n\n**Heavy application (> 1,000 req\u002Fmin or ML)**: 4+ vCPU \u002F 8+ GB RAM. Processing workers (Celery, BullMQ), ML models, or report generation are very resource-intensive.\n\n**Rule of thumb**: start with 2 vCPU \u002F 4 GB RAM and monitor. You can always scale up. Prefer more RAM over more CPU for most web applications — swapping kills performance more surely than a limited CPU.",{"id":3296,"category":426,"question":3297,"answer":3298,"weight":17},719,"How do I secure my Linux VPS after the first login?","The first minutes after creating a VPS are critical. Here are the priority steps:\n\n**1. Update the system** — `apt update && apt upgrade -y`\n\n**2. Create a non-root user with sudo** — `adduser myuser && usermod -aG sudo myuser`\n\n**3. Configure SSH key authentication** — from your local machine, `ssh-copy-id myuser@server-ip`, then in `\u002Fetc\u002Fssh\u002Fsshd_config`: `PasswordAuthentication no` and `PermitRootLogin no`.\n\n**4. Configure the firewall** — `ufw default deny incoming`, then `ufw allow ssh`, `ufw allow 80`, `ufw allow 443` and finally `ufw enable`.\n\n**5. Enable fail2ban** — `apt install fail2ban`\n\nThese five steps cover the essentials. Detailed guides are available in the ServOrbit knowledge base.",{"id":3300,"category":941,"question":3301,"answer":3302,"weight":17},720,"How do I migrate my WordPress site to ServOrbit without downtime?","WordPress migration can be done without downtime by following this procedure:\n\n**Step 1: Backup from old host**\n- Export MySQL database via phpMyAdmin or `mysqldump`\n- Archive WordPress files (especially the `wp-content\u002F` folder)\n\n**Step 2: Set up environment on ServOrbit**\n- Create a VPS with Debian\u002FUbuntu and install WordPress\n- Restore database and files\n- Configure `wp-config.php` with new connection details\n\n**Step 3: Test before cutting over**\n- Access the new site via its IP (or a local `\u002Fetc\u002Fhosts` entry) before changing DNS\n- Verify all pages, media, and features work\n\n**Step 4: Reduce DNS TTL**\n- 24–48h before migration, reduce your DNS TTL to 300 seconds\n\n**Step 5: Switch DNS**\n- Change A\u002FAAAA record to the new IP\n- Propagation takes 5 to 30 minutes with a low TTL\n\nThe old host stays active during propagation — no visitor sees any interruption.",{"id":3304,"category":941,"question":3305,"answer":3306,"weight":17},721,"Can I transfer an active domain name without interrupting my website?","Yes, transferring a domain name doesn't interrupt your site if you follow the right procedure.\n\n**Key principle:** DNS and registrar are two separate things. Your site works as long as DNS servers respond correctly — regardless of who holds the registrar.\n\n**Zero-downtime procedure:**\n\n1. **Before initiating the transfer**, ensure your DNS is managed at a stable provider (Cloudflare, your current host, etc.) — not directly at the registrar you're leaving.\n\n2. **Unlock the domain** at the old registrar and get the EPP\u002FAuth code.\n\n3. **Initiate the transfer** at ServOrbit.\n\n4. **During the transfer** (5–7 days for .com, .net; 2–3 days for .fr), your site continues working — the DNS doesn't move.\n\n5. **After the transfer**: if your DNS was managed by the old registrar, you'll need to reconfigure it at the new one. Plan this step in advance.",{"id":3308,"category":876,"question":3309,"answer":3310,"weight":17},722,"What's the difference between a free SSL certificate (Let's Encrypt) and a paid one?","**Let's Encrypt (free)**:\n- **DV (Domain Validation)** certificates only: proves you control the domain, not your organization's identity\n- Valid 90 days (automatic renewal via certbot)\n- Recognized by all modern browsers\n- Suitable for the vast majority of websites\n- Wildcard available (via DNS-01): one certificate covers `*.your-domain.com`\n\n**Paid certificates**:\n- **OV (Organization Validation)**: the CA verifies your company's legal existence — visible in certificate details\n- **EV (Extended Validation)**: thorough verification, formerly shown as a green bar in browsers (this indicator was removed from modern browsers in 2019)\n- Valid 1–2 years\n- May include financial guarantees in case of mis-issuance\n\n**For 99% of use cases, Let's Encrypt is sufficient.** EV\u002FOV certificates are useful for internal compliance reasons, contracts with certain partners, or regulated sectors (banks, insurance) that contractually require them.",{"id":3312,"category":501,"question":3313,"answer":3314,"weight":17},723,"How often should I back up my server, and where should I store backups?","Backup frequency should be proportional to your **RTO (Recovery Time Objective)** and **RPO (Recovery Point Objective)** — how long you can afford to be down, and how much data you can afford to lose.\n\n**Practical recommendations:**\n\n| Site type | Frequency | Retention |\n|---|---|---|\n| Static showcase | 1×\u002Fweek | 4 weeks |\n| Active blog | 1×\u002Fday | 30 days |\n| E-commerce | 4×\u002Fday | 30 days + 3 monthly |\n| Critical application | 1×\u002Fhour | 48h hourly + 30d daily |\n\n**Where to store backups — 3-2-1 rule:**\n- **3** copies of data\n- On **2** different media\n- With **1** offsite\n\nIn practice: snapshot on the same VPS (fast to restore) + copy to an S3 bucket or another VPS (protects against primary server failure).\n\n**What ServOrbit offers:** VPS snapshots created on demand from the client area (from the VPS Power plan up) and backup storage on separate storage (VPS Business or as an option). Nothing is scheduled automatically: the frequency and retention above are automated on your side (cron, Restic, Borg).",{"id":3316,"category":517,"question":3317,"answer":3318,"weight":17},724,"What is Spring Boot Stack?","Spring Boot Stack is a preconfigured VPS template that automatically installs OpenJDK 21 LTS, Maven, Nginx, and PostgreSQL 16. It is designed for Java developers who want to deploy a Spring Boot application to production without manually configuring server components.",{"id":3320,"category":517,"question":3321,"answer":3322,"weight":17},725,"Which Java version is installed with Spring Boot Stack?","OpenJDK 21 LTS, the default JDK in Ubuntu 24.04 LTS (package `openjdk-21-jdk`). OpenJDK 21 is a long-term support release with Virtual Threads (Project Loom), structured concurrency, and pattern matching for switch. You can install other JDK versions alongside it if needed.",{"id":3324,"category":517,"question":3325,"answer":3326,"weight":17},726,"Can I use Gradle instead of Maven with Spring Boot Stack?","Yes. Maven is installed by the template, but Gradle works on the same JDK. Install it with `apt install gradle` or use the Gradle Wrapper bundled in your project (`.\u002Fgradlew build`). Spring Boot Stack is designed to host any Spring Boot project regardless of the build tool.",{"id":3328,"category":517,"question":3329,"answer":3330,"weight":17},727,"Can I deploy multiple Spring Boot services on the same VPS?","Yes. Run each service on a distinct port (8080, 8081, …), create one systemd unit per service, and add one Nginx server block per service routed by path prefix or subdomain. Services run independently — stopping one does not affect the others.",{"id":3332,"category":517,"question":3333,"answer":3334,"weight":17},728,"What is the minimum recommended RAM for Spring Boot Stack?","2 GB for a single Spring Boot application with PostgreSQL. The JVM typically uses 300–500 MB at idle for a standard Spring Boot app; add more if you run multiple services or increase your connection pool. Spring Boot's `-Xmx` flag lets you cap heap usage per service.",{"id":3336,"category":517,"question":3337,"answer":3338,"weight":17},730,"Which mobile clients work with Navidrome?","Navidrome implements the Subsonic API, the de facto standard for self-hosted music streaming. On Android, Symfonium, DSub and Ultrasonic are recommended. On iOS, Amperfy and iSub work well. These apps connect by entering your instance URL, username and password — your full library is available, with offline playback depending on the client.",{"id":3340,"category":517,"question":3341,"answer":3342,"weight":17},731,"Can I use Navidrome without a domain name?","Yes. Navidrome does not require a domain name to work. You can access it from your computer via an SSH tunnel: open a terminal and run ssh -L 4533:127.0.0.1:4533 root@your-vps-ip, then go to http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:4533 in your browser. This method is secure and requires no open ports. For permanent mobile access from anywhere, configuring a subdomain with HTTPS remains the most convenient option.",{"id":3344,"category":517,"question":3345,"answer":3346,"weight":17},732,"What is the difference between Navidrome and Jellyfin?","Navidrome is music-only: audio library, playlists, scrobbling, Subsonic API for dedicated music mobile apps. It is very lightweight (under 256 MB RAM) and quick to set up. Jellyfin manages all media — movies, TV shows, music, photos — with a more complete but heavier interface. If your use is exclusively musical and you want dedicated mobile clients (Symfonium, Amperfy), Navidrome is the right fit. If you want a full media library with video, choose Jellyfin.",{"id":3348,"category":517,"question":3349,"answer":3350,"weight":17},733,"Which audio formats does Navidrome support?","Navidrome plays all common audio formats: MP3, FLAC, AAC, OGG Vorbis, Opus, M4A, WAV, AIFF and WMA. It reads ID3, Vorbis Comment and iTunes tags directly from files. On-the-fly transcoding to MP3 or Opus is possible for clients that don't support the original format — just install ffmpeg on the server, which ServOrbit configures automatically.",{"id":3352,"category":517,"question":3353,"answer":3354,"weight":17},734,"Does Navidrome support multiple users?","Yes. Navidrome natively manages multiple user accounts, each with their own playlists, favourites, ratings, listening history and scrobbling settings. The administrator account can create and manage other accounts from the admin interface. There is no imposed limit on the number of users — the constraint is the VPS bandwidth and capacity.",{"id":3356,"category":941,"question":3357,"answer":3358,"weight":17},735,"How do I export my Notion data before migrating to Docmost or AppFlowy?","In Notion, go to Settings → Workspace → Export content and select the Markdown & CSV format to get an archive of your pages and databases. This archive is the starting point for import into Docmost (Markdown import) or AppFlowy (Notion import). For large workspaces, allow a few minutes for Notion to send the download link by email. If you need help, reach out at support@servorbit.com.",{"id":3360,"category":517,"question":3361,"answer":3362,"weight":17},736,"Can I offer Docmost to my clients under my own brand through the reseller plan?","Docmost is available as a VPS template in the ServOrbit Marketplace: you can deploy one instance per client on a dedicated VPS and serve it under your own subdomain. You manage that subdomain and the Docmost interface yourself; nothing on the ServOrbit side applies automatically to applications deployed on a VPS. VPS are ordered from your client area at the public price: they are not part of the reseller offer, which covers cPanel\u002FWHM hosting (shared with Agency S and Agency M, on an unmanaged VPS with Agency Premium).",{"id":3364,"category":941,"question":3365,"answer":3366,"weight":17},737,"How do I migrate my Jira projects to Plane without losing issues and assignments?","Plane offers a native Jira importer: in your Plane instance, go to Settings → Importers → Jira, enter your Jira URL and an API token, then select the projects to import — issues, assignments, labels and statuses are transferred. For Jira Data Center (non-cloud), the import connector may require direct network access to your instance; run a test on a small project before the full migration.",{"id":3368,"category":501,"question":3369,"answer":3370,"weight":17},738,"How do I back up Plane before a migration or major update?","Before any sensitive operation on Plane, back up the application's Docker volumes. The command `docker compose exec plane-db pg_dump -U plane plane > plane_backup.sql` exports the main database; complement this with a copy of configuration files (`.env`, `docker-compose.yml`) and any uploads stored on disk. Test the restore on a staging environment before proceeding with the migration.",{"id":3372,"category":825,"question":3373,"answer":3374,"weight":17},739,"Gitea or Forgejo on a dedicated server: what sizing for a team of 50 developers or more?","For a team of 50 developers with integrated CI\u002FCD (Gitea Actions or Forgejo Actions), a dedicated server with at least 8 GB RAM and NVMe SSDs is recommended: the forge itself is lightweight, but CI runners on the same machine consume peak resources. Beyond 50 developers with multiple simultaneous pipelines, isolate runners on one or more dedicated VPS. Check the \u002Fserveurs-dedies page for available configurations.",{"id":3376,"category":523,"question":3377,"answer":3378,"weight":17},740,"What is the difference between an Atlassian Data Center licence and an open-source self-hosted solution?","An Atlassian Data Center licence (Jira DC, Confluence DC) is an annual commercial licence priced per user, which includes updates and Atlassian support but comes with a cost that scales with team size. An open-source self-hosted solution such as Plane (project management) or Docmost (wiki) runs on your own server with no software licence fees; you manage updates and maintenance yourself. ServOrbit offers Docmost as a ready-to-deploy VPS template through the Marketplace; Plane is not yet offered for order there, but you can install it yourself on your VPS.",{"id":3380,"category":438,"question":3381,"answer":3382,"weight":17},741,"Can I receive a pro forma invoice before placing an order for a VPS or dedicated server?","Yes, ServOrbit can issue a quote or pro forma for any VPS, dedicated server or reseller plan order — useful for companies that need internal purchase approval before payment. Use the quote request form on the \u002Fcontact page (type \"Quote\") specifying the resources you need, and the sales team will reply at support@servorbit.com.",{"id":3384,"category":876,"question":3385,"answer":3386,"weight":17},742,"How do I monitor CVEs affecting my self-hosted Gitea instance?","Subscribe to Gitea releases on GitHub (github.com\u002Fgo-gitea\u002Fgitea\u002Freleases) and enable notifications for new versions. Each release specifies whether it fixes CVEs and the severity (CVSS). On a ServOrbit VPS, updates are done via `docker compose pull && docker compose up -d` — always back up before any major update.",{"id":3388,"category":517,"question":3389,"answer":3390,"weight":17},743,"Does OneDev require a domain?","Yes. OneDev embeds the server URL in clone links, CI webhook callbacks and OAuth redirect URIs. Without a correctly configured domain, these links point to an unreachable address. You can use a subdomain of your own domain or the free ServOrbit subdomain (`{app}.{dns_slug}.servorbit-dns.com`), which includes HTTPS automatically — no domain purchase needed.",{"id":3392,"category":517,"question":3393,"answer":3394,"weight":17},744,"How does OneDev differ from Gitea?","Both are self-hosted Git forges, but OneDev goes further: it integrates a CI\u002FCD engine with a built-in build agent (no separate runner to install), Kanban boards and a package registry in a single container. Gitea is lighter (~200 MB RAM) and requires installing a separate `gitea\u002Fact_runner` for CI. Choose OneDev for an all-in-one DevOps platform; choose Gitea for a minimal Git forge with external CI.",{"id":3396,"category":517,"question":3397,"answer":3398,"weight":17},745,"Can I use CI\u002FCD without configuring an external runner?","Yes. OneDev ships with a local build agent embedded in the `1dev\u002Fserver` container. As soon as you push a `.onedev-buildspec.yml` file to a repository, a pipeline is queued and executed on this agent — no additional installation. For teams needing parallel builds or specific hardware environments, OneDev allows adding remote agents on other machines, but this is entirely optional.",{"id":3400,"category":517,"question":3401,"answer":3402,"weight":17},746,"What package formats does the built-in registry support?","OneDev's package registry supports Docker\u002FOCI images, npm, Maven\u002FGradle, NuGet, Helm and others. Each format uses standard tooling (`docker push`, `npm publish`, `mvn deploy`) and the same credentials as your Git instance. Everything is hosted on the same domain and backed up in the same volume — no external registry service needed.",{"id":3404,"category":517,"question":3405,"answer":3406,"weight":17},747,"Can I migrate repositories from Gitea or GitHub to OneDev?","Yes. OneDev includes an import wizard that transfers repositories with their Git history, branches, tags, issues, milestones and pull requests from GitHub, GitLab, Gitea and other platforms. The wizard is accessible from Site Administration → Projects → Import. Note that CI workflows need to be rewritten in `.onedev-buildspec.yml` format, as OneDev is not compatible with the GitHub Actions syntax.",{"id":3408,"category":517,"question":3409,"answer":3410,"weight":17},748,"What is the difference between Huginn and n8n or Node-RED?","Huginn specialises in web monitoring and data aggregation: its Website Agent extracts content from any page via CSS\u002FXPath selectors, detects changes and triggers actions based on conditions. n8n and Node-RED focus on API-to-API flow automation with a visual editor. Huginn is the right tool for price tracking, web change alerts and RSS aggregation; n8n is better suited to connecting third-party APIs without code.",{"id":3412,"category":517,"question":3413,"answer":3414,"weight":17},749,"What resources does Huginn need to run?","Plan for 2 GB of RAM minimum — roughly 1 GB for PostgreSQL 16 and 1 GB for the Huginn container, which bundles the web server and the background worker in one process. With more than 50 agents running on tight schedules (every minute), 4 GB is more comfortable. For disk, 15 GB is enough for the application, the database and the event log.",{"id":3416,"category":517,"question":3417,"answer":3418,"weight":17},750,"How do I access Huginn after installation on ServOrbit?","After deploying from the ServOrbit Marketplace, your admin credentials are automatically generated and available in your client dashboard (Marketplace section → your Huginn instance). Log in with username admin and the displayed password. Change this password immediately under Account > Edit after the first login.",{"id":3420,"category":517,"question":3421,"answer":3422,"weight":17},751,"How do I create agents in Huginn? Are starter examples available?","In your Huginn instance, click New Agent and choose the type you want (Website Agent, Email Agent, Trigger Agent, etc.). Each agent is configurable via a JSON interface with built-in documentation. On ServOrbit, SEED_EXAMPLE_AGENTS is disabled to keep the instance clean. If you want to see examples, set SEED_EXAMPLE_AGENTS: true in the configuration and restart the container — Huginn will import demo scenarios.",{"id":3424,"category":517,"question":3425,"answer":3426,"weight":17},752,"How do I update Huginn to a new version?","Huginn publishes new images to ghcr.io\u002Fhuginn\u002Fhuginn:latest. To update, run `docker compose pull && docker compose up -d` in your instance directory (`\u002Fopt\u002Fhuginn`). Huginn runs database migrations automatically on startup. Always back up the PostgreSQL volume before updating. On ServOrbit, the Marketplace installs and uninstalls the application; updates are done this way, over SSH.",{"id":3428,"category":438,"question":3429,"answer":3430,"weight":17},753,"As a Moroccan agency, how is VAT handled when buying hosting from a foreign provider?","When a Moroccan business purchases a digital service from a provider established outside Morocco, Moroccan VAT (20%) is in principle due in Morocco under the reverse-charge mechanism — the buying business declares it, not the foreign seller. At MEGALOGI, a Moroccan legal entity, VAT is collected directly and itemised on every invoice, which simplifies your bookkeeping. For advice tailored to your situation, consult your accountant.",{"id":3432,"category":876,"question":3433,"answer":3434,"weight":17},754,"How do I safely migrate my team's password manager to a self-hosted solution like Vaultwarden or Passbolt?","Start by exporting an encrypted vault from your current manager, verify its integrity before deleting the original, then deploy Vaultwarden or Passbolt on a dedicated VPS over HTTPS with a valid certificate — Bitwarden clients refuse unencrypted connections. Enable two-factor authentication on all accounts from the first login, schedule the cutover outside working hours, and only revoke access to the old solution once every team member has validated the new one. Our support team can help with TLS configuration at support@servorbit.com.",{"id":3436,"category":432,"question":3437,"answer":3438,"weight":17},755,"Should Moroccan digital VAT influence my choice between a Moroccan and a foreign hosting provider?","VAT applies to digital services purchased in Morocco regardless of the provider's country: a foreign provider not registered in Morocco shifts the declaration obligation to you (reverse charge), while a Moroccan-established provider such as MEGALOGI collects it directly and issues a compliant invoice. From a tax standpoint, the final cost is comparable; what changes is your administrative workload. Consult your accountant to confirm the right treatment for your status.",{"id":3440,"category":523,"question":3441,"answer":3442,"weight":17},756,"Which SaaS tool should I migrate first when moving my organisation to self-hosted?","Start with the tool whose dependency is riskiest: most often that is internal messaging (Mattermost or Zulip) or file storage (Nextcloud), because an outage there is immediately felt. Migrate one service at a time, validate real-world usage before cancelling the corresponding SaaS subscription, and rely on a VPS with root access to keep full control of your data. ServOrbit.com offers ready-to-deploy templates for 176 solutions via the Marketplace.",{"id":3444,"category":478,"question":3445,"answer":3446,"weight":17},757,"For a professional email server on a VPS, what is the resource consumption difference between Stalwart Mail Server and Mailcow?","Mailcow is a full suite (Postfix, Dovecot, Rspamd, SOGo, Redis, MariaDB…) that consumes around 1 to 2 GB of RAM at idle — ideal if you want an integrated webmail and admin interface. Stalwart Mail Server is a single Rust binary (SMTP, IMAP, JMAP) that starts under 100 MB of RAM, a clear advantage on a 1 to 2 GB VPS shared with other services. Choose Mailcow for an all-in-one setup, Stalwart if memory footprint is your main constraint. Both can be installed on ServOrbit.com VPS plans starting at 99 DH\u002Fmonth with no commitment.",{"id":3448,"category":825,"question":3449,"answer":3450,"weight":17},758,"When should I move from a VPS to a dedicated server for a complete self-hosted stack including Mattermost, Forgejo and Cal.com?","A VPS with 8 GB of RAM comfortably runs a Mattermost + Forgejo + Cal.com stack for a team of 20 to 50 people; the tipping point to dedicated hardware is when RAM, disk I\u002FO or parallel CI builds saturate simultaneously — typically beyond 50 active users or when you add heavy background jobs (video rendering, analytics, intensive CI pipelines). Contact our team via the \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fcontact\">\u002Fcontact\u003C\u002Fa> form (type Quote) for sizing tailored to your actual workload.",{"id":3452,"category":489,"question":3453,"answer":3454,"weight":17},759,"How do I get help if a plugin fails to install on my self-hosted Dify instance?","Open a ticket from your client area specifying the Dify version, the exact plugin name, the full error message and Docker logs (`docker compose logs dify-api`). Our support team first checks that system prerequisites are met (Python 3.11+, outbound network access to download the plugin, volume permissions). If the error originates from the plugin itself (upstream code), you can also report it on the official Dify GitHub repository and let us know at support@servorbit.com so we can track the fix with you.",{"id":3456,"category":517,"question":3457,"answer":3458,"weight":17},760,"Can I offer my clients a white-label password management solution based on Vaultwarden?","Yes. Vaultwarden is available as a VPS template in the Marketplace: order a dedicated VPS, deploy Vaultwarden on it under your own domain and present it to your clients under your brand. Each client organisation gets its own Vaultwarden instance or organisation, keeping vaults isolated. The VPS is billed at the public price, with no wholesale price, and you set your own price freely. For any question, contact our sales team at sales@servorbit.com.",{"id":3460,"category":517,"question":3461,"answer":3462,"weight":17},761,"Do I need a domain name to use WhoDB on ServOrbit?","No. WhoDB works without a domain via SSH tunnel: run ssh -L 8080:127.0.0.1:8080 root@\u003Cvps-ip> from your computer, then open http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:8080 in your browser. For direct access from any browser without a tunnel, attach a domain from your ServOrbit dashboard — or use the free {app}.{dns_slug}.servorbit-dns.com subdomain included with every VPS.",{"id":3464,"category":517,"question":3465,"answer":3466,"weight":17},762,"Which databases does WhoDB support?","WhoDB supports PostgreSQL, MySQL, MariaDB, SQLite, MongoDB, Redis, ElasticSearch and ClickHouse. You can configure multiple connections at once and switch between them from the left panel without restarting the application.",{"id":3468,"category":517,"question":3469,"answer":3470,"weight":17},763,"How do I connect to WhoDB for the first time after installation on ServOrbit?","WhoDB has no user account of its own: it asks you directly for your database connection details. On the home screen, choose the engine from the drop-down list (PostgreSQL, MySQL, Redis…), enter the host, port, username and password of your database, then click Connect. No WhoDB admin account is needed — it is the database access itself that is authenticated.",{"id":3472,"category":517,"question":3473,"answer":3474,"weight":17},764,"How do I enable natural language queries in WhoDB?","In WhoDB, go to Settings → AI Provider and enter the URL of your Ollama instance (e.g. http:\u002F\u002F127.0.0.1:11434 if Ollama is running on the same VPS) or an OpenAI-compatible endpoint. Then choose a model from the list. Once configured, a free-text box appears in the Query tab: type your question in English, WhoDB generates and runs the corresponding SQL query (or Redis command).",{"id":3476,"category":517,"question":3477,"answer":3478,"weight":17},765,"Are my database credentials safe in WhoDB?","Yes. WhoDB encrypts sessions and connection credentials in a persistent Docker volume (\u002Fdata) on your VPS. This data is never transmitted to a third-party service. To strengthen encryption, set the WHODB_ENCRYPTION_KEY environment variable to a random string of your choice — without it, WhoDB generates a default key. Access to WhoDB itself is protected by your SSH connection or HTTPS if you have attached a domain.",{"id":3480,"category":517,"question":3481,"answer":3482,"weight":17},766,"MySQL or MariaDB: which should I choose for my application?","Choose MySQL if your application explicitly requires it — Magento 2, certain Drupal distributions, or PHP plugins that check the engine name (`mysql_get_server_info()` returns \"MySQL\", not \"MariaDB\"). For the vast majority of PHP applications (WordPress, PrestaShop, Dolibarr), MariaDB is a drop-in replacement with equivalent performance. When in doubt, check your application's documentation.",{"id":3484,"category":517,"question":3485,"answer":3486,"weight":17},767,"Do I need a domain name to use MySQL Stack?","No. phpMyAdmin is reachable via an SSH tunnel without a domain name. Open the tunnel from your machine: `ssh -L 8080:127.0.0.1:PORT root@YOUR-IP` (PORT = the number shown in your client area), then open `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:8080` in your browser. MySQL's port 3306 stays bound to `127.0.0.1` inside the container — reachable from applications hosted on the same VPS.",{"id":3488,"category":517,"question":3489,"answer":3490,"weight":17},768,"How do I connect my application to MySQL Stack?","First create a dedicated user in phpMyAdmin: User accounts → Add user account. Grant it only SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE on your application database — never GRANT or SUPER. Then configure your application with: host `127.0.0.1`, port `3306`, database name, user, and password. The root user is reserved for administration — do not use it in your application.",{"id":3492,"category":517,"question":3493,"answer":3494,"weight":17},769,"Is phpMyAdmin secure on my VPS?","phpMyAdmin is only bound to the local loopback (`127.0.0.1`) — it is not directly accessible from the internet. You access it only through an SSH tunnel, which means only people with an SSH key on the VPS can open it. For production environments, prefer connections through an application user with minimal rights, and access phpMyAdmin only occasionally for administration.",{"id":3496,"category":517,"question":3497,"answer":3498,"weight":17},770,"Can I run MySQL Stack and MariaDB Stack on the same VPS?","Yes. Both templates deploy their containers in isolated Docker networks and do not interfere with each other. Each stack listens on its own dynamically allocated host port (loopback only) assigned by ServOrbit — no port collision is possible. A 4 GB RAM VPS can comfortably host both for moderate workloads.",{"id":3500,"category":941,"question":3501,"answer":3502,"weight":17},771,"How do I migrate PostgreSQL 15 to PostgreSQL 17 in a Docker container on a VPS?","The safest approach is a dump\u002Frestore: stop your application services, export the database with `docker exec \u003Cpg15> pg_dumpall -U postgres > dump.sql`, launch a new PostgreSQL 17 container, import the dump, and verify each database with `pg_dump --schema-only` before removing the old container. A ServOrbit VPS with full root access lets you run both containers simultaneously during validation. See `\u002Fvps-cloud` to choose the right configuration for your database size.",{"id":3504,"category":825,"question":3505,"answer":3506,"weight":17},772,"Can I install Open-WebUI with Ollama on a ServOrbit dedicated server to run a local AI?","Yes. A ServOrbit dedicated server gives you the full root access needed to install Docker, run Ollama (which downloads and serves models like Llama 3 or Mistral locally) and Open-WebUI as a chat interface, all in a single Docker Compose stack. AI models are memory-intensive: plan for at least 16 GB RAM for quantized 7B models, and 32 GB or more for 13B models or multi-user workloads. See `\u002Fserveurs-dedies` for available configurations.",{"id":3508,"category":876,"question":3509,"answer":3510,"weight":17},773,"How do I detect suspicious SSH connections on my ServOrbit VPS and react quickly?","Check `\u002Fvar\u002Flog\u002Fauth.log` (Debian\u002FUbuntu) for failed login attempts (`Failed password`, `Invalid user`) and successful logins outside your usual hours. The `last` command lists recent SSH sessions with timestamp and source IP. For ongoing monitoring, `fail2ban` automatically blocks IPs that accumulate failures, and you can configure email alerts. If you confirm an unknown login, immediately end the session with `pkill -u \u003Cuser>`, rotate your SSH keys, and open a ticket from your client area.",{"id":3512,"category":501,"question":3513,"answer":3514,"weight":17},774,"Should I back up my PostgreSQL database before a major version upgrade, and how?","Yes, it is essential: a major-version PostgreSQL upgrade (e.g. 15 → 17) changes the internal data format and cannot be undone without a restore. Before any migration, export a full dump with `pg_dumpall -U postgres > backup_avant_migration.sql` and keep it on storage separate from your VPS (Backblaze B2, remote SFTP). Check that the restore works on a test environment before switching off the old engine. If you use your ServOrbit VPS snapshots, confirm that the latest snapshot is recent before starting the procedure.",{"id":3516,"category":707,"question":3517,"answer":3518,"weight":17},775,"How do I manage SSL certificates for my clients with a ServOrbit reseller plan?","On all cPanel accounts in your ServOrbit reseller plan, Let's Encrypt is enabled by default: the SSL certificate is issued and renewed automatically for each domain correctly pointing to the server, with no action required from you or your clients. From WHM, you can check the certificate status for all your accounts under *SSL\u002FTLS* → *Manage SSL Hosts* and force a renewal if needed. To install a paid OV or EV certificate on a specific client account, use the *SSL\u002FTLS* section of that account's cPanel or open a ticket from your client area.",{"id":3520,"category":478,"question":3521,"answer":3522,"weight":17},776,"When should I use an external SMTP relay instead of my VPS mail server for transactional emails?","A self-hosted mail server on a VPS is suitable for moderate volumes (a few hundred emails per day) with proper SPF\u002FDKIM\u002FDMARC configuration. Once your application sends several thousand emails per day or deliverability is critical (e-commerce, alerts), a specialized SMTP relay (Resend, Brevo, Postmark) offers already de-listed sending infrastructure and deliverability dashboards that are hard to replicate on your own. In either case, your domain must be registered with ServOrbit or point to our servers so you can configure the necessary SPF and DKIM DNS records.",{"id":3524,"category":438,"question":3525,"answer":3526,"weight":17},777,"How is VAT applied for a foreign company (outside Morocco) ordering from ServOrbit?","Prices displayed on ServOrbit are shown tax exclusive (VAT excluded) at a rate of 20%. For companies established outside Morocco, we recommend contacting our sales team at support@servorbit.com or via the `\u002Fcontact` form (Quote type) to review the tax situation of your order under applicable regulations. Invoices issued include company information in accordance with billing settings.",{"id":3528,"category":517,"question":3529,"answer":3530,"weight":17},778,"What is HedgeDoc?","HedgeDoc (formerly CodiMD) is an open-source (AGPL-3.0) real-time collaborative Markdown editor. Each note has a unique shareable URL; multiple people edit simultaneously with visible cursors. It supports Mermaid and PlantUML diagrams, LaTeX formulas via MathJax, syntax-highlighted code blocks for 200+ languages, a presentation mode, and one-click export to Markdown, HTML or PDF. On ServOrbit, HedgeDoc is deployed via Docker Compose with PostgreSQL as the database.",{"id":3532,"category":517,"question":3533,"answer":3534,"weight":17},779,"Does HedgeDoc require a domain name?","Yes. HedgeDoc needs a domain name or subdomain so that shared note links and WebSocket connections are accessible from outside the server. If you do not have a personal domain, the free ServOrbit subdomain included with every app works perfectly: `{app}.{slug}.servorbit-dns.com`, with HTTPS included.",{"id":3536,"category":517,"question":3537,"answer":3538,"weight":17},780,"How do I create my first HedgeDoc account?","After deployment, open your domain in a browser and click Sign up. The very first registered account automatically becomes the Host (administrator) account. Then disable public registration in Settings → System to prevent unauthorised sign-ups. The admin password is not pre-generated — you choose it during sign-up.",{"id":3540,"category":517,"question":3541,"answer":3542,"weight":17},781,"Does HedgeDoc support Mermaid diagrams and LaTeX formulas?","Yes. Mermaid, PlantUML and Vega-lite diagrams render in the live split-screen preview as you type. LaTeX formulas are rendered by MathJax — wrap inline formulas in `$...$` and block formulas in `$$...$$`. Export the entire note to PDF, Markdown or HTML from the main menu with a single click.",{"id":3544,"category":517,"question":3545,"answer":3546,"weight":17},782,"How do I back up HedgeDoc data?","HedgeDoc stores its data in two places: the PostgreSQL database (notes, users, sessions) and the `hedgedoc_uploads` Docker volume (uploaded images). Back up both with:\n`docker compose exec -T database pg_dump -U appuser appdb | gzip > backup.sql.gz`\n`docker run --rm -v hedgedoc_uploads:\u002Fdata alpine tar czf - \u002Fdata > uploads.tar.gz`\nAutomate these two commands with a daily cron job.",{"id":3548,"category":420,"question":3549,"answer":3550,"weight":17},783,"What documents are required to register a .ma domain as a company?","ANRT requires any company to provide proof of registration — an ICE certificate or, failing that, a trade register extract — and the legal representative's national ID card; if the contact person is not the legal representative, their ID card is also required. These documents are uploaded after your order, from the domain's page in your client area, without blocking your purchase; our team checks them before submitting them to ANRT. If the file is incomplete, we will contact you for correction before any rejection.",{"id":3552,"category":432,"question":3553,"answer":3554,"weight":17},784,"Is my site hosted at ServOrbit compliant with ANRT requirements for .ma websites?","ServOrbit does not host sites in Morocco: our servers are in Finland and Germany, and your visitors' data is hosted there. The ANRT requirements we apply concern the registration of the .ma domain name (registrant and supporting document). On request, our support team confirms the server location in writing, which is useful for your administrative procedures. For obligations specific to your sector of activity, contact ANRT or a specialised legal adviser; our role is to provide you with technical and documentary support.",{"id":3556,"category":941,"question":3557,"answer":3558,"weight":17},785,"Can I migrate a Microsoft 365 mailbox to Nextcloud (Mail + Calendar + Contacts) via ServOrbit?","No: ServOrbit does not offer a Microsoft 365 to Nextcloud migration service. You can do it yourself: deploy Nextcloud on a VPS from the application catalogue, import the calendars (.ics files) and contacts (.vcf files) exported from Microsoft 365, then copy your OneDrive files. Nextcloud is not a mail server: emails are copied over IMAP to a mailbox hosted elsewhere, for example an address on your web hosting, which Nextcloud's Mail app can then read. Keep your Microsoft 365 licences until everything has been checked. Step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fleaving-microsoft-365-migrate-to-nextcloud-on-a-vps\">Leaving Microsoft 365: migrate to Nextcloud on a VPS\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":3560,"category":941,"question":3561,"answer":3562,"weight":17},786,"How do I switch my projects from Sentry to GlitchTip without losing existing alerts?","Migrating from Sentry to GlitchTip relies on a simple DSN (Data Source Name) swap in each application: GlitchTip exposes a Sentry-compatible API, so you only need to point your `SENTRY_DSN` environment variable to the new GlitchTip DSN without modifying the SDK or code. Alert rules, teams and projects must be recreated manually in GlitchTip as no automatic export exists between the two platforms. We recommend a dual-send phase (keeping Sentry active in parallel for a few days) to confirm GlitchTip captures all errors before the final cutover.",{"id":3564,"category":478,"question":3565,"answer":3566,"weight":17},787,"Does my ServOrbit hosting plan include anti-spam and antivirus protection for email accounts?","Yes, all email accounts included in your ServOrbit hosting plans benefit from server-side anti-spam filtering and real-time antivirus scanning, before messages reach your inbox. You can fine-tune spam filter sensitivity from the management panel, create whitelists and blacklists, and check the quarantine to recover a legitimate message incorrectly blocked. This protection is enabled by default and requires no additional configuration; for advanced needs (legal archiving, end-to-end encryption), contact our support team.",{"id":3568,"category":426,"question":3569,"answer":3570,"weight":17},788,"Does ServOrbit support Woodpecker CI or Forgejo to offer CI\u002FCD to my agency clients?","ServOrbit offers VPS and dedicated servers with root access, on which you can install Woodpecker CI or Forgejo (a Gitea fork) yourself to provide a DevOps chain to your agency clients; neither is offered in the Marketplace, which does offer Gitea as a VPS template. One machine per client keeps their projects isolated. Root access comes with the VPS or dedicated server, not with the reseller offer, which covers cPanel\u002FWHM hosting (shared with Agency S and Agency M, on an unmanaged VPS with Agency Premium). The VPS, running Ubuntu or Debian, is unmanaged: installing and maintaining these tools is up to you.",{"id":3572,"category":426,"question":3573,"answer":3574,"weight":17},789,"How do I deploy a Rails or Node.js application with Kamal on a ServOrbit VPS?","Kamal (formerly MRSK) orchestrates your deployments via SSH and Docker directly from your local machine to your ServOrbit VPS: simply configure `config\u002Fdeploy.yml` with your server IP, Docker registry credentials and image. ServOrbit provides VPS with Docker ready to install (Debian\u002FUbuntu) and root SSH access; make sure to open ports 80\u002F443 in your firewall and configure your DNS before the first deployment. Kamal natively handles rolling updates and rollbacks, making zero-downtime updates possible from the very first configuration.",{"id":3576,"category":432,"question":3577,"answer":3578,"weight":17},803,"Can I order a hosting plan without owning a domain name?","Yes. Choose the « Subdomain » tab in your cart: we provide a free address of the form web-xxxxxxx.servorbit-dns.com, active as soon as your account is set up, on which your site and its SSL certificate work straight away. This address is not yours and cannot be transferred — it is a starter address, for as long as you do not have your own domain name. When you are ready, register your domain with us then open a ticket from your client area: we switch it to become the main domain of your hosting plan.",{"id":3580,"category":426,"question":3581,"answer":3582,"weight":17},790,"Can I host GlitchTip on a ServOrbit VPS to track errors from my applications?","Yes. GlitchTip is available in the ServOrbit marketplace as a compose recipe: PostgreSQL + Redis + an all-in-one GlitchTip container start with a single command. The `GLITCHTIP_EMBED_WORKER=true` option merges the Celery worker into the web container, eliminating a fourth service. A domain name is required (the FQDN is used for email links and OAuth tokens): you can use the free subdomain included with your VPS or attach your own domain. The first account is created from the interface at `https:\u002F\u002F\u003Cdomain>\u002Fregister`.",{"id":3584,"category":426,"question":3585,"answer":3586,"weight":17},791,"Is GlitchTip compatible with Sentry SDKs? Can I migrate without changing my code?","Yes, GlitchTip fully implements the Sentry event ingestion API and is compatible with all official SDKs: Python (sentry-sdk), JavaScript (@sentry\u002Fbrowser, @sentry\u002Fnode), PHP, Ruby, Go, Java, .NET, iOS and Android. To migrate, simply replace the DSN URL in your environment variables with the URL of your GlitchTip instance; no source code changes are required. Your error groups, alerts and integrations continue to work as with Sentry Cloud.",{"id":3588,"category":426,"question":3589,"answer":3590,"weight":17},792,"Which ServOrbit VPS is recommended for hosting GlitchTip?","GlitchTip requires at least 512 MB of RAM for the Python web container, PostgreSQL and Redis. A VPS with 1 GB of RAM is suitable for a single project with moderate traffic. For multiple projects or a high volume of error events, 2 GB of RAM are recommended. Disk depends on the volume of stored events: start with 10 GB and monitor PostgreSQL size. Database migrations run automatically when the web container starts, without manual intervention.",{"id":3592,"category":426,"question":3593,"answer":3594,"weight":17},793,"How do I configure uptime monitoring in GlitchTip?","GlitchTip includes a built-in uptime monitoring module. In the interface, go to **Monitor → Create Monitor**, enter the URL to watch, the check type (HTTP\u002FHTTPS or ping), the interval (minimum 1 minute) and the number of consecutive failures before alerting. You can configure notifications via email, Slack or webhook. GlitchTip records the incident history and displays uptime on a dedicated dashboard. Uptime monitoring runs from the GlitchTip server itself — it must have network access to the monitored URLs.",{"id":3596,"category":426,"question":3597,"answer":3598,"weight":17},794,"How do I back up and update GlitchTip on a ServOrbit VPS?","**Backup**: the only persistent data is the PostgreSQL volume (`glitchtip-db`). Schedule a daily `pg_dump` with `docker compose exec db pg_dump -U $DB_USER glitchtip > backup.sql` and copy the file off the server (rsync, Backblaze B2, etc.). **Update**: `docker compose pull && docker compose up -d`. GlitchTip applies Django migrations automatically on startup. No extended downtime is required — the container typically restarts in under 60 seconds. Check the release notes on gitlab.com\u002Fglitchtip before any major upgrade.",{"id":3600,"category":489,"question":3601,"answer":3602,"weight":17},795,"Jellyfin plugins are missing after an update — how do I fix the repository URL?","The Jellyfin plugin repository URL changed between version 10.7 and recent releases. Go to Dashboard > Plugins > Repositories, replace the old URL with `https:\u002F\u002Frepo.jellyfin.org\u002Ffiles\u002Fplugin\u002Fmanifest.json`, then restart Jellyfin to clear the cache. GitHub issue #16654 documents this behaviour.",{"id":3604,"category":432,"question":3605,"answer":3606,"weight":17},796,"Which PHP version should I choose for PrestaShop 8.x on shared hosting?","PrestaShop 8.x requires PHP 8.1 as a minimum and works best with PHP 8.2 (recommended). PHP 8.3 is supported from PrestaShop 8.1.7 onwards. Make sure the extensions curl, gd, intl, mbstring, zip, xml and pdo_mysql are enabled; on cPanel, switch PHP versions via the PHP Version Manager.",{"id":3608,"category":825,"question":3609,"answer":3610,"weight":17},797,"Is a GPU needed on a dedicated server to transcode 4K video with Jellyfin?","Software 4K HDR transcoding requires at least 4 dedicated vCPUs and can struggle under simultaneous streams. A VAAPI-compatible GPU (Intel) or NVENC (Nvidia) reduces CPU load by 80% and enables multiple concurrent streams. For direct play without transcoding, a 4-core CPU is generally sufficient. ServOrbit offers dedicated servers suited to this workload.",{"id":3612,"category":478,"question":3613,"answer":3614,"weight":17},798,"How do I set up SPF, DKIM and DMARC for a domain hosted with ServOrbit?","In your ServOrbit cPanel, go to Email > Authentication to enable DKIM and SPF automatically. For DMARC, add a TXT record `_dmarc.your-domain.com` with the value `v=DMARC1; p=none; rua=mailto:postmaster@your-domain.com`, then tighten the policy after checking reports. Verify all three records are propagated on mxtoolbox.com before sending emails.",{"id":3616,"category":438,"question":3617,"answer":3618,"weight":17},799,"Can I get a single monthly invoice for multiple VPS and hosting plans in one agency account?","No, there is currently no single monthly invoice: each order — purchase or renewal of a VPS, hosting plan or domain — gets its own invoice, downloadable from \"My Orders\". Services paid monthly are renewed at each monthly due date; those taken out for a longer term — a VPS with a 12-month commitment, an annual hosting plan — are invoiced in one go, on their own due date. Renewals are never charged automatically: a renewal order to pay is created before each due date. For any billing question, contact our team at support@servorbit.com.",{"id":3620,"category":941,"question":3621,"answer":3622,"weight":17},800,"How do I import HubSpot contacts into a self-hosted Twenty CRM?","Export contacts from HubSpot via Settings > Data Management > Export > Contacts in CSV format. In Twenty CRM, use People > Import > CSV to upload the file; standard fields (first name, last name, email, phone) are mapped automatically. Custom HubSpot properties must be recreated manually in Twenty before importing.",{"id":3624,"category":426,"question":3625,"answer":3626,"weight":17},801,"What VPS resources should I plan for hosting Plane CE with PostgreSQL and MinIO?","Plane CE runs several Docker services (app, worker, beat, migrator, PostgreSQL, Redis, MinIO, RabbitMQ) — plan for a minimum of 4 vCPU and 8 GB RAM for smooth operation. MinIO storage for attachments requires a separate volume sized to your needs. For fewer than 15 users, a 4 vCPU \u002F 8 GB VPS with 40 GB SSD is a solid starting point.",{"id":3628,"category":489,"question":3629,"answer":3630,"weight":17},802,"My PrestaShop instance shows a blank page — how do I identify the cause?","Enable debug mode in `config\u002Fdefines.inc.php` by setting `_PS_MODE_DEV_` to `true` to reveal the actual error. The most common causes are a PHP `memory_limit` set too low (256 MB minimum recommended), incorrect permissions on `var\u002Fcache\u002F` or `img\u002F`, or an incompatible module. Once the error is identified and fixed, set `_PS_MODE_DEV_` back to `false` in production.",{"id":3632,"category":426,"question":3633,"answer":3634,"weight":17},804,"Does Audiobookshelf require a domain name to work?","No. Audiobookshelf works without a domain via SSH tunnel: `ssh -L 13378:127.0.0.1:\u003Cport> root@\u003Cvps-ip>` then `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:13378`. For permanent access from the iOS or Android app without a tunnel, attach a domain from your ServOrbit dashboard — nginx proxies to the container over HTTPS — or use the free `{app}.{dns_slug}.servorbit-dns.com` subdomain included with every VPS.",{"id":3636,"category":426,"question":3637,"answer":3638,"weight":17},805,"Are the iOS and Android apps free and open source?","Yes. Both apps (iOS and Android) are free, fully open-source under GPL-3.0 and community-maintained. They support offline playback, chapter-accurate progress sync, and bookmark and playlist management — no third-party cloud account required.",{"id":3640,"category":426,"question":3641,"answer":3642,"weight":17},806,"What audio formats does Audiobookshelf support?","Audiobookshelf supports: MP3, M4A, M4B (with chapter markers), AAC, OGG, FLAC, WAV, OPUS, AIFF and WMA. M4B chapters are displayed in the player with their titles and durations. Audible AAX files (DRM-protected) must be converted to a DRM-free format with a third-party tool before importing.",{"id":3644,"category":426,"question":3645,"answer":3646,"weight":17},807,"Can multiple users share an Audiobookshelf library?","Yes. Audiobookshelf supports multiple user accounts on the same instance. Each account has its own listening progress, bookmarks, playlists and ratings. Permissions can be set per library (Books, Podcasts), giving fine-grained control over who can access what.",{"id":3648,"category":426,"question":3649,"answer":3650,"weight":17},808,"How do I back up my Audiobookshelf data (progress, bookmarks, metadata)?","Audiobookshelf separates data into four Docker volumes: `\u002Faudiobooks` and `\u002Fpodcasts` hold your audio files (never modified by the server), `\u002Fconfig` holds the SQLite database with progress and bookmarks, and `\u002Fmetadata` holds covers and index data. Back up `\u002Fconfig` and `\u002Fmetadata` via SFTP or `rsync`. The built-in Backup function (Settings → Backups) also exports a ZIP file with all metadata — handy for migrating to another instance or VPS.",{"id":3652,"category":523,"question":3653,"answer":3654,"weight":17},809,"Does the EU DORA regulation (digital operational resilience) apply to my hosting if I am not in the financial sector?","DORA (EU 2022\u002F2554), applicable since January 17, 2025, targets financial entities — banks, insurers, payment service providers, fund managers — and their ICT providers designated as critical. If you are outside that scope, DORA is not directly enforceable against you. However, if you host applications for a financial-sector client, that client may impose DORA-derived contractual clauses (Article 30: service continuity, SLA, audit rights). Reach out through the \u002Fcontact form to scope your obligations.",{"id":3656,"category":438,"question":3657,"answer":3658,"weight":17},810,"Can I combine my account credit balance and a card payment on the same order?","Yes. When you place an order, ServOrbit.com lists your available credits on the payment page: tick the ones you want to apply and they are deducted from the total. If the selected credits do not cover the full order, the balance can be paid with any of the available payment methods — Bank card, PayPal, CIH Bank and Bank transfer. Nothing is deducted without your selection, and the deduction is shown before you confirm.",{"id":3660,"category":426,"question":3661,"answer":3662,"weight":17},811,"Open WebUI, LibreChat, or Dify: which one to deploy on a VPS for a team AI interface?","All three are available as Marketplace templates on ServOrbit.com, but their use cases differ. Open WebUI is best if you want to run local models (Llama, Mistral) via Ollama without sending requests externally. LibreChat suits a team that needs a multi-model chat environment (OpenAI, Anthropic, local API) with user management and SSO. Dify targets building AI agents and workflows rather than general-purpose chat. Check the Marketplace page for each template's RAM requirements.",{"id":3664,"category":876,"question":3665,"answer":3666,"weight":17},812,"Can I self-host software under a BSL or SSPL licence without legal risk if it is for internal use only?","For purely internal use — team, internal projects, no service exposure to third parties — BSL and SSPL generally impose no constraint: neither targets private use. The SSPL restriction triggers when you offer the software as a service to external users (SaaS); the BSL prohibits offering a commercial service that competes with the publisher. If your clients access the tool, consult a lawyer before deploying. Subscribe to GitHub releases of the projects you rely on to detect licence changes at each major version.",{"id":3668,"category":517,"question":3669,"answer":3670,"weight":17},813,"Can I offer Open WebUI or LibreChat to my clients as part of my ServOrbit reseller offer?","Yes, Open WebUI and LibreChat are available as VPS templates in the ServOrbit.com Marketplace. Each deployment runs on a dedicated VPS with root access, which you order from your client area: you can customise the interface, manage user access and connect your own API keys. Conversations and history stay on that VPS; only the requests sent to an external AI provider (OpenAI, Anthropic…) leave the machine. For tailored guidance, request a quote via the \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fcontact\">contact form\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":3672,"category":941,"question":3673,"answer":3674,"weight":17},814,"How do I migrate Stalwart Mail Server to a new ServOrbit VPS without service interruption?","Stalwart includes a migration tool and a migration proxy that work together to move accounts continuously: users keep sending and receiving emails throughout the transfer, account by account. In practice, point the proxy at the old server while the tool copies emails, folders, Sieve filters, address books and calendars; once an account is migrated the proxy redirects it straight to Stalwart. Before switching DNS, verify SPF, DKIM and DMARC records on the new VPS. Our team can assist you via a ticket from your client area.",{"id":3676,"category":501,"question":3677,"answer":3678,"weight":17},815,"How do I back up self-hosted Elasticsearch on a VPS with native snapshots, and where should I store them?","Elasticsearch provides a Snapshot and Restore API that creates deduplicated incremental backups of your indices. Configure an S3 repository (compatible with Backblaze B2, Cloudflare R2, or any S3-compatible object storage) and define a Snapshot Lifecycle Policy (SLM) to automate frequency and retention. Important: never copy data files directly from disk while Elasticsearch is running — only the native snapshot mechanism guarantees a consistent backup. Regularly test a restore on a second VPS to validate integrity.",{"id":3680,"category":825,"question":3681,"answer":3682,"weight":17},816,"Which dedicated server should I choose to host Elasticsearch in production, and how much RAM is needed?","Elasticsearch is memory-hungry: plan for at least 8 GB of RAM for a light production instance (4 GB JVM heap), and 16 GB as soon as you add Kibana or index tens of millions of documents. The JVM heap must not exceed 30 GB (compressed oops limit) and should remain below half the total RAM. To get the right configuration for your index volume and number of nodes, request a quote or technical advice through the \u002Fcontact form.",{"id":3684,"category":426,"question":3685,"answer":3686,"weight":17},817,"What is Wallos and what is it used for?","Wallos is a GPL-3.0 open-source self-hosted subscription manager. It lets you centralize all your recurring subscriptions — software, cloud services, licences, streaming — and visualize their real cost in a single reference currency. Wallos runs as a single Docker container on your VPS, with no external database needed.",{"id":3688,"category":426,"question":3689,"answer":3690,"weight":17},818,"Does Wallos require a domain name to work?","No. Wallos works without a domain via SSH tunnel: `ssh -L 8080:127.0.0.1:\u003Cport> root@\u003Cvps-ip>` then `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:8080`. For access from any browser or device, attach a domain from your ServOrbit client area — nginx proxies the container over HTTPS — or use the free `{app}.{dns_slug}.servorbit-dns.com` subdomain included with every VPS.",{"id":3692,"category":426,"question":3693,"answer":3694,"weight":17},819,"How do I sign in to Wallos for the first time?","Wallos shows a setup screen on first launch. Enter a username, email address and password to create your admin account — no pre-generated credentials. After that first login, invite other users from Settings → Users, and optionally connect an OIDC provider.",{"id":3696,"category":426,"question":3697,"answer":3698,"weight":17},820,"Which currencies does Wallos support? Does it support Moroccan dirham (MAD)?","Wallos supports 170+ currencies including Moroccan dirham (MAD), Euro (EUR), US Dollar (USD) and Saudi Riyal (SAR). In Settings → Currency, choose your reference currency; Wallos automatically fetches exchange rates and converts each subscription so your totals always display in a single monetary unit.",{"id":3700,"category":426,"question":3701,"answer":3702,"weight":17},821,"How do I back up and migrate my Wallos data?","All Wallos data lives in two Docker volumes: `wallos_db` (SQLite database with your subscription list) and `wallos_logos` (uploaded logos). Back them up via SFTP or `rsync`. Wallos also offers a CSV export from the interface (Settings → Import\u002FExport) — useful for a human-readable backup or migration to another instance or host.",{"id":3704,"category":426,"question":3705,"answer":3706,"weight":17},822,"How long does it take for my VPS to be ready after payment?","Expect a few minutes: the machine is cloned, started and configured automatically. As soon as you pay, the server appears in your client area marked as being set up — there is nothing for you to do, and no need to order it again. Once it is ready, you receive an email with a secure single-use link, valid for 24 hours, that shows your password a single time in your client area. If it takes more than an hour, contact support with your order number.",{"id":3708,"category":478,"question":3709,"answer":3710,"weight":17},823,"How do I check whether port 25 is blocked on my VPS?","From your VPS, run `telnet smtp.gmail.com 25` or `nc -zv smtp.gmail.com 25`: if the connection times out or is refused, your provider is blocking outbound port 25. This is standard practice to limit spam — most VPS providers do it by default. To send emails from a VPS, use port 587 (STARTTLS) or 465 (SMTPS) with a trusted SMTP relay, configure a PTR record for your IP, and set up SPF, DKIM and DMARC. Contact support if you need port 25 opened for a legitimate use case.",{"id":3712,"category":478,"question":3713,"answer":3714,"weight":17},824,"Why configure a PTR record (rDNS) to improve email deliverability?","A PTR (reverse DNS) record maps your IP address to a domain name: recipient mail servers use it to verify that the sender is legitimate. Without a valid PTR, your emails frequently land in spam or get rejected. It must match exactly the name announced in your server's SMTP banner (`myhostname` in Postfix). On a ServOrbit VPS, configure it from the client area, Network section, Reverse DNS tab. Combine it with SPF, DKIM and DMARC for optimal deliverability.",{"id":3716,"category":941,"question":3717,"answer":3718,"weight":17},825,"How do you export your data before leaving a SaaS?","Before any migration, export your data using open formats: CSV or JSON for databases, PDF for documents, ZIP for media files. Check that the export is complete — some SaaS providers do not include attachments or history. Keep a copy outside the service (local or object storage) before cancelling: once the account is closed, data becomes inaccessible. Also test the import into your target solution before cutting the old access, to avoid undetected data loss.",{"id":3720,"category":941,"question":3721,"answer":3722,"weight":17},826,"Where do you start when migrating from SaaS to self-hosting?","Start by auditing your current services: list what you pay for, the associated data and the critical integrations. Then choose an open source equivalent and test it on a development VPS before any switch. Plan the migration during off-peak hours, prepare a rollback plan and export your data beforehand. Migrate service by service rather than all at once: this limits risk and makes diagnosis easier if something goes wrong. Check that automatic backups are in place before cancelling your existing subscriptions.",{"id":3724,"category":501,"question":3725,"answer":3726,"weight":17},827,"What backup frequency should you plan for a production VPS?","For a production VPS, aim for at least one daily backup with a 7-day retention period. Critical applications (databases, client files) warrant hourly or incremental backups. Distinguish between system snapshots (useful before an update) and data backups (essential for continuity). Regularly test restoration: a backup whose restore has never been verified is an unreliable backup. Store copies on a remote site or an object storage service independent of your VPS.",{"id":3728,"category":501,"question":3729,"answer":3730,"weight":17},828,"What is the difference between a snapshot and a full backup?","A snapshot is a point-in-time image of the disk state, taken at the hypervisor level: quick to create, it lets you roll back in minutes, but remains tied to the same physical storage. A full backup copies the data to a separate location (another server, object storage) and protects against hardware failure. Both are complementary: snapshots cover human errors and failed updates, backups cover disasters and data loss. On a ServOrbit VPS, snapshots and backups are available depending on the plan and are started on demand from your client area.",{"id":3732,"category":707,"question":3733,"answer":3734,"weight":17},829,"How do you delegate cPanel access to an end client from WHM?","From WHM (your reseller console), create a cPanel account in your client's name: choose their username, their domain and their resource package (disk space, emails, databases). The client receives their cPanel credentials and manages their site independently, without access to your WHM or to other clients' accounts. You retain visibility over all accounts and can adjust resources at any time.",{"id":3736,"category":825,"question":3737,"answer":3738,"weight":17},830,"When should you move from a VPS to a dedicated server?","Consider a dedicated server when your VPS regularly hits its limits: CPU consistently saturated, RAM fully consumed, or latency too high despite vertical scaling. Typical cases include large databases, video rendering, nested virtualization (Proxmox, ESXi) and compute-intensive workloads. A dedicated server gives you the entire machine, with no neighbors, and predictable performance. If you are unsure, our team can help you size your infrastructure through the contact form.",{"id":3740,"category":517,"question":3741,"answer":3742,"weight":17},831,"What is Trigger.dev?","Trigger.dev is an open-source (Apache-2.0) background job orchestration platform for TypeScript. It lets you define durable tasks directly in your code — they run with automatic retries, concurrency controls and a real-time dashboard. Unlike BullMQ or a plain cron, Trigger.dev tasks checkpoint their state between steps, so a crash never restarts from scratch. On ServOrbit the full stack (webapp, PostgreSQL, Redis, ElectricSQL, docker-provider, coordinator) deploys with a single compose.",{"id":3744,"category":517,"question":3745,"answer":3746,"weight":17},832,"Does Trigger.dev require a domain name?","Yes. The magic-link login system generates callback URLs from the `LOGIN_ORIGIN` and `APP_ORIGIN` environment variables. Without a valid domain these links are malformed and authentication fails. On ServOrbit the free `{app}.{slug}.servorbit-dns.com` subdomain provided with every VPS works perfectly — it is available immediately after deployment with built-in HTTPS.",{"id":3748,"category":517,"question":3749,"answer":3750,"weight":17},833,"How do I log in to Trigger.dev for the first time?","Trigger.dev uses magic-link authentication — no password required. Open `https:\u002F\u002Fyour-domain` and enter your email address. The authentication link is printed in the webapp container logs — retrieve it with: `docker compose logs webapp | grep 'magic-link'`. Paste the link in your browser to reach the dashboard. No email server is needed for this first login.",{"id":3752,"category":517,"question":3753,"answer":3754,"weight":17},834,"Why does PostgreSQL need wal_level=logical?","Trigger.dev uses ElectricSQL to synchronize run state in real time between the database and the webapp interface. ElectricSQL requires PostgreSQL logical replication slots, which are only available when `wal_level` is set to `logical`. The ServOrbit compose includes this setting in the PostgreSQL startup command — no manual change needed.",{"id":3756,"category":517,"question":3757,"answer":3758,"weight":17},835,"How do I update Trigger.dev?","Pull the latest images and restart the stack: `docker compose pull && docker compose up -d`. Trigger.dev runs database migrations automatically at webapp startup. Check the release notes at github.com\u002Ftriggerdotdev\u002Ftrigger.dev\u002Freleases before each update — some major versions may require additional migration steps.",{"id":3760,"category":426,"question":3761,"answer":3762,"weight":17},836,"How do I deploy a Prometheus, Grafana and Loki stack to monitor all my applications on a ServOrbit VPS?","Prometheus collects metrics from your applications and the OS via exporters (Node Exporter, cAdvisor), Loki centralises Docker logs, and Grafana visualises everything in dashboards. On a ServOrbit VPS, 8 GB is the recommended minimum to run all three tools in parallel with a reasonable data volume. Deploy the stack via Docker Compose with persistent volumes for Prometheus and Loki data, and protect Grafana with an HTTPS reverse proxy. The ServOrbit Marketplace offers pre-configured templates to get you started quickly.",{"id":3764,"category":941,"question":3765,"answer":3766,"weight":17},837,"How do I migrate my self-hosted ERPNext instance to a ServOrbit VPS without losing my data?","Before any migration, take a full backup using Frappe's `bench backup` command — it exports the database and files in a single archive. On the new ServOrbit VPS, install ERPNext via the Marketplace template or manually, import the backup with `bench restore`, then update the site address in `currentsite.txt`. Verify uploaded file permissions and test access before switching the DNS from the old server to avoid any interruption. You carry out this migration yourself; our support answers your questions via a ticket.",{"id":3768,"category":876,"question":3769,"answer":3770,"weight":17},838,"How do I automatically generate and renew a wildcard SSL certificate with Certbot and the DNS-01 challenge for a .ma domain?","The DNS-01 challenge lets you obtain a wildcard certificate (`*.yourdomain.ma`) without exposing an HTTP port: Certbot creates a TXT record `_acme-challenge` in your DNS zone, which Let's Encrypt then verifies. If your domain is managed via Cloudflare, the `certbot-dns-cloudflare` plugin automates this step with a reduced-scope API token (`Zone:DNS:Edit`). Add a cron job or systemd timer to run `certbot renew` and automatically reload nginx after renewal. Test the renewal process early with `--dry-run` before handing it over to the scheduler.",{"id":3772,"category":501,"question":3773,"answer":3774,"weight":17},839,"How do I set up automatic backups of my ERPNext database (MariaDB) to an S3-compatible bucket from a ServOrbit VPS?","ERPNext generates compressed backups via `bench backup` in the `private\u002Fbackups\u002F` folder of each site. Combine this with `rclone` or the AWS CLI to push each archive to an S3-compatible bucket (Backblaze B2, Cloudflare R2, MinIO…) right after it is created. Schedule everything with a nightly cron job, encrypt archives client-side before upload if they contain sensitive data, and regularly test restoration in a test environment to validate their integrity. Keep at least 7 daily and 4 weekly copies.",{"id":3776,"category":517,"question":3777,"answer":3778,"weight":17},840,"Can I offer a monitoring solution (Grafana, Uptime Kuma) in white-label to my clients from my ServOrbit reseller plan?","Yes: on a ServOrbit VPS, you can deploy monitoring tools from the Marketplace — Grafana, Uptime Kuma and Gatus are available there as VPS templates — and give your clients access to them under your own domain. The VPS is ordered from your client area, outside the reseller offer, which covers cPanel\u002FWHM hosting (shared with Agency S and Agency M, on an unmanaged VPS with Agency Premium); its root access gives you control over the machine and the installed applications, including their look when the tool allows it to be customised. Manage per-client access by creating separate organisations or workspaces depending on the chosen tool.",{"id":3780,"category":432,"question":3781,"answer":3782,"weight":17},841,"Does ServOrbit shared hosting support Node.js or Python applications, or do I need to upgrade to a VPS?","ServOrbit shared hosting is optimised for PHP (WordPress, PrestaShop, Joomla…) and does not support persistent Node.js or Python application processes. To deploy a Next.js, FastAPI, Django or Flask application requiring a dedicated application server, a ServOrbit VPS is the right solution: it gives you root access, the ability to install your runtimes, and to manage processes with PM2 or systemd. Check our VPS plans starting from 99 DH\u002Fmonth with no commitment to choose the configuration that matches your workload.",{"id":3784,"category":523,"question":3785,"answer":3786,"weight":17},842,"Can I try ServOrbit before committing to a subscription period?","ServOrbit provides a client area accessible as soon as you create your account, with no immediate commitment. VPS plans can be ordered either with monthly payment and no commitment — letting you test your setup — or with a 12-month commitment at a reduced rate, which is offered by default. The monthly option remains available at any time from the selector on the VPS page. For web hosting or reseller plans, no refund guarantee comes with the subscription: any request is reviewed case by case, under our \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fpages\u002Flegal\u002Frefund-policy\">refund policy\u003C\u002Fa>. Write to us at support@servorbit.com to discuss your situation.",{"id":3788,"category":478,"question":3789,"answer":3790,"weight":17},843,"How do I configure Gitea to send email notifications via the SMTP server of my ServOrbit hosting?","In the Gitea admin panel (Site Administration → Settings → Email), enter your hosting SMTP server (available in your cPanel → Email → Email Accounts), port 587 with STARTTLS, and the credentials of a dedicated mailbox (e.g. `notifications@yourdomain.ma`). Enable the test email feature to validate the configuration before saving. Make sure your domain's SPF and DKIM records include the sending server to ensure deliverability of issue and pull request notifications.",{"id":3792,"category":517,"question":3793,"answer":3794,"weight":17},844,"What is Automatisch?","Automatisch is an open-source self-hosted Zapier alternative. It lets you connect 100+ apps (GitHub, Slack, Notion, Stripe, Google Sheets…) using visual triggers and actions, without writing code. Unlike cloud solutions, all your data stays on your server with no subscription fees or task limits.",{"id":3796,"category":517,"question":3797,"answer":3798,"weight":17},845,"Why does Automatisch require a domain name?","Automatisch generates unique webhook URLs from the `HOST` variable. These URLs allow external services (GitHub, Stripe, Typeform…) to send events to your workflows. Without a valid domain, URLs point to `localhost` and are not reachable from the internet. On ServOrbit, the free subdomain included with every VPS works from day one.",{"id":3800,"category":517,"question":3801,"answer":3802,"weight":17},846,"How do I create an account on first access to Automatisch?","After deployment, go to `https:\u002F\u002Fyour-domain\u002Fauth\u002Fsign-up`. Enter your email address and a password to create the first admin account. No confirmation email is sent: you are logged in immediately. It is recommended to create the account right after deployment, before anyone else accesses the URL.",{"id":3804,"category":517,"question":3805,"answer":3806,"weight":17},847,"How do I configure an OAuth integration in Automatisch?","For OAuth integrations (Slack, GitHub, Google Sheets, Notion…), create an OAuth app with the provider and register its credentials in Automatisch. Enter the `CLIENT_ID` and `CLIENT_SECRET` under Settings → Apps. The callback URL is usually `https:\u002F\u002Fyour-domain\u002Fapp\u002F\u003Cservice>\u002Fauth\u002Fcallback`. Once set, the OAuth connection works via the **Connect** button from the Connections tab.",{"id":3808,"category":517,"question":3809,"answer":3810,"weight":17},848,"How do I update Automatisch?","Pull the latest Docker images and restart the stack: `docker compose pull && docker compose up -d`. Automatisch automatically runs database migrations at startup. Check the release notes at github.com\u002Fautomatisch\u002Fautomatisch\u002Freleases before each update — some major versions may require specific migration steps.",{"id":3812,"category":489,"question":3813,"answer":3814,"weight":17},849,"How do you contact support if your site or client area is inaccessible?","If you cannot log into your client area to open a ticket, several channels remain available: the contact form at `\u002Fcontact`, the address support@servorbit.com or WhatsApp at +212708030340. In your message, specify the affected services, the impact and how long it has been happening — this allows us to handle your request at the right priority from the moment we receive it.",{"id":3816,"category":420,"question":3817,"answer":3818,"weight":17},850,"How do I update the nameservers of a domain already registered with ServOrbit?","From your client area, open the relevant domain page and go to the 'Nameservers' tab. Replace the current servers with those of your choice and confirm. The change usually propagates within a few hours, at most 24 hours. If you want to delegate DNS management to ServOrbit, enter our nameservers shown in that tab and activate managed DNS: the zone is then configured directly from your client area.",{"id":3820,"category":438,"question":3821,"answer":3822,"weight":17},851,"How does automatic renewal work and how do I disable it?","ServOrbit does not renew services automatically: no payment method is stored on your account, and nothing is charged on the due date. Before it, you receive email reminders and a renewal order to pay is created; you can also click \"Renew\" from \"My services\". The service is only extended once that order is paid, from \"My Orders\", with the payment method of your choice. So there is nothing to turn off: without payment, the service expires on its due date.",{"id":3824,"category":495,"question":3825,"answer":3826,"weight":17},852,"Can I enable two-factor authentication (2FA) on my ServOrbit client area?","Yes, two-factor authentication is available from your account security settings. Once enabled, an additional confirmation — a code sent by email or via an authenticator app depending on your configuration — is required at each login. We recommend activating it to protect access to your services, especially if your account manages multiple products or sensitive data.",{"id":3828,"category":825,"question":3829,"answer":3830,"weight":17},853,"Are backups included with a ServOrbit dedicated server?","No: dedicated servers come with no backups and no snapshots provided: you are responsible for setting up your own backup strategy, which is inherent to the unmanaged model. We recommend combining regular backups on the server with an off-site copy to an independent storage space. For advice on the strategy that fits your needs, contact us via the `\u002Fcontact` form.",{"id":3832,"category":523,"question":3833,"answer":3834,"weight":17},854,"Is ServOrbit GDPR-compliant for the personal data of my clients that I host?","As a processor within the meaning of the GDPR, ServOrbit.com processes your clients' data on your behalf and within the framework defined by your service contract. Our servers are in Finland and Germany. As the data controller, it is your responsibility to define the purposes, inform your own clients and enter into a data processing agreement with us if your situation requires it — our team can assist you at support@servorbit.com.",{"id":3836,"category":432,"question":3837,"answer":3838,"weight":17},855,"Can I upgrade my shared hosting to a VPS without service interruption?","Yes, migrating from shared hosting to a ServOrbit VPS can be done without any perceptible downtime for your visitors. The process involves preparing the VPS in parallel (web server setup, file and database copy), testing the site via the server's IP before switching DNS, then lowering the DNS TTL a few days before the final cutover. Our team can support you through this transition — open a ticket or contact us via `\u002Fcontact` to plan the migration according to your schedule.",{"id":3840,"category":489,"question":3841,"answer":3842,"weight":17},856,"How do I track the progress of a support ticket from my client area?","From your client area, go to the Tickets section: each request shows its status in real time (open, in progress, resolved), the full conversation history, and any shared attachments. Our team's replies appear instantly thanks to the live chat feature — no need to reload the page. You also receive an email notification for every update, in line with your notification preferences.",{"id":3844,"category":495,"question":3845,"answer":3846,"weight":17},857,"How do I change the email address associated with my ServOrbit account?","Sign in to your client area, then go to \"My account\". Your email address is shown there as read-only, because it is your account's identity: click \"Request the change\" to send a request, which our team verifies before making the change. Until the change is made, the old address remains active. For any question, contact support via support@servorbit.com.",{"id":3848,"category":438,"question":3849,"answer":3850,"weight":17},858,"Can I pay for my web hosting by bank transfer?","Yes, bank transfer is one of the accepted payment methods (Bank card, PayPal, CIH Bank and Bank transfer) for web hosting subscriptions. When you choose bank transfer at checkout, the bank details are shown directly; once the transfer is made, upload your proof of payment from \"My Orders\", on the order concerned. The service is activated as soon as the transfer is received and validated; for any question, contact our billing department at billing@servorbit.com. Prices are shown tax exclusive (VAT excluded) with a VAT rate of 20%.",{"id":3852,"category":825,"question":3853,"answer":3854,"weight":17},859,"Can I install Proxmox VE on a ServOrbit dedicated server for virtualisation?","Yes, ServOrbit dedicated servers give you full access to the physical machine, which lets you install Proxmox VE (or any other hypervisor such as ESXi) and create as many virtual machines or LXC containers as the server's resources allow. Reinstalling the operating system is done on request to support; it wipes the disk. To choose the right model for your virtualization workload, see the \u002Fserveurs-dedies page or contact our team via the \u002Fcontact form.",{"id":3856,"category":420,"question":3857,"answer":3858,"weight":17},860,"Can I point a domain registered with another registrar to my ServOrbit hosting?","Yes. Simply update the nameservers of your domain at your current registrar to the ServOrbit ones, or create a DNS A record pointing to your hosting's IP address. The nameservers and IP to use are shown in your client area, on the details page of the relevant hosting service. DNS propagation typically takes from a few minutes to 24 hours depending on your registrar.",{"id":3860,"category":707,"question":3861,"answer":3862,"weight":17},861,"How do I create a new cPanel account for a client from the reseller WHM?","From your WHM interface, go to Account Functions → Create a New Account: enter the domain, username, password, and select the resource package to assign (disk space, email accounts, databases). Confirm and WHM automatically generates the client's cPanel account and configures the associated DNS zone. The client can then log in to their cPanel independently, without access to your WHM or other clients' accounts.",{"id":3864,"category":523,"question":3865,"answer":3866,"weight":17},862,"How do I choose between shared hosting and a VPS for my project?","Shared hosting is suited to showcase sites, blogs, and small shops: it is managed for you (updates, server security) and requires no administration skills. A VPS is the right choice if you need root access, an isolated environment with allocated resources (vCPU, RAM, SSD NVMe), or if you want to deploy specific applications (Docker, Node.js, Python…). When in doubt, shared hosting is the natural starting point; you can migrate to a VPS at any time from your client area.",{"id":3868,"category":876,"question":3869,"answer":3870,"weight":17},863,"How do I check whether my PostgreSQL instance is exposed to the Internet and secure it?","By default, PostgreSQL listens on port 5432; if this port is reachable from the Internet, anyone can attempt to connect. Check your exposure with `ss -tlnp | grep 5432` (or `netstat`): if the listening address is `0.0.0.0` or `::`, the service is reachable from outside. To secure it: bind PostgreSQL to `127.0.0.1` in `postgresql.conf` (`listen_addresses = 'localhost'`), block the port with your firewall (`ufw deny 5432`), and only allow remote access via an SSH tunnel or VPN. If you need help hardening your configuration, open a ticket from your client area.",{"id":3872,"category":517,"question":3873,"answer":3874,"weight":17},864,"What is Kimai and what is it used for?","Kimai is an MIT-licensed open-source time tracking application that you host on your own VPS. It lets you record hours by project, client and activity, set custom hourly rates, generate timesheets and PDF invoices, and produce detailed reports — without a monthly subscription and with no data shared with third parties.",{"id":3876,"category":517,"question":3877,"answer":3878,"weight":17},865,"Does Kimai require a domain name?","No. Kimai works without a domain via SSH tunnel: `ssh -L 8080:127.0.0.1:8001 root@\u003Cyour-vps-ip>` then `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:8080`. For browser access from anywhere, attach a domain from your ServOrbit dashboard or use the free `{app}.{dns_slug}.servorbit-dns.com` subdomain included with every VPS.",{"id":3880,"category":517,"question":3881,"answer":3882,"weight":17},866,"How do I log in to Kimai for the first time?","Your admin credentials are shown on the app card in the ServOrbit client area right after deployment: login `admin@kimai.local`, auto-generated password. Once logged in, you can change the email address and password from your profile settings.",{"id":3884,"category":517,"question":3885,"answer":3886,"weight":17},867,"Can I generate invoices with Kimai?","Yes. Kimai includes a built-in invoice module. Filter your timesheet entries by client and date range, then click **Create invoice** to produce a PDF or HTML document. You can customise the template (logo, colours, payment terms, VAT) from the invoice settings.",{"id":3888,"category":517,"question":3889,"answer":3890,"weight":17},868,"How do I back up Kimai data?","All Kimai data lives in three Docker volumes: `kimai_db` (MySQL database), `kimai_data` (uploaded files) and `kimai_public` (avatars). Back them up with `rsync` or SFTP from the host, or use `mysqldump` for a SQL export of the database. Kimai also exports timesheets to CSV and XLSX directly from the interface.",{"id":3892,"category":517,"question":3893,"answer":3894,"weight":17},869,"What is CapRover and what is it used for?","CapRover is an open source PaaS (Platform as a Service) that lets you deploy applications in just a few clicks on your own server. Built on Docker and Docker Swarm, it handles SSL certificates automatically via Let's Encrypt and offers over 280 pre-configured templates (WordPress, Ghost, n8n, Nextcloud…). CapRover is not yet offered for order on the ServOrbit Marketplace; you can install it yourself on your ServOrbit VPS by following its official documentation.",{"id":3896,"category":517,"question":3897,"answer":3898,"weight":17},870,"Do I need a domain name to use CapRover?","No, a domain name is not required to get started with CapRover. The admin panel is accessible on port 3000 of your VPS as soon as its installation is complete. A wildcard domain (e.g. ``*.apps.mydomain.com``) is however necessary if you want to expose your deployed apps under dedicated subdomains — this configuration is done from the CapRover panel itself, after installation.",{"id":3900,"category":517,"question":3901,"answer":3902,"weight":17},871,"How do I log in to CapRover for the first time?","Once CapRover is installed on your VPS, navigate to `http:\u002F\u002F\u003Cyour-VPS-IP>:3000` in your browser. The login page appears immediately. CapRover asks for no username, only a password: the one set at install time; when the installation goes through the ServOrbit Marketplace, it is generated for your server and you will find it in the Applications section of your client area (“Reveal” button). Then configure your wildcard domain to access the panel via `captain.mydomain.com`, enable HTTPS for the dashboard, and change the password if you wish.",{"id":3904,"category":517,"question":3905,"answer":3906,"weight":17},872,"How much RAM does CapRover need?","CapRover itself uses around 200 to 300 MB of RAM. The minimum for real-world use (CapRover + a few deployed apps) is 2 GB of RAM; ServOrbit recommends the VPS Power plan (8 GB) for the best experience. Keep in mind that each application you deploy through CapRover consumes its own memory — size your plan according to your workload.",{"id":3908,"category":517,"question":3909,"answer":3910,"weight":17},873,"Can CapRover deploy from a Git repository or a Dockerfile?","Yes, CapRover supports multiple deployment methods: from a Git repository (GitHub, GitLab, Bitbucket) with a webhook for automatic deployments, from a `Dockerfile` or `captain-definition` file, or through the 280+ community templates in one click. It also provides a CLI (`caprover deploy`) for CI\u002FCD pipelines.",{"id":3912,"category":478,"question":3913,"answer":3914,"weight":17},874,"Can I sync my calendar and contacts with my ServOrbit mailboxes via CalDAV and CardDAV?","Yes, ServOrbit hosting includes a CalDAV (calendars) and CardDAV (contacts) server accessible from Thunderbird, Apple Mail, Outlook or any compatible mobile application. Configure your client with the server URL shown in cPanel under \"Calendars and Contacts\". This sync works with the same professional mailbox, with no third-party tool or additional subscription required.",{"id":3916,"category":478,"question":3917,"answer":3918,"weight":17},875,"How do I create a mailing list for my team or clients from cPanel?","In cPanel, go to the \"Mailing Lists\" section to create a list managed by Mailman. You can define members, moderators, and archiving options directly from the interface. For large-scale marketing sends, we recommend using a dedicated tool (such as Mautic self-hosted on a VPS) to follow deliverability best practices.",{"id":3920,"category":501,"question":3921,"answer":3922,"weight":17},876,"How do I restore a cPanel backup on ServOrbit hosting from the client area?","On shared hosting, restoration is self-service: from your ServOrbit client area, open cPanel (“Access cPanel”), then the JetBackup menu; choose the backup for the date you need and the item to restore (full account, files, database). The backups available depend on your plan: weekly on Business, daily on Pro; Solo does not include backups. If you run into difficulty, open a support ticket in the \"Hosting\" category, specifying the backup date and the path or database to restore.",{"id":3924,"category":438,"question":3925,"answer":3926,"weight":17},877,"Does my account credit balance have an expiry date?","Yes. A credit is valid for 180 days from the date it is issued, as stated in our refund policy; after that, it can no longer be used. While it is valid, it can be used to pay a renewal, a new order or a service upgrade, provided you select it at checkout. You can check your credits at any time from the client area, under \"My Credits\".",{"id":3928,"category":438,"question":3929,"answer":3930,"weight":17},878,"Can I cancel an order and get a refund if I change my mind before delivery?","For services not yet provisioned (domain not yet registered, VPS not yet delivered), contact us promptly at support@servorbit.com or via a ticket from your client area — a refund or credit may be granted depending on the order status. Once the service is delivered and active, the refund conditions described in our Terms of Service apply. For specific cases, the billing team is reachable at billing@servorbit.com.",{"id":3932,"category":495,"question":3933,"answer":3934,"weight":17},879,"How do I close my ServOrbit account and export my personal data?","To close your account, go to \"My account\", \"Sensitive actions\" section, then choose \"Delete my account\": deletion is protected by a double confirmation (password and a code sent by email). Before closing, download your invoices and export your data (files, databases) from cPanel or your VPS, as deletion is permanent. In accordance with the GDPR, you can also write to us at support@servorbit.com to exercise your right to erasure or to data portability.",{"id":3936,"category":825,"question":3937,"answer":3938,"weight":17},880,"Can I access the IPMI console of my ServOrbit dedicated server in case of a system failure?","Yes, out-of-band console access (IPMI\u002FiDRAC or equivalent depending on the model) is available on request for ServOrbit dedicated servers. It allows you to reboot the server, access the BIOS, and reinstall the operating system even if the server is no longer reachable via SSH. Open a support ticket to obtain your IPMI credentials and secure connection instructions.",{"id":3940,"category":426,"question":3941,"answer":3942,"weight":17},881,"As a reseller, can I use a self-hosted AI code assistant (like Tabby) for my developer clients instead of paying GitHub Copilot per seat?","Yes, on a ServOrbit VPS or dedicated server: Tabby (an open-source code completion assistant) is not offered in the Marketplace, so you install it yourself using root access, for example with the Docker image published by the project. Your developers and your clients' developers then connect to it from their editor. The cost is that of the machine, independent of the number of seats, unlike Copilot licences billed per user; size the machine for the code model you choose, following Tabby's documentation.",{"id":3944,"category":517,"question":3945,"answer":3946,"weight":17},882,"Does Homepage have a login screen by default?","No, Homepage has no built-in authentication. It is designed for loopback access (via SSH tunnel) or VPN. To expose Homepage on a public URL, put it behind a reverse proxy that adds HTTP Basic Auth or OAuth, or use Cloudflare Access in front of the instance.",{"id":3948,"category":517,"question":3949,"answer":3950,"weight":17},883,"Why do I need to set HOMEPAGE_ALLOWED_HOSTS and what value should I use?","Since version 0.9.0, Homepage validates the HTTP Host header to prevent Host Header Injection attacks. Without this variable you will get an 'Invalid host' error. On a ServOrbit VPS, if you access via SSH tunnel (http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:3000), use HOMEPAGE_ALLOWED_HOSTS=\"*\". If you have a domain (e.g. home.mydomain.com), set it there instead for better security.",{"id":3952,"category":517,"question":3953,"answer":3954,"weight":17},884,"How does Homepage automatically detect my Docker containers?","Homepage reads Docker metadata through the read-only socket mount (\u002Fvar\u002Frun\u002Fdocker.sock:ro). Add the following labels to each container you want to appear: homepage.group (the group, e.g. 'Media'), homepage.name (the displayed name), homepage.href (the URL). Homepage detects and displays them automatically without editing services.yaml.",{"id":3956,"category":517,"question":3957,"answer":3958,"weight":17},885,"Where is Homepage's configuration stored and how do I edit it?","All Homepage configuration lives in YAML files in the Docker named volume homepage-config, mounted at \u002Fapp\u002Fconfig inside the container (the app is installed in \u002Fopt\u002Fhomepage on your VPS). To edit them over SSH: `cd \u002Fopt\u002Fhomepage && docker compose exec homepage vi \u002Fapp\u002Fconfig\u002Fservices.yaml`. The main files are: services.yaml (your grouped services), bookmarks.yaml (your favorite links), widgets.yaml (the top widget bar), settings.yaml (theme, language, search engine). Changes apply automatically on the next page reload — no container restart needed.",{"id":3960,"category":517,"question":3961,"answer":3962,"weight":17},886,"How much RAM does Homepage use and which VPS should I choose?","Homepage uses under 128 MB of RAM for the container itself — no database required. It is one of the lightest applications in the Marketplace. On a ServOrbit VPS, even the entry-level plan is more than sufficient for Homepage. Plan headroom for the other services you want to display in the dashboard (Nextcloud, Jellyfin, etc.) rather than for Homepage itself.",{"id":3964,"category":478,"question":3965,"answer":3966,"weight":17},887,"I already have SPF and DKIM on my domain. Why add DMARC on top?","SPF and DKIM authenticate a message's origin and integrity, but they do not tell the recipient what to do when a check fails — DMARC fills that gap by publishing an explicit policy (none, quarantine, or reject). Without DMARC, a bad actor can spoof your domain and still pass spam filters, because mail providers have no instruction to follow. Start with `p=none` to collect reports, then tighten to `p=quarantine` or `p=reject` once your legitimate sending streams are stable.",{"id":3968,"category":478,"question":3969,"answer":3970,"weight":17},888,"How do I monitor my email complaint rate to stay below Google and Yahoo thresholds?","Google and Yahoo treat a complaint rate above 0.10% as a warning sign and impose restrictions from 0.30%: your emails may be massively rejected or sent to the spam folder. To monitor this rate, register your domain in Google Postmaster Tools (postmaster.google.com) and check the Spam Rate dashboard; Yahoo offers a similar feedback loop through its FBL program. Each complaint typically corresponds to a recipient clicking 'Report as spam' — review your lists regularly and remove inactive or improperly acquired subscribers.",{"id":3972,"category":478,"question":3973,"answer":3974,"weight":17},889,"What is one-click unsubscribe (List-Unsubscribe) and is it mandatory for my campaigns?","The `List-Unsubscribe: \u003Cmailto:…>, \u003Chttps:\u002F\u002F…>` header lets mail clients show an 'Unsubscribe' button directly in their interface, without the recipient needing to open the message. Since 2024, Google and Yahoo require this mechanism for bulk senders (more than 5,000 messages\u002Fday), and the 'one-click' variant (`List-Unsubscribe-Post: List-Unsubscribe=One-Click`) processes the request with a single click and no intermediate page. Your email platform should handle this header automatically; if you send campaigns from your own server, verify that your sending software generates this header correctly.",{"id":3976,"category":501,"question":3977,"answer":3978,"weight":17},890,"What is the difference between provider snapshots and a proper 3-2-1 backup strategy?","A snapshot is an instant disk copy taken at the hypervisor level: ideal for rolling back after a mistake, but it lives on the same physical infrastructure as your server. The 3-2-1 rule goes further: 3 copies of your data, on 2 different media, with 1 offsite. If the data centre is affected by a hardware failure, flood, or accidental account deletion, only the offsite copy protects you. Combine snapshots (speed) with an offsite backup to an external object store (Backblaze B2, S3, Scaleway…) to cover both risk levels.",{"id":3980,"category":501,"question":3981,"answer":3982,"weight":17},891,"Will my Restic backups on external storage remain accessible if my VPS is suspended or deleted?","Yes, that is precisely the advantage of a Restic repository hosted outside your VPS. The repository lives on the external object storage (S3, Backblaze B2, Scaleway…) and has no dependency on your server: you can access it from any machine that has the Restic binary, the encryption key, and the repository credentials. Store these in a secrets manager (Bitwarden, Vault…) that is independent of your infrastructure, and test a restore on a third-party machine at least once a month.",{"id":3984,"category":432,"question":3985,"answer":3986,"weight":17},892,"Does the hosting type (shared, VPS, dedicated) affect my Google Core Web Vitals scores?","Yes, directly. TTFB (Time to First Byte) — which measures server response time — is one of the metrics most sensitive to infrastructure: shared hosting distributes CPU and disk resources among multiple sites, which can increase TTFB during traffic spikes. A VPS has its own allocated resources and a generally more consistent TTFB, which improves LCP (Largest Contentful Paint) and INP (Interaction to Next Paint), the two Core Web Vitals most impactful for search ranking. If your scores only drop during peak hours, shared hosting is often the first cause to investigate.",{"id":3988,"category":432,"question":3989,"answer":3990,"weight":17},893,"My site passes Core Web Vitals in PageSpeed Insights but fails in Search Console (field data). Why?","PageSpeed Insights shows a synthetic (lab) score, but your Search Console Core Web Vitals reflect real user experiences over a 28-day window. High TTFB during peak hours or on mobile can fail INP or LCP in real conditions without affecting the synthetic test. Use WebPageTest under real-world conditions to isolate the hosting variable.",{"id":3992,"category":426,"question":3993,"answer":3994,"weight":17},894,"How do I automate daily backups from my VPS to an S3 bucket using a systemd timer?","The recommended approach is to combine Restic (encrypted, deduplicated backups) with a systemd timer rather than a cron job, because systemd logs each run and can send failure notifications. Create a `.service` file that exports the Restic environment variables (S3 endpoint, access keys, repository password) and runs `restic backup \u002Fvar\u002Fwww \u002Fvar\u002Flib\u002Fmysql-files`, then a `.timer` file that triggers it daily. Enable catch-up behaviour with `OnCalendar=daily` and `Persistent=true` (so a missed run is retried on next boot). Our support team can point you to a repository initialisation guide tailored to your VPS plan.",{"id":535,"category":517,"question":3996,"answer":3997,"weight":17},"What is Directus and what is it used for?","Directus is an open-source headless CMS and data platform (Apache-2.0) that sits on top of any SQL database — PostgreSQL, MySQL, SQLite, MariaDB — and auto-generates a full REST and GraphQL API on top of it. It also provides a no-code administration interface to model content, manage records and set granular permissions. In production, it serves as the back office for web and mobile applications — a front-end queries `\u002Fitems\u002F\u003Ccollection>` via REST or GraphQL, and Directus returns the data without a developer having written a single endpoint.",{"id":3999,"category":517,"question":4000,"answer":4001,"weight":17},896,"Does Directus require a domain name to work?","No. Directus works without a domain via an SSH tunnel: `ssh -L 8055:127.0.0.1:\u003Cport> root@\u003Cvps-ip>` then `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:8055`. For production front-ends that need to reach the API from the outside, attach a domain from your ServOrbit dashboard — nginx proxies to the Directus container over HTTPS automatically. You can also use the free `{app}.{dns_slug}.servorbit-dns.com` subdomain included with every VPS.",{"id":4003,"category":517,"question":4004,"answer":4005,"weight":17},897,"Which database does Directus use by default on ServOrbit?","The ServOrbit deployment uses SQLite by default — a single-file database, no external service to manage. This is the recommended starting point for solo use or API testing. For multi-user workloads or heavy read\u002Fwrite loads, edit the Compose file in `\u002Fopt\u002Fdirectus\u002F` and switch to PostgreSQL by adding a `postgres:16` container and replacing `DB_CLIENT=sqlite3` with `DB_CLIENT=pg`.",{"id":4007,"category":517,"question":4008,"answer":4009,"weight":17},898,"How much RAM is needed to host Directus?","Directus with SQLite (the default ServOrbit configuration) runs comfortably on 512 MB of RAM. For a production project with several simultaneous users or frequent image transformations, 1 GB is recommended. If you add PostgreSQL on the same VPS, plan for 2 GB total. The smallest ServOrbit VPS, VPS Solo (4 GB RAM), therefore covers these needs, team use included.",{"id":4011,"category":517,"question":4012,"answer":4013,"weight":17},899,"What is the difference between Directus and NocoDB?","Both sit on top of an existing SQL database and generate an API, but their focus differs. NocoDB is geared towards data entry and organisation: its interface resembles an Airtable-style spreadsheet, ideal for non-technical teams to create and edit records without code. Directus is more developer-oriented: it generates an API consumable by front-end applications and emphasises schema control, automation flows and media management. In practice, NocoDB suits an internal tool or lightweight CRM, while Directus is better as the backend of a public web or mobile application.",{"id":530,"category":489,"question":4015,"answer":4016,"weight":17},"How do I contact ServOrbit support in the event of a critical outage?","In the event of a critical outage, open a ticket from your ServOrbit client area and select the High or Urgent priority depending on the severity of the incident. Tickets are sorted by priority: a total service outage is handled first. No response time is contractually guaranteed, whatever your plan; what really speeds up handling is the priority you choose and how precisely you describe the issue. For critical incidents, clearly state the affected services and the error messages you see to speed up the diagnosis.",{"id":4018,"category":489,"question":4019,"answer":4020,"weight":17},901,"Can I request assistance with my server configuration?","ServOrbit support covers infrastructure and connectivity: server availability, networking, SSH access, base operating system, and managed services provided by ServOrbit. Application configuration — installing frameworks, configuring a CMS, debugging code, or optimising application databases — falls outside the scope of standard support and remains your responsibility. If you need tailored assistance for advanced configurations, contact the sales team to find out about available professional services offerings.",{"id":4022,"category":420,"question":4023,"answer":4024,"weight":17},902,"How do I transfer my domain name to ServOrbit?","To transfer your domain name to ServOrbit, start by obtaining the EPP code (also known as the authorisation code or AuthInfo) from your current registrar. Make sure the domain is unlocked and that transfer protection is disabled. Then search for the domain on our site: if it is already registered elsewhere, the “Transfer to us” button appears; enter the EPP code, add the transfer to your cart, then pay for the order. The process typically takes between 5 and 7 business days, during which your domain remains active at your previous registrar.",{"id":4026,"category":420,"question":4027,"answer":4028,"weight":17},903,"My .ma domain expires in 30 days. What should I do?","Renew your .ma domain without delay from your ServOrbit client area to avoid any service interruption. .ma domains are governed by ANRT (Agence Nationale de Réglementation des Télécommunications) in Morocco, and the renewal process may involve additional administrative lead times. An unrenewed .ma domain enters a limited grace period before being released and potentially registered by a third party. Acting 30 days in advance gives you enough time to resolve any issues without risking the loss of your domain name.",{"id":4030,"category":495,"question":4031,"answer":4032,"weight":17},904,"How do I enable two-factor authentication (2FA) on my ServOrbit account?","Log in to your ServOrbit client area, then go to your account security settings. Select the option to enable two-factor authentication (2FA) and scan the displayed QR code with a compatible TOTP app such as Google Authenticator, Authy, or a password manager that supports TOTP. Enter the six-digit code generated by the app to confirm activation. Once 2FA is enabled, this code will be required at every login, significantly strengthening the security of your account.",{"id":526,"category":495,"question":4034,"answer":4035,"weight":17},"How do I change my hosting plan without losing my data?","You can change your hosting plan from your ServOrbit client area, in the management section of your current service. Your data is preserved during the change: the migration is carried out by the ServOrbit team following procedures specific to each plan. For upgrades, the migration is generally transparent and may require a short scheduled maintenance window. It is recommended to back up your files and databases before any plan change operation, even though the process is designed to be lossless.",{"id":4037,"category":825,"question":4038,"answer":4039,"weight":17},906,"Is my dedicated server affected by other ServOrbit customers?","No. A dedicated server is allocated exclusively to you: CPU, RAM, storage and network resources are not shared with other accounts. Datacenter neighbors have no impact on your performance. This isolation is the primary reason to choose a dedicated server over a shared VPS.",{"id":4041,"category":825,"question":4042,"answer":4043,"weight":17},907,"Can I install software RAID on my ServOrbit dedicated server?","Yes, ServOrbit dedicated servers are delivered with full root access, allowing you to install and configure software RAID as needed. On Ubuntu or Debian, the mdadm tool lets you create RAID 1 (mirror) or RAID 5 configurations depending on the number of available disks. Even with software RAID in place, it is strongly recommended to maintain separate and regular backups: RAID protects against disk failure, but does not replace a backup strategy in the face of logical errors or accidental deletions.",{"id":4045,"category":876,"question":4046,"answer":4047,"weight":17},908,"My Let's Encrypt SSL certificate expires in 10 days and automatic renewal is failing. What should I do?","Start by checking the Certbot logs using the command journalctl -u certbot or by reading the file \u002Fvar\u002Flog\u002Fletsencrypt\u002Fletsencrypt.log to identify the cause of the failure. If you are using the HTTP-01 challenge, verify that port 80 is accessible from outside and that your web server configuration correctly serves the .well-known\u002Facme-challenge\u002F directory. If port 80 is blocked or if you need a wildcard certificate, switch to the DNS-01 challenge using the DNS plugin appropriate for your provider. To force an immediate renewal to test the configuration, use the command certbot renew --force-renewal.",{"id":4049,"category":876,"question":4050,"answer":4051,"weight":17},909,"How do I obtain a wildcard SSL certificate to cover all my subdomains?","A wildcard SSL certificate covers a domain and all its first-level subdomains, for example *.example.com. Let's Encrypt issues wildcard certificates only via the DNS-01 challenge, which requires creating a TXT record in your DNS zone to prove domain ownership. To automate this process, use Certbot with the DNS plugin corresponding to your DNS provider. ZeroSSL is an alternative to Let's Encrypt that also offers free wildcard certificates via the DNS-01 challenge and provides a web interface to facilitate manual issuance.",{"id":520,"category":438,"question":4053,"answer":4054,"weight":17},"How do I send the receipt for my bank transfer?","From your client area, under “My orders”: open the order concerned and a panel invites you to send your receipt, for as long as the order has not been settled — no need to open a ticket or send an email for this. You can upload up to 3 files per order, 5 MB maximum each, in PDF, JPG, PNG or WEBP format: enough to replace an illegible scan, or to attach both receipts for a transfer made in two instalments. The receipts you upload stay listed on the order and you can view them again at any time; they are never reachable through a public address. The panel disappears once the order has been paid.",{"id":4056,"category":438,"question":4057,"answer":4058,"weight":17},911,"I have sent my payment receipt — when will my order be released?","Uploading a receipt does not settle the order: it alerts our team, who check that the payment has reached our account before marking the order as paid. An interbank transfer reaches us within 24 to 48 business hours — your receipt proves that you instructed your bank, not that the funds have arrived. There is nothing else for you to do: the status changes under “My orders” as soon as the check is done, and the upload panel disappears at that point. If that window has passed, open a ticket from your client area quoting the order reference.",{"id":4060,"category":517,"question":4061,"answer":4062,"weight":17},913,"Is a domain name required to use Lobe Chat?","No. In standalone mode, Lobe Chat works without a domain via an SSH tunnel: `ssh -L 3210:127.0.0.1:3210 root@your-vps` then `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:3210`. For a permanent public HTTPS URL, attach a domain from your ServOrbit dashboard or use the free VPS subdomain — nginx proxies Lobe Chat over HTTPS without manual configuration.",{"id":4064,"category":517,"question":4065,"answer":4066,"weight":17},914,"Does Lobe Chat store my API keys on the server?","In standalone mode (Docker image without a database), API keys are stored in the browser (localStorage) and never leave your device. To centralise them server-side and hide them from browsers, switch to database mode with PostgreSQL — documented in our advanced deployment guide on the blog.",{"id":514,"category":517,"question":4068,"answer":4069,"weight":17},"How do I protect my Lobe Chat instance with a password?","Add the environment variable `ACCESS_CODE=your-secret` when starting the container: Lobe Chat will prompt for this code on every new session. For stronger protection, place a reverse proxy with basic authentication in front of port 3210 (Nginx `auth_basic`, Caddy `basicauth`) or restrict access to specific IPs via the firewall.",{"id":4071,"category":517,"question":4072,"answer":4073,"weight":17},916,"Can I connect Ollama to Lobe Chat on the same VPS?","Yes. If Ollama is running on the same VPS, set `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:11434` as the Ollama URL in Settings → Providers → Ollama. Inside the Docker container, use `http:\u002F\u002Fhost.docker.internal:11434` if Docker does not have access to the host network. You get a 100% local assistant (Llama 3, Qwen, Mistral…) with no API cost — increase the VPS RAM according to the model size.",{"id":4075,"category":517,"question":4076,"answer":4077,"weight":17},917,"Are conversations saved between restarts?","In standalone mode (default Docker image), chat history is stored in the browser (localStorage): it is not preserved if you switch browser or device, and a container restart does not erase it. For server-side persistence, use database mode (PostgreSQL + Docker volume) documented in our advanced guide — all conversations are then saved and accessible from any device.",{"id":4079,"category":517,"question":4080,"answer":4081,"weight":17},918,"Can I change the ZITADEL MASTERKEY after installation?","No. The `MASTERKEY` (the `ENCRYPTION_KEY` variable in ServOrbit) is used to encrypt secrets in the PostgreSQL database from the very first boot. Changing it afterwards will make all secrets unreadable and ZITADEL will refuse to start. Store it in a secure password manager. If lost, the only option is a full reinstallation.",{"id":4083,"category":517,"question":4084,"answer":4085,"weight":17},919,"Can I change the ZITADEL domain after installation?","No. ZITADEL locks the OIDC `issuer` (your instance URL) at first boot via `ZITADEL_EXTERNALDOMAIN`. This value is stored in the database and included in all JWT tokens issued. Changing it breaks all existing OIDC integrations. If you need a different domain, reinstall the instance from scratch.",{"id":509,"category":517,"question":4087,"answer":4088,"weight":17},"Does ZITADEL consume fewer resources than Keycloak?","Yes. ZITADEL is written in Go and consumes under 100 MB of RAM at idle, compared to 512 MB to 1 GB for Keycloak on JVM. It is therefore suitable for entry-level VPS (2 GB RAM). The PostgreSQL database adds around 50 MB more. A 2 GB RAM VPS is sufficient for team use (10–50 users).",{"id":4090,"category":517,"question":4091,"answer":4092,"weight":17},921,"How do I enable passkeys in ZITADEL?","In the ZITADEL console, go to **Instance Settings** → **Login Policy** → enable **Passkeys \u002F WebAuthn**. Users can then register their device (Touch ID, Face ID, FIDO2 key) from **My Profile** → **Passwordless**. Passwordless authentication is available immediately — no additional plugins required.",{"id":4094,"category":517,"question":4095,"answer":4096,"weight":17},922,"How does multi-tenancy work in ZITADEL?","ZITADEL is natively designed for multi-tenancy. Each **Organization** is an isolated space with its own users, groups, applications and security policies (MFA, SSO, email domain restrictions). Users can belong to multiple organisations with different roles in each. JWT tokens automatically include organisation claims — your applications just need to read them.",{"id":4098,"category":489,"question":4099,"answer":4100,"weight":17},923,"How can I track the progress of an assisted migration from the client area?","Log in to your client area, go to 'Support' then 'My tickets', and find the ticket linked to your migration request. Each step (analysis, transfer, validation, go-live) is logged and visible in real time in the ticket thread. You will also receive an email notification at each status change. If no update appears after 24 hours, reply directly to the existing ticket rather than opening a new one.",{"id":4102,"category":941,"question":4103,"answer":4104,"weight":17},924,"How do I export all my GitLab repositories to import them into a self-hosted Gitea instance?","Use the GitLab REST API (`\u002Fapi\u002Fv4\u002Fprojects?owned=true`) to list your repositories, then clone each one with `git clone --mirror`. Gitea includes a built-in import wizard (Administration → Migration) that accepts a GitLab URL and automatically creates repositories, issues, and pull requests. For read-only namespaces or groups, first export a tarball archive from GitLab (Settings → General → Export project), then import it into Gitea via the interface or its API. Plan for at least 2 GB of RAM on your VPS for a smooth migration.",{"id":504,"category":426,"question":4106,"answer":4107,"weight":17},"How much RAM do I need to self-host n8n on a VPS?","A standalone n8n instance runs comfortably on 1 GB of RAM, but in production with a PostgreSQL database and several active workflows, a minimum of 2 GB is recommended. If you combine n8n with other Docker services (Redis, a reverse proxy, a business app), plan for 4 GB to avoid slowdowns during execution spikes. ServOrbit VPS plans starting from 99 DH\u002Fmonth with no commitment include NVMe SSD storage and are sized for this type of workload; upgrading to a higher plan is possible at any time from the client area.",{"id":4109,"category":426,"question":4110,"answer":4111,"weight":17},926,"How do I configure an Nginx reverse proxy for multiple Docker applications on the same VPS?","Create a shared Docker network (`docker network create proxy`) and attach your containers to it. In Nginx, declare a `server` block per application with the `proxy_pass` directive pointing to the container name and its internal port (e.g., `http:\u002F\u002Fapp1:3000`). Use distinct domain names or subdomains to differentiate applications, and enable HTTPS with Certbot (`certbot --nginx -d myapp.example.com`). A simpler alternative is Nginx Proxy Manager, available in the ServOrbit marketplace, which provides a graphical interface to manage your reverse proxies without manually editing configuration files.",{"id":4113,"category":517,"question":4114,"answer":4115,"weight":17},927,"As a reseller, how do I bill my clients for self-hosted Chatwoot?","A VPS is not part of the reseller offer: you order it from your client area, on your account and at the public price, then install Chatwoot through the marketplace or manually. No price or discount for VPS is specific to resellers. You freely set your resale price and bill your client from the Reseller space, or with your own tool (Dolibarr, Stripe…) if you prefer.",{"id":4117,"category":523,"question":4118,"answer":4119,"weight":17},928,"What is a workflow orchestrator like Temporal and when do you need one?","A workflow orchestrator like Temporal lets you run long-running or distributed task sequences reliably, even in the event of a failure: each step is persisted and can resume where it left off. You need one whenever a business process exceeds the duration of a single HTTP request — multi-step payment, server provisioning, email pipeline — or when multiple microservices must coordinate without data loss. For simpler use cases (form automation, API integrations), n8n or Zapier are generally sufficient. ServOrbit VPS instances are compatible with a Docker-based Temporal installation; see our guide in the marketplace to get started.",{"id":4121,"category":432,"question":4122,"answer":4123,"weight":17},929,"Can my website hosted on a ServOrbit VPS accommodate multiple domains?","Yes, a ServOrbit VPS can host as many domains as you like on the same machine. Simply configure one Nginx `server` block (or Apache VirtualHost) per domain, each pointing to its own root directory or Docker application. The DNS for each domain must point to your VPS IP address. There is no software limit imposed by ServOrbit; the only constraint is your server capacity (RAM, CPU, storage). If you manage many client sites, reseller plans with a cPanel\u002FWHM control panel are also available.",{"id":498,"category":876,"question":4125,"answer":4126,"weight":17},"How do I renew an expired Let's Encrypt SSL certificate when my domain is behind Cloudflare?","When your domain is proxied by Cloudflare, Certbot's HTTP-01 challenge may fail because Cloudflare responds instead of your server. Use the DNS-01 challenge instead: install the `certbot-dns-cloudflare` plugin, create a Cloudflare API token with `Zone:DNS:Edit` permission, then run `certbot renew --dns-cloudflare --dns-cloudflare-credentials ~\u002Fcloudflare.ini`. Renewal takes place without exposing any port and works even if your server is unreachable from the internet. Remember to automate renewal via a `certbot renew` cron job to avoid future expirations.",{"id":4128,"category":517,"question":4129,"answer":4130,"weight":17},931,"Does SiYuan require a domain name to work?","No. SiYuan runs on port 6806 and works without a domain name. Open an SSH tunnel from your local machine: `ssh -L 6806:127.0.0.1:\u003Cport> root@\u003Cvps-ip>` then visit `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:6806` in your browser. For permanent HTTPS access from the desktop or mobile apps, attach a domain from your ServOrbit dashboard or use the free `{app}.{dns_slug}.servorbit-dns.com` subdomain included with every VPS.",{"id":4132,"category":517,"question":4133,"answer":4134,"weight":17},932,"How does the SiYuan access code work on ServOrbit?","ServOrbit automatically generates an access code (`ADMIN_PASSWORD`) when your VPS is provisioned. This code is passed to SiYuan via the `SIYUAN_ACCESS_AUTH_CODE` environment variable and protects access to the web interface. You can find this code in your ServOrbit credential vault. You can change it later from Settings → Account → Access auth code in SiYuan.",{"id":4136,"category":517,"question":4137,"answer":4138,"weight":17},933,"Can I use the official SiYuan apps (desktop\u002Fmobile) with my VPS?","Yes. SiYuan provides native open-source apps for Windows, macOS, Linux, iOS and Android. In the app settings, set the sync endpoint to your VPS HTTPS address and enter your access code. Sync is incremental and end-to-end encrypted. You can also access the full web UI from any browser without installing an app.",{"id":4140,"category":517,"question":4141,"answer":4142,"weight":17},934,"How do I export my data from SiYuan?","SiYuan lets you export individual documents or entire notebooks in several formats. From the context menu of a document or notebook, choose Export then select: Markdown (`.md` files with an assets folder), HTML (standalone page), Word (.docx) or PDF. The Markdown export is readable without SiYuan and can be imported into other tools like Obsidian or Logseq. You can also copy the Docker volume `\u002Fsiyuan\u002Fworkspace` directly for a full backup.",{"id":492,"category":517,"question":4144,"answer":4145,"weight":17},"How much RAM does SiYuan use on a VPS?","SiYuan typically uses under 256 MB of RAM for an active personal workspace. The smallest ServOrbit VPS, VPS Solo (4 GB RAM), is therefore more than enough for individual use or a team of two to three people, including heavily linked workspaces (thousands of blocks, many graphs) that call for around 2 GB. The SiYuan Docker container ships no extra services — the SQLite database is lightweight and block queries are optimised.",{"id":4147,"category":489,"question":4148,"answer":4149,"weight":17},936,"How do I get a diagnostic report for an incident on my hosting or VPS?","From your client area, open a support ticket specifying the affected service, the approximate date and time of the incident, and any error messages you observed. Our team will generate a diagnostic report (server logs, resource metrics, event history) and share it directly in the ticket. The more detail you provide, the faster we can isolate the root cause.",{"id":4151,"category":420,"question":4152,"answer":4153,"weight":17},937,"What is Registrar Lock and how do I disable it for a domain transfer?","Registrar Lock is a protection enabled by default on your domain to prevent unauthorized transfers: it blocks incoming registrar-change requests. To transfer your domain to another registrar, disable the lock from the domain management section in your client area, then retrieve your transfer code (EPP\u002FAuth-Info). The lock is automatically re-enabled once the transfer period ends or if the transfer is cancelled.",{"id":4155,"category":495,"question":4156,"answer":4157,"weight":17},938,"How do I add a billing contact separate from the account holder?","It is not currently possible to add a billing contact separate from the account holder. Invoice notices are sent to your account email address, without the invoice attached: they invite you to download it from your client portal, under My Orders, from where you can forward it to your accounting team yourself. To have these notices sent to another address, request a change of the account email from \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fclient-area\u002Faccount\">My account\u003C\u002Fa> (“Request the change”): since this address is also your login, the change is verified by our team. On a Company account, however, the company shown on the invoice (name, address, tax IDs) is managed under My billing companies.",{"id":4159,"category":438,"question":4160,"answer":4161,"weight":17},939,"Can I use a Visa or Mastercard debit card to pay for my hosting?","Yes, Visa and Mastercard debit cards are accepted on the same basis as credit cards, provided that online payments are enabled on your card by your bank. Available payment methods are displayed at checkout and reflect the active modes on the platform: Bank card, PayPal, CIH Bank and Bank transfer. If a payment is declined, contact your bank to confirm that online payments are authorised on your card.",{"id":486,"category":825,"question":4163,"answer":4164,"weight":17},"How many IP addresses are included with a ServOrbit dedicated server, and can I order more?","Each ServOrbit dedicated server comes with one dedicated IPv4 address included in the plan. If your project requires several IP addresses (hosting several distinct SSL certificates, advanced network services), additional IP addresses can be requested from our support team; they cannot be ordered from the client area. See the \u002Fserveurs-dedies page or contact us via the client area to find out about availability and conditions.",{"id":4166,"category":523,"question":4167,"answer":4168,"weight":17},941,"What is ServOrbit's uptime SLA for its services?","ServOrbit does not offer an SLA: no availability rate is guaranteed by contract, and no compensation is provided for downtime. Under the general terms of sale, ServOrbit is bound by a best-efforts obligation for its hosting, VPS and dedicated server services. The real-time status of services is available at \u002Fstatut. For any incident you notice, you can open a ticket from your client area so that it can be investigated.",{"id":4170,"category":478,"question":4171,"answer":4172,"weight":17},942,"Which SMTP port should I use to send emails from my VPS-hosted application (25, 465 or 587)?","On a ServOrbit VPS, port 25 is blocked outbound by default to limit spam risk; use port 587 (STARTTLS) or port 465 (SMTPS\u002Fimplicit SSL) for authenticated sending from your application. If you use an external SMTP relay (Mailgun, Brevo, etc.), configure the port recommended by that service. For cPanel-managed mailboxes on shared hosting, webmail and email clients also rely on port 587 or 465.",{"id":4174,"category":876,"question":4175,"answer":4176,"weight":17},943,"How do I check whether my SSL certificate is correctly installed and find out its expiry date?","You can verify the installation and expiry date of your SSL certificate directly in your browser: click the padlock in the address bar, then on 'Connection is secure' to display certificate details (issuer, covered domain, validity). Online tools such as SSL Labs (ssllabs.com\u002Fssltest) or check-host.net also allow an in-depth analysis (certificate chain, algorithms, compatibility). If the certificate is managed automatically by ServOrbit (Let's Encrypt), renewal is handled without any action required on your part.",{"id":4178,"category":941,"question":4179,"answer":4180,"weight":17},944,"How do I export my contacts and pipelines from Kommo (formerly amoCRM) before migrating to self-hosted Twenty CRM?","From Kommo, export your contacts, companies and deals as CSV files via Settings → Exports. Then import these files into Twenty from the Import tab of each object (People, Companies, Opportunities). For attachments and conversation history, check the exports available in Kommo and keep them separately. Our team is available to help you plan the migration.",{"id":481,"category":941,"question":4182,"answer":4183,"weight":17},"How do I migrate my media library from Plex to Jellyfin without duplicating my video files?","Jellyfin reads the same media folders as Plex directly: there is no need to copy or move your files. Point Jellyfin's libraries to your existing directories, let it scan and build its metadata. However, your playlists and watch history are not automatically carried over from Plex. If your instance runs on a ServOrbit VPS, the attached storage remains unchanged.",{"id":4185,"category":426,"question":4186,"answer":4187,"weight":17},946,"Can I run Ollama, Open WebUI and n8n on the same VPS for a complete AI stack?","Yes, all three components coexist well on a single server via Docker Compose. Plan for at least 8 GB of RAM for lightweight models (7B) and enough storage for model weights (4 to 10 GB depending on the model). The VPS Power plan is a good starting point for this combination. See our guide on building an open-source AI stack on a VPS for configuration details.",{"id":4189,"category":825,"question":4190,"answer":4191,"weight":17},947,"Does my ServOrbit dedicated server include an IPv6 address, and how do I enable it?","An IPv6 address can be provided on request: it cannot be ordered from the client area, so send the request to our support team from your client area or at support@servorbit.com. Configuration on the system side depends on your distribution and network stack (Netplan, interfaces, Docker) — common configuration guides are available in our knowledge base. If you need assistance, our technical support team responds via your client area.",{"id":4193,"category":489,"question":4194,"answer":4195,"weight":17},948,"Are my support ticket exchanges in real time, or do I need to refresh the page?","Support tickets in your client area (under Support) work in real time: replies from our team appear without you needing to reload the page, thanks to a live connection. A badge indicates that the session is live while the connection is active. If the live connection is unavailable, the page remains functional — just refresh it to see new replies.",{"id":4197,"category":495,"question":4198,"answer":4199,"weight":17},949,"Can I choose which expiry reminders I receive by email for my services?","Expiry reminders are sent automatically to your account email address, before each service's due date (domains, hosting, VPS). You can adjust your notification preferences from your client area, under My account → Preferences. If you no longer wish to receive certain types of emails, update your preferences or contact our support team.",{"id":475,"category":438,"question":4201,"answer":4202,"weight":17},"Can I pay for a VPS or dedicated server in installments by bank transfer?","ServOrbit does not offer instalment payments for recurring services: under the terms of sale, an order is only final once its price has been collected in full. Nor is it possible to top up a credit balance by bank transfer: credits are only issued by ServOrbit, for example after a downgrade. For projects requiring a custom quote, contact our sales department at sales@servorbit.com.",{"id":4204,"category":523,"question":4205,"answer":4206,"weight":17},951,"What is the difference between a SaaS tool and its self-hosted alternative on a VPS?","A SaaS tool is hosted and managed by its publisher: you access it online, but your data stays on their servers and you depend on their pricing and terms. A self-hosted alternative runs on your VPS: you have full control over your data, you choose when to update, and you control costs. The ServOrbit Marketplace offers ready-to-deploy templates for the most common open-source solutions.",{"id":4208,"category":517,"question":4209,"answer":4210,"weight":17},952,"Does Semaphore UI require a domain name to work?","No. Semaphore UI runs on port 3000 without a domain name. Open an SSH tunnel from your local machine: `ssh -L 3000:127.0.0.1:\u003Cport> root@\u003Cvps-ip>` then open `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:3000` in your browser. For permanent HTTPS access for your whole team, put Semaphore UI behind an HTTPS reverse proxy, with a domain or subdomain pointing to your VPS. Semaphore UI is not yet offered for order on the ServOrbit Marketplace: these instructions apply to an installation you carry out yourself on your VPS.",{"id":4212,"category":517,"question":4213,"answer":4214,"weight":17},953,"How does admin access to Semaphore UI work on ServOrbit?","Semaphore UI is not yet offered for order on the ServOrbit Marketplace. When the installation goes through the Marketplace, ServOrbit automatically generates an admin password (ADMIN_PASSWORD) at provisioning, passes it to Semaphore UI via the SEMAPHORE_ADMIN_PASSWORD environment variable, and you can find it in your ServOrbit credential vault; if you install Semaphore UI yourself on your VPS, set this variable in your Docker configuration. Either way, change it immediately after your first login from Profile → Change Password.",{"id":4216,"category":517,"question":4217,"answer":4218,"weight":17},954,"Does Semaphore UI require an external database like PostgreSQL?","No. Semaphore UI uses SQLite, an embedded key-value store written in Go. All data (projects, inventories, tasks, logs) is stored in a single file mounted in a Docker volume. No PostgreSQL, MySQL or Redis is required — the deployment stays a single container.",{"id":471,"category":517,"question":4220,"answer":4221,"weight":17},"What automation tools does Semaphore UI support besides Ansible?","Semaphore UI supports Ansible, Terraform, OpenTofu and Bash scripts. Each project is configured with its own execution backend. You can manage Ansible playbooks in one project and Terraform plans in another from the same instance, with separate inventories and Key Stores per context.",{"id":4223,"category":517,"question":4224,"answer":4225,"weight":17},956,"Can multiple team members access the same Semaphore UI instance?","Yes. Semaphore UI manages multiple user accounts with role-based access control: Viewer (read-only), Task Runner (can trigger tasks) and Admin (full project management). Create accounts from Settings → Users, then assign roles per project. Roles are applied at the project level, allowing you to grant broader rights on a non-critical project than on production.",{"id":4227,"category":517,"question":4228,"answer":4229,"weight":17},957,"Does Saleor Commerce require a domain name to work?","Yes. Saleor Commerce's domain is locked at first boot into the dashboard's API URL (`API_URL`) and into `ALLOWED_CLIENT_HOSTS`. These values cannot be changed after launch without recreating the Docker volumes. Point your domain to your VPS **before** deploying. Saleor Commerce is not yet offered for order on the ServOrbit Marketplace: you can install it yourself on your VPS.",{"id":4231,"category":517,"question":4232,"answer":4233,"weight":17},958,"How do I access the Saleor admin dashboard?","The Saleor admin dashboard is available at the root of your domain: `https:\u002F\u002Fyour-domain\u002F`. When the installation goes through the ServOrbit Marketplace, credentials are generated automatically at deployment and displayed in your client area (Saleor Commerce is not yet offered for order there; if you install it yourself, they are the ones you set). The admin account email is `admin@example.com` — change it and the password on first login under Account → Edit profile.",{"id":4235,"category":517,"question":4236,"answer":4237,"weight":17},959,"Why can't I create products in Saleor after installation?","Saleor requires at least one **sales channel** before you can create products. A channel defines the currency, pricing rules and shipping countries. Without a channel, the product creation form is empty and non-functional. Go to Catalogue → Channels → Create channel, fill in a name (e.g. 'Default'), a currency (MAD, EUR…) and a country, then return to product creation.",{"id":466,"category":517,"question":4239,"answer":4240,"weight":17},"Does Saleor include a customer storefront?","No. Saleor is a **headless** platform: it provides the GraphQL API and the admin dashboard, but no customer-facing storefront. You bring your own frontend — a Next.js site, a React Native app, or any framework that can consume a GraphQL API. The Saleor community maintains a reference Next.js storefront on GitHub you can fork as a starting point.",{"id":4242,"category":517,"question":4243,"answer":4244,"weight":17},961,"How much RAM does Saleor Commerce need?","The hard minimum is **2 GB RAM** to run the full stack: Django API, Celery worker, PostgreSQL 15 and Valkey 8. In practice, **4 GB is recommended** for production: PostgreSQL needs headroom under concurrent requests, and the Celery worker may process multiple tasks in parallel. With 2 GB, the stack starts but will come under pressure during traffic spikes or large catalog imports.",{"id":4246,"category":489,"question":4247,"answer":4248,"weight":17},962,"Which self-hosted helpdesk tools can I deploy on a ServOrbit VPS to replace Zendesk or Freshdesk?","Solutions such as FreeScout, Zammad or Uvdesk install in minutes via Docker Compose on a root-access ServOrbit VPS. They cover ticket management, shared inboxes, email channels and a knowledge base with no per-agent licence costs. Browse the Marketplace for available templates, or write to support@servorbit.com for guided setup.",{"id":4250,"category":489,"question":4251,"answer":4252,"weight":17},963,"How do I migrate my tickets and customer history from Zendesk to a self-hosted helpdesk?","Most self-hosted helpdesks (Zammad, FreeScout) include a CSV or API importer that reads Zendesk exports — tickets, contacts, attachments. Spin up a VPS instance before exporting, validate on a sample, then switch. You carry out the migration yourself; for any question, open a request from your client area or write to support@servorbit.com.",{"id":4254,"category":876,"question":4255,"answer":4256,"weight":17},964,"CVE-2026-82329 affects JFrog Artifactory: how do I check if my instance is vulnerable and apply the fix?","This CVE targets self-hosted Artifactory instances that expose certain REST endpoints without authentication. Check your installed version (Administration → System → General Configuration) and apply the patch from the official JFrog release notes. In the meantime, block public access to the admin port (8081\u002F8082) via your ServOrbit VPS or dedicated server firewall, and disable anonymous access in Artifactory security settings.",{"id":461,"category":825,"question":4258,"answer":4259,"weight":17},"Can I host a private Docker registry (Harbor, Gitea Packages, Zot) on a ServOrbit dedicated server?","Yes, a ServOrbit dedicated server with full root access is well suited for Harbor, Gitea Packages or Zot. These registries require Docker, adequate storage for your images and a TLS certificate on a domain. Included SSD NVMe storage and generous bandwidth make it a natural choice for teams that push images frequently. See \u002Fserveurs-dedies for available configurations.",{"id":4261,"category":523,"question":4262,"answer":4263,"weight":17},966,"Gitea, Forgejo or GitLab CE: how do I choose a self-hosted Git forge based on team size?","Gitea and Forgejo are lightweight (512 MB RAM is enough for a small team) and install quickly; Forgejo is Gitea's community fork with more open governance. GitLab CE is more feature-rich (built-in CI\u002FCD, registry, advanced RBAC) but needs at least 4 GB RAM and a robust VPS or dedicated server. For teams of fewer than 20 developers without complex CI\u002FCD needs, Gitea or Forgejo is usually sufficient; beyond that, GitLab CE takes over.",{"id":4265,"category":495,"question":4266,"answer":4267,"weight":17},967,"Can I generate an API token to access my ServOrbit client area from a script or integration?","No, not at this time: the ServOrbit client area does not let you generate API tokens to access your account from a script or an integration. Viewing your services, creating tickets and retrieving your invoices are done from the client area. If this need matters to you, let us know via support@servorbit.com.",{"id":4269,"category":420,"question":4270,"answer":4271,"weight":17},968,"How do I redirect a domain registered at ServOrbit to an existing URL or website?","From your client area, go to the DNS management of your domain and create an A or CNAME record pointing to your hosting or VPS. For an HTTP redirect (301\u002F302) rather than plain DNS resolution, enable URL redirection in cPanel or configure a rule in your web server. Our team is reachable at support@servorbit.com for any setup assistance.",{"id":4273,"category":517,"question":4274,"answer":4275,"weight":17},969,"What is Flarum and how is it different from a classic forum like phpBB?","Flarum is an open-source forum software (MIT licence) written in PHP with a modern SPA frontend (Ember.js). Unlike phpBB or MyBB, the interface updates in real time without page reloads — new posts, notifications and reactions appear instantly. Flarum also includes a Composer extension system that lets you add polls, badges, OAuth SSO and many more features without modifying the source code.",{"id":456,"category":517,"question":4277,"answer":4278,"weight":17},"Does Flarum require a domain name to work?","Yes. Flarum locks its public URL (FLARUM_BASE_URL) during the initial installation and cannot change it without recreating the volumes. The installation therefore asks you for an address: a subdomain of one of your domains or the free subdomain provided with your VPS — ServOrbit sets up the DNS record, nginx and the HTTPS certificate. Pick the final address from the start: changing it later would break the internal links generated by Flarum (invitations, email notifications, shares).",{"id":4280,"category":517,"question":4281,"answer":4282,"weight":17},971,"What are the default credentials for Flarum after installation?","Flarum automatically creates an administrator account with the credentials flarum (login) and flarum (password). These credentials are publicly known — change the password immediately after the first login at \u002Fadmin. On ServOrbit, a warning is displayed in your client area until the password has been changed.",{"id":4284,"category":517,"question":4285,"answer":4286,"weight":17},972,"How do I install extensions in Flarum hosted on ServOrbit?","From the Flarum admin panel (Administration → Extensions), you can enable available official and community extensions. For unlisted extensions, SSH into your VPS and run `docker exec -it \u003Cflarum_container> composer require \u003Cvendor\u002Fpackage>` — Flarum reloads extensions on restart. Extensions are persisted in the \u002Fdata\u002Fextensions volume.",{"id":4288,"category":517,"question":4289,"answer":4290,"weight":17},973,"How do I back up and restore a Flarum forum on ServOrbit?","Flarum stores its data in two places: the Docker volume \u002Fdata (assets, installed extensions, storage files) and the MariaDB database. To back up: copy the \u002Fdata volume directory via rsync or a Docker snapshot, and export the database with `docker exec \u003Cdb> mysqldump -uflarum -p$DB_PASSWORD flarum > flarum_backup.sql`. To restore: remount the volumes and reimport the SQL dump before restarting Flarum.",{"id":4292,"category":517,"question":4293,"answer":4294,"weight":17},974,"Does Komodo replace Portainer for managing Docker containers from the ServOrbit dashboard?","Komodo is available as a VPS template in the ServOrbit catalogue and covers Docker container management on single servers as well as multi-server fleets, with built-in GitOps. Unlike Portainer, whose community edition disappears with Portainer 3.0, Komodo remains fully open source. It lets you deploy, monitor and update your stacks from a centralised interface. See our guide on Portainer 3.0 alternatives to choose the right tool for your setup. Activate Komodo on your ServOrbit VPS in a few clicks from the catalogue.",{"id":451,"category":517,"question":4296,"answer":4297,"weight":17},"How do I deploy a Docker application from the ServOrbit dashboard without using the command line?","From your ServOrbit client area, go to the Marketplace section, choose the desired application from the catalogue, select your target VPS and confirm the deployment. The template automatically configures the container, persistent volumes and networking. Environment variables and ports are not editable from the client area: to adjust them after installation, edit the app's `.env` file or `docker-compose.yml` in `\u002Fopt\u002F\u003Capp>` over SSH, then run `docker compose up -d`. The deployment itself needs no manual Docker commands: it is handled by ServOrbit's VPS template system. Your application is accessible within minutes after activation.",{"id":4299,"category":517,"question":4300,"answer":4301,"weight":17},976,"Can I manage Docker images (pull, tag, delete) directly from the ServOrbit interface?","The ServOrbit Marketplace installs and uninstalls application templates; their updates, like fine-grained Docker image management (pulling a specific tag, cleaning up unused images, inspecting layers), are done via SSH on your VPS. On your root-access VPS, you have the docker image command and docker system prune to free up space. For a full graphical image management interface, templates like Komodo or Dockge are available in the catalogue and provide this functionality.",{"id":4303,"category":426,"question":4304,"answer":4305,"weight":17},977,"What are the RAM and vCPU requirements for hosting WordPress Multisite on a ServOrbit VPS?","For a WordPress Multisite network with fewer than ten sites at moderate traffic, we recommend a minimum of 2 vCPU and 4 GB RAM. Beyond twenty active sites or with an OPcache PHP opcode plugin, 4 vCPU and 8 GB RAM provide more comfort. Multisite mode concentrates several WordPress instances on a single MySQL installation: simultaneous traffic spikes across multiple sub-sites strain PHP-FPM more than a single instance. See our WordPress Multisite on VPS guide for the full setup with wildcard DNS and nginx.",{"id":4307,"category":426,"question":4308,"answer":4309,"weight":17},978,"How do I configure wildcard DNS for WordPress Multisite subdomains on my ServOrbit VPS?","In your Cloudflare DNS zone (or ServOrbit DNS manager), add a wildcard A record *.yourdomain.com pointing to your VPS IPv4 address. In nginx, configure a server_name *.yourdomain.com block and enable the ALLOW_MULTISITE option in wp-config.php. Each new sub-site created in WordPress resolves automatically without touching DNS again. If you use Cloudflare, enable the proxy on the wildcard record to benefit from caching and protection. See our WordPress Multisite on VPS guide for the full nginx configuration.",{"id":4311,"category":876,"question":4312,"answer":4313,"weight":17},979,"Can Docker Secrets be used without Docker Swarm to protect credentials in production on a VPS?","Yes, since Docker Compose v2.24, Docker Secrets are natively supported without Swarm. You declare a secrets block in your docker-compose.yml referencing a local file: Docker mounts the secret as a temporary file at \u002Frun\u002Fsecrets\u002F\u003Cname> inside the container, without exposing it in environment variables or docker inspect. This is the recommended method for protecting API keys, database passwords or tokens on a root VPS. See our guide on Docker Secrets in production for exact commands and the limits of each approach.",{"id":446,"category":876,"question":4315,"answer":4316,"weight":17},"How do I encrypt sensitive environment variables in a docker-compose.yml in production?","Three approaches are available on a root VPS: Docker Secrets (files mounted at \u002Frun\u002Fsecrets\u002F, no Swarm required since Compose v2.24), .env.vault with the dotenvx tool which encrypts the .env file and only exposes the DOTENV_KEY decryption key, and SOPS which encrypts values in a YAML or .env file using an age or AWS KMS key. In all cases, the plain .env file must never be committed to Git. See our Docker Secrets in production guide for commands and the real limits of each method.",{"id":4318,"category":426,"question":4319,"answer":4320,"weight":17},981,"Is it better to use a cron job or a systemd timer to schedule a task on a ServOrbit VPS?","Both options are available on a ServOrbit VPS (Ubuntu\u002FDebian with root access). A cron job is quicker to set up for a simple task: one line in crontab is enough. A systemd timer offers more control: native logging (journalctl), dependency management, automatic restart on failure and more precise triggers (at a time, on boot, after a delay). For backup scripts or production sync jobs, we recommend systemd timers: each execution is logged and errors are surfaced without extra configuration. Configuration is done directly via SSH on your VPS.",{"id":4322,"category":489,"question":4323,"answer":4324,"weight":17},982,"Why do your emails no longer include the text of the support reply?","Our emails now tell you that a reply is available and take you straight to the request thread, without copying its text. The reason is simple: a reply is proofread and sometimes corrected after it is sent, and an email that has already left would keep the earlier version with no way for anyone to catch it. The thread, by contrast, always carries the latest version along with its attachments. The acknowledgement of your own message does still quote your text: it is yours, and we will never change it.",{"id":4326,"category":489,"question":4327,"answer":4328,"weight":17},983,"Can I reopen a request that has already been resolved or closed?","Yes. Just reply in the request thread, from your client area or from the tracking link you received by email: the request reopens and goes back to our team. Reopening stays available for the period shown on the request itself, currently fourteen days after it was closed. After that, we open a linked request on your behalf that keeps the reference and the context of the first one, so you have nothing to rewrite.",{"id":4330,"category":489,"question":4331,"answer":4332,"weight":17},984,"Why did my support request close on its own?","When we are waiting for information from you and several reminders go unanswered, the request is treated as resolved and then closed. It is not a lost case: it is what keeps the request list readable, so that the ones genuinely in progress stay visible. If the matter is not settled, simply reply in the thread: the request reopens and comes back to our team. You can also write to us at support@servorbit.com, quoting its reference.",{"id":441,"category":489,"question":4334,"answer":4335,"weight":17},"How do I format a message in a support request?","Whether you are opening a request or replying to one, the formatting bar, when it is offered above the message box, has buttons (bold, italic, link, bulleted or numbered lists, quote, code) that insert the syntax for you. You can also type it yourself: `**bold**`, `*italic*`, `[link text](https:\u002F\u002Fexample.com)`, `- item` or `1. item` at the start of a line for a bulleted or numbered list, `> quote` for a quote, and backticks around a piece of code: `code`. A web address pasted as it is becomes a clickable link. If the text of a link looks like an address other than the one it actually leads to, the real address is shown right next to it, in parentheses. Where the Enter key sends the message, Shift+Enter starts a new line, which is handy for a list.",{"id":4337,"category":489,"question":4338,"answer":4339,"weight":17},986,"Which formatting is not supported in a support message?","A message accepts bold, italic, lists, quotes, code and links; anything else is simplified. An image is not loaded: it appears as a link, and a screenshot is better sent as an attachment. HTML is never interpreted: a tag such as `\u003Cb>` is displayed exactly as you typed it. A table stays plain text, with its vertical bars, and a heading (`# Heading`) is shown as a simple bold line. Finally, the team can turn formatting off: the bar above the message box then disappears and messages are displayed exactly as they were written.",{"id":4341,"category":517,"question":4342,"answer":4343,"weight":17},987,"What is the difference between Weaviate and Qdrant?","Qdrant (Rust) focuses on pure vector similarity search with payload filters — schema-free and without built-in vectorization. Weaviate (Go) adds a schema layer and built-in vectorizer modules (text2vec-openai, text2vec-cohere, img2vec) that call embedding models at ingest time, plus a GraphQL API and native multi-modal support. Choose Qdrant for raw performance on pre-embedded vectors; choose Weaviate when you want the database to handle vectorization automatically, or when you need GraphQL query syntax or multi-modal collections.",{"id":4345,"category":517,"question":4346,"answer":4347,"weight":17},988,"How much RAM does Weaviate need on a VPS?","Weaviate itself uses 400–600 MB at idle. Total memory scales with your index: the number of objects, the vector dimension and the HNSW parameters are the main factors. A 4 GB VPS comfortably handles collections of a few hundred thousand objects with 1536-dimensional vectors (OpenAI or Cohere embeddings). For millions of objects, enable binary quantisation (up to 32× memory reduction) or use an 8 GB VPS.",{"id":4349,"category":517,"question":4350,"answer":4351,"weight":17},989,"How do I access Weaviate without a domain name?","Weaviate is bound to `127.0.0.1` — it has no public address by default. To reach it from your workstation, open an SSH tunnel: `ssh -L 8080:127.0.0.1:\u003Cport> root@\u003Cvps-ip>` (replace `\u003Cport>` with the port shown on your app card in the client area). The REST and GraphQL APIs then respond at `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:8080`. You can also call Weaviate directly from an application running on the same VPS, without a tunnel, via `http:\u002F\u002F127.0.0.1:8080`.",{"id":435,"category":517,"question":4353,"answer":4354,"weight":17},"Which API should I use with Weaviate — GraphQL or REST?","Weaviate exposes both. The GraphQL API is recommended for similarity queries (`nearVector`, `nearText`, `nearImage`) and object retrieval with filters — this is what LangChain and LlamaIndex use. The REST API is more convenient for schema management (`\u002Fv1\u002Fschema`), bulk import (`\u002Fv1\u002Fbatch\u002Fobjects`) and CRUD operations on individual objects. Both are available on port 8080; port 50051 is reserved for the gRPC protocol, used by the official Go, Python and TypeScript clients for higher throughput.",{"id":4356,"category":517,"question":4357,"answer":4358,"weight":17},991,"How do I enable vectorizer modules (text2vec-openai, etc.) in Weaviate?","By default, this Weaviate deployment uses `DEFAULT_VECTORIZER_MODULE=none`: you supply your own vectors on every import. To enable a cloud module, you need to add the corresponding environment variables to the container — they are not editable from your client area: Weaviate runs in a `weaviate` container started with `docker run`, which you recreate over SSH with the variables you need, keeping its ports and its `weaviate_data` volume. Example for text2vec-openai: add `-e ENABLE_MODULES=text2vec-openai` and `-e OPENAI_APIKEY=\u003Cyour-key>`. Weaviate will then call the OpenAI API on every import or `nearText` query. See the Weaviate documentation for the full list of available modules and their variables.",{"id":4360,"category":517,"question":4361,"answer":4362,"weight":17},992,"Does PrivateGPT require a GPU?","No. CPU-only inference works out of the box via Ollama. A modern server CPU handles a 7B Q4_K_M model at 2–5 tokens\u002Fsec — usable for document Q&A where accuracy matters more than speed. For faster inference on larger models, a GPU-equipped VPS accelerates throughput 10–30×.",{"id":4364,"category":517,"question":4365,"answer":4366,"weight":17},993,"Which LLM models work best with PrivateGPT?","For general document Q&A on CPU: `qwen2.5:7b` or `mistral:7b` (Q4_K_M, ~4–5 GB). For longer legal or technical documents: `llama3.1:8b`. For a lightweight setup on 8 GB RAM: `qwen2.5:3b` (~2.3 GB). For embeddings: `nomic-embed-text` (270 MB) provides strong semantic retrieval quality.",{"id":4368,"category":517,"question":4369,"answer":4370,"weight":17},994,"Can I use the OpenAI API instead of a local Ollama model?","Yes. Set the `OPENAI_API_BASE` environment variable to `https:\u002F\u002Fapi.openai.com\u002Fv1` and provide your `OPENAI_API_KEY`. The RAG pipeline will then use OpenAI for both embeddings and generation, while your documents remain indexed locally on the VPS.",{"id":429,"category":517,"question":4372,"answer":4373,"weight":17},"Does PrivateGPT include a vector database?","Yes. PrivateGPT ships with an embedded vector store that persists your indexed chunks on disk in the `private-gpt-data` Docker volume. You do not need to run a separate Qdrant or ChromaDB container. The index survives container restarts.",{"id":4375,"category":517,"question":4376,"answer":4377,"weight":17},996,"How do I access PrivateGPT without a domain name?","PrivateGPT is bound to `127.0.0.1` — it has no public address by default. Open an SSH tunnel: `ssh -L 8080:127.0.0.1:\u003Cport> root@\u003Cvps-ip>` (replace `\u003Cport>` with the port shown in your ServOrbit client area), then navigate to `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:8080\u002Fui`. For a permanent HTTPS URL, attach a domain in your client area.",{"id":4379,"category":707,"question":4380,"answer":4381,"weight":17},997,"Can I bill my clients under my own brand for hosting managed by ServOrbit?","Yes. The quotes and invoices you issue from the Reseller space carry your legal name and, if you add it, your logo: you are the issuer, and ServOrbit issues no invoice to your clients. You can also bill with your own tool if you prefer. The invoices we issue for your plan are addressed to you and carry our name.",{"id":4383,"category":707,"question":4384,"answer":4385,"weight":17},998,"How do I manage automatic renewals for my entire reseller client portfolio from a single dashboard?","Your client area lists your plan and the domains bought on your account, with their due dates. There is no automatic renewal to switch on: before each due date, reminders are emailed and a renewal order to pay is created. Your clients' cPanel accounts have no due date with us. Bulk renewal is not available; for large operations, write to support@servorbit.com.",{"id":4387,"category":941,"question":4388,"answer":4389,"weight":17},999,"How do I transfer a WordPress site from another host without service interruption?","ServOrbit offers an assisted migration that copies your files and database to our servers before any DNS change. Once validated on the new hosting, the DNS switch takes only a few minutes, limiting downtime to TTL propagation. Contact support@servorbit.com to schedule your migration.",{"id":423,"category":941,"question":4391,"answer":4392,"weight":17},"How long does an assisted ServOrbit migration typically take and what guarantees come with the process?","We do not quote a typical duration: it depends on the volume of data and the number of accounts to migrate. The process, however, is always the same: transfer (domains by EPP code, cPanel accounts restored from a backup or by direct transfer), verification on our servers, then the DNS switch. Your source hosting is not modified: the site stays online at your current host until the switch. The \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fwhy\u002Fmigrations\">migration assistant\u003C\u002Fa> is included with every plan, Solo included, and end-to-end handling by our team is included from Business upwards. For a special case, write to support@servorbit.com.",{"id":4394,"category":501,"question":4395,"answer":4396,"weight":17},1001,"How do I restore a specific file from a JetBackup backup without restoring the entire account?","In cPanel, open JetBackup, choose 'File Backups' and browse to the file in the list of available backups. Select the desired date, then click 'Restore' next to the file to restore it alone without affecting the rest of the account. If you cannot find the file, contact support@servorbit.com with the path and target date.",{"id":4398,"category":501,"question":4399,"answer":4400,"weight":17},1002,"How often are backups performed on ServOrbit hosting plans?","On shared hosting, the frequency depends on the plan: Solo includes no backup, Business includes a weekly backup and Pro a daily backup. VPS plans have configurable policies depending on your contract; dedicated servers, for their part, come with no backup provided. Check your client portal or write to support@servorbit.com to learn the exact policy for your plan.",{"id":4402,"category":438,"question":4403,"answer":4404,"weight":17},1003,"My ServOrbit invoice shows VAT — what is it and how can I get VAT-free invoices as a business?","VAT is Moroccan value-added tax, applied at a rate of 20% to every order, whatever your country of residence. Entering an EU VAT number does not get you tax-free invoicing: the only possible exemption is one you substantiate to our team and that it approves. Contact support@servorbit.com, with supporting documents, if you believe you qualify for an exemption.",{"id":4406,"category":478,"question":4407,"answer":4408,"weight":17},1004,"Why are emails sent from my domain hosted at ServOrbit being marked as spam by Gmail?","The most common cause is missing or misconfigured SPF, DKIM and DMARC records in your DNS zone. Check these records in cPanel under 'Email Authentication' and ensure your domain is authorised to send from our servers. If the issue persists after correction, write to support@servorbit.com and attach the full headers of a rejected email.",{"id":4410,"category":825,"question":4411,"answer":4412,"weight":17},1005,"What is the procedure for reinstalling the operating system on a ServOrbit dedicated server?","Reinstalling a dedicated server is done on request to support, not self-service from the client area: write to support@servorbit.com specifying the server concerned and the desired distribution. The operation erases all data on the server: back up anything you want to keep before sending your request.",{"id":4414,"category":941,"question":4415,"answer":4416,"weight":17},1006,"How do I migrate my MySQL database from shared hosting to a VPS without downtime?","The recommended approach is to export your database via mysqldump on the old hosting, import it on the VPS while the old one stays active, then switch your application configuration to the new server after a consistency test. ServOrbit can coordinate this operation for you; contact support@servorbit.com to schedule the migration outside peak hours.",{"id":4418,"category":517,"question":4419,"answer":4420,"weight":17},1007,"Does Apache Airflow require a GPU?","No. Airflow is a workflow orchestrator, not a compute engine. It schedules and monitors Python tasks on CPU — the tasks themselves can call GPU APIs or Spark clusters, but Airflow only needs standard RAM and CPU.",{"id":4422,"category":517,"question":4423,"answer":4424,"weight":17},1008,"What is the difference between LocalExecutor and CeleryExecutor in Airflow?","LocalExecutor runs tasks in parallel as local processes on the same server as the scheduler — ideal for hundreds of tasks per day on a single VPS, no Redis required. CeleryExecutor distributes tasks across remote workers — needed for thousands of concurrent tasks or multiple servers. For typical use on a ServOrbit VPS, LocalExecutor is the recommendation.",{"id":4426,"category":517,"question":4427,"answer":4428,"weight":17},1009,"How much RAM does Apache Airflow need on a VPS?","In LocalExecutor mode, expect 1–2 GB of RAM at idle (webserver + scheduler + PostgreSQL). For Python DAGs loading pandas or large files, plan for 4 GB to have headroom for task processes. CeleryExecutor mode — with workers and Redis — requires 4–8 GB depending on the number of workers.",{"id":4430,"category":517,"question":4431,"answer":4432,"weight":17},1010,"How do I access Airflow without a domain name?","Open an SSH tunnel: `ssh -L 8080:127.0.0.1:\u003Cport> root@\u003Cvps-ip>` (replace `\u003Cport>` with the port shown in your client area), then open `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:8080`. For a permanent public URL, attach a domain in your client area — nginx will reverse-proxy to Airflow and provision a TLS certificate automatically.",{"id":4434,"category":517,"question":4435,"answer":4436,"weight":17},1011,"Can I add custom Python dependencies to Airflow?","Yes. Build a Docker image derived from `apache\u002Fairflow:3.3.0` with a `requirements.txt` file: add a `FROM apache\u002Fairflow:3.3.0` line and then `RUN pip install --no-cache-dir your-package`. Use this image in your compose instead of the official image. This is the recommended method — installing packages at runtime is slow and not reproducible.",{"id":4438,"category":876,"question":4439,"answer":4440,"weight":17},1012,"What is CVE-2026-87902 WordPress and how do I know if my site is affected?","CVE-2026-87902 is a Remote Code Execution (RCE) vulnerability found in WordPress versions prior to 7.1.2. If your site runs an older version, it may be at risk. Check your current version in your WordPress dashboard under Dashboard → Updates. To stay protected, update to WordPress 7.1.2 or higher immediately through your ServOrbit panel or directly from the WordPress admin.",{"id":4442,"category":432,"question":4443,"answer":4444,"weight":17},1013,"How do I check that WordPress automatic updates are enabled on my hosting?","There is no WordPress section in your ServOrbit client area: you check this in WordPress itself or in your cPanel's WordPress manager (WP Toolkit). In WordPress, open Dashboard → Updates: the status of automatic updates is shown there, and you can enable them. If unsure, contact our support team, who can guide you.",{"id":4446,"category":523,"question":4447,"answer":4448,"weight":17},1014,"What is the cost difference between a SaaS tool and its self-hosted equivalent on a VPS?","A SaaS tool typically charges a monthly per-user subscription with no infrastructure costs. With a self-hosted VPS, you pay for the server, not for each user (from 99 DH\u002Fmonth with no commitment at ServOrbit) but handle maintenance, updates, and security yourself. For teams of more than 5 people, self-hosting often becomes more cost-effective from the second year onwards. Our detailed comparison on the ServOrbit blog helps you calculate the break-even point for your use case.",{"id":4450,"category":426,"question":4451,"answer":4452,"weight":17},1015,"Can I host all my agency tools on a single ServOrbit VPS?","Yes, a ServOrbit VPS can run multiple tools simultaneously: CRM, invoicing, project management platforms, and more. Feasibility depends on each application's resource requirements. We recommend starting with a VPS Power VPS and monitoring RAM\u002FCPU usage from your client area. Our support team can advise on Docker or Nginx configuration to isolate each service and simplify maintenance.",{"id":4454,"category":426,"question":4455,"answer":4456,"weight":17},1016,"What is an AI coding agent like OpenHands and how much RAM does it need on a VPS?","An AI coding agent like OpenHands is a tool that automatically performs development tasks (writing code, testing, fixing bugs) from natural language instructions. It typically requires at least 8 GB of RAM to run comfortably, and more if you also run the language model locally. On ServOrbit, our VPS plans starting from VPS Power are suited for this type of workload. Check our dedicated blog post for the complete installation guide.",{"id":4458,"category":876,"question":4459,"answer":4460,"weight":17},1017,"How do I protect my VPS from automated scans and bots after a WordPress CVE?","After a CVE is published, automated bots scan exposed servers en masse. On your ServOrbit VPS, enable the built-in firewall to block suspicious IP ranges, update WordPress immediately, and consider adding the Imunify360 license, available as an option, which provides an application firewall. Also put your site behind Cloudflare in proxied mode to benefit from DDoS protection and additional application-level filtering. Our support team can help you with the setup.",{"id":4462,"category":941,"question":4463,"answer":4464,"weight":17},1018,"Can I migrate my company emails from shared hosting to a ServOrbit VPS?","Yes, it is possible to migrate your company emails from shared hosting to a ServOrbit VPS. The migration involves transferring mailboxes, contacts, and message history via the IMAP protocol. We recommend using a tool like imapsync to avoid any data loss: you carry out the migration yourself, and our support answers your questions. Plan an appropriate DNS cutover window and keep access to the old hosting for 48 to 72 hours to ensure service continuity.",{"id":4466,"category":438,"question":4467,"answer":4468,"weight":17},1019,"How do I get an invoice with a VAT number for my ServOrbit subscription?","Your invoices carry the details of the billing company chosen at checkout. With a Business account, go to your ServOrbit client area, under \"My billing companies\", and enter your company's legal name, address and country (and its ICE for a Moroccan company); there is no dedicated field for an EU VAT number. Subsequent orders will automatically be invoiced with this information. If you wish to update invoices already issued, contact our billing department via support. Invoices are available as PDF from \"My Orders\" in your client area.",{"id":4470,"category":517,"question":4471,"answer":4472,"weight":17},1020,"Does Verdaccio require a domain name?","No. Verdaccio listens on port 4873 internally and is accessible via an SSH tunnel without any domain: `ssh -L 4873:127.0.0.1:\u003Cport> root@\u003Cvps-ip>`. For permanent team or CI access, attach a domain from your ServOrbit dashboard — nginx will proxy it over HTTPS automatically.",{"id":4474,"category":517,"question":4475,"answer":4476,"weight":17},1021,"Is Verdaccio compatible with Yarn and pnpm?","Yes. Verdaccio implements the full npm registry protocol. Yarn and pnpm both support custom registry configuration: the `--registry` flag on the command line, `registry=` in `.npmrc`, or `npmRegistryServer:` in `.yarnrc.yml` for Yarn 2+. No additional plugins are needed.",{"id":4478,"category":517,"question":4479,"answer":4480,"weight":17},1022,"Does Verdaccio completely replace npmjs.org?","No. Verdaccio proxies npmjs.org by default: any request for a package not in the local registry is forwarded to the public registry, cached, and served. You keep using all public packages normally, and your private packages stay on your VPS.",{"id":4482,"category":517,"question":4483,"answer":4484,"weight":17},1023,"How do I update Verdaccio?","Pull the new image and restart the container: `docker compose pull && docker compose up -d`. Verdaccio stores all packages in the `verdaccio-storage` Docker volume, which is preserved across image updates — no data migration needed.",{"id":4486,"category":517,"question":4487,"answer":4488,"weight":17},1024,"How do I publish private packages with a custom scope?","First create an account with `npm adduser --registry https:\u002F\u002Fyour-verdaccio.com`, then log in with `npm login --registry https:\u002F\u002Fyour-verdaccio.com`. In your package, set `\"name\": \"@your-org\u002Fpackage-name\"` in `package.json` and ensure your `.npmrc` contains `@your-org:registry=https:\u002F\u002Fyour-verdaccio.com`. Publish with `npm publish`. Scoped packages under `@your-org\u002F*` will be automatically routed to your Verdaccio registry.",{"id":4490,"category":517,"question":4491,"answer":4492,"weight":17},1033,"What is Unleash and what is it used for?","Unleash is an open-source (Apache-2.0) feature flags platform that lets you enable or disable features in your application in real time, without redeployment. In practice, you wrap a new feature behind a toggle in your code, and the Unleash UI decides whether that toggle is active for each user. You can deploy code to production confidently, activate the feature progressively (5 %, 20 % rollout…), target a specific user segment, or trigger an immediate kill switch if something goes wrong — without touching the code or triggering a deployment pipeline.",{"id":4494,"category":517,"question":4495,"answer":4496,"weight":17},1034,"Which languages are supported by the Unleash SDK?","Unleash provides official SDKs for Node.js, Python, Java, Go, .NET (C#), Ruby, PHP, iOS (Swift) and Android (Kotlin). The community also maintains SDKs for Rust, Elixir, Clojure and other languages. All official SDKs implement the same evaluation algorithm and evaluate flags locally in your application — with no network round-trip per request, for zero added latency.",{"id":4498,"category":517,"question":4499,"answer":4500,"weight":17},1035,"How do I configure a gradual rollout for a new feature?","In the Unleash UI, open your flag and click **Add strategy** in the target environment (e.g. `production`). Select the **Gradual rollout** strategy and set the slider to the desired percentage (e.g. 10 %). Unleash uses a hash of the `userId` to ensure the same user always gets the same result — the same 10 % sees the feature on every visit. You can progressively increase this percentage from the UI without touching your code or redeploying your application.",{"id":4502,"category":517,"question":4503,"answer":4504,"weight":17},1036,"How do I update Unleash?","Pull the new image and restart the containers: `docker compose pull && docker compose up -d`. PostgreSQL database migrations run automatically on startup of the new version — no manual intervention needed. The PostgreSQL volume (`unleash-db`) is preserved across updates, so no data (projects, flags, strategies, metrics) is lost. Check the Unleash changelog on GitHub before each major update for potential SDK API breaking changes.",{"id":4506,"category":517,"question":4507,"answer":4508,"weight":17},1037,"What is the difference between Unleash and environment variables for feature flags?","Environment variables require a full application redeployment to change. Unleash evaluates flags at runtime via the SDK: you change a toggle in the UI and all running instances of your application pick it up within seconds — without touching the binary, without redeployment, without downtime. In addition, Unleash enables complex rules that are impossible with environment variables: gradual rollout by percentage, targeting by userId, pricing plan, country. And every change is tracked in the audit log with the author and timestamp.",{"id":4510,"category":420,"question":4511,"answer":4512,"weight":17},1025,"How do I enable automatic renewal for my domains, and when is it triggered?","There is no automatic renewal: nothing is charged to your account credit or a saved payment method. Before the expiry date, you receive several e-mail reminders; the “Renew” button in your client area then creates an order, which you pay yourself. Without payment, the domain expires; once the grace period is over, it is deleted and becomes available again. The rate applied is 118 DH\u002Fyear for a .ma domain, calculated tax exclusive (VAT excluded).",{"id":4514,"category":420,"question":4515,"answer":4516,"weight":17},1026,"What is the grace period after a .ma domain name expires?","After a .ma domain expires, ANRT grants a grace period during which the holder can still renew without extra fees. Once that period ends, the domain enters redemption, then is released for deletion. It is strongly advised to act as soon as the domain expires: contact our support team via your client portal to check the exact status and available options.",{"id":4518,"category":438,"question":4519,"answer":4520,"weight":17},1027,"How do I update or remove a saved payment method from my client portal?","No payment method is stored in your ServOrbit client area, so there is nothing to edit or delete. You choose the payment method each time you pay an order. Renewals are not charged automatically either: they are also paid from \"My Orders\", with the method of your choice. For any difficulty, contact our billing department via billing@servorbit.com.",{"id":4522,"category":438,"question":4523,"answer":4524,"weight":17},1028,"Can I receive invoices automatically by e-mail after each payment?","Yes, you receive an e-mail — but the invoice is not attached to it. As soon as an invoice is issued for your order, an e-mail invites you to download it from your client portal, under My Orders: for security reasons, it is not sent as an attachment and remains available in your portal. An invoice is not necessarily issued at the very moment of payment: it may be issued after validation by our team. You can turn this notice off under My account, Email notifications (“New invoices”).",{"id":4526,"category":478,"question":4527,"answer":4528,"weight":17},1029,"How do I migrate a mailbox from an external provider to my ServOrbit hosting without losing messages?","The most reliable method is to use imapsync or the migration tool built into cPanel (Accounts → Transfer Tool), which copies all IMAP folders without disrupting the address while it is still in use. First create the mailbox on your ServOrbit hosting, configure it for incoming mail in your mail client, then start the migration. Change the MX records only once synchronisation is complete so no messages are lost in transit. Our support team can assist you at support@servorbit.com.",{"id":4530,"category":876,"question":4531,"answer":4532,"weight":17},1030,"How do I check whether my Dokploy instance is affected by the critical CVEs in version 0.29.x, and how do I fix it?","Dokploy 0.29.x was affected by several critical CVEs allowing privilege escalation and remote code execution via the Docker API. To check your version, SSH into the server and run `dokploy --version` or check the admin interface. If you are on 0.29.x, update immediately using `curl -sSL https:\u002F\u002Fdokploy.com\u002Finstall.sh | sh` or follow the official release notes. While waiting for the update, restrict access to the interface port (default 3000) to your trusted IPs via your VPS firewall.",{"id":4534,"category":495,"question":4535,"answer":4536,"weight":17},1031,"Can I grant access to my client portal to a contractor or collaborator without sharing my password?","Not in that form: a client area currently corresponds to a single login, with no secondary contacts or permissions limited to specific sections. Even so, do not share your password: open a ticket from your client portal to work out with support the solution that fits your situation.",{"id":4538,"category":501,"question":4539,"answer":4540,"weight":17},1032,"How do I back up and restore a PostgreSQL database before a major version migration (e.g. PG 18)?","Before any major PostgreSQL migration, take a full dump using `pg_dumpall -U postgres > backup_before_migration.sql` for the whole cluster, or `pg_dump -U postgres -Fc db_name > db_name.dump` for a single database (compressed format, restorable with `pg_restore`). Verify the dump is complete and readable before launching the upgrade. To restore, create a fresh cluster with the new version and then import using `psql` or `pg_restore`. See our article on PostgreSQL 18 migration for version-specific precautions.",{"id":4542,"category":517,"question":4543,"answer":4544,"weight":17},1038,"What is Blinko and what is it for?","Blinko is an open-source AI-powered note-taking app (GPL-3.0). It organises your notes as atomic cards — one idea per card — with built-in full-text and semantic search. By connecting an Ollama model or any OpenAI-compatible endpoint, you can ask natural-language questions across your entire note history. Everything stays on your VPS, with no cloud account or subscription.",{"id":4546,"category":517,"question":4547,"answer":4548,"weight":17},1039,"Does Blinko require a domain name to work?","No. Blinko publishes its port on localhost only (127.0.0.1), so no domain is required. Without a domain, open an SSH tunnel from your local machine: `ssh -L 1111:127.0.0.1:\u003Cport> root@\u003Cvps-ip>` (the actual port is shown in your ServOrbit client area, not necessarily 1111), then open `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:1111` in your browser. For permanent access from multiple devices, attach one of your domains from your dashboard — nginx proxies the container over HTTPS with automatic certificate renewal — or use the free `{app}.{dns_slug}.servorbit-dns.com` subdomain included with every VPS.",{"id":4550,"category":517,"question":4551,"answer":4552,"weight":17},1040,"What VPS configuration is recommended for Blinko?","Blinko and its PostgreSQL database together consume approximately 400–600 MB RAM at rest. A 1 vCPU \u002F 1 GB RAM VPS is sufficient for a single-user or small-team instance. If you plan to enable AI search with an Ollama sidecar on the same VPS, plan for at least 4 GB RAM depending on the model size (7B models typically require 6–8 GB). For external OpenAI endpoint usage only, 1–2 GB RAM remains sufficient even with semantic search enabled.",{"id":4554,"category":517,"question":4555,"answer":4556,"weight":17},1041,"How do I enable AI search and RAG in Blinko?","In Blinko, go to Settings → AI. Enter the URL of an OpenAI-compatible endpoint and the model name. Two options: (1) Use the OpenAI API directly — enter `https:\u002F\u002Fapi.openai.com\u002Fv1`, your API key and a model name (e.g. `gpt-4o-mini`). (2) Keep everything on your server — deploy an Ollama instance on the same VPS from the ServOrbit Marketplace (AI and Machine Learning category), then point Blinko to `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:\u003Collama-port>\u002Fv1` with the downloaded Ollama model name (e.g. `llama3.2`). Once configured, Blinko indexes your existing notes as vectors and the search bar understands natural-language queries.",{"id":4558,"category":517,"question":4559,"answer":4560,"weight":17},1042,"How do I back up and restore my Blinko data?","All Blinko data lives in two Docker volumes: `blinko-db` (PostgreSQL database) and `blinko-uploads` (attachments and uploaded files). To back up: (1) Export the database with `docker exec blinko-db-1 sh -c 'pg_dump -U blinko blinko' > backup_$(date +%Y%m%d).sql`. (2) Copy the attachments folder via SFTP. To restore on a new VPS: start the containers, then import the dump with `docker exec -i blinko-db-1 psql -U blinko blinko \u003C backup.sql` and reload the attachments. Automate with a daily cron on the VPS.",{"id":4562,"category":426,"question":4563,"answer":4564,"weight":17},1043,"What are the RAM and CPU requirements for Odoo 17 Community on a VPS?","Odoo 17 Community requires at minimum 2 vCPU and 4 GB of RAM for development use or a handful of concurrent users. In production with 10 to 30 simultaneous users, 4 vCPU and 8 GB of RAM provide a solid baseline. Since PostgreSQL is typically hosted on the same server in standalone deployments, plan for at least 40 GB of SSD storage. Heavy third-party modules (accounting, manufacturing) noticeably increase memory consumption; monitor actual usage after the first few days and scale your VPS plan accordingly.",{"id":4566,"category":426,"question":4567,"answer":4568,"weight":17},1044,"Apache Airflow on VPS: LocalExecutor or CeleryExecutor — which should you choose?","The `LocalExecutor` runs tasks in parallel within the same process as the scheduler, with no external dependency: it suits moderate DAG volumes and small teams. The `CeleryExecutor` distributes tasks across separate workers via a message queue (Redis or RabbitMQ); it is suited to intensive pipelines or fault-tolerance requirements. On a single VPS, `LocalExecutor` is sufficient in most cases and avoids the operational complexity of a broker. Switching to `CeleryExecutor` becomes justified when tasks saturate the server's CPUs or when workers need to be spread across multiple nodes.",{"id":4570,"category":876,"question":4571,"answer":4572,"weight":17},1045,"Can unattended-upgrades automatically restart my VPS after a kernel patch?","Yes, `unattended-upgrades` can trigger an automatic reboot after installing a kernel patch if the `Unattended-Upgrade::Automatic-Reboot` option is enabled in `\u002Fetc\u002Fapt\u002Fapt.conf.d\u002F50unattended-upgrades`. By default, this option is disabled to avoid unplanned downtime. You can set a fixed reboot time with `Unattended-Upgrade::Automatic-Reboot-Time`, allowing you to schedule restarts outside peak hours. For critical production environments, many administrators prefer to leave this option disabled and handle reboots manually, using `needrestart` to determine whether a reboot is actually required.",{"id":4574,"category":876,"question":4575,"answer":4576,"weight":17},1046,"How do you verify that automatic security updates are working on Debian\u002FUbuntu?","Several methods confirm that `unattended-upgrades` is working correctly. The log file `\u002Fvar\u002Flog\u002Funattended-upgrades\u002Funattended-upgrades.log` lists packages installed during recent runs. The command `unattended-upgrades --dry-run --debug` simulates an execution without making any changes and shows what would be updated. The file `\u002Fvar\u002Flog\u002Fdpkg.log` records every package installation with its timestamp. On recent systems, `systemctl status unattended-upgrades` shows the service state. Finally, `apt-get -s upgrade` combined with filtering for security packages (`unattended-upgrade -d`) lets you verify that no critical update is pending.",{"id":4578,"category":501,"question":4579,"answer":4580,"weight":17},1047,"How often should you back up a production Odoo instance?","For a production Odoo instance, a daily full backup of the PostgreSQL database is the recommended minimum. Businesses with high transaction volumes or a low tolerance for data loss prefer incremental backups every 4 to 6 hours. Files in the `filestore` directory (attachments, documents) must be backed up at the same frequency as the database to ensure consistency. It is also advisable to retain at least 7 days of daily backups and 4 weeks of weekly backups, stored in a remote location or object storage separate from the main VPS.",{"id":4582,"category":941,"question":4583,"answer":4584,"weight":17},1048,"Is it possible to migrate an Odoo SaaS (Odoo.sh) instance to a VPS?","Migrating from Odoo.sh or the official SaaS to a self-hosted VPS is technically feasible, but involves several steps. First, export a PostgreSQL database dump and the `filestore` directory from the source platform. On the VPS, an Odoo installation at the same major version is required before importing the data. Modules developed specifically for the cloud platform (Odoo.sh integrations, paid Enterprise modules not included in Community) must be identified and replaced. Finally, SSL certificates, DNS configuration, and SMTP access must be reconfigured on the new server before switching over traffic.",{"id":4586,"category":517,"question":4587,"answer":4588,"weight":17},1049,"Does RustDesk require internet access to work in self-hosted mode?","No, RustDesk can operate entirely without internet access when both machines are on the same local network, or when a relay server (`hbbs`\u002F`hbbr`) is deployed on your own VPS. In a self-hosted setup, the rendezvous server (`hbbs`) and relay server (`hbbr`) are installed on your infrastructure, and clients are configured to point to those addresses. Clients can then connect directly to each other (P2P connection) if the network topology allows, or route through your private relay. No data passes through RustDesk's public servers when your own infrastructure is properly configured.",{"id":4590,"category":523,"question":4591,"answer":4592,"weight":17},1050,"What is the difference between a reverse proxy (Nginx Proxy Manager) and a load balancer?","A reverse proxy receives client requests and forwards them to one or more backend servers, hiding their real addresses. It typically handles TLS termination, redirects, access rules, and HTTP headers. A load balancer is a specialized form of reverse proxy whose primary function is to distribute traffic across multiple instances of the same service using an algorithm (round-robin, least connections, etc.) to avoid overloading a single node. Nginx Proxy Manager is a reverse proxy with a graphical admin interface, capable of basic load distribution, but optimized for routing domains to containers or services. A dedicated load balancer like HAProxy or Traefik offers health checks, more advanced distribution algorithms, and finer-grained high-availability management.",{"id":4594,"category":517,"question":4595,"answer":4596,"weight":17},1051,"What is Khoj and what is it for?","Khoj is an open-source personal AI assistant (AGPL-3.0) that you self-host on your own VPS. It automatically indexes your Obsidian notes, PDF documents and emails so you can ask natural language questions about your private knowledge base. It also includes autonomous agents that can search the web and aggregate external sources.",{"id":4598,"category":517,"question":4599,"answer":4600,"weight":17},1052,"Does Khoj require a domain name?","Yes, an address is required — but not necessarily a purchased domain. Khoj uses it for authentication URLs, sharing links and scheduled task callbacks. At installation, choose a subdomain of one of your domains or the free subdomain provided with your VPS: ServOrbit sets up the DNS record, nginx and the HTTPS certificate. One exception: if your domain's DNS zone is not managed by ServOrbit, first point an A record to your VPS IP.",{"id":4602,"category":517,"question":4603,"answer":4604,"weight":17},1053,"How do I access Khoj after installation?","ServOrbit creates an initial admin account with the email admin@khoj.local and a random password shown in your client area. Log in to the web interface at your domain, go to Settings to configure a LLM (Ollama or OpenAI), then create your own user account if needed.",{"id":4606,"category":517,"question":4607,"answer":4608,"weight":17},1054,"Which LLM should I use with Khoj?","Khoj is compatible with Ollama (local models like Llama 3, Mistral or Qwen), OpenAI and Anthropic. For 100% local use without API costs, install Ollama on the same VPS or a network machine and configure it in Settings → LLM. For better performance, an OpenAI key (gpt-4o-mini) works very well.",{"id":4610,"category":517,"question":4611,"answer":4612,"weight":17},1055,"What VPS configuration is needed for Khoj?","Khoj requires at least 4 GB of RAM and 2 vCPUs. The service loads embedding models at startup and uses PostgreSQL with pgvector for vector storage. Plan for 20 GB of disk as a baseline, plus extra space depending on the volume of documents to index. Khoj does not require a GPU: LLM inference is delegated to your configured LLM.",{"id":4614,"category":420,"question":4615,"answer":4616,"weight":17},1056,"How can I tell whether a .ma domain is already taken, and by whom?","Our free \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Ftools\u002Fma-whois-lookup\">.ma WHOIS\u003C\u002Fa> tool queries the ANRT registry directly (.ma, .co.ma, .net.ma…): it tells you whether the name is free or registered and, if it is taken, shows its creation, expiry and last-update dates, its nameservers, its statuses and, when known, the registrar that manages it. It does not, however, show the registrant's name or contact details: this is a privacy choice, not a technical limitation — these are personal data, governed by Moroccan Law 09-08, which we do not republish on an open page. To reach a registrant, the route is the registry itself or ANRT's dispute procedure. For the protection of your own details, see “Is my Whois information protected?” and “What is a registrant contact (Whois)…” in the \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fsupport\u002Fdomaines\">Domains FAQ\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":4618,"category":420,"question":4619,"answer":4620,"weight":17},1335,"How can I look up the WHOIS of a .com or of an extension other than .ma?","Our free \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Ftools\u002Fwhois-lookup\">WHOIS\u003C\u002Fa> tool covers .com, .net, .org and every extension whose registry publishes an RDAP service, the format that succeeded classic WHOIS. It tells you whether the name is free or registered and, if it is taken, shows its creation, expiry and last-update dates, the registrar that manages it, its nameservers and its statuses. As with .ma, it does not show the registrant's name or contact details: these are personal data, which we do not republish, even when the registry does. For a .ma, .co.ma or another Moroccan extension, use the \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Ftools\u002Fma-whois-lookup\">.ma WHOIS\u003C\u002Fa> tool, which queries the ANRT registry directly.",{"id":4622,"category":517,"question":4623,"answer":4624,"weight":17},1057,"What is ArchiveBox and what is it used for?","ArchiveBox is an open-source (MIT) web archiving tool that lets you save web pages, articles, videos and media directly to your VPS. Instead of relying on third-party services like Pocket or Archive.org, you store your archives in your own infrastructure: each URL you submit generates a snapshot in HTML, PDF, screenshot PNG, WARC and plaintext. You can then retrieve those pages even if they've disappeared from the web, share them with your team via signed links, or use them as digital evidence in a legal context.",{"id":4626,"category":517,"question":4627,"answer":4628,"weight":17},1058,"Which port does ArchiveBox use and how do I access it?","ArchiveBox listens on port 5797 (Daphne ASGI server) internally, bound to the loopback interface only (127.0.0.1) — it is not directly exposed to the internet. To access the interface from your browser, open an SSH tunnel: `ssh -L 5797:127.0.0.1:\u003Cexposed-port> root@\u003Cvps-ip>` then navigate to `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:5797\u002F`. The admin interface is at `\u002Fadmin\u002F`. For permanent access without a tunnel, attach a domain or subdomain from your ServOrbit client area: nginx will proxy traffic to HTTPS automatically.",{"id":4630,"category":517,"question":4631,"answer":4632,"weight":17},1059,"What file formats does ArchiveBox produce for each archived page?","For each URL submitted, ArchiveBox can simultaneously produce: a full HTML mirror via wget (with CSS\u002FJS\u002Fimage assets), a self-contained single-file HTML capture via SingleFile, a full-page PNG screenshot, a PDF (Chromium-rendered), an ISO 28500-compliant WARC file with CDX index, a JSON of the final JavaScript DOM, and plaintext indexed for full-text search. yt-dlp is also integrated for video archiving (YouTube, Vimeo, Twitter, etc.). Each extractor can be enabled or disabled globally in the `.env` file or per URL from the web interface.",{"id":4634,"category":517,"question":4635,"answer":4636,"weight":17},1060,"Does ArchiveBox require a domain name to work?","No, ArchiveBox does not require a domain to function. By default, the container listens on the loopback (127.0.0.1) and is accessible by opening an SSH tunnel from your workstation. This is sufficient for solo use. If you want permanent access from any browser or from your team, you can attach a subdomain from your ServOrbit client area: the nginx server is configured automatically and a Let's Encrypt TLS certificate is provisioned. Once the domain is active, remember to update the `ARCHIVEBOX_CSRF_TRUSTED_ORIGINS` variable in your compose to avoid CSRF errors.",{"id":4638,"category":517,"question":4639,"answer":4640,"weight":17},1061,"How do I update ArchiveBox to a new version?","The update takes two commands from your VPS: `docker compose pull` to download the new image, then `docker compose up -d` to recreate the container with the new version. ArchiveBox automatically runs Django migrations on startup — your archive data in the `archivebox-data` volume is fully preserved. Check the release notes on the GitHub repository before each major update for any schema migrations or configuration changes. In case of issues, the `archivebox-data` volume is independent of the container: you can roll back to the previous image with `docker compose up -d --image \u003Cversion>` without losing your archives.",{"id":4642,"category":432,"question":4643,"answer":4644,"weight":17},1062,"Can I host a survey application like LimeSurvey on a ServOrbit shared hosting plan?","LimeSurvey requires PHP and MySQL, but intensive use (simultaneous responses, processing scripts) can quickly exceed shared hosting resources during large campaigns. For occasional use or low-traffic internal surveys, shared hosting works fine; beyond that, a VPS starting from 99 DH\u002Fmonth with no commitment gives you the resources and root access needed for an optimised installation. Check our \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fapplications\">Marketplace\u003C\u002Fa> for available templates.",{"id":4646,"category":426,"question":4647,"answer":4648,"weight":17},1063,"Can I run a complete homelab stack (Nextcloud, Vaultwarden, Jellyfin, Immich, Paperless-ngx) on a single ServOrbit VPS?","Yes, a single VPS can host multiple services in parallel via Docker Compose, provided you choose a plan with enough RAM and storage — Jellyfin with transcoding and Immich with AI analysis are the most resource-intensive. An intermediate plan starting from 299 DH\u002Fmonth, no commitment, with 8 GB of RAM is a good starting point; add extra storage according to your media library. Find installation guides on our \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fapplications\">Marketplace\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":4650,"category":941,"question":4651,"answer":4652,"weight":17},1064,"How do I migrate my Squarespace website to self-hosted Ghost on a ServOrbit VPS?","Migration happens in three steps: export your content from Squarespace (Tools → Export), import it into Ghost via its admin panel, then point your domain to your ServOrbit VPS. Ghost installs in minutes on a VPS via our Marketplace; plan for at least 1 GB of RAM. For any question, open a ticket from your \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fclient-area\u002Fsupport\">client area\u003C\u002Fa> with your migration timeline.",{"id":4654,"category":438,"question":4655,"answer":4656,"weight":17},1065,"Can I receive a single monthly grouped invoice for all my hosted services (domains, VPS, hosting) on one account?","No. All your purchases and renewals are listed in your client area under \"My Orders\", and each order generates its own invoice: a single consolidated monthly bill is not currently available, but you can download all your invoices from your \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fclient-area\">client area\u003C\u002Fa>. For specific needs (global purchase order, end-of-month billing), contact our billing team at billing@servorbit.com.",{"id":4658,"category":420,"question":4659,"answer":4660,"weight":17},1066,"Can I register multiple domain names in a single order at ServOrbit?","Yes, you can add multiple extensions and domain names to the same cart and pay in one transaction. Each domain then appears as a separate line item in your client area and can be managed independently (DNS, renewal, transfer). The reseller offer adds no bulk registration tool: a reseller orders domains the same way, from their client area.",{"id":4662,"category":495,"question":4663,"answer":4664,"weight":17},1067,"How do I track the status of my domains and services approaching expiry from my client area?","Your client area dashboard shows all your services with their expiry dates and statuses. E-mail reminders are sent to you several times before the due date; you manage them in your account notification preferences (“Renewal reminders”). If a service is in its grace period after expiry, its status clearly indicates it; access your area directly at \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fclient-area\">servorbit.com\u002Fen\u002Fclient-area\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":4666,"category":825,"question":4667,"answer":4668,"weight":17},1068,"Can I host LimeSurvey or a high-traffic survey platform on a ServOrbit dedicated server?","Absolutely: a dedicated server gives you exclusive resources (CPU, RAM, SSD storage) with no sharing with other customers, ideal for large-scale survey campaigns or surveys with massive simultaneous responses. You have full root access to optimise PHP, the database and cache. To view available configurations and pricing, see the \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fdedicated-servers\">dedicated servers\u003C\u002Fa> page or request a quote via the \u002Fcontact form.",{"id":4670,"category":489,"question":4671,"answer":4672,"weight":17},1069,"How do I get help migrating a site from a SaaS platform (Squarespace, Wix, Webflow) to ServOrbit hosting?","Open a ticket in the \"Hosting\" category from your \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fclient-area\u002Fsupport\">client area\u003C\u002Fa>, specifying the source platform, the type of site, and your timeline. Our team assesses feasibility, guides you on data export and DNS configuration, and can propose assisted migration depending on complexity. For an initial conversation, you can also use the contact form at \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fcontact\">\u002Fen\u002Fcontact\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":4674,"category":420,"question":4675,"answer":4676,"weight":17},1070,"How can I make my domain name WHOIS information private?","WHOIS data (name, address, email) is publicly accessible by default. On the extensions that allow it, ServOrbit offers the “WHOIS Privacy” option, which replaces your contact details with substitute details: you tick it when searching for a domain, for a new registration, and its yearly price is shown next to the checkbox. It cannot be added to an incoming transfer. It does not exist for .ma domains or their sub-extensions: the national registry (ANRT) makes no provision for WHOIS privacy.",{"id":4678,"category":420,"question":4679,"answer":4680,"weight":17},1071,"How do I enable DNSSEC on my domain name?","DNSSEC adds a cryptographic signature to your DNS records, protecting your visitors against cache poisoning and redirect attacks. It cannot be enabled self-service from your client area: to request it, open a ticket from your client area or write to support@servorbit.com. Support depends on the extension and its registry, particularly for .ma domains.",{"id":4682,"category":420,"question":4683,"answer":4684,"weight":17},1072,"How do I transfer a domain name from another registrar to ServOrbit?","To transfer your domain to ServOrbit: 1) Unlock the domain at your current registrar (disable the Registrar Lock). 2) Obtain the authorization code (EPP \u002F auth code). 3) Search for the domain on our site: if it is already registered elsewhere, click “Transfer to us”, enter this code, then pay for the order. 4) Confirm the request from the email sent to the registrant's WHOIS address. The transfer takes 5 to 7 business days. Your domain remains active at the previous registrar during this time. .ma domains follow ANRT's own transfer rules, which may extend this timeframe.",{"id":4686,"category":495,"question":4687,"answer":4688,"weight":17},1073,"How do I download an invoice or credit note from my ServOrbit client area?","Your invoices are available from \"My Orders\" in your client area: open the order you want, then click \"Download the invoice\" to get the PDF, available once the order is paid. Purchase and renewal invoices are all listed there, with their date, reference and status. Credits are not downloadable documents: you can view them under \"My Credits\". If you need a full export for your accounting, download each invoice individually.",{"id":4690,"category":495,"question":4691,"answer":4692,"weight":17},1074,"What happens if I don't renew a service before its expiry date at ServOrbit?","At the due date, a service that has not been renewed becomes expired, then, after a grace period, it is suspended: it remains visible in your client area and is no longer active, but its data is kept and you can still renew it. After a further period without payment, the service is terminated and associated data (files, databases, configurations) are permanently deleted. There is no automatic renewal: from your client area, the “Renew” button creates an order to pay. Reminder emails are sent to you several times before the due date.",{"id":4694,"category":825,"question":4695,"answer":4696,"weight":17},1075,"Can I connect an external monitoring tool (Grafana, Prometheus, Zabbix) to my ServOrbit dedicated server?","Yes, you have full root access to your dedicated server. For Prometheus, install `node_exporter` and expose port 9100 only to your monitoring infrastructure IP. For Zabbix, install `zabbix-agent2` and set the Zabbix server address in `\u002Fetc\u002Fzabbix\u002Fzabbix_agent2.conf`. For Grafana Cloud, the Alloy agent is the recommended solution. Important: never leave metrics endpoints open to the public — exporters without authentication are regularly scanned and can reveal sensitive information about your infrastructure.",{"id":4698,"category":825,"question":4699,"answer":4700,"weight":17},1076,"How long does it take to provision a new ServOrbit dedicated server?","ServOrbit dedicated servers are made available within a few minutes to a few hours, depending on the chosen configuration and available stock. As soon as your server is operational, you receive a summary email containing the IP address, hostname and initial SSH credentials. This information is also accessible in your client area, under My Servers. If this timeframe is exceeded, open a support request: our team will confirm the progress and, if necessary, offer an immediately available alternative.",{"id":4702,"category":432,"question":4703,"answer":4704,"weight":17},1077,"Can I run multiple WordPress sites on a single ServOrbit shared hosting plan?","Yes. From cPanel (Domains → Addon Domains), you can add as many domains as your plan allows, each with its own web directory and WordPress installation. The number of addon domains depends on your plan; check your client area for your remaining quota. Keep in mind that all installations share the CPU, memory and database resources of your plan: a poorly optimized site can affect the others. For high-traffic sites or those requiring full isolation, a dedicated VPS per installation is preferable.",{"id":4706,"category":426,"question":4707,"answer":4708,"weight":17},1078,"How do I avoid permission errors on my Docker volumes at first startup?","Permission denied errors on Docker volumes occur when the UID of the container process does not match the owner of the mounted directory on the host. Before starting your stack, create the data directory and set the correct ownership with `chown \u003Cuid>:\u003Cgid>` on the VPS. You can also define `user:` in your `docker-compose.yml` to enforce the runtime identity. Our VPS documentation covers the most common cases; the support team is available at support@servorbit.com for guidance.",{"id":4710,"category":426,"question":4711,"answer":4712,"weight":17},1079,"Can I interconnect multiple ServOrbit VPS in a private mesh network using a tool like NetBird or WireGuard?","Yes, you can deploy a mesh VPN (NetBird, WireGuard, Tailscale) directly on your ServOrbit root VPS to create a private network between multiple machines without exposing your services on a public IP. Each VPS comes with full root access, allowing you to freely install and configure the daemon of your choice. This approach is especially suited for agencies managing multiple clients from a single control plane. Check our VPS guides or write to support@servorbit.com if you need help with routing.",{"id":4714,"category":478,"question":4715,"answer":4716,"weight":17},1080,"Can I use an external outgoing SMTP server (Gmail, Mailgun…) from my ServOrbit shared hosting?","On a cPanel shared hosting account, the default outgoing SMTP server is the one provided with your account, but most web applications (WordPress, Drupal, etc.) allow you to configure a third-party SMTP relay through their own plugin or configuration settings. You can therefore use an external service like Mailgun or Gmail SMTP directly from your application, without modifying the server configuration. Port 587 (STARTTLS) is recommended. For advanced transactional sending needs, our VPS plans give you full control over Postfix or Exim.",{"id":4718,"category":941,"question":4719,"answer":4720,"weight":17},1081,"Can I migrate a self-hosted Plex or Jellyfin library to a ServOrbit VPS without losing my metadata?","Yes, migrating Plex or Jellyfin to a ServOrbit VPS involves three steps: exporting the database and metadata folder from your current installation, transferring it via rsync or SCP to your new VPS, then reinstalling the server pointing to the same paths. Metadata, playlists, and watch progress are preserved as long as library paths remain identical or are correctly reconfigured. Our root VPS plans give you full freedom over directory structure. Contact support@servorbit.com with any question about the data transfer.",{"id":4722,"category":432,"question":4723,"answer":4724,"weight":17},1082,"Is my website hosted outside Morocco subject to a CNDP declaration?","Under Law 09-08, any Moroccan-registered company or legal entity that processes personal data of Moroccan residents is subject to a declaration requirement with the CNDP, regardless of where the server is hosted. The server location does not determine the applicable jurisdiction: it is the data controller that is concerned. If your business is established in Morocco or you collect data from Moroccan residents, a prior CNDP declaration is required. We recommend consulting a specialist lawyer for your specific situation; our technical team can assist with configuring your hosting to meet technical requirements.",{"id":4726,"category":438,"question":4727,"answer":4728,"weight":17},1083,"How does ServOrbit apply Moroccan VAT to my subscriptions?","ServOrbit applies Moroccan VAT at the current rate (20%) on all of its orders, whatever the customer's country. VAT is clearly itemised on each invoice, which you can download from \"My Orders\" in your client area. If you are a business, with a Business account, add your company under \"My billing companies\" (company name, address and, for a Moroccan company, ICE) so that it appears on your invoices. For any question about your tax situation, contact us at support@servorbit.com.",{"id":4730,"category":517,"question":4731,"answer":4732,"weight":17},1084,"What is Teable and how does it differ from Airtable?","Teable is an open-source alternative to Airtable (AGPL-3.0). Like Airtable, it offers grid, kanban, gallery and form views for organizing data visually. The key difference is that Teable stores every table directly in PostgreSQL — giving you full SQL access, complete data portability and no cost per user or row. On ServOrbit, Teable runs on your own VPS: your data never leaves your infrastructure.",{"id":4734,"category":517,"question":4735,"answer":4736,"weight":17},1085,"How do I log in to Teable after installation?","After deployment, navigate to the URL provided by ServOrbit. Teable shows a registration page: the first account you create becomes the workspace owner. There is no preset admin account — you choose your credentials at that first registration. Once logged in, you can invite collaborators from the workspace settings and assign their roles (viewer, editor or owner).",{"id":4738,"category":517,"question":4739,"answer":4740,"weight":17},1086,"How do I use Teable's REST API?","Every Teable table automatically exposes a REST API. From the Teable interface, open Settings → API Tokens to generate an access token. The API follows REST conventions (GET, POST, PATCH, DELETE) on `\u002Fapi\u002Ftable\u002F{tableId}\u002Frecord`. You can connect this API to automation tools like n8n or Zapier, or call it directly from your backend application to read or write data in real time.",{"id":4742,"category":517,"question":4743,"answer":4744,"weight":17},1087,"What is the difference between Teable, NocoDB and Grist?","The three tools are complementary. NocoDB connects to an existing PostgreSQL or MySQL database and wraps it in a collaborative spreadsheet UI — ideal if you already have a schema to visualize. Grist uses a Python-formula document model, more powerful for analysis. Teable creates its own PostgreSQL tables from scratch and focuses on real-time visual collaboration — it is the closest to the Airtable experience. Choose NocoDB to wrap an existing database, Grist for analysis, Teable to build a new collaborative base.",{"id":4746,"category":517,"question":4747,"answer":4748,"weight":17},1088,"What VPS configuration is recommended for Teable?","Teable requires at least 2 GB of RAM to run the three containers (PostgreSQL 15, Redis 7 and the application server). For comfortable use with multiple collaborators, 4 GB of RAM and 2 vCPUs are recommended. Plan for at least 20 GB of SSD disk for PostgreSQL volumes and uploaded assets. Teable does not require a GPU — all operations run on the CPU.",{"id":4750,"category":523,"question":4751,"answer":4752,"weight":17},1089,"Does the Microsoft Cloud (CSP) price increase affect the clients I manage from my ServOrbit reseller account?","No. The ServOrbit reseller offer is hosting managed through cPanel and WHM, on our infrastructure (shared with Agency S and Agency M, on an unmanaged VPS with Agency Premium), with no dependency on Microsoft or any CSP programme. The hosting you resell is therefore not exposed to Microsoft 365 or Azure licence price revisions. If you want to reduce your clients' exposure to cloud publisher price increases, the open-source applications in the Marketplace, deployed on a VPS, can complement or replace certain tools.",{"id":4754,"category":517,"question":4755,"answer":4756,"weight":17},1090,"Can I offer my clients self-hosted alternatives to Teams or SharePoint through my reseller offer?","Yes. Order VPS from your client area and deploy open-source collaboration solutions such as Mattermost or Nextcloud on them via the Marketplace, without depending on Microsoft licences. These VPS are billed at the public price and are not part of the reseller offer, which covers cPanel\u002FWHM hosting (shared with Agency S and Agency M, on an unmanaged VPS with Agency Premium): you re-bill them to your clients at the price you set. See the \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Freseller-hosting\">reseller offer page\u003C\u002Fa> or contact us at support@servorbit.com for tailored guidance.",{"id":4758,"category":489,"question":4759,"answer":4760,"weight":17},1091,"What information should I prepare before opening an assisted migration request with ServOrbit?","To allow our team to prepare and plan the migration quickly, please have the following ready: the domain name involved, the current hosting provider or control panel (cPanel, Plesk, other), the approximate data volume or number of accounts, and if possible the source FTP or cPanel credentials. The more precise the information in your ticket, the faster the migration. Open your request from your client area or write to support@servorbit.com.",{"id":4762,"category":478,"question":4763,"answer":4764,"weight":17},1092,"My domain is registered with another registrar. Can I use ServOrbit professional email with this domain?","Yes. You simply need to point your domain's MX records to our servers from your current registrar's DNS zone. No domain transfer is required. If you do not yet have a ServOrbit hosting plan, you can subscribe to a web hosting plan and configure the MX records in minutes. Our getting-started guide or our team at support@servorbit.com can assist you.",{"id":4766,"category":876,"question":4767,"answer":4768,"weight":17},1093,"Does the SSL certificate automatically cover a subdomain I add to my ServOrbit hosting?","Yes, provided the subdomain is created via cPanel and its DNS record points to your hosting server. Let's Encrypt then issues a certificate for that subdomain within minutes of the addition, without any action on your part. If the subdomain is hosted elsewhere or not resolved in DNS, no certificate can be issued automatically.",{"id":4770,"category":426,"question":4771,"answer":4772,"weight":17},1094,"Can I install a self-hosted dashboard like Homarr or Glance on my ServOrbit VPS?","Yes. These dashboards install like any Docker application on your ServOrbit VPS, using your root access. Homarr and Glance are available in the ServOrbit Marketplace as ready-to-use VPS templates: deploy in minutes and then access your dashboard from your domain. See the \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fcloud-vps\">VPS Cloud page\u003C\u002Fa> to choose the right plan for your needs.",{"id":4774,"category":523,"question":4775,"answer":4776,"weight":17},1095,"What is the difference between a self-hosted VPN (OpenVPN) installed on my VPS and a private network between servers?","A self-hosted VPN like OpenVPN encrypts communications between your workstation or applications and your VPS, travelling over the internet. A private network between servers (datacenter internal interconnection or a mesh tunnel with WireGuard) directly connects multiple VPS instances on an isolated network segment, without exposing traffic to the public network. Both are complementary: the VPN secures remote access, the private network optimises internal exchanges between machines.",{"id":4778,"category":495,"question":4779,"answer":4780,"weight":17},1096,"How do I access my invoices if my ServOrbit account was created by taking over services from a previous provider?","All invoices generated since your ServOrbit account was opened are available in your client area, under \"My Orders\". If your services were transferred from another provider, invoices prior to the transfer remain with the previous provider: only invoices issued by ServOrbit after the takeover appear in your area. For any question about your history or a missing document, contact us at support@servorbit.com.",{"id":4782,"category":426,"question":4783,"answer":4784,"weight":17},1097,"What are the RAM requirements to host Plane on a VPS?","Plane combines a Django backend, a task worker, a notification service, and a Next.js frontend. In production, the absolute minimum is 4 GB of RAM: below that, Docker containers compete for memory during load spikes and the task worker gets killed by the OOM killer. For a team of 5 to 20 active users, a VPS with 8 GB RAM (4 vCPUs) is recommended — that is the profile to aim for if you install Plane yourself on your VPS (Plane is not yet offered for order on the ServOrbit Marketplace). If you exceed 50 concurrent users or enable the real-time analytics module, move up to 16 GB. The PostgreSQL database and Redis broker are included in Plane's official Docker Compose deployment; plan for at least 20 GB of NVMe SSD storage for attachments and logs. The entry-level VPS Solo plan (2 vCPUs, 4 GB of RAM) covers this minimum, but the right starting point for Plane is the 4 vCPU \u002F 8 GB offer.",{"id":4786,"category":941,"question":4787,"answer":4788,"weight":17},1098,"Can I migrate from Asana and keep my project history in Plane?","Plane includes a native Asana importer accessible from workspace settings (Settings → Importers → Asana). It imports projects, tasks, sub-tasks, assignees, due dates, and comments. Activity history is partially preserved: dated comments and status changes are included, but large attachments may require manual transfer depending on their size. Before starting the import, generate an Asana personal access token and grant read access to the relevant workspaces. The migration does not delete anything on the Asana side: you can run both systems in parallel while validating. Once Plane is installed on your ServOrbit VPS (it is not yet offered for order on the Marketplace), the importer runs directly in the web interface — no CLI commands are needed. For large-scale migrations (more than 10,000 tasks), run the import outside peak hours to avoid timeouts.",{"id":4790,"category":517,"question":4791,"answer":4792,"weight":17},1099,"Is Teable compatible with the Airtable API for imports?","Teable offers partial compatibility with the Airtable API. Importing via the Airtable REST API is natively supported in Teable: provide your Airtable API key and base ID, and Teable reconstructs the tables, fields, and records. Common field types (text, number, date, checkbox, single and multiple select, linked records) are mapped automatically. However, Airtable features without a direct equivalent in Teable are not imported: automations, interfaces, and scripts. Attachments are downloaded and stored locally on your ServOrbit VPS. For a base with fewer than 50,000 records, the full import typically takes less than 10 minutes. The Teable template is available at \u002Fapplications\u002Fbases-de-donnees\u002Fteable. After migration, check filtered views and calculated formulas — their syntax differs slightly between the two tools.",{"id":4794,"category":876,"question":4795,"answer":4796,"weight":17},1100,"How do I secure Qdrant with an API key on a ServOrbit VPS?","Qdrant exposes its HTTP interface on port 6333 without authentication by default. On a ServOrbit VPS, combine three measures. First, define an API key in the Qdrant configuration by adding `api_key: your-secret-key` to `config\u002Fproduction.yaml` or using the environment variable `QDRANT__SERVICE__API_KEY`. Every request must then include the header `api-key: your-secret-key`. Second, restrict network access to port 6333 with UFW: allow only the IPs of your applications (application server, ingestion pipeline) and block everything else. Third, never expose Qdrant directly on the internet without a TLS reverse proxy: put an nginx vhost in front with a Let's Encrypt certificate and forward HTTPS connections to local port 6333. The ServOrbit template for Qdrant integrates these three measures by default. For any questions about network configuration, contact support@servorbit.com.",{"id":4798,"category":523,"question":4799,"answer":4800,"weight":17},1101,"Is self-hosted PostHog GDPR-compliant?","Yes, provided you control where the data is stored. By hosting PostHog on a ServOrbit VPS, all analytics data stays on your infrastructure, with no transfer to third-party servers. That is precisely the advantage of self-hosting over PostHog Cloud. Technically, you still need to fulfill a few GDPR obligations on the application side: inform your users about data collection in your privacy policy, implement consent management (cookie banner), honor data deletion requests (PostHog has a deletion API by `distinct_id`), and configure a data retention period consistent with your purpose. ServOrbit has no access to the data in your PostHog instance — you are solely responsible for the processing. For questions about your specific GDPR compliance, consult a DPO or a specialized lawyer.",{"id":4802,"category":426,"question":4803,"answer":4804,"weight":17},1102,"Can I use multiple LLM models at the same time in LibreChat?","Yes, LibreChat is designed to be multi-provider. In your `librechat.yaml` file, you configure as many endpoints as you want: OpenAI, Anthropic, Mistral, a local model via Ollama, or any OpenAI-compatible API. Each endpoint is identified by a name, an API key, and a list of available models. Your users can then switch between models in the interface using the model selector, within the same session or across conversations. There is no limit to the number of configured endpoints — you can have GPT-4o, Claude 3.5 Sonnet, and Mistral Large available simultaneously. API key management stays in your `.env` file on the server side: your users have no access to it. On a ServOrbit VPS, the LibreChat template includes a commented example `librechat.yaml` with the most common endpoints. API calls are billed by each provider separately according to their own pricing.",{"id":4806,"category":517,"question":4807,"answer":4808,"weight":17},1103,"What is the difference between Plane and Kaneo for project management?","Plane and Kaneo address different needs. Plane is a full-featured project management tool, competing with Asana and Jira: it offers cycles (sprints), modules (epics), a roadmap, multiple views (list, kanban board, calendar, spreadsheet), time tracking, analytics reports, and a rich API. It is the right choice for product or software teams managing complex backlogs. Kaneo is a minimalist kanban-oriented tool: columns, tasks, labels, assignees — that is it. Its interface is deliberately clean, onboarding is instant, and its server resource usage is very low (less than 256 MB of RAM). It is the right choice for a small team or solo project that wants a visual board without the complexity of a full-featured tool. On ServOrbit, Kaneo is available on VPS from \u002Fapplications\u002Fcollaboration\u002Fkaneo; Plane is not yet offered for order on the Marketplace, but you can install it yourself on your VPS. If you are unsure, start with Kaneo — it is easier to migrate to Plane later than to go back.",{"id":4810,"category":426,"question":4811,"answer":4812,"weight":17},1104,"How do I limit OpenAI API costs in a shared LibreChat instance?","LibreChat has several mechanisms to control API spending in a shared environment. First, enable per-user token limits in `librechat.yaml` via the `tokenCreditConfig` key: define a token quota per period (for example, 100,000 tokens per day per user). When the quota is reached, the user receives a message and cannot send requests until the next reset. Second, restrict available models: expose only cost-effective models (gpt-4o-mini rather than gpt-4o) or limit certain models to specific user roles via LibreChat's role system. Third, configure low default `maxTokens` for each endpoint to limit the length of generated responses. Fourth, on the OpenAI side, set monthly spending limits in your OpenAI dashboard — this is a safety net independent of LibreChat. On a ServOrbit VPS, the LibreChat template includes a `tokenCreditConfig` configuration example. For configuration assistance, contact support@servorbit.com.",{"id":4814,"category":489,"question":4815,"answer":4816,"weight":17},1105,"How do I set the urgency level of a support request?","When opening a ticket from your client area, you can set the priority of your request (Low, Normal, High, Urgent). For critical outages affecting your production services, choose the Urgent priority and state it clearly in the title and first message — our team sorts requests by this criterion to handle blocking incidents first.",{"id":4818,"category":420,"question":4819,"answer":4820,"weight":17},1106,"Can I delegate DNS management for a subdomain to different NS servers?","Yes. By adding an NS record in your DNS zone pointing to the name servers of your choice, you fully delegate the resolution of a subdomain (for example, `app.yourdomain.com`) to another provider or service. This can be done directly from your ServOrbit client area, in the DNS tab of your domain.",{"id":4822,"category":478,"question":4823,"answer":4824,"weight":17},1107,"How do I create a catch-all email address for my domain in cPanel?","In cPanel, go to the 'Email' section then 'Default Email Address' (also called the default address or catch-all). Set it to forward to an existing mailbox or discard messages sent to non-existent addresses on your domain. This is useful to avoid missing any messages, but may increase spam if your domain is targeted by address-harvesting bots.",{"id":4826,"category":825,"question":4827,"answer":4828,"weight":17},1108,"Can I host a self-hosted IP video surveillance solution (NVR) on a ServOrbit dedicated server?","Yes. A dedicated server with root access lets you install and run an open-source network video recorder (NVR) — such as Frigate — to store and analyse feeds from your IP cameras. Plan for adequate storage based on your target resolution and retention period, and make sure to secure network access to your video streams. Visit our \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fdedicated-servers\">dedicated servers page\u003C\u002Fa> for available configurations.",{"id":4830,"category":495,"question":4831,"answer":4832,"weight":17},1109,"How do I view recent login history on my ServOrbit client area?","Recent login history is not currently available in your client area. To protect your account, you can change your password and enable two-factor authentication (2FA) from \"My account\". If you notice any activity you do not recognise, change your password immediately, enable two-factor authentication and contact our support.",{"id":4834,"category":825,"question":4835,"answer":4836,"weight":17},1110,"Can I install an open-source SIEM (such as Wazuh) on my ServOrbit dedicated server to centralise my security logs?","Yes. A dedicated server with root access gives you the freedom to install an open-source SIEM platform like Wazuh to collect and analyse security logs from all your servers. Plan for at least 8 GB of RAM and substantial NVMe storage depending on your expected log volume. Visit our \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fdedicated-servers\">dedicated servers page\u003C\u002Fa> to find the right configuration.",{"id":4838,"category":489,"question":4839,"answer":4840,"weight":17},1111,"How do I get help configuring a security monitoring tool on my VPS or dedicated server?","For any advanced configuration question (firewall, security monitoring, log auditing), open a ticket from your client area specifying your OS, the tool version, and the observed behaviour. If you want to delegate full server administration, ask about the VPS administration option available as an add-on to your plan.",{"id":4842,"category":426,"question":4843,"answer":4844,"weight":17},1112,"What is RustFS and how does it differ from MinIO or Garage?","RustFS is an S3-compatible object storage server, written in Rust and released under the Apache 2.0 licence. Unlike Garage (no built-in web console) or MinIO (advanced console under a separate commercial licence since 2021), RustFS includes a full web console in a single binary with no external dependency. It exposes a standard S3 API on port 9000 and its console on port 9001.",{"id":4846,"category":426,"question":4847,"answer":4848,"weight":17},1113,"Do I need a domain name to use RustFS on a ServOrbit VPS?","No. RustFS works without a domain: you access it through an SSH tunnel. For the web console (port 9001), create a tunnel `ssh -L 9001:127.0.0.1:\u003Cport> root@\u003Cip>` then open `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:9001\u002Frustfs\u002Fconsole\u002F`. For the S3 API (port 9000), a second tunnel `ssh -L 9000:127.0.0.1:9000 root@\u003Cip>` is enough to connect aws-cli, rclone or any S3 client. You can attach a domain later for public access.",{"id":4850,"category":426,"question":4851,"answer":4852,"weight":17},1114,"How do I access the RustFS web console and S3 API after installation?","After installation from the ServOrbit Marketplace, two credentials are generated and shown in your client area: `RUSTFS_ACCESS_KEY` (username) and `RUSTFS_SECRET_KEY` (password). The web console is accessible via an SSH tunnel on the port shown in your client area; log in at `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:9001\u002Frustfs\u002Fconsole\u002F` with these credentials. The S3 API is accessible on port 9000 via a second tunnel. All S3 clients (aws-cli, rclone, mc, AWS SDK) work with the endpoint `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:9000`.",{"id":4854,"category":426,"question":4855,"answer":4856,"weight":17},1115,"What is the minimum recommended VPS configuration for RustFS?","RustFS requires **at least 2 GB of RAM** to run stably. CPU requirements are low (1 vCPU is enough for personal or small-team use). The main variable is storage: size your SSD volume according to the amount of data you want to store (allow 10–20% margin for metadata and backups). For intensive production use, 4 GB of RAM and 2 vCPUs are recommended.",{"id":4858,"category":426,"question":4859,"answer":4860,"weight":17},1116,"How do I connect rclone, aws-cli, or another S3 client to RustFS hosted on a VPS?","Open an SSH tunnel to port 9000 of your VPS: `ssh -L 9000:127.0.0.1:9000 root@\u003Cip>`. Then configure your S3 client with endpoint `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:9000` and your credentials. With **rclone**: in `rclone.conf`, add a `[rustfs]` backend of type `s3`, `provider = Other`, `endpoint = http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:9000`, plus `access_key_id` and `secret_access_key` from your client area. With **aws-cli**: `aws --endpoint-url http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:9000 s3 ls`. With **mc** (MinIO Client): `mc alias set rustfs http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:9000 \u003CACCESS_KEY> \u003CSECRET_KEY>`.",{"id":4862,"category":438,"question":4863,"answer":4864,"weight":17},1117,"What price applies when renewing a VPS ordered on a 12-month commitment?","The discounted 12-month commitment price is a first-year promotion. At renewal, the VPS is billed at the standard monthly rate (no commitment), shown on the plan card before you order. If you subscribed before 30 September 2026, your commitment price is renewed each year (grandfathered status shown on your service). For any question about your situation, contact us at support@servorbit.com.",{"id":4866,"category":707,"question":4867,"answer":4868,"weight":17},1118,"Can I bring over a hosting portfolio from another reseller or provider?","Yes. The migration wizard lets you consolidate the transfer of your domains (by EPP code) and cPanel accounts into one guided order. This wizard is included with every reseller plan, and end-to-end handling by our team is included too if you prefer our team to take care of it. The transition is prepared on our servers before any DNS change: your sites stay online with the previous provider until the switch. For personalised support on a large portfolio, write to us at sales@servorbit.com.",{"id":4870,"category":941,"question":4871,"answer":4872,"weight":17},1119,"How do I migrate from a SaaS application to a self-hosted version on a VPS?","The process always follows three steps: export your data from the SaaS platform (dashboard or API depending on what it offers), deploy the application on your ServOrbit VPS, then import your data. Some applications include a built-in native importer; for others, the transfer goes through files or the database. ServOrbit offers ready-to-use VPS templates on the \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fapplications\">Marketplace\u003C\u002Fa> for the most common applications — the template includes initial configuration and the reverse proxy. Open a ticket from your client area if you need help with a specific migration.",{"id":4874,"category":426,"question":4875,"answer":4876,"weight":17},1120,"Can I use an application licensed under AGPL or Sustainable Use License for commercial purposes on my VPS?","The licence governs what you can do with the code, not what you host on your VPS. AGPL-3.0 allows internal use and making the app available to your own clients, provided you publish your modifications if the application is exposed to third parties. The Sustainable Use License and Business Source License generally restrict reselling access to the application itself, but permit internal use. Read the text of the relevant licence; if in doubt, see our documentation page or consult a lawyer.",{"id":4878,"category":501,"question":4879,"answer":4880,"weight":17},1121,"What precautions should I take before migrating a site or account to new infrastructure?","Before any move, verify that your latest full backup (files, databases, emails) is recent and tested. On our hosting plans, you can trigger a manual backup from cPanel at any time. On a VPS, take a snapshot if your plan allows it, or export your volumes before the migration. Keep the old infrastructure active until the new site is validated and DNS propagation is complete — the switchover window is thus reversible without data loss.",{"id":4882,"category":707,"question":4883,"answer":4884,"weight":17},1122,"How do I receive an alert when a service in my client portfolio is approaching expiry?","For what you buy from us, your plan and your domains, automatic reminders are emailed before each due date, and the renewal order is paid from your client area. Your clients' cPanel accounts have no due date with us: those dates are yours. In the Reseller space, a recurring invoice linked to a client's cPanel account follows its date and prepares a draft before each due date. You can also track those dates in your own tool.",{"id":4886,"category":523,"question":4887,"answer":4888,"weight":17},1123,"Why self-host tools rather than using a cloud SaaS service?","Self-hosting places your data on infrastructure you control: no third-party provider reads your traffic, changes API access terms, or removes a free tier. The cost is predictable — a flat VPS fee — regardless of the number of users or data volume. The trade-off is responsibility for maintenance and updates. ServOrbit offers ready-to-use VPS templates on the \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fapplications\">Marketplace\u003C\u002Fa> to get started quickly, and a \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fcloud-vps\">VPS administration\u003C\u002Fa> option if you prefer to delegate server management.",{"id":4890,"category":825,"question":4891,"answer":4892,"weight":17},1124,"Can I load-test my application before moving to a dedicated server?","Yes. A common approach is to start on a Cloud VPS — root access, dedicated resources, same infrastructure — measure real consumption under load, then switch to a dedicated server if you reach the limits of virtualisation. ServOrbit offers both server types, and our team can help you assess your needs via the contact form (type 'Quote') or at support@servorbit.com.",{"id":4894,"category":941,"question":4895,"answer":4896,"weight":17},1125,"How do I migrate my emails and files from Google Workspace to a ServOrbit VPS?","The migration takes a few steps, which you carry out yourself: export your emails via Google Takeout (MBOX format), then import them into Nextcloud Mail or Roundcube on your ServOrbit VPS. For Google Drive files, install Nextcloud from the ServOrbit marketplace with one click, then use the built-in migration tool (rclone or the Nextcloud Google Drive connector). The full procedure is documented in our Google Workspace migration guide.",{"id":4898,"category":941,"question":4899,"answer":4900,"weight":17},1126,"How can I migrate my site from another host to ServOrbit with minimal downtime?","The recommended approach is to prepare the environment on ServOrbit before switching DNS: duplicate your site on the target VPS or hosting, test it via your local hosts file, then lower the DNS TTL to 300 seconds 48 hours before migration. Once the transfer is validated, update your DNS at ServOrbit. Propagation typically takes less than 15 minutes with our Cloudflare infrastructure. Our support team can assist with this switchover on request.",{"id":4902,"category":478,"question":4903,"answer":4904,"weight":17},1127,"Can I replace Google Workspace with a self-hosted email solution on ServOrbit?","Yes, ServOrbit lets you deploy solutions like Nextcloud (mail + calendar + contacts) with one click from the marketplace; Mail-in-a-Box is not listed there, but you can install it yourself on your VPS. Your ServOrbit VPS includes a dedicated IP, essential for good email deliverability. Remember to configure SPF, DKIM and DMARC records in your ServOrbit DNS zone to maximize deliverability to Gmail, Outlook and other providers.",{"id":4906,"category":478,"question":4907,"answer":4908,"weight":17},1128,"My emails end up in spam for my clients — how can I improve deliverability from my ServOrbit VPS?","Several checks are necessary: ensure the rDNS (PTR) of your ServOrbit IP matches your domain name (configurable from the client area), check that your IP is not on a blacklist (MXToolbox), and publish a minimal DMARC policy (p=none) to receive reports. ServOrbit provides dedicated, non-shared IPs on VPS plans, eliminating the risk of contamination from other senders.",{"id":4910,"category":517,"question":4911,"answer":4912,"weight":17},1129,"How do I install Penpot on my ServOrbit VPS for collaborative team design?","Penpot is available in the ServOrbit marketplace as a ready-to-deploy application. From your VPS space, select Penpot, choose your target VPS (minimum 4 GB RAM recommended) and launch the installation with one click. ServOrbit automatically configures Docker, the nginx reverse proxy and TLS certificate. You get a private Penpot instance with your own user accounts, ideal for replacing Figma without a monthly subscription.",{"id":4914,"category":517,"question":4915,"answer":4916,"weight":17},1130,"What is Headscale and how do I install it on ServOrbit to create a private VPN?","Headscale is an open source coordination server compatible with Tailscale that lets you manage your own private mesh network without relying on a third-party cloud service. Available in the ServOrbit marketplace, it installs with one click on your VPS and gives you full control over network access between your machines. It is the ideal solution for securing access to your internal services (databases, back-offices) without exposing public ports.",{"id":4918,"category":426,"question":4919,"answer":4920,"weight":17},1131,"Can I run AI models (LLMs) locally on a ServOrbit VPS with Ollama?","Yes, Ollama is available in the ServOrbit marketplace and installs with one click on VPS with sufficient RAM (minimum 8 GB for 7B models, 16 GB recommended for 13B models). Your data stays local without sending requests to external APIs. ServOrbit offers high-memory VPS suited for running Mistral, LLaMA or Gemma with full confidentiality, ideal for professional use or prototype testing.",{"id":4922,"category":426,"question":4923,"answer":4924,"weight":17},1132,"How do I synchronize files between multiple servers or workstations with Syncthing on ServOrbit?","Syncthing is offered in the ServOrbit marketplace for fast installation on your VPS. Once deployed, it acts as a central synchronization node: your workstations and servers connect via its secured web interface (accessible over HTTPS with the TLS certificate self-managed by ServOrbit). Synchronization is end-to-end encrypted without going through a third-party server. It is a sovereign alternative to Dropbox or OneDrive, hosted on your own ServOrbit infrastructure.",{"id":4926,"category":707,"question":4927,"answer":4928,"weight":17},1133,"How does the ServOrbit reseller program work and what margins can I set?","The ServOrbit reseller offer gives you a WHM account in which you create and manage your clients' cPanel accounts. With Agency S and Agency M, it runs on our shared hosting, whose server and infrastructure we operate; with Agency Premium, ordered through an advisor, it runs on an unmanaged VPS that you administer. You pay for a pack sized in cPanel accounts, and you freely set your selling prices: ServOrbit takes nothing from what your clients pay you. The commercial relationship stays in your hands, and the Reseller space lets you issue quotes and invoices in your name.",{"id":4930,"category":501,"question":4931,"answer":4932,"weight":17},1134,"What is ServOrbit's backup policy for VPS and how do I restore in case of an incident?","ServOrbit does not schedule any automatic backup of your VPS: snapshots and backups are started on demand from your client area, depending on your plan — snapshots from the VPS Power plan up, backups with the backup storage included on VPS Business or as an option. Restoring a snapshot or a backup is available as self-service from your client area in a few clicks. For enhanced protection, it is recommended to combine these tools with an external application backup scheduled on your side (e.g. Borg Backup or Restic to object storage). Snapshots live on the same storage as the VPS; only backups are kept on separate storage, to withstand hardware failure.",{"id":4934,"category":426,"question":4935,"answer":4936,"weight":17},1135,"What is the minimum RAM to host Open WebUI and Ollama on the same VPS?","To run Open WebUI and Ollama together, plan for at least 8 GB of RAM — 4 GB for the model (e.g. Llama 3.1 8B with Q4 quantisation) and the rest for the OS and containers. With 16 GB you can load a 13B model and leave headroom for concurrent requests. Storage depends on the models you download: allow at least 20 to 40 GB of SSD depending on the range selected.",{"id":4938,"category":426,"question":4939,"answer":4940,"weight":17},1136,"How do I prevent Pi-hole from becoming a public open resolver?","Pi-hole must only respond to clients on your private network. In the Pi-hole v6 configuration (Admin → Settings → DNS), select 'Listen only on interface' (your LAN or Docker interface) and disable listening on the VPS public IP. Add a firewall rule (ufw or iptables) blocking port 53 UDP\u002FTCP from the outside: an open resolver can be exploited for DNS amplification attacks.",{"id":4942,"category":426,"question":4943,"answer":4944,"weight":17},1137,"What is the difference between Pi-hole and AdGuard Home for a VPS?","Pi-hole and AdGuard Home are both self-hosted DNS ad blockers, but AdGuard Home includes its own recursive DNS server with native DoH\u002FDoT encryption out of the box. Pi-hole v6 uses FTL as its DNS engine and offers more detailed statistics; it benefits from a larger blocklist community. Both run on any ServOrbit VPS with a minimum of 512 MB of RAM.",{"id":4946,"category":426,"question":4947,"answer":4948,"weight":17},1138,"Is Cap suitable for sharing videos with external clients?","Yes, Cap (an open-source Loom alternative) generates a sharing link for each recording; your external clients can access it without creating an account. Hosted on your VPS, all videos stay on your infrastructure and links remain active as long as your server is running. Plan for a VPS with at least 2 vCPUs, 2 GB of RAM and a storage volume sized to your recording volume.",{"id":4950,"category":432,"question":4951,"answer":4952,"weight":17},1139,"Which SaaS tools are generally not worth self-hosting?","Some SaaS tools remain more cost-effective to keep external: high-volume transactional email services (where deliverability depends on the provider's IP reputation), global CDNs, and tools whose value relies on aggregated data (e.g. marketplaces, directories). By contrast, for internal management tools (project, wiki, CRM, monitoring), self-hosting on a VPS often reduces the bill and keeps data under your control.",{"id":4954,"category":426,"question":4955,"answer":4956,"weight":17},1140,"How do I export my Grafana dashboards before migrating to a new VPS?","From the Grafana interface, open each dashboard, click the share icon then 'Export → Save to file' to download a JSON file. To export all dashboards in bulk, use the Grafana API: `GET \u002Fapi\u002Fdashboards\u002Fhome` lists the UIDs, then `GET \u002Fapi\u002Fdashboards\u002Fuid\u002F{uid}` retrieves each definition. Also save your datasources (Settings → Data sources) and any alerts you have configured.",{"id":4958,"category":517,"question":4959,"answer":4960,"weight":17},1141,"Is Flowise still available in the ServOrbit Marketplace?","Yes. Flowise is available in the ServOrbit Marketplace (Automation category): you can deploy it on a VPS directly from its page. LangFlow and n8n are also offered there if you prefer another approach to building AI agent workflows.",{"id":4962,"category":432,"question":4963,"answer":4964,"weight":17},1142,"What does it really cost to switch from several SaaS tools to self-hosted for a team of 10?","The cost of a ServOrbit VPS replacing 4 to 5 common SaaS tools (project management, wiki, analytics, chat, video conferencing) is generally a fraction of the combined subscriptions for 10 users. The real expense to anticipate is the initial migration time and monthly maintenance (updates, backups). To refine your calculation based on your stack, visit our \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fcloud-vps\">VPS Cloud\u003C\u002Fa> page or submit a quote request via the \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fcontact\">Contact\u003C\u002Fa> form.",{"id":4966,"category":426,"question":4967,"answer":4968,"weight":17},1143,"How many applications can be deployed simultaneously with Coolify on a single ServOrbit VPS?","Coolify v4 does not limit the number of applications per server: the constraint is solely your VPS resources (CPU, RAM, disk). A 4 GB RAM VPS is enough for a few lightweight apps, while a 8 GB plan lets you run a dozen services in parallel. Each application is isolated in its own Docker container, making dependency and update management straightforward.",{"id":4970,"category":426,"question":4971,"answer":4972,"weight":17},1144,"Does Coolify support automatic per-branch preview environments (deploy previews)?","Yes, Coolify v4.3 introduces Preview Deployments: every push to a branch in your repository can trigger the deployment of an ephemeral environment accessible via a dedicated URL. This feature requires a webhook configured on the Git side (GitHub, Gitea, etc.) and a VPS with enough resources to host several containers in parallel. Previews are automatically deleted when the branch or pull request is closed.",{"id":4974,"category":426,"question":4975,"answer":4976,"weight":17},1145,"How much RAM is required to host AnythingLLM in multi-user mode with RAG on a ServOrbit VPS?","AnythingLLM 1.17.0 in multi-user mode with a local vector database (LanceDB) and a lightweight embedding model needs at least 2 GB of dedicated RAM for the service itself. If you add a local LLM (Ollama), add 4 to 8 GB depending on the model. A 8 GB VPS is recommended for team use with active RAG; for lighter use (remote API such as OpenAI), a 4 GB plan is sufficient.",{"id":4978,"category":523,"question":4979,"answer":4980,"weight":17},1146,"Can Activepieces be used freely in production under a commercial licence for an agency?","Activepieces is released under the MIT licence, which allows unrestricted commercial use, including within an agency that automates its clients' processes. You can deploy the self-hosted version on a ServOrbit VPS with no licence fees. Only the managed cloud version is paid; the open-source version remains completely free, including for reselling automation services.",{"id":4982,"category":523,"question":4983,"answer":4984,"weight":17},1147,"What is the difference between an AI agent and an automation tool like n8n or Activepieces?","An automation tool (n8n, Activepieces) runs a predefined, deterministic sequence of tasks: each step is known in advance and the flow does not change during execution. An AI agent uses a language model (LLM) to dynamically decide which actions to take based on context, goals, and available tools; it can loop, correct its mistakes, and adapt its plan. Both approaches are complementary: automation handles repetitive, low-variability tasks, while the AI agent handles tasks requiring reasoning.",{"id":4986,"category":478,"question":4987,"answer":4988,"weight":17},1148,"Is mail hosting included in a ServOrbit VPS plan?","No, a ServOrbit VPS is a bare cloud server: it does not include a preconfigured mail server. You can install a mail server yourself (Stalwart, Mailcow, Postfix, etc.) or use our cPanel shared hosting which includes mailboxes. If you want a managed professional mail service, contact support through your client area to explore available options.",{"id":4990,"category":501,"question":4991,"answer":4992,"weight":17},1149,"How do I back up Docker volumes from a self-hosted application on a ServOrbit VPS?","The recommended method is to use a cron script that runs `docker run --rm -v \u003Cvolume>:\u002Fdata -v \u002Fbackup:\u002Fbackup alpine tar czf \u002Fbackup\u002F\u003Cvolume>-$(date +%F).tar.gz \u002Fdata`, then transfers the archive to remote storage (S3, SFTP). Tools like Restic or Duplicati can automate this cycle with encryption and configurable retention. Regularly verify your restores: an untested backup is not a backup. You can open a support ticket to get recommendations tailored to your stack.",{"id":4994,"category":432,"question":4995,"answer":4996,"weight":17},1150,"How do I migrate from a PaaS like Heroku or Render to a ServOrbit VPS with Coolify?","The migration follows three steps: (1) export your environment variables and data (database, volumes) from the source PaaS, (2) install Coolify on your ServOrbit VPS via the official script and connect your Git repository, (3) reconfigure environment variables, point your domain, and validate the deployment. Coolify automatically recognises Heroku Procfiles and `docker-compose.yml` files, reducing manual adjustments. For a zero-downtime migration, keep the old environment active until the new one is fully validated.",{"id":4998,"category":420,"question":4999,"answer":5000,"weight":17},1151,"Can I register a .ma domain if I live outside Morocco?","Yes, ServOrbit accepts .ma domain registration requests regardless of your country of residence. Article 27 of the ANRT specifications requires that applicants residing outside Morocco be informed of the local obligations applicable to the holder; this notice appears at checkout and in the general terms. No additional document is required solely because of foreign residence: the documents requested depend on the holder's nature (individual or company). See our guide on the \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fma-domain-names\">Domain .ma\u003C\u002Fa> page.",{"id":5002,"category":438,"question":5003,"answer":5004,"weight":17},1152,"Can I pay for my hosting in Moroccan dirham by bank transfer?","Yes. ServOrbit accepts bank transfers in Moroccan dirham (MAD) for all your services — hosting, VPS, domains and dedicated servers. Your invoice is issued in MAD tax exclusive (VAT excluded). Once the transfer is made, attach your payment confirmation from your client area to unblock your order as quickly as possible. Other accepted payment methods are Bank card, PayPal, CIH Bank and Bank transfer. Contact our team at support@servorbit.com for any billing question.",{"id":5006,"category":825,"question":5007,"answer":5008,"weight":17},1153,"Can I rent a dedicated server for a short period or a one-off project?","ServOrbit dedicated servers are available on monthly or annual commitment. An annual commitment gives access to preferential pricing; a monthly commitment offers more flexibility for a short-term project or a temporary scale-up. In both cases, the server is exclusively yours: no resources are shared with other customers. To check availability and get a quote tailored to your needs, contact our team from your client area.",{"id":5010,"category":825,"question":5011,"answer":5012,"weight":17},1154,"How do I migrate my data from a VPS to a dedicated server with no downtime?","Migrating from a VPS to a dedicated server runs in parallel: your VPS stays live while you set up the dedicated server, install your applications, and sync your data (rsync, database dump). Once the environment is validated, you switch your DNS to the new server. This approach reduces downtime to a few minutes — the DNS propagation window. You carry out this migration yourself; for any question, open a ticket from your client area describing your architecture.",{"id":5014,"category":438,"question":5015,"answer":5016,"weight":17},1155,"Can I get an invoice in my company's name with my tax number?","Yes. ServOrbit issues invoices in your company's name. With a Business account, enter your company name, address and, for a Moroccan company, your ICE in your client area, under \"My billing companies\"; there is no dedicated field for a VAT number. Orders placed after the update will automatically carry this information. To correct an invoice already issued, open a ticket from your client area quoting the reference of the invoice concerned.",{"id":5018,"category":941,"question":5019,"answer":5020,"weight":17},1156,"How do I migrate my passwords from Bitwarden Cloud to Vaultwarden on a VPS?","Migrating from Bitwarden Cloud to a self-hosted Vaultwarden instance takes three steps: export your vault from the Bitwarden app (unencrypted or encrypted JSON), deploy Vaultwarden on your ServOrbit VPS via Docker, then import the file into your new instance. Vaultwarden is compatible with the official Bitwarden client: no app reinstallation is needed, just point it to your domain. Our detailed guide covers every step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fmigrate-bitwarden-cloud-to-vaultwarden-vps\">Migrate from Bitwarden Cloud to Vaultwarden on VPS\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":5022,"category":495,"question":5023,"answer":5024,"weight":17},1157,"How do I update the billing address in my ServOrbit account?","Go to your client area, under **My billing companies** (reserved for Business accounts). There you can enter or update the billing address, the company name and, for a Moroccan company, the ICE. This information will appear on your next orders; orders and invoices already issued are not changed. To correct an invoice already issued, open a ticket quoting its number.",{"id":5026,"category":489,"question":5027,"answer":5028,"weight":17},1158,"How do I report a security false positive on my VPS hosting?","Open a ticket with the **Technical issue** category, stating the source IP address, the rule triggered (e.g. CSF block or Imunify360 alert), the exact time and the context. Our team analyses the log and adjusts the rule if the block is unjustified. Choose the **High** or **Urgent** priority if it is urgent.",{"id":5030,"category":523,"question":5031,"answer":5032,"weight":17},1159,"As a company established in Morocco, am I required to declare to the CNDP the third-party SaaS tools (CRM, messaging, cloud storage) I use in my business?","Law 09-08 requires a declaration to the CNDP whenever you process personal data, whether the processing is internal or delegated to a SaaS provider. If your CRM, messaging platform or cloud storage tool contains identifiable data of your clients or employees, the obligation applies regardless of where the servers are hosted — including for tools whose infrastructure is outside Morocco. For each relevant processing activity, you are the data controller; your provider is the processor. Consult a legal specialist for your situation; our technical team can confirm the location and identity of the hosting infrastructure for your ServOrbit services, for inclusion in your declaration, by writing to support@servorbit.com.",{"id":5034,"category":426,"question":5035,"answer":5036,"weight":17},1160,"Should I register a .ma or .com domain to point to my ServOrbit VPS?","The choice of extension does not affect the technical operation of your VPS: .ma and .com are associated with an IP address in exactly the same way. The decision is a commercial one. If your activity primarily targets the Moroccan market, a .ma strengthens local credibility and improves visibility in Morocco-oriented searches. If your audience is international or you are deploying an application with no geographic anchor, .com remains the most widely recognized extension. Nothing prevents you from registering both and pointing each to your VPS, or redirecting one to the other. Check our extension catalogue on the \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fdomain-names\">Domains\u003C\u002Fa> page to compare prices.",{"id":5038,"category":707,"question":5039,"answer":5040,"weight":17},1161,"How do I place orders for my clients from the Agency Space and pay in Moroccan dirham?","You order from your client area, on your own account: hosting, domains, VPS. Invoicing between ServOrbit and you is in Moroccan dirhams (MAD), tax exclusive (VAT excluded), with VAT at 20%. You pay by Bank card, PayPal, CIH Bank and Bank transfer. The financial relationship with your own client stays with you: you set your prices and issue your own invoices. For large orders, our sales team can help via support@servorbit.com.",{"id":5042,"category":941,"question":5043,"answer":5044,"weight":17},1162,"How do I migrate a PrestaShop or WooCommerce site to ServOrbit hosting without downtime?","Migrating an e-commerce site follows the same main steps as a standard migration, with particular attention to the database: export a full backup (files + SQL dump) from your current host, import it to your ServOrbit hosting, then test your site by editing your local hosts file before changing any DNS records — this keeps your store accessible to your customers throughout the operation. Then update the database connection settings in your application's configuration file (wp-config.php for WooCommerce, parameters.php or .env for PrestaShop). Once testing is complete, update your DNS records; propagation generally takes less than 24 hours. Our assisted migration service can handle the entire process — contact us at support@servorbit.com.",{"id":5046,"category":501,"question":5047,"answer":5048,"weight":17},1163,"In the event of a disaster, how quickly can I restore my site from a backup on ServOrbit shared hosting?","The time a restoration takes depends on the data volume and the type of backup used: a JetBackup restoration of a light cPanel account (a few hundred MB) generally takes less than 30 minutes from the client area, on a self-service basis. For larger accounts or partial restorations (a single file, a single database), the time is similar. In the event of a major disaster requiring intervention by our team, open an urgent-priority ticket from your client area describing the impact: urgent requests are handled first, and our team replies within 24 hours, on business days. To minimise the risk of data loss, choose a plan whose backup frequency suits you: Business includes a weekly backup, Pro a daily backup.",{"id":5050,"category":825,"question":5051,"answer":5052,"weight":17},1164,"What latency can I expect from Morocco or North Africa to ServOrbit's European data centres?","Our dedicated servers are hosted in Europe, in data centres connected to very high-speed internet backbones. Typical latency between Morocco or Algeria and our European sites is around 30 to 60 ms for web applications and APIs — compatible with the vast majority of professional use cases and non-ultra-critical real-time applications. For applications that are highly sensitive to latency (low-latency streaming, real-time gaming, high-frequency transactions), a CDN architecture (Cloudflare, geographically distributed front-end) in front of your dedicated server can significantly reduce this delay for end users. See our \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fdedicated-servers\">Dedicated Servers\u003C\u002Fa> page for available network specifications, or contact us at support@servorbit.com for an analysis of your use case.",{"id":5054,"category":478,"question":5055,"answer":5056,"weight":17},1165,"Are emails sent and received on my ServOrbit mailboxes encrypted in transit?","Yes. Our mail servers enforce TLS (Transport Layer Security) encryption for all outgoing connections and accept it for incoming connections: emails travel encrypted between compatible servers. The recommended configuration for your mail client — IMAP on port 993 (SSL\u002FTLS) and SMTP on port 465 (SSL\u002FTLS) or 587 (STARTTLS) — also ensures that the connection between your device and our servers is encrypted. This transit encryption protects against interception on the network, but is not end-to-end encryption: messages are accessible in plain text on the servers to allow spam detection and antivirus scanning. For full confidentiality of message content, consider S\u002FMIME or PGP — solutions that work independently of the hosting provider.",{"id":5058,"category":432,"question":5059,"answer":5060,"weight":17},1166,"Is my ServOrbit hosting subject to Morocco's personal data protection law (Law 09-08)?","ServOrbit servers are located in Finland and Germany. If your site collects personal data belonging to Moroccan residents, Law 09-08 and its supervisory authority (CNDP) may apply regardless of where the data is physically hosted — it is the location of processing and the nationality of the data subjects that matter. We recommend consulting a legal advisor to assess your declaration obligations, and you can open a ticket from your \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fclient-area\">client area\u003C\u002Fa> for any hosting-related question.",{"id":5062,"category":523,"question":5063,"answer":5064,"weight":17},1167,"How does Moroccan VAT apply to ServOrbit invoices for companies established outside Morocco?","Prices on ServOrbit are tax exclusive (VAT excluded); Moroccan VAT at a rate of 20% applies to every order, whatever the country of your company, and is itemised on your invoice. Being established outside Morocco does not entitle you to VAT-free invoicing: only an exemption that is substantiated and approved by our team can apply. Check with your accountant whether you can recover this VAT. For any billing question, please contact our team from your client area.",{"id":5066,"category":876,"question":5067,"answer":5068,"weight":17},1168,"How do I implement a GDPR-compliant cookie consent policy on my site hosted with ServOrbit?","Cookie compliance — consent banner, blocking third-party scripts before acceptance, and consent records — is your responsibility as the site publisher, regardless of the hosting provider. ServOrbit supplies the secure infrastructure (HTTPS, account isolation, backups) but does not manage your frontend scripts. You can integrate an open-source solution such as Klaro or Cookie Consent on your hosting or VPS, or engage a developer. For any technical question about your hosting configuration, open a ticket from your client area.",{"id":5070,"category":941,"question":5071,"answer":5072,"weight":17},1169,"Can I migrate only my database to ServOrbit without changing hosting provider for my website?","Yes, you can migrate only your database (MySQL, MariaDB, or PostgreSQL) to a ServOrbit VPS while keeping your site on another hosting provider, provided your application can connect to a remote database. You will need to configure network access (firewall rules, remote MySQL user) and update the connection credentials in your application. The migration assistant covers full cPanel accounts moving to a hosting plan; a single database moving to a VPS is migrated by you, and our support answers your questions by ticket from your client area.",{"id":5074,"category":426,"question":5075,"answer":5076,"weight":17},1170,"How do I update Docker Compose services on my ServOrbit VPS without service interruption?","The recommended approach is to pull the new image (`docker compose pull`) then restart only the updated service (`docker compose up -d --no-deps \u003Cservice>`) rather than recreating everything. For applications with a database, always take a backup before any update. If your stack uses a reverse proxy (nginx, Traefik, Caddy), the service can remain reachable while the application container restarts. For automated update notifications, tools like Watchtower or Diun can alert you to new versions; check our \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\">blog\u003C\u002Fa> for detailed guides.",{"id":5078,"category":501,"question":5079,"answer":5080,"weight":17},1171,"Can I use external object storage (S3, Backblaze B2) to back up my ServOrbit VPS with rclone or Restic?","Yes, your ServOrbit VPS gives you full root access: you can install rclone or Restic and set up automatic backups to any S3-compatible object storage (AWS S3, Backblaze B2, Wasabi…). It is recommended to schedule backups via a systemd timer or crontab, encrypt archives (Restic encrypts natively), and regularly test a full restore. On shared hosting, backups run through JetBackup, built into cPanel: the backups included depend on the plan (weekly on Business, daily on Pro, none on Solo), and you restore them yourself from the JetBackup menu in cPanel.",{"id":5082,"category":432,"question":5083,"answer":5084,"weight":17},1172,"Can I host multiple independent web applications under different domains on a single hosting plan?","Yes, ServOrbit hosting plans are based on cPanel, which allows you to attach multiple domains (addon domains) or subdomains to your account and deploy independent applications in separate directories. Each domain can point to its own PHP application, WordPress installation, or other app, with its own free SSL certificate (Let's Encrypt) renewed automatically. Visit the \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fweb-hosting\">web hosting\u003C\u002Fa> page for details on the resources included in each plan.",{"id":5086,"category":478,"question":5087,"answer":5088,"weight":17},1173,"How do I set up advanced spam filtering on my professional email mailbox hosted with ServOrbit?","Email mailboxes on ServOrbit shared hosting benefit from spam filtering enabled by default (SpamAssassin via cPanel); you can adjust the sensitivity level and create custom rules directly from cPanel → Spam Filters. Advanced anti-spam is not sold as an add-on: it is included in the Pro plan — contact our team from your client area to learn more. On a VPS, you can deploy solutions such as Rspamd or Amavis depending on your server configuration.",{"id":5090,"category":523,"question":5091,"answer":5092,"weight":17},1174,"Do I need to declare my data processing with the CNDP if my VPS is hosted in Europe but I am based in Morocco?","Yes. Law 09-08 on personal data protection applies as soon as the data controller is established in Morocco, regardless of where the servers are hosted. You must file a declaration (or request an authorization depending on data sensitivity) with the CNDP before going live. Hosting outside Morocco also requires you to mention the cross-border data transfer in your declaration.",{"id":5094,"category":707,"question":5095,"answer":5096,"weight":17},1175,"How do I invoice a Moroccan client in dirhams from the ServOrbit reseller area in compliance with Moroccan tax regulations?","From the Reseller space. First fill in your issuer profile: your legal name, your address and your tax identifiers (ICE, IF, RC). Without them, no invoice is issued. You then draw up the invoice in Moroccan dirhams (MAD), with the VAT rate of each line and continuous numbering. You can also bill with your own tool if you prefer. Complying with tax rules remains your responsibility: if in doubt, ask your accountant.",{"id":5098,"category":501,"question":5099,"answer":5100,"weight":17},1176,"How do I test that a Backrest backup is actually restorable before I need it?","In the Backrest interface, use the Restore function by selecting a recent snapshot and a temporary target (e.g., `\u002Ftmp\u002Frestore-test`). Then verify that key files are present and readable. Schedule this test monthly by adding an automated task in Backrest or a dedicated cron — an untested backup does not replace a real recovery policy.",{"id":5102,"category":426,"question":5103,"answer":5104,"weight":17},1177,"Is ClickHouse suitable for storing application logs on a VPS with 2 GB of RAM?","ClickHouse can run on 2 GB of RAM for modest volumes (a few hundred million rows), but the default configuration is tuned for more powerful machines. It is advisable to cap `max_server_memory_usage` at ~1.2 GB and disable heavy features (external dictionaries, many MergeTree parts). For high-throughput production logs, prefer a VPS with at least 8 GB of RAM — see our dedicated ClickHouse on VPS guide.",{"id":5106,"category":501,"question":5107,"answer":5108,"weight":17},1178,"Can I configure multiple S3 backends in Backrest on a single VPS to send backups to two different destinations?","Yes, Backrest allows you to define multiple repositories in its configuration, each pointing to a different backend (S3, Backblaze B2, SFTP, local…). You can thus replicate your backups to two distinct S3 buckets or combine local and remote object storage. Each repository has its own schedule and retention policy.",{"id":5110,"category":432,"question":5111,"answer":5112,"weight":17},1179,"How do I set up a dedicated subdomain for PhotoPrism with nginx and a Let's Encrypt certificate?","Create an nginx `server` block for your subdomain (e.g., `photos.mydomain.com`) that proxies to PhotoPrism's local port (default 2342). Then obtain a certificate with `certbot --nginx -d photos.mydomain.com`. Make sure to enable `X-Forwarded-Proto` and `X-Real-IP` headers so PhotoPrism correctly detects the HTTPS protocol. See our full article on hosting PhotoPrism for the complete configuration.",{"id":5114,"category":876,"question":5115,"answer":5116,"weight":17},1180,"What is the difference between a mesh VPN (Headscale\u002FTailscale) and a classic VPN like OpenVPN or WireGuard in server mode?","A classic VPN centralizes all traffic through a gateway server: each client connects to the server, which redistributes to the others. A mesh VPN (Tailscale\u002FHeadscale) creates direct encrypted tunnels between each peer using the WireGuard protocol, without routing traffic through a central node. The result is lower latency and higher resilience, at the cost of more distributed key management. Headscale is the self-hostable version of the Tailscale coordination server.",{"id":5118,"category":941,"question":5119,"answer":5120,"weight":17},1181,"Can I migrate my financial history from YNAB to a self-hosted tool like Maybe.co without losing past data?","Yes, with conditions. YNAB lets you export your transactions in CSV format from the Reports tab. Maybe.co (formerly Maybe Finance) accepts CSV transaction imports. The process preserves amounts, dates, and categories, but YNAB budget rules (envelopes) do not transfer natively — you will need to recreate them manually in Maybe. First run a test on a partial export before migrating your full history.",{"id":5122,"category":876,"question":5123,"answer":5124,"weight":17},1182,"Does NIS2 require an SSL\u002FTLS certificate on my self-hosted Jira or Confluence instance?","NIS2 Article 21 mandates proportionate security measures including encryption of data in transit, making a valid TLS certificate mandatory for any self-hosted instance exposed to the Internet. On ServOrbit, each VPS can obtain a free Let's Encrypt certificate through our interface or directly via Certbot. An expired or self-signed certificate does not satisfy NIS2 requirements and exposes your organisation to non-compliance.",{"id":5126,"category":941,"question":5127,"answer":5128,"weight":17},1183,"How do I migrate from Atlassian Cloud to a self-hosted Jira or Confluence instance on a ServOrbit VPS?","Atlassian provides an official Cloud-to-Server (or Data Center) migration tool accessible from your Cloud instance's administration interface; it exports projects, issues, spaces, and history into an archive importable on your new VPS. Before starting the migration, provision a VPS with at least 4 GB of RAM, install the same major version of Jira or Confluence, and ensure the server is reachable over HTTPS with a valid TLS certificate. Our support team answers your questions at support@servorbit.com about import steps and DNS configuration.",{"id":5130,"category":426,"question":5131,"answer":5132,"weight":17},1184,"As a ServOrbit reseller, can I use Invoice Ninja to bill my own clients?","Yes, Invoice Ninja is well suited to billing your own clients: your logo, your prices and your payment terms, independently of what you pay ServOrbit. It is not offered in the Marketplace: you install it yourself on a VPS using root access, for example with the Docker image published by the project. Your client invoices thus remain entirely separate from your ServOrbit invoices, which simplifies bookkeeping and client relationships. The Reseller space, included in the Agency plans, also bills your clients with nothing to install: quotes, invoices, recurring billing schedules and issuer profile.",{"id":5134,"category":438,"question":5135,"answer":5136,"weight":17},1185,"Can I renew my ServOrbit hosting and my Atlassian licence at the same time to simplify cost management?","These two billing lines are independent: your ServOrbit subscription (VPS, shared hosting, domain) renews directly from your ServOrbit client area, while Atlassian Data Center or Server licences are renewed through Atlassian or a reseller partner. To synchronise your renewal dates, you can adjust the duration of your ServOrbit subscription at renewal time. Our sales team at support@servorbit.com can offer annual packages that include hosting.",{"id":5138,"category":426,"question":5139,"answer":5140,"weight":17},1186,"How much RAM should I allocate to the Java heap to run Metabase on a ServOrbit VPS?","Metabase runs on the JVM and defaults to up to 2 GB of heap; for production use with multiple dashboards, a VPS with 4 GB of RAM is recommended, with 2 to 2.5 GB allocated to the heap via the environment variable `JAVA_OPTS=-Xmx2500m`. Below 2 GB of total heap, Metabase may encounter OutOfMemory errors on heavy queries. If you notice slowdowns, monitor memory usage with `docker stats` or `free -h` and adjust `Xmx` incrementally.",{"id":5142,"category":478,"question":5143,"answer":5144,"weight":17},1187,"Mautic sent from a ServOrbit VPS: is it mandatory to configure SPF and DKIM for deliverability?","Yes, configuring SPF and DKIM is essential to prevent emails sent by Mautic from your VPS from landing in spam. SPF declares your sending IP in your DNS zone, and DKIM cryptographically signs each message — both records are verified by Gmail, Outlook, and most mail providers. Without them, your deliverability rate will be low and your campaigns risk being blocked. Also consider setting up a DMARC record and enabling reverse DNS (PTR) for your VPS from your client area.",{"id":5146,"category":426,"question":5147,"answer":5148,"weight":17},1188,"My site targets Moroccan customers: is it better to host my VPS with a .ma or a .com domain?","For local positioning in Morocco, a .ma domain strengthens trust among Moroccan visitors and can improve geo-localised rankings; however, it requires justification with the ANRT (Moroccan identity or commercial registration). A .com domain remains universal and easier to obtain, but will require Google Search Console geo-targeting configuration to compete locally. You can combine both: a .ma for the Moroccan market and a .com for international reach, both hosted on the same ServOrbit VPS.",{"id":5150,"category":523,"question":5151,"answer":5152,"weight":17},1189,"I have customers in Morocco but my hosting provider is outside Morocco: does law 09-08 and the CNDP apply to me?","Yes, Moroccan law 09-08 on personal data protection applies whenever you process data of individuals residing in Morocco, regardless of where your hosting provider is located. If your hosting provider is established outside Morocco, you are considered to be performing a cross-border transfer of personal data, which requires a prior declaration or authorisation from the CNDP. It is recommended to formalise a compliant privacy policy, document data flows, and, if your activity is significant, appoint a data protection correspondent.",{"id":5154,"category":420,"question":5155,"answer":5156,"weight":17},1190,"What documents does ANRT require to register a .ma domain for a Moroccan non-profit association?","ANRT requires Moroccan non-profit associations registering a .ma domain to provide: a certified copy of the articles of association filing receipt issued by local authorities, the signed and dated association bylaws, and an identity document of the legal representative authorised to submit the application. The domain name must match the official name of the association as stated in the filed bylaws. ServOrbit handles the compilation and submission of the full dossier to ANRT; processing typically takes 5 to 10 business days once the complete file is received. If a naming dispute arises or a similar extension already exists, ANRT may request additional supporting documents.",{"id":5158,"category":438,"question":5159,"answer":5160,"weight":17},1191,"My firm is based abroad but serves Moroccan clients: can I pay my ServOrbit subscriptions in Moroccan dirham via CMI?","Yes. Card payment via CMI accepts Visa and Mastercard cards, both Moroccan and foreign: you do not need a bank account in Morocco, and the amount is charged in Moroccan dirhams (MAD). You can also pay by PayPal, which is collected in US dollars (USD). Whatever display currency you choose on the site or payment method you use, your invoices are always issued in dirhams (MAD). Contact ServOrbit support with any question about your firm's billing.",{"id":5162,"category":495,"question":5163,"answer":5164,"weight":17},1192,"How do I connect my ServOrbit client portal to an external SSO provider via Zitadel or Keycloak?","Single sign-on via an external provider (OIDC, Zitadel, Keycloak…) is not currently available on the ServOrbit client area, whatever your plan. You sign in with your email address and password, and you can strengthen your account security by enabling two-factor authentication (2FA) from \"My account\". Contact support if this need matters to your organisation.",{"id":5166,"category":825,"question":5167,"answer":5168,"weight":17},1193,"Can I run multiple independent MCP servers for AI agents on a ServOrbit dedicated server?","Yes, a ServOrbit dedicated server gives you full resource isolation and the freedom to run as many MCP server processes as your hardware configuration allows. Each MCP server can be isolated in its own Docker container or systemd instance, exposed on a distinct port, and protected by a reverse proxy such as Traefik or nginx for TLS termination. You can thus allocate specialised MCP servers per agent or per functional domain without risk of interference. Dedicated resources ensure that load spikes from one AI agent do not degrade other active processes on the same host. For a multi-MCP server production deployment, ServOrbit recommends at minimum an 8 vCPU \u002F 16 GB RAM configuration depending on your anticipated agent workload.",{"id":5170,"category":432,"question":5171,"answer":5172,"weight":17},1194,"FreshRSS or Miniflux: which is lighter for self-hosted RSS monitoring on an entry-level VPS?","Miniflux is significantly lighter than FreshRSS: it is a single Go binary that consumes less than 20 MB of RAM at idle, with no PHP dependency or third-party web server required, and runs comfortably on a VPS with 512 MB to 1 GB of RAM. FreshRSS is richer in features and extensions but requires PHP-FPM, a web server (Apache or nginx), and a relational database, resulting in a noticeably higher memory footprint. If your priority is resource frugality on an entry-level ServOrbit VPS, Miniflux with PostgreSQL is the recommended choice. FreshRSS remains relevant if you want advanced features such as custom OPML filters or a broader extension ecosystem. Both can be installed in minutes via Docker Compose on any ServOrbit VPS.",{"id":5174,"category":489,"question":5175,"answer":5176,"weight":17},1195,"How do I report a high latency issue after installing Traefik as a reverse proxy on my VPS?","To report a Traefik-related latency issue effectively, collect the following before opening a ticket: response times measured with and without Traefik (using curl --verbose or a tool like wrk), Traefik access logs filtered for slow requests, and the router and middleware configuration for the affected service (YAML file or Docker labels). First check whether the latency stems from internal DNS resolution, health check configuration, or an authentication middleware added by default. In your ServOrbit ticket, specify the Traefik version in use, whether Let's Encrypt is enabled (the TLS challenge can introduce delays), and whether the issue is constant or intermittent. ServOrbit technical support can review your configuration and identify whether the latency is linked to the VPS network environment or to the Traefik configuration itself.",{"id":5178,"category":426,"question":5179,"answer":5180,"weight":17},1196,"How do I deploy Traefik v3 with automatic Let's Encrypt renewal on a ServOrbit VPS?","To deploy Traefik v3 with automatic Let's Encrypt on a ServOrbit VPS, create a docker-compose.yml file exposing ports 80 and 443, with the \u002Fvar\u002Ftraefik\u002Facme.json volume mounted at mode 600 to store certificates. In Traefik's static configuration, enable the ACME resolver with challengeType tlsChallenge or httpChallenge depending on your infrastructure, and provide a valid email address for Let's Encrypt. Make sure your domain points to the ServOrbit VPS IP and that the firewall allows inbound ports 80 and 443 before the first start. For renewals, Traefik v3 manages the certificate lifecycle autonomously without manual intervention; simply verify that the acme.json file persists between container restarts. The full Traefik v3 deployment guide on ServOrbit VPS is available in the knowledge base.",{"id":5182,"category":876,"question":5183,"answer":5184,"weight":17},1197,"Can Zitadel act as an OIDC provider to protect access to multiple self-hosted applications on the same VPS?","Yes, Zitadel is designed precisely for this use case: you can create a single Zitadel project and register multiple applications (OIDC clients) within it, each corresponding to one of the self-hosted applications you want to protect. Each application gets its own client ID and secret, with distinct role and scope boundaries, ensuring fine-grained access isolation. Zitadel can be self-hosted on the same ServOrbit VPS behind Traefik, assigned a dedicated subdomain with automatically managed TLS certificates. OIDC-compatible applications (Gitea, Portainer, Grafana, n8n…) can be configured in minutes by adding the Zitadel provider URL and client credentials. Plan for at least 2 GB of RAM for a comfortable Zitadel instance if it runs alongside other services on the same host.",{"id":5186,"category":707,"question":5187,"answer":5188,"weight":17},1198,"As a Morocco-based ServOrbit reseller, how does VAT apply when I resell to Moroccan customers?","ServOrbit applies Moroccan VAT at a rate of 20% to all of its orders, including resellers' orders: there is no VAT-free invoicing for resellers, and only an exemption that is substantiated and approved by our team can apply. As a Moroccan reseller, you must apply the Moroccan VAT in force on your own client invoices and remit it to the DGI. Consult a certified accountant about your filing regime, and contact support@servorbit.com if you need proof of your ServOrbit purchases.",{"id":5190,"category":438,"question":5191,"answer":5192,"weight":17},1199,"As a Moroccan merchant, can I accept dirham payments via CMI on a website hosted with ServOrbit?","Yes, ServOrbit does not restrict the payment gateways you integrate on your hosting. You can connect CMI (Centre Monétique Interbancaire) to your online store to accept Moroccan dirham (MAD) payments by local bank card. The CMI integration is governed by your contract with your acquiring bank; ServOrbit provides the environment (PHP, SSL, domain) required for it to work. For technical configuration questions, contact support@servorbit.com.",{"id":5194,"category":876,"question":5195,"answer":5196,"weight":17},1200,"How do I deploy Wazuh SIEM on a ServOrbit VPS to monitor my servers in real time?","Wazuh is an open-source SIEM\u002FXDR platform you can install on a ServOrbit VPS (recommended: 4 vCPU, 8 GB RAM minimum). The Wazuh manager centralises alerts from agents deployed on each monitored server; the built-in OpenSearch Dashboards give you a real-time view of security events. ServOrbit offers Wazuh in its marketplace for one-click deployment; for manual installation or configuration assistance, contact support@servorbit.com.",{"id":5198,"category":426,"question":5199,"answer":5200,"weight":17},1201,"How do I self-host ntfy on a ServOrbit VPS to send push notifications without a third-party service?","ntfy is a lightweight push notification server (Go) you can deploy in minutes on any ServOrbit VPS with Docker or a static binary. Once installed, you publish alerts via a simple HTTP POST and receive them on the ntfy mobile app (Android\u002FiOS) or in a browser. Hosting your own instance ensures alert privacy and removes message limits. ntfy is available in the ServOrbit marketplace; contact support@servorbit.com for configuration assistance.",{"id":5202,"category":426,"question":5203,"answer":5204,"weight":17},1202,"Can I install HAProxy on a ServOrbit VPS to load-balance traffic across multiple application backends?","Yes, HAProxy installs easily on any ServOrbit Linux VPS (apt\u002Fyum) and lets you distribute HTTP\u002FTCP traffic across multiple backends with active health checks and automatic failover. For a high-availability architecture, you can pair two VPS in active\u002Fpassive mode with Keepalived for a virtual IP. Refer to your distribution's documentation for SSL termination configuration, and contact support@servorbit.com if you need guidance on your architecture.",{"id":5206,"category":426,"question":5207,"answer":5208,"weight":17},1203,"How do I host a private Docker registry with Harbor on a ServOrbit VPS to store my container images internally?","Harbor is an enterprise-grade open-source OCI registry you can deploy on a ServOrbit VPS (recommended: 4 vCPU, 8 GB RAM, 50 GB storage) via Docker Compose. It provides per-project access control, image signing, replication to other registries, and built-in vulnerability scanning via Trivy. Once set up, your CI\u002FCD pipelines push and pull images from your own domain over TLS. Harbor is available in the ServOrbit marketplace; contact support@servorbit.com for sizing questions.",{"id":5210,"category":426,"question":5211,"answer":5212,"weight":17},1204,"Can I deploy Windmill on a ServOrbit VPS to orchestrate my workflows and automated scripts without code?","Yes, Windmill is an open-source orchestration platform (workflows, Python\u002FTypeScript\u002FGo scripts, forms) you can self-host on a ServOrbit VPS via Docker Compose. It replaces tools like Airflow or Prefect for business and developer use cases, with a visual workflow editor and native secret management. A VPS with 2 vCPU and 4 GB RAM is enough to get started. Windmill is available in the ServOrbit marketplace; contact support@servorbit.com for guidance.",{"id":5214,"category":501,"question":5215,"answer":5216,"weight":17},1205,"Do ServOrbit dedicated servers include automatic backups, and how can I restore them after a disaster?","No: ServOrbit dedicated servers include neither automatic backups nor snapshots — the physical server does not offer these functions, and the backup strategy is up to you (regular copies to independent external storage). In the event of a disaster, restoration is done from your own backups; if the system needs to be reinstalled, the request is made to the support team, and the reinstallation wipes the disk. For any question about the strategy to put in place, contact support@servorbit.com.",{"id":5218,"category":876,"question":5219,"answer":5220,"weight":17},1206,"Is an SSL certificate mandatory to operate a .ma domain website in compliance with ANRT requirements?","ANRT does not require an SSL certificate as a registration condition for .ma domains, but HTTPS is a de facto requirement imposed by modern browsers and search engines, which flag or downrank unencrypted pages. All ServOrbit hosting plans include a free, automatically renewed Let's Encrypt certificate. For stricter compliance needs (GDPR, NIS2 or sector-specific obligations), OV or EV certificates can be installed on request — reach us via \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fcontact\">our contact form\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":5222,"category":941,"question":5223,"answer":5224,"weight":17},1207,"How do I migrate a website hosted in Morocco to a ServOrbit VPS in Europe without losing my Google.ma ranking?","Your ranking on Google.ma depends on the geographic targeting declared in Google Search Console, not the physical location of the server. Before migrating, set your Morocco geographic target in Search Console, ensure your .ma domain remains the canonical URL, and put 301 redirects in place if any URLs change. You copy your files and databases to the VPS yourself, and our support answers your questions; the assistant described on our \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fwhy\u002Fmigrations\">migrations page\u003C\u002Fa> covers cPanel hosting.",{"id":5226,"category":426,"question":5227,"answer":5228,"weight":17},1208,"How do I monitor my Docker services on a ServOrbit VPS with Uptime Kuma v2?","Uptime Kuma v2 installs in minutes on your VPS via Docker Compose and provides a real-time monitoring dashboard for your services, ports and HTTP endpoints. Create a 'Docker Container' monitor for each service or an 'HTTP(s)' monitor for your exposed endpoints, then set up e-mail or webhook alerts. Your ServOrbit VPS comes with root access and a dedicated IPv4, so you can restrict the Uptime Kuma interface port to trusted addresses only. Find the Uptime Kuma template in our \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fapplications\u002Fmonitoring-observability\u002Fuptime-kuma\">Marketplace\u003C\u002Fa> for a quick start.",{"id":5230,"category":876,"question":5231,"answer":5232,"weight":17},1209,"What happens if a Docker container enters a crash loop and my Uptime Kuma instance is outdated?","A crash loop (CrashLoopBackOff) causes the container to restart at increasing intervals: a 'ping container' probe may then alternate between 'up' and 'down' without triggering an alert if the confirmation threshold is too low. Uptime Kuma v2 improved detection of intermediate states compared to v1 — keeping your instance up to date reduces this risk. For critical services, complement the availability probe with an HTTP healthcheck on a real application endpoint, which checks the container's internal state rather than just its startup.",{"id":5234,"category":432,"question":5235,"answer":5236,"weight":17},1210,"Can I co-edit Word and Excel files online from my ServOrbit hosting?","ServOrbit shared hosting does not include a collaborative office suite — it is optimised for websites and web applications. For online co-editing of Office documents, the usual approach is to self-host Nextcloud, available in our application catalogue, on a ServOrbit VPS, then install an online editor yourself, such as Collabora Online or OnlyOffice Document Server, which are not part of the catalogue. This combination gives you a full suite under your control, with no dependency on Microsoft 365 or Google Workspace. See our \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fcloud-vps\">VPS offer\u003C\u002Fa> to choose the plan suited to your number of users.",{"id":5238,"category":478,"question":5239,"answer":5240,"weight":17},1211,"How do I configure Mailpit as a test SMTP server on a ServOrbit VPS for my development environment?","Mailpit is a lightweight SMTP server that catches all outgoing e-mails and displays them in a web interface — no message is actually sent, making it the ideal tool for testing e-mail sending during development. Install it via Docker on your ServOrbit VPS, then point your application's SMTP settings to Mailpit's port 1025 and browse its web interface on port 8025 (protect it with a reverse proxy or an IP allowlist). Be careful never to expose SMTP port 1025 publicly, as it accepts any e-mail without authentication.",{"id":5242,"category":517,"question":5243,"answer":5244,"weight":17},1212,"As a ServOrbit reseller, can I deploy a BookStack instance as a private wiki for each client at no additional licence cost?","Yes. BookStack is open-source software released under the MIT licence — deploying it, including for your clients, incurs no licence cost. Each instance runs on its own VPS, isolated from the others, and is deployed from the BookStack template in our \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fapplications\u002Fcollaboration-productivity\u002Fbookstack\">Marketplace\u003C\u002Fa>. VPS are ordered from your client area at the public price — they are not part of the reseller offer, which covers cPanel\u002FWHM hosting (shared with Agency S and Agency M, on an unmanaged VPS with Agency Premium) — and you freely set the price you charge your clients.",{"id":5246,"category":426,"question":5247,"answer":5248,"weight":17},1213,"Can you self-host an e-book and manga reader on a VPS without a domain name?","Yes. Kavita is an open-source reading server (GPL-3.0) that runs in a single Docker container and requires no domain name. Access it via SSH tunnel (`ssh -L 5000:127.0.0.1:\u003Cport> root@\u003Cip>` then `http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:5000`) or via any free subdomain included with every ServOrbit VPS. It reads EPUB, CBZ, CBR, PDF and many other formats directly in the browser.",{"id":5250,"category":426,"question":5251,"answer":5252,"weight":17},1214,"What file formats does Kavita support for e-books and comics?","Kavita supports: EPUB and EPUB3 (with automatic chapters, covers and metadata), CBZ, CBR, CB7 and CBT (comic\u002Fmanga page archives), PDF, and raw image archives (ZIP, RAR). EPUB files are indexed with their metadata on the first scan. Comics and manga in CBZ\u002FCBR are automatically grouped into series based on your folder structure.",{"id":5254,"category":426,"question":5255,"answer":5256,"weight":17},1215,"What is the difference between Kavita and Calibre-Web for reading e-books on a VPS?","Calibre-Web is built on an existing Calibre database and specialises in library management, format conversion (EPUB to MOBI) and e-book delivery by email to Kindle devices. Kavita is lighter (single container, under 256 MB RAM), requires no Calibre database, and handles comics and manga (CBZ, CBR) natively — which Calibre-Web does not support. If your library contains manga or comics alongside e-books, Kavita is the better choice.",{"id":5258,"category":876,"question":5259,"answer":5260,"weight":17},1216,"Can I use a single Pocket ID server to protect several self-hosted applications on my VPS?","Yes. Pocket ID is an OIDC\u002FOAuth 2.0 provider: register each application as a separate client in its admin interface (client ID + redirect URI), and your users authenticate once to access all compatible OIDC apps. This centralised SSO architecture is particularly effective for protecting a set of services on the same VPS or across several ServOrbit servers sharing a common authentication subdomain.",{"id":5262,"category":426,"question":5263,"answer":5264,"weight":17},1217,"What is the difference between a local shell history and a history synchronised via Atuin?","Local shell history (the `.bash_history` or `.zsh_history` file) is stored only on the current machine, without encryption or precise timestamps, and is lost when you change servers. Atuin replaces that file with an enriched local SQLite database (execution time, working directory, exit code) and syncs this end-to-end encrypted journal to your own self-hosted Atuin server — your commands stay private and searchable from any workstation or server connected to the same account.",{"id":5266,"category":478,"question":5267,"answer":5268,"weight":17},1218,"Can I host a Postal email sending platform on a ServOrbit VPS with port 25 open?","Yes, provided you request it from support: outbound port 25 is blocked by default on ServOrbit VPS plans to limit spam risk, but it can be opened for a legitimate use case (agency sending platform, mail hosting, etc.). Once open, install Postal yourself on your VPS (it is not listed in the ServOrbit Marketplace), configure your SPF, DKIM and PTR records, then serve multiple sender domains from the same instance. Open a ticket from your client area to request port 25 to be unlocked.",{"id":5270,"category":478,"question":5271,"answer":5272,"weight":17},1219,"What is the difference between a Postfix relay and a Postal platform for bulk email sending?","A Postfix relay is a mail transfer agent (MTA) configured to route outbound emails from an application to the internet via standard SMTP ports — with no management interface or sending statistics. Postal is a full-featured sending platform: it adds a web interface, sending queues, bounce tracking, per-domain deliverability statistics and a webhook system. For an application sending a few hundred transactional emails per day, a well-configured Postfix relay is sufficient; for an agency managing several campaigns or client domains, Postal provides the visibility and control needed.",{"id":5274,"category":426,"question":5275,"answer":5276,"weight":17},1220,"Can I store my application environment variables and secrets in self-hosted Infisical on a ServOrbit VPS?","Yes. Self-hosted Infisical on a ServOrbit VPS gives you a secrets vault entirely under your control: API keys, database passwords, certificates and tokens are stored encrypted on your own infrastructure, with full audit logs. Your applications retrieve secrets at startup via the official SDKs (Node.js, Python, Go…) or by injecting them into Docker environment variables — without any plaintext `.env` file left on the server. A VPS Power (4 vCPU, 8 GB) comfortably covers the Infisical stack and several projects in parallel.",{"id":5278,"category":426,"question":5279,"answer":5280,"weight":17},1221,"Can I call the Gotenberg API from an application hosted on another server or outside my VPS?","Yes, provided you expose Gotenberg on a public port or behind an authenticated reverse proxy. By default, Gotenberg listens on port 3000 of the container, accessible only locally; for external access, configure a subdomain with TLS and protect the endpoint with an API key or IP restriction (Gotenberg supports the `Gotenberg-Api-Token` header). For internal use only, keep the port closed and call Gotenberg from the internal Docker network — the most secure configuration for a PDF generation API.",{"id":5282,"category":501,"question":5283,"answer":5284,"weight":17},1222,"How do I back up self-hosted Infisical data without exposing the encryption keys in the backup?","Infisical encrypts its secrets in the database using a master encryption key (`ENCRYPTION_KEY`) that is separate from the PostgreSQL data. Best practice is to back up the PostgreSQL database (encrypted dump with Restic or pg_dump + gpg) and store the `ENCRYPTION_KEY` separately — in an offline secrets manager or external vault — never in the same archive or on the same server. This way, even if the database backup is compromised, the secrets remain unreadable without the key. Regularly test a full restore (database + key) in an isolated environment.",{"id":5286,"category":426,"question":5287,"answer":5288,"weight":17},1223,"As a reseller agency, can I deploy Postal to send emails from several client domains on a single VPS?","Yes. Postal natively supports multiple domains and organisations: you create one organisation per client, each with its own sender domains, sending servers and isolated statistics. Postal is not offered in the Marketplace: order a VPS dedicated to this use, install Postal on it yourself using root access, configure the DNS records (SPF, DKIM, bounce MX) for each client domain, then open a ticket to request outbound port 25: it is closed by default and only opened after a review of your use case. Each client accesses their own Postal dashboard without seeing the others' sends.",{"id":5290,"category":426,"question":5291,"answer":5292,"weight":17},1224,"How do I get root access to my VPS?","For your security, the root password is never sent in plain text by email. When your VPS is delivered, and after a reinstallation, you receive an email containing a secure single-use link, valid for 24 hours. The link opens only once, in your client area, while signed in to the account that ordered the server: the password is displayed a single time, with a button to copy it, and is then erased from our servers — save it straight away in your password manager. On a Linux VPS, the system then asks you to choose a new password the first time you log in over SSH.",{"id":5294,"category":426,"question":5295,"answer":5296,"weight":17},1225,"My VPS access link has expired or has already been used: what should I do?","Open it anyway: the page offers a “Generate a new access” button. Once you confirm with your account password and a code received by email, the server's password is reset — the server restarts, so expect one to two minutes of downtime — and a new single-use link, valid for 24 hours, is emailed to you. The old password and any earlier links then stop working: we cannot resend a password that has already been displayed, because it has been erased. If you no longer have the email, the “Password” tile on the server page (Reset root access) generates a new password, shown only once.",{"id":5298,"category":426,"question":5299,"answer":5300,"weight":17},1226,"Can I provide my public SSH key when ordering my VPS?","Yes, and it is recommended: in the VPS configurator, at the “Access” step, choose “With my SSH key” and paste the contents of your .pub file (accepted formats: Ed25519, RSA of 2048 bits or more, ECDSA and FIDO hardware keys). No password is then sent to you: the root password is locked, SSH password login is disabled and only your key is accepted; it is put back automatically if the server is reinstalled. Never paste your private key. If you lose your key, “Reset root access” in your client area gives you a password you can use from the server console, while SSH stays key-only. This option does not apply to Windows servers.",{"id":5302,"category":420,"question":5303,"answer":5304,"weight":17},1227,"How do I activate managed Cloudflare DNS on my domain?","Open the domain page in your client area and click “Activate managed DNS”: the zone is created, your existing records are copied into it and the nameservers are delegated automatically. If the status stays at “Waiting for nameserver delegation.”, enter the nameservers shown. Step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Factivate-managed-cloudflare-dns-domain\">Activate managed Cloudflare DNS on a domain\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":5306,"category":420,"question":5307,"answer":5308,"weight":17},1228,"How do I add an A, CNAME, MX or TXT record to my domain?","Once managed DNS is activated, click “Add a record” on the domain page, choose the type, then enter the name (“@” for the domain itself) and the value. Deletion is immediate: double-check before confirming. Step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fadd-edit-dns-record-domain\">Add or edit a DNS record\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":5310,"category":420,"question":5311,"answer":5312,"weight":17},1229,"When should I turn the Cloudflare proxy on or off for a DNS record?","The proxy speeds up and protects a website, but it only applies to A, AAAA and CNAME records and must stay off for email, FTP or a CNAME pointing to an external platform. You set it by editing the record, with the “Cloudflare proxy (CDN + anti-DDoS)” box. Step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fenable-disable-cloudflare-proxy-dns-record\">Turn the Cloudflare proxy on or off\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":5314,"category":420,"question":5315,"answer":5316,"weight":17},1230,"How do I change my domain's nameservers without taking my website down?","On the domain page, click “Edit” in “Nameservers (DNS)”, enter at least two distinct servers and save; propagation can take up to 24 hours. First make sure the destination zone contains your records, otherwise your website and email will stop working. Step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fchange-domain-nameservers\">Change a domain's nameservers\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":5318,"category":420,"question":5319,"answer":5320,"weight":17},1231,"How do I get the EPP code to transfer my domain elsewhere?","On the domain page, unlock it in “Transfer lock”, then click “Show my EPP code” and confirm with your password and the code received by email. If online display is not enabled, “Request my EPP code” sends a request to our team. Step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Ftransfer-domain-out-epp-code\">Transfer a domain to another registrar\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":5322,"category":420,"question":5323,"answer":5324,"weight":17},1232,"How do I send the registrant's supporting document for my .ma domain?","On the .ma domain page, first link a registrant contact with “Complete the registrant”, then upload the requested document and click “Upload the registrant document”. The required document depends on the registrant type; for a national ID card (CIN), attach both the front and the back. Step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fupload-ma-domain-registrant-document\">Upload the registrant's document for a .ma domain\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":5326,"category":426,"question":5327,"answer":5328,"weight":17},1233,"How do I log in to my VPS over SSH for the first time?","Open the one-time link received by email on delivery, click “Show the password”, then copy the login command into your terminal; the system will then ask you for a new password. The link is valid for 24 hours and works only once. Step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Ffirst-ssh-login-vps\">Log in to your VPS over SSH for the first time\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":5330,"category":426,"question":5331,"answer":5332,"weight":17},1234,"I lost my VPS root password: how do I get a new one?","On the server page, open the “Password” tile, confirm with your password and the code received by email, then click “Reset”. The server restarts for one to two minutes and the new password is displayed only once. Step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Freset-vps-root-password\">Reset a VPS root password\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":5334,"category":432,"question":5335,"answer":5336,"weight":17},1235,"How do I access cPanel from my client area?","Open your hosting page and click “Open cPanel”: cPanel opens in a new tab, already signed in, without re-entering a password. If nothing opens, allow pop-ups for our site. Step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Flog-in-to-cpanel-from-client-area\">Log in to cPanel from your client area\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":5338,"category":438,"question":5339,"answer":5340,"weight":17},1236,"How do I pay a pending order from my client area?","In “My orders”, click “Pay” next to the order, apply a credit if you have one, choose the payment method and confirm. After a bank transfer, send your proof of payment from the order to speed up processing. Step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fpay-pending-order-client-area\">Pay a pending order\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":5342,"category":438,"question":5343,"answer":5344,"weight":17},1237,"Where can I download the PDF invoice for my order?","In “My orders”, click “Invoice” on the order's row, or “Download the invoice” from the order page. The invoice is only available once the order is paid; the receipt is not an accounting invoice. Step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fdownload-order-invoice\">Download an order's invoice\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":5346,"category":495,"question":5347,"answer":5348,"weight":17},1238,"How do I enable two-factor authentication (2FA) on my client area?","In “My account”, “Security” section, choose an authenticator app (QR code) or the email code, confirm your password, then enter the verification code. Keep the recovery codes shown at the end: they are displayed only once. Step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fenable-two-factor-authentication-2fa\">Enable two-factor authentication (2FA)\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":5350,"category":517,"question":5351,"answer":5352,"weight":17},1239,"What is Baserow and what is it used for?","Baserow is an open-source (MIT) no-code platform that lets you create visual databases without writing SQL. You organise your data in tables and fields (text, number, date, file, formula…), invite your team, switch between multiple views (grid, kanban, gallery, form) and expose every table via an auto-generated REST API. Think Airtable, but hosted on your own VPS, with no row limits and no per-seat pricing.",{"id":5354,"category":517,"question":5355,"answer":5356,"weight":17},1240,"Does Baserow require a custom domain?","No, Baserow does not require a domain name to get started. Baserow is not yet offered for order on the ServOrbit Marketplace; if you install it yourself on your VPS, you can reach it via the server's IP address, then, for a custom HTTPS URL, point a domain or subdomain to your VPS and put Baserow behind a reverse proxy with a TLS certificate.",{"id":5358,"category":517,"question":5359,"answer":5360,"weight":17},1241,"What VPS configuration is recommended for Baserow?","The Baserow all-in-one container (Django, Celery, Redis and PostgreSQL) starts at roughly 700 MB of RAM at idle. A 2 GB VPS handles a small team (5–10 users) comfortably. For larger workspaces, sustained API traffic or heavy file uploads, 4 GB of RAM and 2 vCPUs are recommended. No GPU is required.",{"id":5362,"category":517,"question":5363,"answer":5364,"weight":17},1242,"How do I log in to Baserow for the first time?","When you first access your Baserow instance, a registration page is displayed. Enter your email address and choose a password: the first account created becomes the workspace administrator. This page is shown only once — as soon as one account exists, subsequent visitors see the standard login page. Create your account immediately after Baserow is installed.",{"id":5366,"category":517,"question":5367,"answer":5368,"weight":17},1243,"How do I update Baserow?","Log in to your VPS via SSH and run:\n\n```bash\ndocker compose pull && docker compose up -d\n```\n\nBaserow applies database migrations automatically on startup. Your data in the `baserow-data` volume is preserved across versions. Check the Baserow GitHub releases page before updating for new features and any migration notes.",{"id":5370,"category":432,"question":5371,"answer":5372,"weight":17},1244,"My Moroccan website is hosted in Europe with ServOrbit — what are the CNDP compliance risks if I collect personal data?","Law 09-08 applies as soon as you process data of Moroccan residents, regardless of where the servers are located. Hosting in Europe does not exempt you from the obligation to file a declaration with the CNDP and to maintain a compliant privacy policy. You must ensure that your technical subcontractors, including ServOrbit, provide adequate guarantees through a data processing agreement specifying purposes and security measures. For questions about your specific setup, contact our team at support@servorbit.com.",{"id":5374,"category":495,"question":5375,"answer":5376,"weight":17},1245,"As a Moroccan customer, can I receive my ServOrbit invoices in Moroccan dirham (MAD)?","Yes. ServOrbit invoices are always issued in Moroccan dirhams (MAD), whatever display currency you choose on the site: there is nothing you need to do. For any question about your invoices, contact our support at support@servorbit.com. Note that payment receipts always reflect the currency actually charged in the transaction — US dollars (USD) for a PayPal payment.",{"id":5378,"category":489,"question":5379,"answer":5380,"weight":17},1246,"How do I escalate a ServOrbit ticket if the response time exceeds the announced SLA?","There is no contractual SLA displayed in your client area, and no \"escalation\" button or keyword: we do not have a separate escalation queue. If your ticket exceeds the stated response time (24 hours), reply in the thread to flag it, stating the impact (service unreachable, potential data loss) so that the priority can be reassessed. For critical incidents affecting production, choose the Urgent priority when opening the ticket. You can also contact support@servorbit.com quoting the ticket number concerned.",{"id":5382,"category":825,"question":5383,"answer":5384,"weight":17},1247,"Can I add an extra SSD to my ServOrbit dedicated server after delivery?","Yes, it is possible to add one or more SSDs to your dedicated server while it is in use, subject to available drive bays on your model. The operation requires a scheduled technical intervention that may involve a short maintenance window; our team will communicate the exact time slot before any work begins. To submit your request, open a ticket via support@servorbit.com specifying the desired capacity and intended use (raw storage, RAID expansion, etc.).",{"id":5386,"category":523,"question":5387,"answer":5388,"weight":17},1248,"What is the difference between a mail relay server and a sending platform like Postal or Stalwart?","A relay server (or SMTP relay) is an intermediary that routes your emails to their destination without managing mailboxes or a user interface. A sending platform like Postal or Stalwart is a complete system: it handles queues, bounces, delivery logs, reputation management, and sometimes IMAP mailbox hosting. A relay suits you if you already have a mail server and need a reliable sending channel; a platform like Postal becomes necessary when you need to manage multiple domains or analyse deliverability rates in detail. To find out which solution fits your use case, browse our knowledge base or contact us at support@servorbit.com.",{"id":5390,"category":478,"question":5391,"answer":5392,"weight":17},1249,"How do I choose between Stalwart, Mailcow and Postfix+Dovecot for my mail server on a VPS?","Stalwart is a modern all-in-one solution written in Rust, particularly suited if you want a unified SMTP\u002FIMAP\u002FJMAP setup with minimal dependencies. Mailcow is a Docker-based suite ready to deploy, ideal if you prefer a full web administration interface without configuring components manually. Postfix+Dovecot offers maximum flexibility and integrates with most Linux distributions, but requires deeper configuration knowledge. To compare RAM and CPU requirements on ServOrbit VPS plans, see the dedicated article in our knowledge base or contact our support at support@servorbit.com.",{"id":5394,"category":941,"question":5395,"answer":5396,"weight":17},1250,"How do I migrate my PostgreSQL database from Amazon RDS to a ServOrbit VPS without downtime?","A zero-downtime migration relies on three steps: first, an initial logical dump with `pg_dump` followed by a restore on your VPS; then, setting up logical replication (PostgreSQL replication slot, version 10 or later) to catch up on ongoing writes; and finally, switching the application connection string during a short planned window. You should test the restore and performance on your ServOrbit VPS before switching, and keep the RDS instance active in read-only mode for a few hours after migration to allow a quick rollback if needed. See the dedicated article in our knowledge base or open a ticket at support@servorbit.com for personalised guidance.",{"id":5398,"category":517,"question":5399,"answer":5400,"weight":17},1251,"How do I install Pocket ID from the ServOrbit Marketplace?","Pocket ID is not yet offered for order on the ServOrbit Marketplace; you can install it yourself on an Ubuntu 24.04 VPS with Docker. Have a domain ready (required — OIDC needs HTTPS), deploy the container, configure nginx with HTTPS and set the APP_URL variable. Once installed, visit https:\u002F\u002Fyour-domain to complete the setup wizard.",{"id":5402,"category":517,"question":5403,"answer":5404,"weight":17},1252,"How do I connect my self-hosted applications to Pocket ID?","In the Pocket ID admin interface, open OIDC Clients → New client. Enter the application name and the callback URL (e.g. https:\u002F\u002Fgit.your-domain.com\u002Fuser\u002Foauth2\u002Fpocket-id\u002Fcallback). Pocket ID generates a client ID and secret to copy into your application's OIDC configuration. Gitea, Nextcloud, Grafana and n8n support OIDC natively.",{"id":5406,"category":517,"question":5407,"answer":5408,"weight":17},1253,"How do I back up my Pocket ID instance data?","All Pocket ID data — users, OIDC clients, passkeys and sessions — is stored in a SQLite file inside the Docker volume `pocket_id_data`. Back up the `\u002Fapp\u002Fdata` directory from the container: `docker cp pocket-id:\u002Fapp\u002Fdata \u002Fpath\u002Fto\u002Fbackup`. Schedule this command as a daily cron job for automated backups.",{"id":5410,"category":517,"question":5411,"answer":5412,"weight":17},1254,"Why does Pocket ID require a domain name?","The OpenID Connect (OIDC) protocol requires the issuer to be a valid HTTPS URL — it cannot work over plain HTTP or with an IP address. APP_URL is set at first installation because it anchors the OIDC issuer identifier: all client applications verify that tokens originate from this exact URL. If you don't have a domain yet, you can use the free ServOrbit sub-domain provided with every VPS.",{"id":5414,"category":489,"question":5415,"answer":5416,"weight":17},1255,"How can I contact ServOrbit if my account is locked and I can no longer log in?","If your client area access is locked, you can reach us directly by email at support@servorbit.com, providing your name, registered email address and customer number. Our team will verify your identity and restore access within 24 business hours. For urgent situations where a production service is affected, please mention it in the subject line for priority handling.",{"id":5418,"category":495,"question":5419,"answer":5420,"weight":17},1256,"Can I change the primary domain name associated with my cPanel hosting at ServOrbit?","Yes, it is possible to change the primary domain of a cPanel hosting plan, but this operation requires intervention from our technical team as it involves reconfiguring the cPanel account at the server level. Open a ticket from your client area specifying the old and new domain; your files and databases will be preserved. Expect a brief downtime (a few minutes) during the migration.",{"id":5422,"category":825,"question":5423,"answer":5424,"weight":17},1257,"Does a ServOrbit dedicated server come with a fixed IP address included?","Yes, every ServOrbit dedicated server is delivered with at least one fixed, dedicated IPv4 address included in the base price. You can attach a DNS A record to it directly without any additional configuration. Additional IP blocks or IPv6 addresses are available on request; contact our support at support@servorbit.com for options based on your server's datacenter.",{"id":5426,"category":426,"question":5427,"answer":5428,"weight":17},1258,"Does my ServOrbit VPS support MySQL 8.4 LTS and how do I migrate from end-of-life MySQL 8.0?","Yes, MySQL 8.4 LTS is available on all ServOrbit VPS instances running Ubuntu 22.04\u002F24.04 and Debian 12 via the official MySQL repository. MySQL 8.0 reaches end-of-life in April 2026: we recommend migrating by first taking a full dump (`mysqldump --all-databases`), then installing MySQL 8.4 and re-importing your data after checking SQL query compatibility (using `EXPLAIN`). Refer to our migration documentation or open a ticket at support@servorbit.com with any question.",{"id":5430,"category":501,"question":5431,"answer":5432,"weight":17},1259,"How do I manually back up a MySQL database on a ServOrbit VPS?","Connect to your VPS via SSH and run `mysqldump -u root -p your_database_name > backup.sql` to export a database to a readable SQL file. To automate this backup, add the command to a cron job (`crontab -e`) and transfer the file to remote storage (SFTP, S3 or Backblaze B2) using `rsync` or `rclone`. ServOrbit also offers on-demand VPS snapshots from your client area, complementing application-level backups.",{"id":5434,"category":478,"question":5435,"answer":5436,"weight":17},1260,"Is DMARCbis (RFC 9989) support required for my self-hosted mail server in 2026?","DMARCbis (RFC 9989 to 9991) gradually replaces RFC 7489 in 2026 by clarifying subdomain handling, inherited policies and aggregate reporting. For a self-hosted mail server, migration is not yet mandatory today, but major gateways (Gmail, Microsoft 365) will progressively adopt the new rules: updating your DMARC record to include `sp=` and `rua=` tags is recommended to stay compliant. Refer to RFC 9989 or our DMARC configuration guide to prepare for a smooth transition.",{"id":5438,"category":426,"question":5439,"answer":5440,"weight":17},1261,"How do I host an Arabic website on a ServOrbit VPS for an audience in Morocco, with fast loading times?","A ServOrbit VPS is hosted in Finland or Germany: there is no server in Morocco, and the datacenter cannot be chosen when ordering. For an Arabic website, serve your pages in UTF-8 (MySQL database in utf8mb4, character set declared by Apache or Nginx) and install a free Let's Encrypt certificate. To speed up loading from Morocco, put your domain behind a CDN such as Cloudflare, which serves static files from points of presence close to your visitors, and slim down images and fonts.",{"id":5442,"category":876,"question":5443,"answer":5444,"weight":17},1262,"As a Moroccan company, can I get an OV or EV SSL certificate displaying my company name?","Yes, OV (Organization Validation) and EV (Extended Validation) SSL certificates are available at ServOrbit for Moroccan companies with a valid RC or ICE number. These certificates display your company name in the certificate details, increasing visitor trust, especially for e-commerce sites or financial portals. The validation process requires providing official documents (trade register, articles of association); allow 3 to 5 business days. Contact us at support@servorbit.com to start the process.",{"id":5446,"category":426,"question":5447,"answer":5448,"weight":17},1263,"Does PhotoPrism require a domain name to work?","No. PhotoPrism works without a domain: you can access it via an SSH tunnel (ssh -L 2342:127.0.0.1:PORT root@vps-ip, then http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:2342 in your browser). A free ServOrbit subdomain is also included with every VPS plan.",{"id":5450,"category":426,"question":5451,"answer":5452,"weight":17},1264,"What is the difference between PhotoPrism and Immich?","PhotoPrism is designed to index and organise a large existing photo library on disk (read-only mode, rsync, WebDAV). Immich targets daily backup from iOS\u002FAndroid. If you want to sort a large archive without modifying the originals, PhotoPrism is the better fit.",{"id":5454,"category":426,"question":5455,"answer":5456,"weight":17},1265,"How much RAM does PhotoPrism require?","Plan for at least 2 GB of RAM: PhotoPrism + MariaDB use around 500 MB at rest, but TensorFlow indexing can spike to 2 GB. For a library of tens of thousands of photos or intensive use, 4 GB is recommended.",{"id":5458,"category":426,"question":5459,"answer":5460,"weight":17},1266,"Can PhotoPrism index my collection without modifying my original photos?","Yes. Mount the originals folder read-only (:ro in the Docker volume) and set PHOTOPRISM_READONLY=true. PhotoPrism stores thumbnails, AI labels and the search index in a separate storage volume — your source files are never modified.",{"id":5462,"category":426,"question":5463,"answer":5464,"weight":17},1267,"How do I back up my PhotoPrism library?","Three things to back up: (1) the originals folder — your source photo files; (2) the storage volume — AI labels, thumbnails and search index; (3) the MariaDB data volume. Volumes 2 and 3 can be rebuilt by re-indexing; volume 1 is irreplaceable.",{"id":5466,"category":420,"question":5467,"answer":5468,"weight":17},1268,"What documents are required to register a .ma domain name as a business?","ANRT requires an ICE certificate (or, failing that, a business registration extract) and the legal representative's national ID card; if the contact person is not the legal representative, their ID card is also required. Associations provide their statutes and filing receipt. These documents are uploaded after ordering, from the domain's page, without blocking your purchase; our team checks them before forwarding them to the registry.",{"id":5470,"category":420,"question":5471,"answer":5472,"weight":17},1269,"Can a foreign company without a presence in Morocco register a .ma domain name?","Yes, under one condition. ANRT does not require a .ma registrant to be established in Morocco, but a registrant domiciled outside Morocco must be represented by an administrative contact: an individual established in Morocco, with a valid postal address and e-mail address (ANRT decision no. 02\u002F2024, art. 27). It is up to the company to appoint this contact; ServOrbit informs you of this obligation before registration but does not act in this role.",{"id":5474,"category":517,"question":5475,"answer":5476,"weight":17},1270,"Can Penpot replace Microsoft Publisher for creating flyers and newsletters?","Partially. Penpot is a vector UI design tool: it handles flyers, posters and simple layouts better than Publisher, but it is not a DTP tool. It lacks multi-column text flow templates, bleed management, and PDF\u002FX export for offset printing. For complex professional print needs, Scribus is a more suitable open source alternative. For internal communications, digital flyers or web newsletters, Penpot covers most use cases.",{"id":5478,"category":426,"question":5479,"answer":5480,"weight":17},1271,"What are the minimum VPS requirements to host Penpot in production?","Penpot requires at least 4 GB RAM and 2 vCPU with Docker Compose. The setup includes three main services: frontend (Nginx), backend (Clojure\u002FJVM), and exporter (headless Chromium for PDF\u002FPNG exports). Below 4 GB, the Chromium exporter becomes unstable. For a team of 5 to 10 active users, 8 GB RAM and 4 vCPU are recommended. Storage depends on files: plan for at least 10 GB for assets and exports.",{"id":5482,"category":426,"question":5483,"answer":5484,"weight":17},1272,"When does Opsgenie shut down permanently and what open source alternative can replace it on a VPS?","Atlassian announced Opsgenie's end of life on April 5, 2027. For migration to self-hosted, OneUptime is the most complete alternative: alert management, on-call scheduling, public status page, and native integration with Prometheus and Grafana via webhook. OneUptime deploys with Docker Compose on a VPS with a minimum of 2 vCPU \u002F 4 GB RAM. IncidentRelay is a lighter alternative for small teams.",{"id":5486,"category":426,"question":5487,"answer":5488,"weight":17},1273,"Is SQL Server 2016 still supported by Microsoft in 2026?","No. Extended support for SQL Server 2016 ended on July 14, 2026. This means no more security fixes or cumulative patches are released. Instances exposed to the internet or processing personal data become non-compliant. Migrating to SQL Server 2019\u002F2022 or an open source database (PostgreSQL, MariaDB) is the only path to remain covered.",{"id":5490,"category":426,"question":5491,"answer":5492,"weight":17},1274,"What tools can migrate a SQL Server database to PostgreSQL on a VPS?","Two main tools: pgloader (open source, command-line migration, automatically handles many SQL Server type conversions) and AWS Schema Conversion Tool \u002F SCT (free, GUI, analyzes T-SQL incompatibilities and stored procedures). Recommended approach: export the schema with SCT, manually identify incompatibilities, use pgloader for data transfer, then validate with a row comparison tool (e.g. pg_comparator).",{"id":5494,"category":426,"question":5495,"answer":5496,"weight":17},1275,"Why does my Bitwarden vault appear empty after updating the mobile app or extension?","If you use Vaultwarden (self-hosted Bitwarden-compatible server), updating official Bitwarden clients to version 2026.8.0 or later may cause the vault to appear empty or decryption to fail. These clients adopted a new EncString format not yet implemented in Vaultwarden (as of October 18, 2026). Temporary fix: downgrade clients to version 2026.7.x while waiting for a Vaultwarden update. Track issue #7612 on the Vaultwarden GitHub repository for implementation status.",{"id":5498,"category":432,"question":5499,"answer":5500,"weight":17},1276,"How do I build my website with a Sitejet template?","Sitejet Builder is included with your hosting: open cPanel with “Open cPanel”, then “Websites & Apps” › “Manage” on your main domain › “Build with Sitejet”. In the editor, pick a template with “Template Selection”, replace the template's sample text and add your pages, then click “Publish”. Step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fcreate-website-sitejet-template-cpanel\">Create your website with a Sitejet template from cPanel\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":5502,"category":432,"question":5503,"answer":5504,"weight":17},1277,"How do I install WordPress on my hosting?","Open cPanel from your hosting page with “Open cPanel”, go to “Websites & Apps” and click “Manage” for your domain. If the site folder is empty, click “Build with WordPress”, review the setup, then click “Launch My Website”. cPanel installs WordPress on the domain root and signs you straight into the dashboard. Step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Finstall-wordpress-wp-toolkit-cpanel\">Install WordPress from cPanel\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":5506,"category":432,"question":5507,"answer":5508,"weight":17},1278,"How do I create an email address on my domain name?","Mailboxes are created in cPanel: open your hosting page, click “Open cPanel”, then in “Email” click “+ New Email Account” (name, password, quota). To read your messages: “Manage” on the mailbox's row, then “Open Webmail”, or webmail.yourdomain.com. Step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fcreate-business-email-address-cpanel\">Create a business email address in cPanel\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":5510,"category":432,"question":5511,"answer":5512,"weight":17},1279,"How do I set up my business email on my phone or in Outlook?","In cPanel, open “Email”, click “Manage” in your mailbox's row, then the “Connect Device” tab: it shows the incoming and outgoing servers and offers an automatic configuration profile for iPhone, iPad and Mac. Choose IMAP over SSL\u002FTLS, with the full address as username and the mailbox password. Step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fset-up-business-email-phone-outlook\">Set up your business email on a phone or Outlook\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":5514,"category":432,"question":5515,"answer":5516,"weight":17},1280,"How do I upload my website files to my hosting?","Open cPanel from your hosting page, then “Files” › “File Manager”: in the public_html folder, upload a .zip archive of your site and extract it. Check that the home page (index.html or index.php) sits at the root of public_html: the holding page then disappears on its own. Do not delete .htaccess, php.ini, .user.ini, .well-known or the .shtml files. Step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fupload-website-files-cpanel-file-manager\">Upload your website files with File Manager\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":5518,"category":432,"question":5519,"answer":5520,"weight":17},1281,"How do I create a MySQL database for my site?","Open cPanel from your hosting page (“Open cPanel”), click “Databases” then “Create Database”: the wizard creates the database and its user, and you leave “All Privileges” selected. cPanel adds your account prefix to both names, and the host to give your site is localhost. Copy the password right away: it will not be shown again. Step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fcreate-mysql-database-cpanel\">Create a MySQL database in cPanel\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":5522,"category":432,"question":5523,"answer":5524,"weight":17},1282,"How do I create a subdomain (for example blog.yourdomain.com)?","Subdomains are created in cPanel: open it with “Open cPanel”, then in “Websites & Apps”, click “Add Website”, choose “Create a subdomain” and enter the “Subdomain prefix”. Then, in your domain's DNS zone (our “Managed DNS zone”, for example), add an A record pointing to the hosting IP address: without it, the subdomain cannot be reached. Step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fcreate-subdomain-cpanel\">Create a subdomain in cPanel\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":5526,"category":432,"question":5527,"answer":5528,"weight":17},1283,"How do I force my site to open over HTTPS?","The free certificate is issued automatically by AutoSSL: check it in cPanel, “Websites & Apps” menu, “Manage” on your domain, “SSL” tab. Then turn on “Force HTTPS” in the “Settings” tab, only once the certificate is valid, otherwise your visitors will see a security warning. Step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fforce-https-redirect-cpanel\">Enable HTTPS and force the redirect in cPanel\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":5530,"category":432,"question":5531,"answer":5532,"weight":17},1284,"How do I check or renew the SSL certificate for my site in cPanel?","In cPanel, open Security in the left-hand menu: the SSL Certificates tab shows the status of each domain (Domain Verified, Self-Signed, etc.) and the Renew SSL automatically button runs AutoSSL with one click. If the domain stays Self-Signed after renewal, it usually means the DNS does not point to our server yet. \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fcheck-renew-ssl-certificate-cpanel\">Check and renew the SSL certificate in cPanel\u003C\u002Fa>",{"id":5534,"category":432,"question":5535,"answer":5536,"weight":17},1285,"Can I build my website for free?","Yes. Open \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fbuild-my-website\">Build my website\u003C\u002Fa>, pick a professional template, customize it in the online editor, then share your website with its preview link. All you need is a ServOrbit account with a confirmed email address; you can have up to three active websites at the same time.",{"id":5538,"category":432,"question":5539,"answer":5540,"weight":17},1286,"How long is a website created with “Build my website” kept?","As long as you open it in the editor at least once every thirty days: each opening pushes the deadline back. After that period without opening, the website is deleted, and no backup of it is kept.",{"id":5542,"category":432,"question":5543,"answer":5544,"weight":17},1287,"How do I publish my free website on my own domain name?","Order a domain name and hosting, then open \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fclient-area\u002Fmy-website\">My websites\u003C\u002Fa> in your client area and choose “Publish on my domain”. Three steps are enough: copy your website's sharing code, paste it into the editor of your domain's site, then publish. The free version is then removed.",{"id":5546,"category":432,"question":5547,"answer":5548,"weight":17},1288,"In which language is the “Build my website” editor displayed?","In yours when the editor offers it: it is offered in French, English and Spanish. For other languages, including Arabic, it is displayed in English.",{"id":5550,"category":517,"question":5551,"answer":5552,"weight":17},1290,"How do I install Vane on my ServOrbit VPS?","In your ServOrbit client area, go to the Marketplace, select Vane in the Artificial Intelligence category and click Install. The provisioning script deploys the Docker container, mounts the data volume at \u002Fhome\u002Fvane\u002Fdata and configures the nginx reverse proxy. The application is ready in a few minutes. Access it via an SSH tunnel (ssh -L 3000:127.0.0.1:3000 root@\u003Cip>) or directly from your browser if you have configured a domain.",{"id":5554,"category":517,"question":5555,"answer":5556,"weight":17},1291,"Which LLM should I configure with Vane?","Vane is LLM-agnostic: connect Ollama (local models running on the same VPS or another server), OpenAI, Google Gemini, Groq or Anthropic. Without any provider configured, Vane runs in search-only mode (SearXNG results, no AI synthesis). For LLM answers without sending data to a third-party service, install Ollama on the same VPS and point Vane to http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:11434 in Settings → Model Providers.",{"id":5558,"category":517,"question":5559,"answer":5560,"weight":17},1292,"Does Vane require a domain name?","No. Vane does not require a domain name. Access the application via an SSH tunnel from your local machine: ssh -L 3000:127.0.0.1:3000 root@\u003Cyour-vps-ip> then http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:3000 in your browser. If you want direct browser access without a tunnel, configure a subdomain or custom domain through ServOrbit.",{"id":5562,"category":517,"question":5563,"answer":5564,"weight":17},1293,"How do I back up Vane's data?","All Vane data — conversation history, settings and LLM provider configuration — is stored in the Docker volume vane-data, accessible at \u002Fhome\u002Fvane\u002Fdata inside the container. To back up, run on your VPS: docker run --rm -v vane_vane-data:\u002Fdata -v \u002Fbackup:\u002Fbackup alpine tar czf \u002Fbackup\u002Fvane-$(date +%Y%m%d).tar.gz -C \u002Fdata . To restore, create the volume first, then extract the archive into it before restarting Vane.",{"id":5566,"category":420,"question":5567,"answer":5568,"weight":17},1294,"How do I point my domain to Vercel or Netlify?","The domain can be bought on its own, without hosting, and is managed from your client area. First add it to your Vercel project (Settings → Domains) or Netlify site (Domain management): the platform shows the exact DNS records to create, usually an A record for the bare domain and a CNAME for www. Then create those records in your domain's DNS tab, copying the values the platform displays — they can differ from one project to another, so don't take them from a tutorial. Propagation usually takes a few minutes; Vercel and Netlify then issue the HTTPS certificate themselves.",{"id":5570,"category":432,"question":5571,"answer":5572,"weight":17},1295,"Can a ServOrbit VPS really replace several SaaS subscriptions?","Yes, in many cases: a single VPS can run a self-hosted CRM, project management tool, collaborative storage and a web analytics engine simultaneously — whereas each of these services bills separately per user in SaaS mode. The monthly cost remains a flat VPS fee starting from 99 DH\u002Fmonth with no commitment, regardless of team size. The trade-off is managing updates and backups yourself, which our Marketplace simplifies with pre-configured templates.",{"id":5574,"category":517,"question":5575,"answer":5576,"weight":17},1296,"As an agency, how can I estimate the savings achievable by migrating our clients from SaaS to self-hosted?","The calculation starts from three cost items: current SaaS subscriptions (monthly cost × number of users × number of tools), the cost of the VPS that will host the replacement tools, at the public price, and the estimated migration time. For each client, the net saving over 12 months is the difference between the replaced annual subscription and the annual cost of those VPS, minus the time you will spend maintaining them. Our sales team can help you build this calculation via the \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fcontact\">Contact → Quote\u003C\u002Fa> form.",{"id":5578,"category":426,"question":5579,"answer":5580,"weight":17},1297,"Can I host a GDPR-compliant web analytics tool on my ServOrbit VPS?","Yes. Open-source tools such as Rybbit, Umami or Plausible can be installed in minutes via the ServOrbit Marketplace and operate without cookies — which removes the cookie consent banner requirement under the GDPR. Data stays exclusively on your VPS and never passes through third-party servers. For compliance questions specific to your situation, a legal adviser is the right contact.",{"id":5582,"category":523,"question":5583,"answer":5584,"weight":17},1298,"What is the difference between a self-hosted first-party analytics tool and Google Analytics in terms of GDPR compliance?","Google Analytics sends your visitors' data to Google's servers in the United States, which involves a cross-border transfer outside the EU governed by standard contractual clauses and requires a consent banner. A self-hosted, cookie-free analytics tool (Rybbit, Umami, Plausible…) collects only aggregated data with no persistent identifier or individual profile: there are no personal data in the GDPR sense, so no consent is required and no transfer outside the EU occurs. Your own server handles everything.",{"id":5586,"category":426,"question":5587,"answer":5588,"weight":17},1299,"Can I deploy a team API testing tool on my ServOrbit VPS to replace Postman?","Yes. Open-source alternatives such as Hoppscotch or Bruno can be self-hosted on a VPS and provide a shared workspace to test and document APIs as a team, with no third-party cloud account and no credential synchronisation to external servers. Installation is done via Docker Compose and collections remain stored on your own server. For deployment details, check the relevant app pages in the ServOrbit Marketplace.",{"id":5590,"category":501,"question":5591,"answer":5592,"weight":17},1300,"How do I automatically back up a self-hosted PostgreSQL database on a ServOrbit VPS?","The recommended approach is to run `pg_dump` via a systemd timer or cron job, then send the encrypted archive to remote storage (S3-compatible, SFTP) using a tool such as Restic or Rclone. A minimal cycle: daily backups kept for 7 days and weekly backups kept for 4 weeks. Regularly test restoration to a temporary directory — an untested archive is not a backup. Our support team can guide you from your client area.",{"id":5594,"category":426,"question":5595,"answer":5596,"weight":17},1301,"Can I set up PostgreSQL replication across two ServOrbit VPS servers for high availability?","Yes. PostgreSQL natively supports streaming replication: a primary node streams its WAL to one or more read-only replicas with millisecond-level lag on a local network. For automatic failover, tools such as Patroni or Repmgr orchestrate replica promotion when the primary fails. You can order two ServOrbit VPS servers in the same datacenter to minimise network latency between nodes.",{"id":5598,"category":438,"question":5599,"answer":5600,"weight":17},1302,"What payment methods can I use to pay for my ServOrbit subscription from Morocco?","Accepted payment methods are Bank card, PayPal, CIH Bank and Bank transfer. Moroccan bank cards are supported through our local payment partner, without needing an international card. Bank transfer is also available: account details are displayed directly at the time of payment and you can upload your proof of transfer from 'My Orders' in your client area. Prices are displayed tax exclusive (VAT excluded); for any billing question, contact us at billing@servorbit.com.",{"id":5602,"category":517,"question":5603,"answer":5604,"weight":17},1303,"How do I install TREK on my ServOrbit VPS?","From your ServOrbit client area, go to the Marketplace, select TREK in the Collaboration category and click Install. The provisioning script deploys the Docker container, mounts data volumes at \u002Fapp\u002Fdata and \u002Fapp\u002Fuploads and configures the nginx reverse proxy. TREK is ready in a few minutes. The admin account is created automatically on first boot — credentials are available in your client area under Installed apps → TREK → Credentials.",{"id":5606,"category":517,"question":5607,"answer":5608,"weight":17},1304,"Does TREK require a domain name?","No. TREK does not require a domain name. The application is accessible via SSH tunnel: ssh -L 3000:127.0.0.1:3000 root@\u003Cvps-ip> then http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:3000. For permanent access from any device or to enable OIDC and email notifications, configure a subdomain or custom domain via ServOrbit and add APP_URL to TREK's environment variables.",{"id":5610,"category":517,"question":5611,"answer":5612,"weight":17},1305,"How do I back up TREK's data?","All TREK data is stored in two Docker volumes: trek-data (SQLite database and settings) and trek-uploads (file attachments). To back up, run on your VPS: docker run --rm -v trek_trek-data:\u002Fdata -v \u002Fbackup:\u002Fbackup alpine tar czf \u002Fbackup\u002Ftrek-data-$(date +%Y%m%d).tar.gz -C \u002Fdata . Repeat with trek-uploads for attachments. To restore, create the volumes first, extract the archives into them, then restart TREK.",{"id":5614,"category":517,"question":5615,"answer":5616,"weight":17},1306,"Can I connect TREK to an SSO provider (OIDC)?","Yes. TREK supports single sign-on via OIDC. To enable it, add to TREK's environment variables: OIDC_ISSUER (your provider URL), OIDC_CLIENT_ID and OIDC_CLIENT_SECRET. TREK is compatible with Authentik, Pocket ID, Keycloak and any standard OIDC provider. You can also set OIDC_ONLY=true to enforce SSO as the only login method. APP_URL must be configured for the OIDC callback to work correctly.",{"id":5618,"category":517,"question":5619,"answer":5620,"weight":17},1307,"How do I install Termix on my ServOrbit VPS?","In your client area, open the Marketplace, select Termix, choose the access address (a sub-domain of one of your domains or the VPS's free sub-domain) and click Install. The script deploys the Docker container and configures nginx over HTTPS, including WebSockets for the SSH terminal. Plan for at least 1 GB of RAM.",{"id":5622,"category":517,"question":5623,"answer":5624,"weight":17},1308,"Does Termix require a domain name?","Yes, Termix opens over HTTPS on a domain — but you do not have to buy one. Every ServOrbit VPS comes with a free sub-domain (termix.{dns_slug}.servorbit-dns.com) with an HTTPS certificate, which you can pick at install time. You can also use a sub-domain of one of your own domains.",{"id":5626,"category":517,"question":5627,"answer":5628,"weight":17},1309,"How do I log in to Termix the first time?","Open Termix's HTTPS address as soon as the installation finishes: the sign-up form appears, and the first account created becomes the administrator. Create it right away, then turn off public registration in the admin settings and enable two-factor authentication (TOTP) or a passkey.",{"id":5630,"category":517,"question":5631,"answer":5632,"weight":17},1310,"How do I back up Termix data?","All of Termix's data — SQLite database, encryption keys generated on first start, plugins — lives in the Docker volume mounted on \u002Fapp\u002Fdata. Back up that volume (for example with a scheduled tar archive or VPS snapshots): without the keys it holds, saved SSH credentials can no longer be decrypted.",{"id":5634,"category":517,"question":5635,"answer":5636,"weight":17},1311,"How do I install Databasus on my ServOrbit VPS?","In your client area, open the Marketplace, select Databasus and click Install. The script deploys the container, which initialises its internal database on first start. Plan for at least 1 GB of RAM, plus disk space for backups if you keep them on the VPS.",{"id":5638,"category":517,"question":5639,"answer":5640,"weight":17},1312,"How do I reach Databasus without a domain name?","Databasus does not require a domain. Its interface is published on the VPS loopback: open an SSH tunnel with `ssh -L 4005:127.0.0.1:4005 root@\u003Cvps-ip>` (adjust the port to the one shown in the client area), then open http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:4005. For permanent HTTPS access, attach a domain or the VPS's free sub-domain.",{"id":5642,"category":517,"question":5643,"answer":5644,"weight":17},1313,"Can Databasus back up a database on the same VPS?","Yes. The recipe declares the host.docker.internal host, which points to the VPS from inside the container: use it as the database host. The PostgreSQL or MySQL server must then listen on the Docker network interface and allow that connection; ideally create a read-only user dedicated to backups.",{"id":5646,"category":517,"question":5647,"answer":5648,"weight":17},1314,"Should Databasus backups be kept off the VPS?","Yes, at least one copy. A backup stored on the VPS disk protects against human error, not against losing the machine. Add an external destination — S3, Cloudflare R2, Google Drive, SFTP — and enable AES-256-GCM encryption so the files stay unreadable on that storage.",{"id":5650,"category":420,"question":5651,"answer":5652,"weight":17},1315,"Does the DNSSEC root key change require me to modify anything on my domain name?","No, whether your domain is signed or not. A signed domain is linked to the root by a DS record published at the registry of its extension: it points to the key of your own zone and does not depend on the root key, so nothing needs to change, neither in your DNS zone nor in your client area. The change concerns resolvers that validate DNSSEC: if you run one yourself on a VPS or a dedicated server (Unbound, BIND…), check that its root trust anchor is up to date, otherwise it will answer SERVFAIL. If in doubt, open a ticket from your client area.",{"id":5654,"category":707,"question":5655,"answer":5656,"weight":17},1316,"When a vulnerability hits the web server or the operating system, do I need to act on my reseller clients' cPanel accounts?","Not for the server itself: on the reseller plan, the operating system, the web server and the platform services are maintained by our team, and your WHM access does not give you control over them. Your part covers what is installed inside the accounts: your clients' CMS, extensions and themes, to be kept up to date from their cPanel. A VPS you manage for a client, on the other hand, is unmanaged: its patches are yours to apply, unless you have subscribed to the VPS administration option. To find out whether an announced vulnerability affects the platform, write to support@servorbit.com.",{"id":5658,"category":876,"question":5659,"answer":5660,"weight":17},1317,"My server shows an older nginx version than the fixed release: is it necessarily vulnerable?","Not necessarily. Debian, Ubuntu, AlmaLinux and Rocky Linux backport security fixes into the version they package without changing the upstream number: only the package suffix changes, and the number shown by `nginx -v` is not enough to conclude. Look for the announced CVE identifier in the changelog of the installed package (`apt changelog nginx` on Debian or Ubuntu, `rpm -q --changelog nginx` on AlmaLinux or Rocky Linux), or check your distribution's security tracker — the same method applies to OpenSSH. On web or reseller hosting, this check is our responsibility; on a VPS or a dedicated server, it is yours.",{"id":5662,"category":941,"question":5663,"answer":5664,"weight":17},1318,"Can I switch newsletter tools without losing my subscribers or emailing people who unsubscribed?","Yes: the subscriber list can be exported, usually as a CSV file, from your current tool and imported into the new one. Also export each contact's status (subscribed, unsubscribed, bounced address) and import unsubscribed contacts as such, never as active: emailing them again triggers complaints that damage your domain's reputation. Before the first send from the new service, add the SPF and DKIM records it provides to your domain's DNS zone, and keep bulk sending on that service rather than on your professional mailbox. For help with these DNS records, open a ticket from your client area.",{"id":5666,"category":517,"question":5667,"answer":5668,"weight":17},1319,"How do I install OpenProject on my ServOrbit VPS?","From your client area, open the Marketplace, select OpenProject, choose the access address (a sub-domain of one of your domains or the VPS's free sub-domain) and click Install. The script deploys the official Docker image and configures nginx over HTTPS. The first start takes three to five minutes; plan for 4 GB of RAM and 2 vCPU.",{"id":5670,"category":517,"question":5671,"answer":5672,"weight":17},1320,"Does OpenProject need a domain name?","Yes, OpenProject opens over HTTPS on a domain and rejects requests addressed to any other name — but you don't have to buy one. Every ServOrbit VPS comes with a free sub-domain (openproject.{dns_slug}.servorbit-dns.com) with an HTTPS certificate, which you can pick at install time. You can also use a sub-domain of one of your domains.",{"id":5674,"category":517,"question":5675,"answer":5676,"weight":17},1321,"How do I log in to OpenProject the first time?","The administrator account is created at install time: username admin, with a generated password shown in your client area next to the application address. No change is forced at first login: change it yourself from My account, then enable two-factor authentication.",{"id":5678,"category":517,"question":5679,"answer":5680,"weight":17},1322,"Why doesn't OpenProject send any email?","After installation OpenProject has no outgoing mail server configured, so invitations, reminders and notifications are not sent. Enter an SMTP server under Administration → Emails and notifications (host, port, credentials), then send a test email from the same page.",{"id":5682,"category":517,"question":5683,"answer":5684,"weight":17},1323,"How do I back up OpenProject data?","The PostgreSQL database and attachments are in two Docker volumes, mounted on \u002Fvar\u002Fopenproject\u002Fpgdata and \u002Fvar\u002Fopenproject\u002Fassets. Back up both together with the container stopped (or with VPS snapshots), or use the built-in backup under Administration → Backup.",{"id":5686,"category":941,"question":5687,"answer":5688,"weight":17},1324,"When I leave GitLab.com for a self-hosted instance, what does the project export not carry over?","The project export brings over the code, issues and merge requests, but not CI\u002FCD variables, webhooks, tokens, job artifacts or container registry images. List these items before switching and recreate them by hand on the new instance, keeping the old project read-only until you have validated everything. ServOrbit provides a step-by-step guide but does not carry out the migration for you.",{"id":5690,"category":876,"question":5691,"answer":5692,"weight":17},1325,"After a remote code execution flaw in my web framework, is updating enough?","The update closes the flaw, but it does not tell you whether it was exploited beforehand. If your application was exposed to the Internet during the vulnerability window, treat the secrets stored on the server (API keys, database passwords, environment file) as possibly read and renew them, then review your access logs. If you suspect a compromise, open a ticket from your customer area.",{"id":5694,"category":426,"question":5695,"answer":5696,"weight":17},1326,"Why does my Docker container still run the old PHP version after I updated my application?","In a container, the PHP interpreter is part of the image, not of the application: updating WordPress or Laravel, or restarting the container, reuses the image already on the disk. To apply a PHP fix, pull or rebuild the image (for example with the --pull option of the build), recreate the container, then check the version actually served. Do this for every container that ships PHP, workers included.",{"id":5698,"category":426,"question":5699,"answer":5700,"weight":17},1327,"How can I be warned before my VPS disk or memory fills up?","A VPS will not warn you by itself: set an alert at about 80% disk usage, also watch inodes and processes killed for lack of memory, and send it to a channel you actually read. A scheduled script or a monitoring tool such as those in the Marketplace is enough, and you can add disk space or RAM from your customer area. This monitoring remains your responsibility: ServOrbit provides the guides, not the monitoring of your applications.",{"id":5702,"category":432,"question":5703,"answer":5704,"weight":17},1328,"How do I deploy a Node.js application on my cPanel hosting?","In cPanel, open “Websites & Apps”, click “Add Website”, choose your domain and then “AI App Hosting”. Then enter the URL of your Git repository, choose the run mode and click “Deploy”. Note that the application answers all traffic to the chosen domain. Step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fdeploy-nodejs-application-cpanel\">Deploy a Node.js application in cPanel\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":5706,"category":432,"question":5707,"answer":5708,"weight":17},1329,"How do I change my site's PHP version in cPanel?","In cPanel, open “Sites web et applications”, click “Gérer” on your domain's row, then the “Paramètres” tab. In “Paramètres du domaine”, pick the version in the “Version de PHP” list. Note the original version before changing it so you can pick it again. Step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fchange-php-version-site-cpanel\">Change your site's PHP version in cPanel\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":5710,"category":517,"question":5711,"answer":5712,"weight":17},1330,"How do I install Healthchecks on my ServOrbit VPS?","In your client area, open the Marketplace, select Healthchecks, choose the address and click Install. The script deploys the container, creates the administrator account and publishes the application over HTTPS. An Ubuntu 24.04 VPS with 1 GB of RAM is enough.",{"id":5714,"category":517,"question":5715,"answer":5716,"weight":17},1331,"Do I need a domain name for Healthchecks?","Yes, Healthchecks builds its ping URLs and alert links on its address. No need to buy one: every ServOrbit VPS comes with a free subdomain (healthchecks.{dns_slug}.servorbit-dns.com) with HTTPS. You can also use a subdomain of one of your domains.",{"id":5718,"category":517,"question":5719,"answer":5720,"weight":17},1332,"How do I log in to Healthchecks the first time?","Open the application's address and log in with admin@healthchecks.local and the generated password shown in your client area. Public sign-up is closed: change the email address and password from the account settings, then invite your team.",{"id":5722,"category":517,"question":5723,"answer":5724,"weight":17},1333,"Why doesn't Healthchecks send email alerts?","Sending email requires an SMTP server. Add EMAIL_HOST, EMAIL_PORT, EMAIL_HOST_USER, EMAIL_HOST_PASSWORD and DEFAULT_FROM_EMAIL to the application's .env file, then restart the container. Meanwhile, webhook, Slack, Mattermost, ntfy or Gotify channels work without any server-side configuration.",{"id":5726,"category":420,"question":5727,"answer":5728,"weight":17},1336,"What is the price of a domain name in Morocco?","At ServOrbit, a .ma is billed from 118 DH\u002Fyear, then 118 DH\u002Fyear on renewal; an incoming transfer costs 118 DH. These amounts are read from the catalog, shown tax exclusive (VAT excluded) and excluding promotions. Second-level extensions (.co.ma, .net.ma, .org.ma…) have their own rates, detailed in the extensions table on our \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fma-domain-names\">Domain .ma\u003C\u002Fa> page. From one provider to another, compare the renewal price as closely as the first-year price: it is the one you will then pay every year.",{"id":5730,"category":420,"question":5731,"answer":5732,"weight":17},1337,"Who owns my domain name?","The registrant of a domain name is the person or company declared to the registry, not the provider that registered it. For a .ma registered with us, it is you, or the company you declared: the registrant appears on the domain's page, in your client area. To find out whether a .ma is already registered and which provider manages it, our free \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Ftools\u002Fma-whois-lookup\">.ma WHOIS\u003C\u002Fa> tool queries ANRT's registry directly; it does not display the registrant's contact details, which are personal data.",{"id":5734,"category":420,"question":5735,"answer":5736,"weight":17},1338,"How long does it take to activate a .ma domain name?","As soon as payment is confirmed, we send the request to ANRT's registry, which creates the name in the declared registrant's name; for a bank transfer, the request goes out upon receipt of payment. The domain becomes reachable on the Internet when the registry publishes its zone: a newly created name may have to wait for the next publication, and we do not promise a specific time. A name subject to ANRT's prior review (.ac.ma, .press.ma and .gov.ma extensions, or a reserved term) remains pending until its decision, given within 5 business days at most once the file is complete. The registrant's document, for its part, is uploaded after the order and does not block it.",{"id":5738,"category":420,"question":5739,"answer":5740,"weight":17},1339,"Does transferring a .ma cut off my website or my emails?","Not in itself: the transfer changes the provider that manages the name with the registry; it moves neither your website nor your mailboxes. Both keep responding as long as the domain's name servers and DNS zone stay in place. The only real risk comes from a DNS zone hosted by the provider you are leaving: if they delete it, both website and emails stop — recreate it elsewhere before starting the transfer. The request is then subject to the registry's approval, with no timeframe we can guarantee; our team supports you until it is completed.",{"id":5742,"category":420,"question":5743,"answer":5744,"weight":17},1340,"Can I cancel a .ma registration or withdraw from the purchase?","Not once the request has been filed with the registry: registering a domain name is a service performed immediately, which is not subject to any right of withdrawal (General Terms of Sale, art. 8), and a registered domain is neither taken back nor refunded (General Terms of Sale, art. 7). If your order has not yet been sent to the registry, write to us without delay at support@servorbit.com: we review the request according to the order's status. Full details are in our \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fpages\u002Flegal\u002Frefund-policy\">refund policy\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":5746,"category":432,"question":5747,"answer":5748,"weight":17},1341,"How much does web hosting cost in Morocco?","At ServOrbit, web hosting starts at 239 DH\u002Fyear, an amount shown tax exclusive (VAT excluded). It is billed in dirhams, on an invoice bearing our ICE and itemized VAT. The price then varies with the plan's resources: disk space, number of sites, email accounts. From one host to another, look at the renewal price and not just the first-year price.",{"id":5750,"category":432,"question":5751,"answer":5752,"weight":17},1342,"What is the best web hosting provider in Morocco?","No ranking holds for everyone: the right host is the one whose offer can be verified before you buy. Four criteria set offers apart: a renewal price displayed next to the introductory price; an invoice in dirhams bearing the provider's ICE and itemized VAT; support you can reach in your language, through channels spelled out in black and white; backups whose frequency, retention period and restoration are described. Finally, check that the host states where its servers are located.",{"id":5754,"category":517,"question":5755,"answer":5756,"weight":17},1343,"How do I install Hasura on my ServOrbit VPS?","In your client area, open the Marketplace, select Hasura, choose the address and click Install. The script deploys PostgreSQL and the Hasura engine, generates the admin secret, connects the database and publishes the API over HTTPS. An Ubuntu 24.04 VPS with 1 GB of RAM is enough to get started.",{"id":5758,"category":517,"question":5759,"answer":5760,"weight":17},1344,"Do I need a domain name for Hasura?","Yes, Hasura's API is called by your frontends and mobile apps: it must answer over HTTPS on a stable name. No need to buy one: every ServOrbit VPS comes with a free subdomain (hasura.{dns_slug}.servorbit-dns.com) with HTTPS. You can also use a subdomain of one of your domains.",{"id":5762,"category":517,"question":5763,"answer":5764,"weight":17},1345,"How do I log in to the Hasura console the first time?","Open https:\u002F\u002Fyour-domain\u002Fconsole and enter the admin secret shown in your client area. There is no username: this secret grants full rights over the API and the database. Never put it in frontend code; your users authenticate with a JWT.",{"id":5766,"category":517,"question":5767,"answer":5768,"weight":17},1346,"How do I connect my identity provider to Hasura?","Add HASURA_GRAPHQL_JWT_SECRET to the application's .env file (\u002Fopt\u002Fhasura), with your provider's public key URL (jwk_url): Logto, Authentik, Zitadel or Auth0. Restart with docker compose up -d, then define each role's permissions in the console's Permissions tab.",{"id":5770,"category":707,"question":5771,"answer":5772,"weight":17},1347,"How can I tell which PHP version each of my reseller clients is running?","In WHM, the MultiPHP Manager tool lists your domains with the PHP version of each one, and lets you change it per domain or in bulk. Use it to spot sites left on an older version before it stops being maintained, and warn the client before changing it: a plugin or theme may not follow. If the tool does not appear in your WHM, write to support@servorbit.com.",{"id":5774,"category":420,"question":5775,"answer":5776,"weight":17},1348,"Do the new ICANN domain extensions protect my brand, and can I register them with ServOrbit?","A new extension is only available at ServOrbit once it is published in our catalog (540 extensions today); the domain search shows what is open and at what price. Brand protection procedures (a period reserved for trademark holders, objections) depend on each registry: we do not trigger them for you. To protect your name, first register the extensions you actually use, such as .ma and .com, then write to support@servorbit.com before targeting a new extension.",{"id":5778,"category":478,"question":5779,"answer":5780,"weight":17},1349,"Who updates my Roundcube webmail when a security fix is released?","On a ServOrbit hosting plan, the webmail shipped with cPanel is part of the platform: our team handles its updates, with no action on your side. If you installed Roundcube yourself on a VPS, keeping it up to date is up to you, backing up its database and configuration before each upgrade. To find out whether an announced fix concerns the platform, write to support@servorbit.com.",{"id":5782,"category":501,"question":5783,"answer":5784,"weight":17},1350,"What should I back up before moving a VPS running Plesk or cPanel to the next major system version?","Before the upgrade, take a snapshot if your plan allows it (VPS Power and VPS Business), then a backup of the panel (accounts, sites, databases, mailboxes) copied OFF the server: a snapshot is stored on the same infrastructure. Also keep a copy of the panel configuration and your scheduled tasks. Test restoring one site before starting, and if the upgrade fails, reinstalling the OS from your client area wipes the disk: without that external copy, there is nothing to put back.",{"id":5786,"category":432,"question":5787,"answer":5788,"weight":17},1351,"How do I edit my domain's DNS zone in cPanel?","In cPanel, open “Sites web et applications”, click “Gérer” on your domain's row, then the “DNS” tab. Use “Ajouter un enregistrement” to create a row, or “Plus d'actions” then “Supprimer” to remove one. Note a record's values before touching it. Step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fedit-dns-zone-cpanel\">Edit your domain's DNS zone in cPanel\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":5790,"category":432,"question":5791,"answer":5792,"weight":17},1352,"Will my website be hosted in the UAE?","No. Websites hosted by ServOrbit run on servers in Finland and Germany; ServOrbit has no server and no office in the United Arab Emirates. A visitor in Dubai or Abu Dhabi therefore loads every page from a server located outside the UAE. If a contract requires hosting on UAE soil, this offer does not meet it.",{"id":5794,"category":432,"question":5795,"answer":5796,"weight":17},1353,"In the UAE, is my site billed in AED or in MAD?","In MAD. A visitor from the Emirates reads prices in AED by default and can choose USD or EUR, but the invoice is issued in MAD. You settle by international card, PayPal or bank transfer; the currency actually charged depends on that method, and you see it, with the amount, before you confirm.",{"id":5798,"category":432,"question":5799,"answer":5800,"weight":17},1354,"For a company in the UAE, do WordPress and business email come with the plan?","Yes. The plan is shared hosting run from cPanel. WordPress goes on with one click, with no database to prepare, and the site is served over HTTPS from the day it opens thanks to the free SSL certificate. Your team's mailboxes in Dubai or Abu Dhabi are created on the same account as the site.",{"id":5802,"category":432,"question":5803,"answer":5804,"weight":17},1355,"Based in Dubai or Abu Dhabi: can I write to the ServOrbit team in Arabic?","ServOrbit support answers in English, French and Arabic. A customer in the Emirates can write in their team's language, whether the question is about cPanel, an email address or an invoice. Domain, hosting and invoice all sit in the same client area, so there is no need to juggle several providers.",{"id":5806,"category":426,"question":5807,"answer":5808,"weight":17},1356,"Does my VPS data stay in the UAE?","No. ServOrbit VPS servers run in Finland and Germany; ServOrbit has no server and no office in the United Arab Emirates. If a contract or a regulation requires you to keep your data inside the UAE, this VPS does not meet that requirement. Your users in the Gulf therefore reach a server located outside the UAE.",{"id":5810,"category":426,"question":5811,"answer":5812,"weight":17},1357,"From the UAE, can I run n8n or my own containers?","Yes. Every ServOrbit VPS comes with full root access, a dedicated IPv4 address and SSD storage, with the Linux distribution of your choice. Docker, Node.js, Python and databases install freely: nothing is locked. The Marketplace also deploys open-source applications such as n8n or self-hosted AI tools in one click, which you then administer yourself.",{"id":5814,"category":426,"question":5815,"answer":5816,"weight":17},1358,"I settle my VPS from the UAE with a card: what amount will be charged?","Prices are shown in AED by default, but a card is not charged in AED: it goes through the CMI gateway, which charges in MAD. With PayPal, the charge is in the currency PayPal displays before you confirm. Whatever the method, you read the exact amount and its currency on the payment screen before confirming. The invoice is issued in MAD.",{"id":5818,"category":426,"question":5819,"answer":5820,"weight":17},1359,"VPS or web hosting: which one for a project in the UAE?","Web hosting is shared and managed from cPanel: it suits a company website, a WordPress blog or business email addresses. A VPS gives you root access, a dedicated IPv4 and your choice of Linux distribution: it suits Docker, n8n, an API or a custom application. Both live in the same client area, on the same invoice.",{"id":5822,"category":420,"question":5823,"answer":5824,"weight":17},1360,"Do I need a UAE trade licence to register a .ae domain?","No, not for a name directly under .ae. That registration is open to any registrant, individual or company, with no local presence in the Emirates and no supporting documents. A UAE trade licence, or a trademark registered in the UAE, is only required for .co.ae, which ServOrbit does not offer. Names are allocated on a first-come, first-served basis.",{"id":5826,"category":420,"question":5827,"answer":5828,"weight":17},1361,"Why doesn't ServOrbit offer the UAE's .co.ae?","The .co.ae is a third-level zone with its own conditions: it requires a UAE trade licence or a trademark registered in the UAE. ServOrbit does not offer it and registers your name directly under .ae, which is open to any registrant with no local presence and no supporting documents. Check that your name is free under .ae before building a brand or a campaign on it.",{"id":5830,"category":420,"question":5831,"answer":5832,"weight":17},1362,"UAE: can I read the WHOIS record of a taken .ae at ServOrbit?","Yes, with our .ae WHOIS, which queries the UAE registry's public WHOIS, whois.aeda.net.ae. It shows the registrar, status and name servers of the .ae. The registry also publishes the names of the registrant and their contacts: we do not show them. It publishes no registration or expiry date. To find out whether a .ae name is free, the domain search tells you.",{"id":5834,"category":420,"question":5835,"answer":5836,"weight":17},1363,"Who runs .ae in the UAE, and how does ServOrbit register it?","The .ae is administered by the .ae Domain Administration (.aeDA), attached to the TDRA, the UAE's telecommunications and digital government regulator. The registry sets the registration rules, not the provider. ServOrbit registers your .ae through a partner registrar, and you then manage the domain from your ServOrbit client area.",{"id":5838,"category":420,"question":5839,"answer":5840,"weight":17},1364,"From the UAE, can I manage my .ae's DNS zone and connect it to my site?","Yes. From your ServOrbit client area you manage the DNS zone and the name servers of your .ae. The domain lives in the same client area as your web hosting or your VPS, and they arrive on the same invoice. You can therefore point your .ae to your website or your server without going through a second provider.",{"id":5842,"category":432,"question":5843,"answer":5844,"weight":17},1365,"UAE customer: does the Moroccan tax apply to my ServOrbit invoice?","Yes, as things stand. ServOrbit applies Moroccan VAT at 20% to its invoices whatever the customer's country, so a company in Dubai or Abu Dhabi is invoiced with it. Amounts are shown excluding tax, with the tax-inclusive amount next to them, and the VAT is added to the order total. The invoice is issued in MAD.",{"id":5846,"category":432,"question":5847,"answer":5848,"weight":17},1366,"From France, does a ServOrbit invoice carry Moroccan tax?","Yes: today, the invoice applies Moroccan VAT at 20%. Your country makes no difference, since ServOrbit applies it in the same way to all its customers. On the site, each amount excluding tax is shown with its tax-inclusive equivalent, and the VAT is added to the total when you order. The invoice is issued in MAD by MEGALOGI.",{"id":5850,"category":432,"question":5851,"answer":5852,"weight":17},1367,"For a site in France, is ServOrbit a French hosting provider?","No. Its servers are in Finland and Germany, and ServOrbit is published by MEGALOGI, a Moroccan company.",{"id":5854,"category":432,"question":5855,"answer":5856,"weight":17},1368,"From France, how do I settle my site with ServOrbit?","By international bank card, PayPal or bank transfer. Prices are shown in euros, but the display does not set the currency charged: it depends on the method chosen, and the exact amount appears before you confirm. The invoice is issued in MAD by MEGALOGI.",{"id":5858,"category":432,"question":5859,"answer":5860,"weight":17},1369,"Customer in France: will my ServOrbit invoice be in euros?","No. Even if you saw prices in euros, the invoice is issued in MAD by MEGALOGI, the Moroccan company that publishes ServOrbit. The amount actually charged, and its currency, are shown on the payment screen before you confirm. Your domain name and hosting appear on that same invoice, since they live in the same client area.",{"id":5862,"category":432,"question":5863,"answer":5864,"weight":17},1370,"From France, can I put my WordPress site and business email with ServOrbit?","Yes. The hosting is shared and managed from cPanel. WordPress launches with one click, the site goes HTTPS from day one with a free SSL certificate, and the mailboxes on your domain name sit on the same account. It all runs on a server in Finland or Germany: none is in France.",{"id":5866,"category":426,"question":5867,"answer":5868,"weight":17},1371,"Do you offer a VPS located in France?","No. ServOrbit VPS run on servers in Finland and Germany, and ServOrbit has no server and no office in France. The offer is aimed at businesses and developers based in France who accept a machine located outside France. If a contract or a client requires the server to be physically in France, this VPS does not meet that requirement.",{"id":5870,"category":426,"question":5871,"answer":5872,"weight":17},1372,"Developer in France: what can I run on my ServOrbit machine?","Anything a Linux server runs. Every VPS includes full root access, a dedicated IPv4 address and an SSD disk, with the Linux distribution of your choice. You install Docker, Node.js, Python or a database without restriction. The Marketplace also deploys open-source applications in one click, such as n8n or self-hosted AI tools.",{"id":5874,"category":426,"question":5875,"answer":5876,"weight":17},1373,"France: is my VPS charged in euros?","Not necessarily. From France, VPS prices show in EUR by default, with USD as an option, but what leaves your account depends on the payment method: a bank card goes through the CMI gateway and is charged in MAD; PayPal charges in the currency it shows you. The exact amount appears before you confirm. The invoice is issued in MAD.",{"id":5878,"category":426,"question":5879,"answer":5880,"weight":17},1374,"From France, does VPS support answer in French?","Yes. ServOrbit support answers in French, as well as in English and Arabic, so you can describe an incident on your VPS in your own language. ServOrbit is published by MEGALOGI, a Moroccan company: your contact and your billing are not French, but your VPS, domains and hosting stay together in a single client area.",{"id":5882,"category":420,"question":5883,"answer":5884,"weight":17},1375,"Who can hold a .fr, France's extension?",".fr is run by AFNIC. Its registrant, individual or company, must have their residence or registered office in the European Union, the EEA or Switzerland. An order from a registrant based outside that area without the trustee service is blocked by our checkout, before it reaches the registry. At ServOrbit, this condition and the trustee option are shown in the search result, before the cart.",{"id":5886,"category":420,"question":5887,"answer":5888,"weight":17},1376,"Based in Morocco, can I get a .fr to reach France?","Yes, with the trustee service. Whether you are an individual or a company based in Morocco, or anywhere else outside the EU, the EEA and Switzerland, this option makes the .fr orderable: the domain is registered with an eligible European address provided by our partner registrar. Without it, the order is blocked by our checkout, before it reaches the registry. The option is paid, per domain and per year.",{"id":5890,"category":420,"question":5891,"answer":5892,"weight":17},1377,"Where do I add the trustee service for a .fr in France, and what does it change?","It is offered directly in the domain search result, before you add the name to the cart, so you know what the registry requires before you order. Once added, your .fr is registered with an eligible European address provided by our partner registrar, instead of your own address outside that area. It is billed per domain and per year. It is ordered when registering a .fr, not when transferring one.",{"id":5894,"category":420,"question":5895,"answer":5896,"weight":17},1378,"France: how do I look up the WHOIS record of a registered .fr?","AFNIC publishes an RDAP service, and ServOrbit's .fr WHOIS tool queries it for you. It shows a registered name's dates, status and name servers, but not its registrant's contact details. It helps you check that a name is taken, and since when, before you build a brand or a campaign on it.",{"id":5898,"category":420,"question":5899,"answer":5900,"weight":17},1379,"From France, can my .fr and my site live on a single account?","Yes. At ServOrbit, your .fr, your web hosting and your VPS live in the same client area and appear on the same invoice. The .fr's DNS zone and name servers are managed from that area. From France, prices show in euros by default, and support answers in French, English and Arabic if you need help with the setup.",{"id":5902,"category":432,"question":5903,"answer":5904,"weight":17},1380,"Ordering from Lomé, Togo: is the Moroccan tax on my invoice?","Yes, as things stand. The ServOrbit invoice applies Moroccan VAT at 20% to an order placed from Togo, as to any other: the customer's country changes nothing. While you shop, you read the amount excluding tax and, right next to it, the tax-inclusive amount; the VAT is added to the cart total. The invoice is issued in MAD.",{"id":5906,"category":432,"question":5907,"answer":5908,"weight":17},1381,"Are mobile wallets accepted from Togo?","No, not today, and no date has been announced. From Togo, three methods are accepted: international bank card, PayPal and bank transfer. Check that one of them is open to you before you plan your site's launch.",{"id":5910,"category":432,"question":5911,"answer":5912,"weight":17},1382,"Will my website be hosted on a server in Togo?","No. Websites hosted by ServOrbit run on servers in Finland and Germany; ServOrbit has no server and no office in Togo, which is a market served remotely. Someone opening your site from Lomé therefore receives the page from a server located outside Togo. If a specification requires hosting on Togolese soil, this offer is not suitable.",{"id":5914,"category":432,"question":5915,"answer":5916,"weight":17},1383,"In Togo, can I settle in CFA francs?","For display, yes: on the Togo storefront, prices are shown in CFA francs (XOF). The charge itself is not made in CFA francs: its currency depends on the payment method, and the exact amount is shown to you before you confirm. The invoice is issued in MAD.",{"id":5918,"category":432,"question":5919,"answer":5920,"weight":17},1384,"From Lomé, Togo, can I settle with PayPal or an international card?","Yes: international bank card, PayPal or bank transfer are the three options, and the only ones, so check that one is open to you before ordering. Whichever you pick, the summary gives the exact sum and its currency before you confirm. Domain, hosting and VPS all go on one invoice, issued in MAD.",{"id":5922,"category":432,"question":5923,"answer":5924,"weight":17},1385,"For a site in Togo, what does ServOrbit's shared plan contain?","A cPanel account with your files, databases and professional email addresses. WordPress installs on it in one click, and the free SSL certificate serves your site over HTTPS from day one. The site runs on a server in Finland or Germany. Your domain name is managed from the same client area.",{"id":5926,"category":426,"question":5927,"answer":5928,"weight":17},1386,"Ordered from Togo, does my VPS run in Lomé?","In a data centre in Finland or Germany. ServOrbit has no server and no office in Togo: from Lomé, you administer a machine located outside Togo. If a client, a contract or a specification requires data to stay on Togolese territory, this VPS does not meet that requirement; it is better to check before ordering.",{"id":5930,"category":426,"question":5931,"answer":5932,"weight":17},1387,"Developer in Togo: is the whole ServOrbit machine mine to administer?","Yes. Every VPS comes with full root access, a dedicated IPv4 address and SSD storage. You choose the Linux distribution, install your packages and configure the server as you see fit: nothing is locked, and you do not need to go through support to administer the machine day to day.",{"id":5934,"category":426,"question":5935,"answer":5936,"weight":17},1388,"From Lomé, Togo, can I set up my own containers or start from a ready-made app?","Both. With root access, you install Docker, Node.js, Python or whatever database your project needs yourself. If you would rather start from a ready-made application, the Marketplace deploys open-source applications to your VPS in one click. Either way, the server stays yours: you then administer it like any other Linux machine.",{"id":5938,"category":426,"question":5939,"answer":5940,"weight":17},1389,"Customer in Togo: in which language can I write to support, and where do I manage my server?","In French, English or Arabic: support answers in all three. Your VPS is managed from the ServOrbit client area, the same one as your domain names and web hosting, and everything arrives on a single invoice. If your project also needs a .tg, you register it from that account, with no local presence in Togo.",{"id":5942,"category":420,"question":5943,"answer":5944,"weight":17},1390,"Do I need to live in Togo to get a .tg?","No. The .tg is open to individuals and companies, including outside Togo, and the registry requires no local presence. An entrepreneur in Lomé, a foreign company addressing the Togolese market or an individual living abroad can therefore register one the same way, from the ServOrbit client area.",{"id":5946,"category":420,"question":5947,"answer":5948,"weight":17},1391,"How long does the Togo registry take to register a .tg?","Allow one to two days. Registering a .tg is not instant, unlike some other extensions: if you are preparing a launch, a campaign or a print run on a fixed date, order the name early enough. The registry applies first come, first served, which is one more reason not to wait.",{"id":5950,"category":420,"question":5951,"answer":5952,"weight":17},1392,"Does the Togo registry ask for papers for a .tg?","None at registration: the .tg follows no special procedure when you order. The registry may, however, request a supporting document afterwards. So enter accurate registrant details from the start, in the name of the person or company that should hold the domain, so you can answer easily if a request comes.",{"id":5954,"category":420,"question":5955,"answer":5956,"weight":17},1393,"Togo: where can I read the WHOIS record of a registered .tg?","In our .tg WHOIS, which queries the Togolese registry's public WHOIS, whois.nic.tg. It shows the registrar, the activation and expiry dates, the status and the name servers of the .tg, without any contact details. The domain search tells you whether a name is free, and the \".tg registry rules\" page details each rule of the extension with its source.",{"id":5958,"category":420,"question":5959,"answer":5960,"weight":17},1394,"In Togo, can my .tg and my site share one account?","Yes. Your .tg, web hosting and VPS live in the same ServOrbit client area and arrive on the same invoice. The domain's DNS zone and name servers are managed from that area, so you can point the .tg to your site without going through another provider. Support helps you in French, English and Arabic.",{"id":5962,"category":432,"question":5963,"answer":5964,"weight":17},1395,"Customer in Abidjan, Côte d'Ivoire: does ServOrbit add the Moroccan tax to my invoice?","Yes, as things stand: Moroccan VAT at 20% is added to the total, for a customer in Côte d'Ivoire as for everyone else, since it does not depend on the country. On the site, each amount appears excluding tax, alongside its tax-inclusive amount, so you know the total before you order. The invoice is issued in MAD.",{"id":5966,"category":432,"question":5967,"answer":5968,"weight":17},1396,"From Côte d'Ivoire, does ServOrbit take Mobile Money?","No. Mobile Money is not offered yet, and no launch date has been set. To settle an order from Abidjan or anywhere else in the country, you can choose between an international bank card, PayPal and a bank transfer.",{"id":5970,"category":432,"question":5971,"answer":5972,"weight":17},1397,"Will my website be hosted in Côte d'Ivoire?","No. Websites hosted by ServOrbit run on servers in Finland and Germany; ServOrbit has no server and no office in Côte d'Ivoire. An Ivorian visitor therefore receives each page from a server located outside Côte d'Ivoire, which builds it and sends it over. If a contract requires your site's data to stay within Côte d'Ivoire, this offer does not meet that requirement.",{"id":5974,"category":432,"question":5975,"answer":5976,"weight":17},1398,"Côte d'Ivoire: can I read my plan in CFA francs from Abidjan?","Yes: on the Côte d'Ivoire storefront, prices are shown in CFA francs (XOF). That display only governs reading: the currency charged follows the payment method, and the exact amount is shown before you confirm. The invoice is issued in MAD.",{"id":5978,"category":432,"question":5979,"answer":5980,"weight":17},1399,"From Abidjan, Côte d'Ivoire, what can I settle my site with at ServOrbit?","Three methods are accepted: international bank card, PayPal or bank transfer. A card goes through the CMI gateway and an amount in MAD is charged; PayPal charges in the currency shown on its own screen. The summary shows you the exact sum before you confirm, and the invoice is issued in MAD.",{"id":5982,"category":432,"question":5983,"answer":5984,"weight":17},1400,"For a site in Côte d'Ivoire, are WordPress and HTTPS ready when the account opens?","Yes. On shared hosting, WordPress is set up in one click from cPanel, with no database to prepare. The free SSL certificate is live from day one, so your site opens over HTTPS in Abidjan as anywhere else. Your professional email addresses are managed on the same account, and the team answers in French, English and Arabic.",{"id":5986,"category":426,"question":5987,"answer":5988,"weight":17},1401,"Côte d'Ivoire: which country does the machine I order run in?","On a server in Finland or Germany. ServOrbit has no server and no office in Côte d'Ivoire: it is a market served remotely. Traffic between your Ivorian users and the VPS therefore leaves Côte d'Ivoire. If a contract or a regulation requires your data to stay within Côte d'Ivoire, this VPS does not meet that requirement.",{"id":5990,"category":426,"question":5991,"answer":5992,"weight":17},1402,"Developer in Côte d'Ivoire: can I run my own containers with administrator rights on my machine?","Yes. Every VPS comes with full root access, a dedicated IPv4 address and SSD storage, on the Linux distribution of your choice. You install Docker, Node.js, Python or a database yourself, and open the ports your application needs. Nothing is locked, and administering the server is in your hands.",{"id":5994,"category":426,"question":5995,"answer":5996,"weight":17},1403,"From Abidjan, Côte d'Ivoire, can the Marketplace set up an application on my machine?","Yes. The Marketplace installs ready-to-use open-source applications on your VPS in one click. It is a starting point, not a constraint: once the application is deployed, the server is still yours, with full root access, and you can add whatever you need. If an application is not listed, you install it yourself.",{"id":5998,"category":426,"question":5999,"answer":6000,"weight":17},1404,"Which language does VPS support use with customers in Côte d'Ivoire?","French, English or Arabic. You write to the team in the language you work in, whether the question is about configuration or billing. Your VPS sits in the same client area as your domain names and any web hosting plans, and everything arrives on the same invoice.",{"id":6002,"category":420,"question":6003,"answer":6004,"weight":17},1405,"Is .ci, Côte d'Ivoire's extension, in the ServOrbit catalogue?","No, the .ci is not offered today, neither for registration nor for transfer. If you already own a .ci, its DNS zone can point to a ServOrbit hosting plan or VPS. At ServOrbit, you can register .com, .net, .africa and several hundred other extensions.",{"id":6006,"category":420,"question":6007,"answer":6008,"weight":17},1406,"Which extensions can I register from Côte d'Ivoire?","The catalogue includes several hundred extensions, among them .com, .net and .africa. A .com suits you if you also address customers outside the country, a .africa signals a continental reach, and a .net often serves as a second name to protect a brand. The .ci, however, is not offered today.",{"id":6010,"category":420,"question":6011,"answer":6012,"weight":17},1407,"Côte d'Ivoire: can a name registered with ServOrbit point to a provider in Abidjan?","Yes. Every domain registered with ServOrbit comes with its DNS zone: A, CNAME, MX and TXT records and redirects. You can point it to our web hosting, to a VPS, or to any other hosting provider, in Côte d'Ivoire or elsewhere. The name is not locked to our services.",{"id":6014,"category":420,"question":6015,"answer":6016,"weight":17},1408,"Côte d'Ivoire: before the cart, what does the search tell me about an extension?","Right in the search result, before the cart: the availability, the actual price and the conditions of each extension are shown there. On the Côte d'Ivoire storefront, that price appears in CFA francs (XOF). When you pay, the summary repeats the amount actually charged and its currency.",{"id":6018,"category":432,"question":6019,"answer":6020,"weight":17},1409,"In Senegal, is my ServOrbit invoice subject to the Moroccan tax?","Yes. Today, ServOrbit invoices apply Moroccan VAT at 20% whatever the customer's country; a business in Dakar is no exception. Amounts are displayed excluding tax, with the tax-inclusive amount shown next to them, and the VAT is added to the total. The invoice is issued in MAD.",{"id":6022,"category":432,"question":6023,"answer":6024,"weight":17},1410,"Are Wave or Orange Money accepted in Senegal?","Not for now. Mobile wallets are not among the options offered, and we give no date. A customer in Senegal currently settles by international bank card, PayPal or bank transfer.",{"id":6026,"category":432,"question":6027,"answer":6028,"weight":17},1411,"Will my website be hosted on a server in Senegal?","No. Websites hosted by ServOrbit run on servers in Finland and Germany; ServOrbit has no server and no office in Senegal, a market it serves remotely. Your pages therefore leave from a server located outside Senegal to reach a reader in Dakar or Saint-Louis. If a client requires your data to stay on Senegalese soil, this offer is not suitable.",{"id":6030,"category":432,"question":6031,"answer":6032,"weight":17},1412,"In Senegal, is hosting settled in CFA francs?","For display, yes: on the Senegal storefront, prices are shown in CFA francs (XOF). The charge itself is not made in CFA francs: what is actually charged, and in which currency, depends on the method you choose; the exact figure is shown before you confirm. The invoice is issued in MAD.",{"id":6034,"category":432,"question":6035,"answer":6036,"weight":17},1413,"For a site in Dakar, Senegal, what comes with ServOrbit's shared plan?","A cPanel account: files, databases and professional email addresses on your domain. WordPress installs on it in one click, and your site is served over HTTPS from day one thanks to the free SSL certificate. Servers are in Finland and Germany, none in Senegal.",{"id":6038,"category":432,"question":6039,"answer":6040,"weight":17},1414,"Senegal: can my .sn and my site sit on one account?","Yes. Domain and hosting live in the same client area and appear on the same invoice; the DNS zone is managed from that area. For a .sn, the registry sets conditions on the holder and the administrative contact: the domain search shows them before the name goes into the cart. Payment is by international bank card, PayPal or bank transfer.",{"id":6042,"category":426,"question":6043,"answer":6044,"weight":17},1415,"Senegal: is my VPS hosted in Dakar?","In Finland or Germany. ServOrbit has no server and no office in Senegal: the country is a market served remotely. Your VPS is therefore a machine located outside Senegal, which you manage over SSH from Dakar or anywhere else. If a contract or a client requires data to stay on Senegalese soil, this VPS does not meet that condition.",{"id":6046,"category":426,"question":6047,"answer":6048,"weight":17},1416,"From Senegal, what software stack can I put on my machine?","Whatever a Linux server can run. You get full root access, a dedicated IPv4 address, an SSD disk and the Linux distribution of your choice. You install Docker, Node.js, Python or a database, with nothing locked. The Marketplace also deploys open-source applications in one click, which you then manage yourself.",{"id":6050,"category":426,"question":6051,"answer":6052,"weight":17},1417,"Senegal: why isn't my VPS quoted in CFA francs?","It is: on the Senegal storefront, the VPS is shown in CFA francs (XOF). That is only a display: the currency charged depends on the payment method, and the summary shows it to you, with the amount, before you confirm. The invoice is in MAD.",{"id":6054,"category":426,"question":6055,"answer":6056,"weight":17},1418,"Senegal: what can I settle my VPS with, and in which language can I write to support?","Three payment methods are offered: international bank card, PayPal or bank transfer. They are the only ones; check that one of them is available to you before planning a go-live. Support answers in French, English and Arabic. The VPS sits in the same client area and on the same invoice as your domains and hosting plans.",{"id":6058,"category":420,"question":6059,"answer":6060,"weight":17},1419,"Who can hold a .sn, Senegal's extension?","Under article 10 of the .sn naming charter, an individual must be an adult with an address in Senegal, and the administrative contact must be established in Senegal. A holder domiciled abroad appoints an agent established in Senegal or, failing that, provides a letter of accreditation to the provider. These are the registry's rules, not ServOrbit's.",{"id":6062,"category":420,"question":6063,"answer":6064,"weight":17},1420,"Does ServOrbit provide an agent in Senegal for a .sn?","No. ServOrbit does not provide an agent in Senegal, because no partner registrar offers one for .sn. The search shows the registry's rule before the name goes into the cart, and the order is not refused. If the registry later asks for the letter of accreditation set out in its charter, the customer writes and provides it.",{"id":6066,"category":420,"question":6067,"answer":6068,"weight":17},1421,"Can a company based outside Senegal hold a .sn without an agent?","One case has been observed: a Moroccan company, acting as both holder and administrative contact, registered and then renewed a .sn without an agent. This is not a guarantee, since the charter provides for an agent or a letter of accreditation. For an individual domiciled outside Senegal, no case has been observed either way.",{"id":6070,"category":420,"question":6071,"answer":6072,"weight":17},1422,"Senegal: on what date does a .sn expire?","A .sn created today expires on its anniversary date, like most extensions. Only very old names, registered before about 2018, kept a 31 December expiry. Before taking over or renewing an existing name, check its expiry date in ServOrbit's .sn WHOIS, which reads the public record from the registry's RDAP service.",{"id":6074,"category":420,"question":6075,"answer":6076,"weight":17},1423,"Senegal: what does ServOrbit's WHOIS show for a .sn?","ServOrbit's .sn WHOIS queries the RDAP service published by the registry, rdap.nic.sn. It shows a name's dates, status and name servers, without the holder's contact details. The IANA RDAP directory lists another address for .sn, which does not answer in RDAP: that is why the tool goes straight to the registry.",{"id":6078,"category":517,"question":6079,"answer":6080,"weight":17},1424,"How do I install Jenkins on my ServOrbit VPS?","In your client area, open the Marketplace, select Jenkins, choose the address and click Install. The script deploys Jenkins LTS in Docker, with a dedicated data volume, and publishes it over HTTPS behind nginx. An Ubuntu 24.04 VPS with 2 GB of RAM is enough to get started.",{"id":6082,"category":517,"question":6083,"answer":6084,"weight":17},1425,"Do I need a domain name for Jenkins?","Yes, Jenkins is shared by the team and receives the webhooks of your Git repositories: it must answer over HTTPS on a stable name. No need to buy one: every ServOrbit VPS comes with a free subdomain (jenkins.{dns_slug}.servorbit-dns.com) with HTTPS. You can also use a subdomain of one of your domains.",{"id":6086,"category":517,"question":6087,"answer":6088,"weight":17},1426,"How do I log in to Jenkins for the first time?","Open the HTTPS address of Jenkins: the wizard asks for the initial administrator password. It is shown in your client area, on the page of the installed application. Then install the suggested plugins and create your own administrator account; the initial password is no longer used after this step.",{"id":6090,"category":517,"question":6091,"answer":6092,"weight":17},1427,"Can my Jenkins builds use Docker?","Not directly on the Jenkins server installed by the Marketplace: for security, the VPS's Docker socket is not mounted into it, as it would give any build root access to the server. Connect a build agent over SSH, for example a second VPS with Docker, and target it in your Jenkinsfile with a label.",{"id":6094,"category":517,"question":6095,"answer":6096,"weight":17},1431,"How do I install Keycloak on my ServOrbit VPS?","In your client area, open the Marketplace, select Keycloak, choose the address and click Install. The script deploys Keycloak and its PostgreSQL database in Docker, with a dedicated data volume, and publishes it over HTTPS behind nginx. An Ubuntu 24.04 VPS with 2 GB of RAM is enough to get started.",{"id":6098,"category":517,"question":6099,"answer":6100,"weight":17},1432,"Do I need a domain name to install Keycloak?","Yes. Keycloak signs its tokens and builds its OIDC and SAML redirects from its public HTTPS address, so it must answer on a stable name. No need to buy one: every ServOrbit VPS comes with a free subdomain (keycloak.{dns_slug}.servorbit-dns.com) with HTTPS. You can also use a subdomain of one of your domains.",{"id":6102,"category":517,"question":6103,"answer":6104,"weight":17},1433,"How do I sign in to Keycloak after installation?","Open https:\u002F\u002Fyour-domain\u002Fadmin and sign in with the username admin and the password shown in your client area, on the application's page. This master-realm account is temporary: create your own administrator with the admin role, then disable the original account.",{"id":6106,"category":517,"question":6107,"answer":6108,"weight":17},1434,"How do I connect my application to Keycloak?","Create a realm dedicated to your applications, then add an OpenID Connect client to it: declare your application's redirect URLs and copy its secret. In the application, enter the discovery address https:\u002F\u002Fyour-domain\u002Frealms\u002F\u003Cyour-realm>\u002F.well-known\u002Fopenid-configuration; most frameworks configure the rest from it.",{"id":6110,"category":501,"question":6111,"answer":6112,"weight":17},1428,"How can I check that a backup of my VPS can really be restored?","Restore it somewhere other than your production server: in a temporary directory or on a second, disposable VPS. Check that the key files open, that the database starts again with its data and that the application responds, then note how long the whole thing took. Repeat this test at regular intervals and after every significant change to your setup: only a successful restore proves the backup is of any use.",{"id":6114,"category":426,"question":6115,"answer":6116,"weight":17},1429,"How do I know whether my VPS is running the latest installed Linux kernel?","Installing a kernel update is not enough: the server keeps using the old one until it has rebooted. Compare the version shown by `uname -r` with that of the most recent kernel package (`dpkg -l 'linux-image*'` on Debian and Ubuntu, `rpm -q kernel` on AlmaLinux and Rocky). If they differ, or if the file `\u002Fvar\u002Frun\u002Freboot-required` exists, schedule a reboot; `needrestart -k` performs this check for you.",{"id":6118,"category":523,"question":6119,"answer":6120,"weight":17},1430,"How can I keep track of my software's end-of-support dates before they arrive?","List what you run (system, PHP, database, Node.js, applications), then look up each one's end-of-support date on the project's official website or on a reference such as endoflife.date. Put those dates in a calendar with a reminder six months ahead, enough time to test the upgrade on a copy. Review this list every quarter: software without security fixes is an open door.",{"id":6122,"category":478,"question":6123,"answer":6124,"weight":17},1435,"How do I move DMARC from p=none to p=reject without blocking my own legitimate emails?","Go step by step. First publish `p=none` with a `rua` address to receive aggregate reports, and let them run for two to four weeks: they list every source sending on your behalf (hosting server, newsletter, CRM, invoicing). Bring each legitimate source into SPF or DKIM alignment with your domain, then move to `p=quarantine` with `pct=10` and raise that percentage in stages. Only switch to `p=reject` once the reports no longer show a legitimate sender failing; if you are unsure about a source, support@servorbit.com can help you interpret your reports.",{"id":6126,"category":420,"question":6127,"answer":6128,"weight":17},1436,"I am changing DNS host or registrar: what should I do about DNSSEC so my domain does not become unreachable?","If your domain is signed, the registry publishes a DS record that points to your zone's key at the old provider. Changing name servers while leaving that DS in place stops DNSSEC-validating resolvers from finding the right key: they answer SERVFAIL and the domain appears down for part of your visitors. Before the switch, have the DS removed and wait for its cache lifetime (TTL) to expire, make the change, then re-enable signing at the new provider and publish the new DS. At ServOrbit, DNSSEC is requested by ticket from your client area or via support@servorbit.com: let us know before a transfer or a DNS change.",{"id":6130,"category":420,"question":6131,"answer":6132,"weight":17},1437,"What happens to my website and my emails on the day my domain expires?","When a domain expires, it usually stops resolving normally: the website may show a placeholder page or become unreachable, and emails sent to your addresses may be delayed or rejected. After renewing from your client area, a return to normal is not always instant, because DNS caches take time to refresh. Renew before the due date, and see the question on a domain's grace period for the delays specific to each extension. If you are unsure about the state of your domain, open a ticket from your client area.",{"id":6134,"category":876,"question":6135,"answer":6136,"weight":17},1438,"A WordPress plugin on my site is reported as vulnerable and has no fix: what should I do?","Do not just wait: a vulnerable plugin with no fix remains an open door. Make a backup, then deactivate and delete the plugin (simple deactivation often leaves its files in place) and replace it with an equivalent, maintained extension. If the site stayed exposed, look for recently modified files and unknown administrator accounts, and restore a clean backup if you find any. The WordPress manager in your cPanel (WP Toolkit) and support@servorbit.com can help you check the state of the site.",{"id":6138,"category":432,"question":6139,"answer":6140,"weight":17},1439,"How do I change the password of an email address in cPanel?","In cPanel, open “Messagerie” (Email), click “Gérer” (Manage) on the mailbox's row, then the “Paramètres” (Settings) tab and “Modifier le mot de passe” (Change password) in the “Mot de passe” block. Type the new password (or “Générer”), then “Mettre à jour le mot de passe”. Step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fchange-email-address-password-cpanel\">Change the password of an email address in cPanel\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":6142,"category":432,"question":6143,"answer":6144,"weight":17},1440,"How do I view and increase a mailbox quota?","In cPanel, open “Messagerie” (Email): the table shows the space used and the quota of each mailbox. Click “Gérer” on the mailbox's row, open the “Paramètres” tab, then “Modifier le quota”, type the new value and click “Enregistrer”. Step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fview-increase-mailbox-quota-cpanel\">View and increase an email mailbox quota in cPanel\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":6146,"category":432,"question":6147,"answer":6148,"weight":17},1441,"How do I forward the emails of one address to another in cPanel?","In cPanel, open “Messagerie”, click “Gérer” on the row of the address concerned, then the “Redirecteurs” tab and “Ajouter un redirecteur”. Enter the destination address in “Rediriger vers”, then confirm with “Ajouter un redirecteur”. Step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fforward-email-address-cpanel\">Forward emails from one address to another in cPanel\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":6150,"category":517,"question":6151,"answer":6152,"weight":17},1442,"How do I install VictoriaMetrics on my ServOrbit VPS?","In your client area, open the Marketplace, select VictoriaMetrics, choose the address and click Install. The script deploys the official container, generates the admin user's password, enables authentication and publishes the interface over HTTPS. An Ubuntu 24.04 VPS with 1 GB of RAM is enough to get started.",{"id":6154,"category":517,"question":6155,"answer":6156,"weight":17},1443,"Do I need a domain name for VictoriaMetrics?","Yes: your servers send their metrics to it and Grafana queries it, so it must answer over HTTPS on a stable name. No need to buy one: every ServOrbit VPS comes with a free subdomain (victoriametrics.{dns_slug}.servorbit-dns.com) with an HTTPS certificate. You can also use a subdomain of one of your domains.",{"id":6158,"category":517,"question":6159,"answer":6160,"weight":17},1444,"How do I log in to VictoriaMetrics for the first time?","Open https:\u002F\u002Fyour-domain\u002Fvmui and enter the admin user and the password shown in your client area. The same credentials protect the query API and ingestion: Prometheus, your agents and Grafana use them as basic authentication.",{"id":6162,"category":517,"question":6163,"answer":6164,"weight":17},1445,"How do I send Prometheus metrics to VictoriaMetrics?","Add a remote_write block to prometheus.yml with the URL https:\u002F\u002Fyour-domain\u002Fapi\u002Fv1\u002Fwrite and basic_auth (the admin user and the password), then reload Prometheus. It keeps scraping and duplicates every sample to VictoriaMetrics. Grafana Alloy, vmagent and Telegraf accept the same address.",{"id":6166,"category":941,"question":6167,"answer":6168,"weight":17},1447,"How do I avoid losing orders or comments received while switching a dynamic site to a new host?","During DNS propagation some visitors still reach the old server, and whatever they submit there does not arrive on the new one. Lower the TTL in advance, run a final sync of the database and files just before the switch, then put the old site in maintenance mode or disable checkout and forms for the duration of the transition. Keep the old hosting active afterwards and check that no order or comment landed there after the sync before you cancel it. For a shop, assisted migration can help: write to support@servorbit.com.",{"id":6170,"category":501,"question":6171,"answer":6172,"weight":17},1448,"How do I restore a VPS from a snapshot without losing what was written since?","Restoring a snapshot replaces the entire state of the server: anything written after it was created (orders, form submissions, uploaded files) is gone. Before restoring, copy that data off the VPS, for example a database export and an archive of the folders that changed, and take a new snapshot if your plan includes them (VPS Power and VPS Business) so you can roll back. Then restore, re-import the recent data and check the site before reopening it to the public.",{"id":6174,"category":438,"question":6175,"answer":6176,"weight":17},1449,"Does the ServOrbit invoice replace the one I have to issue to my client?","No. The ServOrbit invoice is issued in the name of your account's billing company: it documents what your agency paid, not what your client owes you. You invoice your client yourself, at your own price and under your own VAT regime. Before adding your margin, compare amounts on the same basis: the prices shown are tax exclusive (VAT excluded), with VAT at 20%.",{"id":6178,"category":517,"question":6179,"answer":6180,"weight":17},1450,"How do I install Kener on my ServOrbit VPS?","In your client area, open the Marketplace, select Kener, choose the address and click Install. The script deploys Kener and its Redis cache, generates the session secret key and publishes the status page over HTTPS. An Ubuntu 24.04 VPS with 1 GB of RAM is enough.",{"id":6182,"category":517,"question":6183,"answer":6184,"weight":17},1451,"Do I need a domain name to install Kener?","Yes, but you do not have to buy one. Kener rejects requests whose origin differs from its HTTPS address, so it needs a stable name. Every ServOrbit VPS comes with a free subdomain (kener.{dns_slug}.servorbit-dns.com) with an HTTPS certificate; you can also use a subdomain of one of your domains, for example status.your-domain.com.",{"id":6186,"category":517,"question":6187,"answer":6188,"weight":17},1452,"How do I create Kener's admin account?","Open https:\u002F\u002Fyour-domain\u002Faccount\u002Fsignin right after the installation and fill in the « Create Admin Account » form. The first account created becomes the administrator and the form then disappears: create it straight away. No password is generated in advance.",{"id":6190,"category":517,"question":6191,"answer":6192,"weight":17},1453,"How do I enable email subscriptions on Kener?","Enter an SMTP server (SMTP_HOST, SMTP_PORT, SMTP_USER, SMTP_PASSWORD, SMTP_SENDER) or a Resend key in the application's docker-compose.yml file, restart with docker compose up -d, then enable subscriptions in Kener's admin area. Your visitors then sign up from the status page.",{"id":6194,"category":707,"question":6195,"answer":6196,"weight":17},1454,"Which accesses should I ask a new client for before taking over the management of their site?","Before any work, ask for three accesses in the client's name: the registrar where the domain is registered, the DNS zone if it lives elsewhere, and the current hosting, together with the site's administration. Prefer a named or delegated account over sharing the client's own password, and check that the client remains the holder of their domain. Record in writing what you received, so you know what to hand back at the end of the engagement.",{"id":6198,"category":876,"question":6199,"answer":6200,"weight":17},1455,"Which SSL\u002FTLS mode should I pick in Cloudflare in front of a client site, and why does « Flexible » cause a redirect loop?","Pick « Full (strict) » as soon as your server presents a valid certificate: Cloudflare then also encrypts the leg to the origin and checks its certificate. In « Flexible », Cloudflare contacts the origin over HTTP; if the origin redirects HTTP to HTTPS, the request goes round in circles and the browser shows « too many redirects ». The « Full » mode without « strict » accepts a self-signed or expired certificate: keep it for troubleshooting only. Set the mode before enabling the proxy, then test the site after each change.",{"id":6202,"category":941,"question":6203,"answer":6204,"weight":17},1456,"How do I test an update on a staging copy of a client's WordPress site before touching production?","Duplicate the files and the database on a separate subdomain, password-protected and set to noindex, then replace the site address in the database with a tool that handles serialized data, not a plain search-and-replace. On the copy, switch off outgoing e-mails, real payments and scheduled tasks, so the client receives nothing. Validate the update on the copy, then redo it on production after a backup rather than copying the staging site back: it would overwrite the orders and comments received in the meantime.",{"id":6206,"category":501,"question":6207,"answer":6208,"weight":17},1457,"Can I restore a backup from before the hack without the site being hacked again?","A clean backup brings the site back clean, but it also restores the flaw that allowed the intrusion: without a fix, the hack can happen again. After restoring, update the core, plugins and themes, remove those you no longer use, then change every password (administrators, database, FTP and SSH access) and the security keys. Choose a backup dated before the first trace of compromise, not simply the most recent one, and keep a copy of the infected state for analysis.",{"id":6210,"category":517,"question":6211,"answer":6212,"weight":17},1458,"How do I install marimo on my ServOrbit VPS?","In your client area, open the Marketplace, select marimo and click Install. The script deploys the official container with pandas, polars, numpy and altair, generates the editor password and creates the volume that keeps your notebooks. An Ubuntu 24.04 VPS with 2 GB of RAM is recommended.",{"id":6214,"category":517,"question":6215,"answer":6216,"weight":17},1459,"Which password opens marimo?","The editor password is generated at install time and shown in your client area, on the application page. marimo asks for it on its login page; the session then stays open in your browser. On the VPS it is also in the stack's .env file, under the ADMIN_PASSWORD key.",{"id":6218,"category":517,"question":6219,"answer":6220,"weight":17},1460,"Can I use marimo without a domain name?","Yes. marimo does not require a domain: without one, open an SSH tunnel (ssh -L 2718:127.0.0.1:\u003Cport> root@\u003Cvps-ip>) then http:\u002F\u002Flocalhost:2718, using the port shown in your client area. For direct HTTPS access, attach a subdomain of one of your domains or the VPS's free subdomain.",{"id":6222,"category":517,"question":6223,"answer":6224,"weight":17},1461,"How do I back up my marimo notebooks?","Notebooks are plain .py files stored in the marimo-data Docker volume, mounted on \u002Fapp. The safest option is to version that folder in a Git repository; you can also archive the volume, and VPS backups cover it like the rest of the disk.",{"id":6226,"category":707,"question":6227,"answer":6228,"weight":17},1462,"One of my reseller clients asks whether their website complies with accessibility rules: what should I tell them?","Accessibility depends on the website itself (theme, contrast, alternative texts, forms, keyboard navigation), not on the server hosting it: a hosting plan neither makes a site accessible nor prevents it from being so. Depending on the country of its visitors and its activity (online sales in particular), legal obligations may apply to your client, which should be checked with legal counsel. Suggest an audit of the site, have the theme and content fixed, and keep a record of what was reviewed. For anything concerning their hosting account, write to support@servorbit.com.",{"id":6230,"category":523,"question":6231,"answer":6232,"weight":17},1463,"What should I check on my online store before a traffic peak such as Black Friday?","A few days ahead, make a full backup and make sure you know how to restore it. Enable caching on your store, lighten your images and disable unused extensions, then test the whole purchase path (cart, payment, confirmation email) on a copy rather than on the live site. Finally, look at the real resource usage of your plan during a busy day: if it comes close to its limits, write to us at support@servorbit.com before the event, not during it.",{"id":6234,"category":941,"question":6235,"answer":6236,"weight":17},1464,"Should I upgrade my CMS or PHP version before or after switching hosts?","Avoid doing both at the same time: if the site breaks, you will not know whether the move or the upgrade is to blame. Migrate as is first, choosing in cPanel the same PHP version as on the old host, and validate the site. Then upgrade on a copy, test, and apply to production with a fresh backup. If the current version is no longer maintained, plan the upgrade right after the switch rather than putting it off.",{"id":6238,"category":876,"question":6239,"answer":6240,"weight":17},1465,"Does my host update my CMS and plugins for me?","On web hosting, the server and the system are the host's responsibility, but the content of your site remains yours: the CMS, themes, extensions and the PHP version chosen for each domain. These are what most announced CMS vulnerabilities target, rather than the server. The WordPress manager in cPanel (WP Toolkit) shows you the available updates; apply them after a backup. If you have doubts about the state of your site, write to support@servorbit.com.",{"id":6242,"category":517,"question":6243,"answer":6244,"weight":17},1466,"How do I install Kutt on my ServOrbit VPS?","In your client area, open the Marketplace, select Kutt, choose the address of your short links and click Install. The script deploys the official container, generates the session secret key, creates the SQLite database volume and configures nginx over HTTPS. An Ubuntu 24.04 VPS with 512 MB of RAM is enough.",{"id":6246,"category":517,"question":6247,"answer":6248,"weight":17},1467,"Do I need a domain name to install Kutt?","Yes, but you do not have to buy one. Kutt builds every short link from its domain: without a public address, links would point to a local machine. Every ServOrbit VPS comes with a free subdomain (kutt.{dns_slug}.servorbit-dns.com) with an HTTPS certificate; for truly short links, use a brief subdomain of one of your domains instead, for example go.your-domain.com.",{"id":6250,"category":517,"question":6251,"answer":6252,"weight":17},1468,"How do I log in to Kutt for the first time?","Open your address over HTTPS right after the installation: Kutt redirects you to the form that creates the administrator account. Enter your email and a strong password; the first account created becomes the administrator, which is why you should create it straight away. No password is generated in advance, and public sign-up stays closed.",{"id":6254,"category":517,"question":6255,"answer":6256,"weight":17},1469,"How do I shorten links with the Kutt API?","Generate an API key in your Kutt account settings, then send a POST to \u002Fapi\u002Fv2\u002Flinks with the X-API-KEY header and a JSON body containing target, the long address. The customurl, password, description and expire_in fields are optional. The response contains the link field, the short link; each team member has their own key.",{"id":6258,"category":876,"question":6259,"answer":6260,"weight":17},1470,"Why does my site show “certificate verify failed” when it calls an external API over HTTPS?","Your server cannot verify the identity of the service it is calling. The most common causes are an old `ca-certificates` package, an incomplete or expired certificate chain on the service side, a hostname missing from the certificate, or a skewed server clock. Test with `openssl s_client -connect api.example.com:443 -servername api.example.com` and read the “Verify return code” line. Never turn verification off to make the call go through: fix the cause.",{"id":6262,"category":426,"question":6263,"answer":6264,"weight":17},1471,"I updated PHP on my VPS: how do I check that my site uses the new version?","The command line and the website do not necessarily use the same PHP. `php -v` shows the command-line version, while the site is served by PHP-FPM, which keeps the old code in memory until it is restarted. Restart the service (for example `systemctl restart php8.3-fpm`), then print `PHP_VERSION` from a temporary page that you delete right afterwards.",{"id":6266,"category":517,"question":6267,"answer":6268,"weight":17},1472,"How do I install Certimate on my ServOrbit VPS?","In your client area, open the Marketplace, select Certimate, choose the console address and click Install. The script deploys the official container, generates the administrator password and applies it before the first start, creates the data volume and configures nginx over HTTPS. An Ubuntu 24.04 VPS with 512 MB of RAM is enough.",{"id":6270,"category":517,"question":6271,"answer":6272,"weight":17},1473,"Does Certimate need a domain name?","Yes: Certimate is a web administration console, published on a domain over HTTPS behind nginx. You do not need to buy one: every ServOrbit VPS comes with a free subdomain (certimate.{dns_slug}.servorbit-dns.com) with an HTTPS certificate. You can also choose a subdomain of one of your domains, for example certs.your-domain.com.",{"id":6274,"category":517,"question":6275,"answer":6276,"weight":17},1474,"How do I log in to Certimate the first time?","Open the console address: the username is admin@certimate.fun and the password is the one generated during installation, shown in your client area on the application's page. The factory password published by the project (1234567890) is never active on a ServOrbit installation. Change the email and password at your first login.",{"id":6278,"category":517,"question":6279,"answer":6280,"weight":17},1475,"Can Certimate deploy certificates to my other servers?","Yes. A Certimate workflow obtains the certificate (for example a wildcard through a DNS-01 challenge at Cloudflare or OVHcloud), then copies it over SSH to your servers and runs the reload command you choose, such as nginx -t && systemctl reload nginx. Use a dedicated SSH key and an account limited to the certificate directories. Other targets exist: cPanel, Nginx Proxy Manager, Kubernetes or webhook.",{"id":6282,"category":432,"question":6283,"answer":6284,"weight":17},1476,"How do I import or export a database with phpMyAdmin?","In cPanel, click “Databases”, then “Manage” on your database's row, open the “Advanced” tab and click “Open phpMyAdmin”. To import, open the Import tab, choose your .sql file with “Choose File” and click “Import”; to export, open the Export tab and click “Export”. Step by step: \u003Ca href=\"\u002Fen\u002Fblog\u002Fimport-export-database-phpmyadmin-cpanel\">Import or export a database with phpMyAdmin in cPanel\u003C\u002Fa>.",{"id":6286,"category":517,"question":6287,"answer":6288,"weight":17},1477,"How do I install GreptimeDB on my ServOrbit VPS?","In your client area, open the Marketplace, select GreptimeDB, choose the address and click Install. The script deploys the official container, generates the admin user's password, enables authentication on the whole HTTP API and publishes the dashboard over HTTPS. An Ubuntu 24.04 VPS with 2 GB of RAM is enough to get started.",{"id":6290,"category":517,"question":6291,"answer":6292,"weight":17},1478,"Do I need a domain name for GreptimeDB?","Yes. Your servers send their metrics, logs and traces to it, and Grafana queries it: GreptimeDB must answer over HTTPS on a stable name. No need to buy one: every ServOrbit VPS comes with a free subdomain (greptimedb.{dns_slug}.servorbit-dns.com) with an HTTPS certificate. You can also use a subdomain of one of your domains.",{"id":6294,"category":517,"question":6295,"answer":6296,"weight":17},1479,"How do I log in to GreptimeDB for the first time?","Open https:\u002F\u002Fyour-domain\u002Fdashboard\u002F and enter the admin user and the password shown in your client area in the dashboard's connection settings. The same credentials protect the SQL API, the Prometheus API and ingestion: Grafana and your agents use them as basic authentication.",{"id":6298,"category":517,"question":6299,"answer":6300,"weight":17},1480,"How do I send my OpenTelemetry logs and traces to GreptimeDB?","In the OpenTelemetry Collector, declare an OTLP\u002FHTTP exporter pointing to https:\u002F\u002Fyour-domain\u002Fv1\u002Fotlp with an Authorization header using basic authentication. Traces also require the X-Greptime-Pipeline-Name: greptime_trace_v1 header: put them on a second exporter, because that header gets logs rejected. They land in the opentelemetry_logs and opentelemetry_traces tables.",{"id":6302,"category":426,"question":6303,"answer":6304,"weight":17},1481,"How do I spot suspicious PHP files dropped into my site's upload folder?","A media folder should only hold images and documents, never a script. Connect to your VPS over SSH and run `find wp-content\u002Fuploads -type f -name \"*.php\"` (adapt the path to your CMS): every result needs a look before you delete it. `find wp-content\u002Fuploads -type f -mtime -7` also lists the files dropped over the last seven days. Keep a copy of what you find for analysis and, if in doubt, open a ticket from your client area.",{"id":6306,"category":426,"question":6307,"answer":6308,"weight":17},1482,"How do I stop PHP scripts from running in my site's upload folder?","A media folder has no reason to run PHP: refusing it in your web server configuration (nginx or Apache) limits the damage if a booby-trapped file lands there. This is general hardening, and it does not replace updates to your CMS and its extensions. On an unmanaged VPS this configuration is yours to maintain; test it with a harmless test file and check that it is no longer executed.",{"id":6310,"category":517,"question":6311,"answer":6312,"weight":17},1483,"How do I install MLflow on my ServOrbit VPS?","In your client area, open 1-click apps, select MLflow, choose the address and click Install. The script deploys the official container, generates the admin account's password, enables authentication on the interface and the API and publishes the server over HTTPS. An Ubuntu 24.04 VPS with 2 GB of RAM is enough to get started.",{"id":6314,"category":517,"question":6315,"answer":6316,"weight":17},1484,"Do I need a domain name for MLflow?","Yes: your scripts and your team connect to the server, and MLflow only accepts declared host names. No need to buy one: every ServOrbit VPS comes with a free subdomain (mlflow.{dns_slug}.servorbit-dns.com) with an HTTPS certificate. You can also use a subdomain of one of your domains.",{"id":6318,"category":517,"question":6319,"answer":6320,"weight":17},1485,"How do I log in to MLflow for the first time?","Open your server's address over HTTPS: the browser asks for credentials. Enter admin and the password shown in your client area. You can change it later through the users\u002Fupdate-password API; the new password is kept across restarts.",{"id":6322,"category":517,"question":6323,"answer":6324,"weight":17},1486,"How do I send my Python experiments to MLflow?","Install the client with pip install mlflow, then set MLFLOW_TRACKING_URI to your server's HTTPS address, along with MLFLOW_TRACKING_USERNAME and MLFLOW_TRACKING_PASSWORD. Every mlflow.start_run() in your notebooks and scripts then records its parameters, metrics and files on your VPS.",{"id":6326,"category":517,"question":6327,"answer":6328,"weight":17},1487,"How do I install QuestDB on my ServOrbit VPS?","From your client area, open the Marketplace, select QuestDB, choose the address and click Install. The script deploys the official container, generates the admin user's password, enables authentication and configures HTTPS. Plan at least 2 GB of RAM.",{"id":6330,"category":517,"question":6331,"answer":6332,"weight":17},1488,"Do I need a domain name for QuestDB?","Yes: your servers send their measurements to it and you open its console in the browser, so it must answer over HTTPS on a stable name. No need to buy one: every VPS comes with a free subdomain (questdb.{dns_slug}.servorbit-dns.com) with an HTTPS certificate, and you can also use a subdomain of one of your domains.",{"id":6334,"category":517,"question":6335,"answer":6336,"weight":17},1489,"How do I log in to QuestDB for the first time?","Open your installation's HTTPS address: the console shows \"Sign in to QuestDB\". Enter the admin user and the password shown in your client area. The same credentials work for the REST API, ingestion and the PostgreSQL protocol.",{"id":6338,"category":517,"question":6339,"answer":6340,"weight":17},1490,"How do I send data to QuestDB from my code?","Install the official client for your language (for example pip install questdb in Python) and configure it with https::addr=your-domain:443;username=admin;password=your password;. Each line you send creates the table if needed. You can also write InfluxDB Line Protocol to \u002Fwrite with curl.",{"id":6342,"category":517,"question":6343,"answer":6344,"weight":17},1491,"How do I install Centrifugo on my ServOrbit VPS?","From your client area, open the Marketplace, select Centrifugo, choose the address and click Install. The script deploys the official container, generates the console password, the server API key and the token signing key, then configures HTTPS and WebSocket. 1 GB of RAM is enough to start.",{"id":6346,"category":517,"question":6347,"answer":6348,"weight":17},1492,"Do I need a domain name for Centrifugo?","Yes: browsers connect to it over wss:\u002F\u002F and your backend calls its API over HTTPS, so it must answer on a stable name with a certificate. No need to buy one: every VPS comes with a free subdomain (centrifugo.{dns_slug}.servorbit-dns.com) with HTTPS, and you can also use a subdomain of one of your domains.",{"id":6350,"category":517,"question":6351,"answer":6352,"weight":17},1493,"How do I log in to Centrifugo for the first time?","Open the HTTPS address of your installation: the admin console asks for a password, with no username. Enter the one shown in your client area. The home page shows the node version and the number of connected clients.",{"id":6354,"category":517,"question":6355,"answer":6356,"weight":17},1494,"How do I publish a message to Centrifugo from my code?","Send a POST to https:\u002F\u002Fyour-domain\u002Fapi\u002Fpublish with the X-API-Key header and a JSON body such as {\"channel\": \"orders\", \"data\": {...}}. The key is the ENCRYPTION_KEY value in \u002Fopt\u002Fcentrifugo\u002F.env; ENCRYPTION_KEY_HEX64 signs your users' JWTs. Keep both keys on the server side.",{"id":6358,"category":517,"question":6359,"answer":6360,"weight":17},1497,"How do I install Coder on my ServOrbit VPS?","From your client area, open the Marketplace, select Coder, choose the address and click Install. The script deploys the Coder server and its PostgreSQL database, generates the administrator password, creates the owner account and configures HTTPS and WebSocket. Plan at least 2 GB of RAM, 4 GB or more for a team.",{"id":6362,"category":517,"question":6363,"answer":6364,"weight":17},1498,"Do I need a domain name for Coder?","Yes: workspaces and your browser connect to the server on its HTTPS address, which must be a stable name with a certificate. No need to buy one: every VPS comes with a free subdomain (coder.{dns_slug}.servorbit-dns.com) with HTTPS, and you can also use a subdomain of one of your domains.",{"id":6366,"category":517,"question":6367,"answer":6368,"weight":17},1499,"How do I log in to Coder for the first time?","Open the HTTPS address of your installation and sign in with the address admin@servorbit.local and the password shown in your client area. This account owns the installation: change its password in the account settings, under Security, then create your team's accounts.",{"id":6370,"category":517,"question":6371,"answer":6372,"weight":17},1500,"How do I create my first workspace in Coder?","In Templates, click Create Template and choose the Docker Containers starter template. Then create a workspace from this template: a container starts on the VPS and the page shows the Running state in under a minute. Open code-server in the browser, or use coder ssh from your machine.",{"id":6374,"category":517,"question":6375,"answer":6376,"weight":17},1501,"How do I install Zabbix on my ServOrbit VPS?","From your client area, open the Marketplace, select Zabbix, choose the address and click Install. The script deploys the Zabbix server, the web interface, the PostgreSQL database and the VPS agent, generates the administrator password and configures HTTPS. Plan at least 2 GB of RAM, more for a large fleet or a long history.",{"id":6378,"category":517,"question":6379,"answer":6380,"weight":17},1502,"Do I need a domain name for Zabbix?","Yes: the Zabbix web interface is published over HTTPS by the VPS reverse proxy, on a name that carries a certificate. No need to buy one: every VPS comes with a free subdomain (zabbix.{dns_slug}.servorbit-dns.com) with HTTPS, and you can also use a subdomain of one of your domains.",{"id":6382,"category":517,"question":6383,"answer":6384,"weight":17},1503,"How do I log in to Zabbix for the first time?","Open https:\u002F\u002Fyour-domain and sign in with the username Admin — capital A — and the password shown in your client area. Zabbix's factory password is replaced at install time and does not work on your server. You can change it later in User settings, then Profile.",{"id":6386,"category":517,"question":6387,"answer":6388,"weight":17},1504,"How do I add a server to monitor in Zabbix?","Install zabbix-agent2 on the server, put the public IP of your Zabbix VPS on the Server= line of \u002Fetc\u002Fzabbix\u002Fzabbix_agent2.conf and open port 10050 to that IP only. In Zabbix, open Data collection, then Hosts, and create the host with its IP and the \"Linux by Zabbix agent\" template: the first values arrive within minutes.",{"id":6390,"category":426,"question":6391,"answer":6392,"weight":17},1495,"How can I check that my VPS refuses SSH password connections?","Do not rely on the line read in the file: run `sudo sshd -T | grep -i passwordauthentication` on the server, which prints the value actually applied, including `Match` blocks and included files. The expected result is `passwordauthentication no`. Then test from another machine with `ssh -o PubkeyAuthentication=no user@your-domain.com`: the connection must be refused. Keep one session open during these tests so that you do not lock yourself out.",{"id":6394,"category":876,"question":6395,"answer":6396,"weight":17},1496,"I updated OpenSSH on my server: how do I know the service is using the new version?","Updating the package does not replace the running daemon: `sshd` must be restarted (`sudo systemctl restart ssh` on Debian and Ubuntu, `rc-service sshd restart` on Alpine). To see what it announces, run `nc -w 2 localhost 22 \u003C \u002Fdev\u002Fnull | head -1`: the banner shows the version that is running. On Debian and Ubuntu, this version may stay old even though the fix is installed, because the distribution backports fixes: check the package changelog instead.",{"id":6398,"category":420,"question":6399,"answer":6400,"weight":17},1505,"What is the transfer code?","A code issued by your current provider, also called an EPP code or authorization code. It proves that you hold the domain.",{"id":6402,"category":420,"question":6403,"answer":6404,"weight":17},1506,"Will my site go down during the transfer?","No, as long as you keep the same DNS settings: the name changes provider, not destination. If your DNS zone is hosted by the provider you are leaving, recreate it elsewhere before you start the transfer.",{"id":6406,"category":420,"question":6407,"answer":6408,"weight":17},1507,"Can every domain be transferred?","No. It depends on the extension and on the state of the name. The check tells you before any payment.",{"id":6410,"category":426,"question":6411,"answer":6412,"weight":17},1508,"Which ports should I open on my VPS for a private messaging server (Matrix, Snikket or chatmail)?","There is no single list: each solution has its own, and it is found in the software's official documentation. As a rule, open the web ports (80 and 443) for the certificate and the clients, then only the ports specific to your solution: Matrix can run everything through 443 thanks to delegation; Snikket also needs its XMPP ports and the ones used for calls; chatmail opens the mail ports (SMTP and IMAP). Keep everything else closed, and you can restrict SSH access to your own IP.",{"id":6414,"category":420,"question":6415,"answer":6416,"weight":17},1509,"Which domain or subdomain and which DNS records should I plan for a self-hosted private messaging server?","Reserve a dedicated subdomain (for example chat.example.com) rather than the apex, and point it to your VPS IPv4 with an A record (and AAAA if you have IPv6). Depending on the solution, further records are needed: Snikket asks for extra subdomains as CNAMEs, chatmail for mail-specific records (including mta-sts), and Matrix for a .well-known file if your identifiers use the main domain. Settle on the name before first use: on Matrix, changing it later means recreating the accounts.",["Reactive",6418],[6419,6422,6425,6428,6431,6434,6437,6440,6443,6446,6449,6452,6455,6458],{"slug":420,"urlSlug":420,"slugs":6420,"label":6421,"count":511},{"fr":420,"en":420,"ar":420,"es":420},"Domains",{"slug":432,"urlSlug":432,"slugs":6423,"label":6424,"count":824},{"fr":432,"en":432,"ar":432,"es":432},"Web Hosting",{"slug":478,"urlSlug":478,"slugs":6426,"label":6427,"count":891},{"fr":478,"en":478,"ar":478,"es":478},"Professional Email",{"slug":707,"urlSlug":707,"slugs":6429,"label":6430,"count":715},{"fr":707,"en":707,"ar":707,"es":707},"Reseller",{"slug":426,"urlSlug":426,"slugs":6432,"label":6433,"count":1395},{"fr":426,"en":426,"ar":426,"es":426},"Cloud VPS",{"slug":825,"urlSlug":825,"slugs":6435,"label":6436,"count":774},{"fr":825,"en":825,"ar":825,"es":825},"Dedicated Servers",{"slug":876,"urlSlug":876,"slugs":6438,"label":6439,"count":961},{"fr":876,"en":876,"ar":876,"es":876},"SSL & Security",{"slug":501,"urlSlug":501,"slugs":6441,"label":6442,"count":906},{"fr":501,"en":501,"ar":501,"es":501},"Backups",{"slug":941,"urlSlug":941,"slugs":6444,"label":6445,"count":437},{"fr":941,"en":941,"ar":941,"es":941},"Migration",{"slug":438,"urlSlug":438,"slugs":6447,"label":6448,"count":875},{"fr":438,"en":438,"ar":438,"es":438},"Payment & Billing",{"slug":495,"urlSlug":495,"slugs":6450,"label":6451,"count":754},{"fr":495,"en":495,"ar":495,"es":495},"Account & Client Area",{"slug":517,"urlSlug":517,"slugs":6453,"label":6454,"count":2920},{"fr":517,"en":517,"ar":517,"es":517},"Marketplace",{"slug":489,"urlSlug":489,"slugs":6456,"label":6457,"count":749},{"fr":489,"en":489,"ar":489,"es":489},"Support",{"slug":523,"urlSlug":523,"slugs":6459,"label":6460,"count":886},{"fr":523,"en":523,"ar":523,"es":523},"General",1794271240773]